Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
Date: 2014/01/27
Table of Contents
Revision history......................................................................................................................................1
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS............................................................................A-1
1. IMPORTANT NOTICE.................................................................................................................................................A-2
2. DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION..........................................................................A-3
2.1 Description items in this Service Manual...................................................................................................................................A-3
2.2 Description items for safety and important warning items.........................................................................................................A-3
3. SAFETY WARNINGS..................................................................................................................................................A-4
3.1 MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA, INC.......................................................................................A-4
3.1.1 Actions requiring special attention...................................................................................................................................A-4
3.2 POWER PLUG SELECTION.....................................................................................................................................................A-5
3.2.1 Power Cord Set or Power Plug.......................................................................................................................................A-5
3.3 CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE...................................................................................................A-6
3.3.1 Power Supply..................................................................................................................................................................A-7
3.3.2 Installation Requirements..............................................................................................................................................A-11
3.3.3 After Service..................................................................................................................................................................A-13
3.4 Used Batteries Precautions.....................................................................................................................................................A-18
3.4.1 ALL Areas......................................................................................................................................................................A-18
3.4.2 Germany........................................................................................................................................................................A-19
3.4.3 France...........................................................................................................................................................................A-19
3.4.4 Denmark........................................................................................................................................................................A-19
3.4.5 Finland, Sweden............................................................................................................................................................A-19
3.4.6 Norway..........................................................................................................................................................................A-19
3.5 Laser Safety............................................................................................................................................................................A-19
3.5.1 Laser Safety..................................................................................................................................................................A-19
3.5.2 Internal Laser Radiation................................................................................................................................................A-19
3.5.3 Laser Safety Label........................................................................................................................................................A-22
3.5.4 Laser Caution Label......................................................................................................................................................A-23
3.5.5 PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING THE LASER EQUIPMENT.....................................................................................A-23
4. WARNING INDICATIONS ON THE MACHINE.........................................................................................................A-24
4.1 Warning indications inside the machine..................................................................................................................................A-24
4.2 Warning indications on the boards..........................................................................................................................................A-25
5. MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT...............................................................................................A-26
B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS..................................................................................................B-1
1. PRECAUTION ON HANDLING THIS MANUAL..........................................................................................................B-1
2. PRODUCT NAME.......................................................................................................................................................B-2
3. BRAND NAME............................................................................................................................................................B-3
3.1 TRADEMARKS OF OTHER COMPANIES...............................................................................................................................B-3
3.2 OWN TRADEMARKS................................................................................................................................................................B-3
4. FEEDING DIRECTION................................................................................................................................................B-4
C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS......................................................................................................C-1
1. bizhub 423/363/283/223..............................................................................................................................................C-1
1.1 Type..........................................................................................................................................................................................C-1
1.2 Functions...................................................................................................................................................................................C-1
1.3 Paper.........................................................................................................................................................................................C-3
1.4 Materials....................................................................................................................................................................................C-3
1.5 Print volume..............................................................................................................................................................................C-3
1.6 Machine specifications..............................................................................................................................................................C-4
1.7 Operating environment..............................................................................................................................................................C-4
1.8 Print functions............................................................................................................................................................................C-4
1.9 Scan functions...........................................................................................................................................................................C-6
1.10 Note for the Specifications......................................................................................................................................................C-7
2. DF-621/SP-501...........................................................................................................................................................C-8
2.1 Type..........................................................................................................................................................................................C-8
2.2 Functions...................................................................................................................................................................................C-8
2.3 Paper.........................................................................................................................................................................................C-8
2.4 Paper feed prohibited originals..................................................................................................................................................C-8
2.5 Paper feed not guaranteed originals.........................................................................................................................................C-8
2.6 Mixed original feed chart...........................................................................................................................................................C-9
2.7 Machine specifications..............................................................................................................................................................C-9
2.8 Operating environment..............................................................................................................................................................C-9
2.9 Note for the Specifications........................................................................................................................................................C-9
3. PC-109/PC-208.........................................................................................................................................................C-10
i
3.1 Type........................................................................................................................................................................................C-10
3.2 Paper.......................................................................................................................................................................................C-10
3.3 Machine specifications............................................................................................................................................................C-10
3.4 Operating environment............................................................................................................................................................C-10
3.5 Note for the Specifications......................................................................................................................................................C-10
4. PC-409......................................................................................................................................................................C-11
4.1 Type........................................................................................................................................................................................C-11
4.2 Paper.......................................................................................................................................................................................C-11
4.3 Machine specifications............................................................................................................................................................C-11
4.4 Operating environment............................................................................................................................................................C-11
4.5 Note for the Specifications......................................................................................................................................................C-11
5. JS-505.......................................................................................................................................................................C-12
5.1 Type........................................................................................................................................................................................C-12
5.2 Functions.................................................................................................................................................................................C-12
5.3 Paper.......................................................................................................................................................................................C-12
5.4 Offset function.........................................................................................................................................................................C-12
5.5 Machine specifications............................................................................................................................................................C-12
5.6 Operating environment............................................................................................................................................................C-13
5.7 Note for the Specifications......................................................................................................................................................C-13
6. JS-603.......................................................................................................................................................................C-14
6.1 Type........................................................................................................................................................................................C-14
6.2 Functions.................................................................................................................................................................................C-14
6.3 Paper.......................................................................................................................................................................................C-14
6.4 Machine specifications............................................................................................................................................................C-14
6.5 Operating environment............................................................................................................................................................C-14
6.6 Note for the Specifications......................................................................................................................................................C-14
7. FS-527......................................................................................................................................................................C-15
7.1 Type........................................................................................................................................................................................C-15
7.2 Functions.................................................................................................................................................................................C-15
7.3 Paper.......................................................................................................................................................................................C-15
7.3.1 Non sort/sort/group.......................................................................................................................................................C-15
7.3.2 Sort offset/group offset..................................................................................................................................................C-15
7.3.3 Sort staple.....................................................................................................................................................................C-16
7.4 Stapling...................................................................................................................................................................................C-16
7.5 Machine specifications............................................................................................................................................................C-16
7.6 Operating environment............................................................................................................................................................C-17
7.7 Note for the Specifications......................................................................................................................................................C-17
8. FS-529......................................................................................................................................................................C-18
8.1 Type........................................................................................................................................................................................C-18
8.2 Functions.................................................................................................................................................................................C-18
8.3 Paper.......................................................................................................................................................................................C-18
8.4 Offset function.........................................................................................................................................................................C-18
8.5 Stapling...................................................................................................................................................................................C-18
8.6 Machine specifications............................................................................................................................................................C-19
8.7 Operating environment............................................................................................................................................................C-19
8.8 Note for the Specifications......................................................................................................................................................C-19
9. PK-517......................................................................................................................................................................C-20
9.1 Type........................................................................................................................................................................................C-20
9.2 Functions.................................................................................................................................................................................C-20
9.3 Paper type...............................................................................................................................................................................C-20
9.4 Machine specifications............................................................................................................................................................C-20
9.5 Operating environment............................................................................................................................................................C-20
9.6 Note for the Specifications......................................................................................................................................................C-20
10. SD-509....................................................................................................................................................................C-21
10.1 Type......................................................................................................................................................................................C-21
10.2 Paper.....................................................................................................................................................................................C-21
10.2.1 Saddle stitching...........................................................................................................................................................C-21
10.2.2 Folding........................................................................................................................................................................C-21
10.3 Machine specifications..........................................................................................................................................................C-21
10.4 Operating environment..........................................................................................................................................................C-21
10.5 Consumables........................................................................................................................................................................C-21
10.6 Note for the Specifications....................................................................................................................................................C-21
11. i-Option LK-101 v2/102/103 v2/105........................................................................................................................C-22
11.1 Available function for i-Option...............................................................................................................................................C-22
11.2 Web browser function............................................................................................................................................................C-22
11.3 Photo registration function.....................................................................................................................................................C-23
12. FK-508....................................................................................................................................................................C-24
12.1 Basic specifications...............................................................................................................................................................C-24
ii
12.1.1 General specifications.................................................................................................................................................C-24
12.1.2 Scanning section.........................................................................................................................................................C-24
12.1.3 Recording section.......................................................................................................................................................C-25
12.1.4 Line connecting section...............................................................................................................................................C-25
12.1.5 Operation panel...........................................................................................................................................................C-26
12.2 Functional specifications.......................................................................................................................................................C-26
12.2.1 Dial functions...............................................................................................................................................................C-26
12.2.2 Transmission...............................................................................................................................................................C-27
12.2.3 Polling.........................................................................................................................................................................C-28
12.2.4 Line seizure mode and telephone function.................................................................................................................C-28
12.2.5 Message reception and record....................................................................................................................................C-29
12.2.6 Memory function..........................................................................................................................................................C-29
12.2.7 Various communication function.................................................................................................................................C-29
12.2.8 User lists / reports.......................................................................................................................................................C-30
12.2.9 Other user functions....................................................................................................................................................C-30
12.3 Network fax specifications.....................................................................................................................................................C-30
12.3.1 Internet fax..................................................................................................................................................................C-30
12.3.2 IP address fax.............................................................................................................................................................C-31
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE.......................................................................................................F-1
1. Concept of periodical maintenance.............................................................................................................................F-1
2. Periodical maintenance items......................................................................................................................................F-2
2.1 Main body..................................................................................................................................................................................F-2
2.1.1 bizhub 223.......................................................................................................................................................................F-2
2.1.2 bizhub 283.......................................................................................................................................................................F-2
2.1.3 bizhub 363.......................................................................................................................................................................F-3
2.1.4 bizhub 423.......................................................................................................................................................................F-4
2.2 Option........................................................................................................................................................................................F-5
2.2.1 DF-621.............................................................................................................................................................................F-5
2.2.2 PC-109/PC-208/PC-409..................................................................................................................................................F-5
2.2.3 JS-505.............................................................................................................................................................................F-6
2.2.4 JS-603/FS-527/SD-509/PK-517......................................................................................................................................F-6
2.2.5 FS-529.............................................................................................................................................................................F-6
3. Periodical replacement parts list..................................................................................................................................F-7
3.1 bizhub 223/283/363/423............................................................................................................................................................F-7
3.2 Option........................................................................................................................................................................................F-8
3.2.1 DF-621.............................................................................................................................................................................F-8
3.2.2 PC-109............................................................................................................................................................................F-8
3.2.3 PC-208............................................................................................................................................................................F-8
3.2.4 PC-409............................................................................................................................................................................F-8
3.2.5 FS-527.............................................................................................................................................................................F-8
4. Periodical cleaning parts list........................................................................................................................................F-9
4.1 bizhub 223/283/363/42..............................................................................................................................................................F-9
4.2 DF-621.......................................................................................................................................................................................F-9
4.3 JS-505.......................................................................................................................................................................................F-9
4.4 JS-603/SD-509/PK-517.............................................................................................................................................................F-9
4.5 FS-527.......................................................................................................................................................................................F-9
4.6 FS-529.......................................................................................................................................................................................F-9
5. Concept of parts life...................................................................................................................................................F-10
5.1 Life value of consumables and parts.......................................................................................................................................F-10
iii
5.1.1 bizhub 223/283..............................................................................................................................................................F-10
5.1.2 bizhub 363.....................................................................................................................................................................F-10
5.1.3 bizhub 423.....................................................................................................................................................................F-10
5.2 Conditions for life specifications values...................................................................................................................................F-10
6. Periodical maintenance procedure bizhub 223/283/363/423....................................................................................F-12
6.1 Housing section.......................................................................................................................................................................F-12
6.1.1 Replacing the ozone filter..............................................................................................................................................F-12
6.1.2 Replacing the toner filter (main body)............................................................................................................................F-12
6.2 Photo conductor section..........................................................................................................................................................F-13
6.2.1 Replacing the drum unit.................................................................................................................................................F-13
6.3 Developing section..................................................................................................................................................................F-13
6.3.1 Replacing the toner filter (developing unit)....................................................................................................................F-13
6.3.2 Replacing the developing unit.......................................................................................................................................F-14
6.3.3 Replacing the developer................................................................................................................................................F-16
6.4 Toner supply section................................................................................................................................................................F-19
6.4.1 Replacing the toner bottle..............................................................................................................................................F-19
6.5 Transfer section.......................................................................................................................................................................F-21
6.5.1 Replacing the transfer roller unit....................................................................................................................................F-21
6.6 Paper feed section...................................................................................................................................................................F-21
6.6.1 Replacing the manual bypass tray feed roller...............................................................................................................F-21
6.6.2 Replacing the manual bypass tray separation roller assy.............................................................................................F-22
6.6.3 Replacing the tray 1 feed roller/tray 1 pick-up roller......................................................................................................F-23
6.6.4 Replacing the tray 1 separation roller............................................................................................................................F-25
6.6.5 Replacing the tray 2 feed roller/tray 2 pick-up roller......................................................................................................F-26
6.6.6 Replacing the tray 2 separation roller............................................................................................................................F-26
6.7 Registration section.................................................................................................................................................................F-26
6.7.1 Replacing the timing roller bearings/timing roller gear1, 2............................................................................................F-26
6.7.2 Replacing the paper dust remover................................................................................................................................F-28
6.7.3 Cleaning of the timing roller...........................................................................................................................................F-28
6.8 Fusing section..........................................................................................................................................................................F-29
6.8.1 Replacing the fusing unit...............................................................................................................................................F-29
6.9 Duplex section.........................................................................................................................................................................F-30
6.9.1 Cleaning of the duplex transport rollers.........................................................................................................................F-30
7. Periodical maintenance procedure DF-621...............................................................................................................F-31
7.1 Take-up section.......................................................................................................................................................................F-31
7.1.1 Cleaning of the pick-up roller/feed roller........................................................................................................................F-31
7.1.2 Cleaning of the separation roller....................................................................................................................................F-31
7.1.3 Replacing the pick-up roller / feed roller........................................................................................................................F-31
7.1.4 Replacing the separation roller......................................................................................................................................F-33
7.2 Transport section.....................................................................................................................................................................F-33
7.2.1 Cleaning of the pick-up roller/feed roller........................................................................................................................F-33
7.2.2 Cleaning of the miscellaneous rollers............................................................................................................................F-34
7.3 Scanning section.....................................................................................................................................................................F-35
7.3.1 Cleaning of the cleaning shaft.......................................................................................................................................F-35
7.3.2 Cleaning of the reflective sensor section.......................................................................................................................F-35
8. Periodical maintenance procedure PC-109/PC-208..................................................................................................F-37
8.1 Paper feed section...................................................................................................................................................................F-37
8.1.1 Replacing the separation roller......................................................................................................................................F-37
8.1.2 Replacing the feed roller................................................................................................................................................F-38
8.1.3 Replacing the pick-up roller...........................................................................................................................................F-40
9. Periodical maintenance procedure PC-409...............................................................................................................F-42
9.1 Paper feed section...................................................................................................................................................................F-42
9.1.1 Replacing the separation roller......................................................................................................................................F-42
9.1.2 Replacing the feed roller................................................................................................................................................F-43
9.1.3 Replacing the pick-up roller...........................................................................................................................................F-45
10. Periodical maintenance procedure JS-505..............................................................................................................F-48
10.1 Paper exit section..................................................................................................................................................................F-48
10.1.1 Cleaning of the roller and roll.......................................................................................................................................F-48
11. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-527.............................................................................................................F-49
11.1 Paper exit section..................................................................................................................................................................F-49
11.1.1 Cleaning procedure for each parts..............................................................................................................................F-49
11.1.2 Replacing the upper paddles.......................................................................................................................................F-49
11.1.3 Replacing the lower paddles.......................................................................................................................................F-50
12. Periodical maintenance procedure FS-529.............................................................................................................F-52
12.1 Paper exit section..................................................................................................................................................................F-52
12.1.1 Cleaning procedure for each parts..............................................................................................................................F-52
G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY....................................................................................................G-1
iv
1. Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items...................................................................................................................G-1
1.1 Paint-locked screws..................................................................................................................................................................G-1
1.2 Red-painted screws..................................................................................................................................................................G-1
1.3 Variable resistors on board.......................................................................................................................................................G-1
1.4 Removal of PWBs.....................................................................................................................................................................G-1
1.5 Precautions for disassembly.....................................................................................................................................................G-1
1.6 Precautions during setup or transportation...............................................................................................................................G-2
2. Units from which removing is prohibited.....................................................................................................................G-3
2.1 CCD unit....................................................................................................................................................................................G-3
2.1.1 Reason for prohibition.....................................................................................................................................................G-3
2.2 PH unit......................................................................................................................................................................................G-3
2.2.1 Reason for prohibition.....................................................................................................................................................G-3
2.3 Fusing unit.................................................................................................................................................................................G-3
2.3.1 Reason for prohibition.....................................................................................................................................................G-3
3. Notes when transporting the machine........................................................................................................................G-4
3.1 Protective materials...................................................................................................................................................................G-4
3.1.1 Protective materials for the photo conductors.................................................................................................................G-4
4. bizhub 223/283/363/423.............................................................................................................................................G-5
4.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list............................................................................................................................................G-5
4.1.1 Exterior parts...................................................................................................................................................................G-5
4.1.2 Units................................................................................................................................................................................G-5
4.1.3 Boards.............................................................................................................................................................................G-5
4.1.4 Motors.............................................................................................................................................................................G-6
4.1.5 Clutches..........................................................................................................................................................................G-6
4.1.6 etc...................................................................................................................................................................................G-6
4.2 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (Exterior parts)................................................................................................................G-6
4.2.1 Front door.......................................................................................................................................................................G-6
4.2.2 Left cover........................................................................................................................................................................G-7
4.2.3 Exit tray...........................................................................................................................................................................G-7
4.2.4 Rear right cover..............................................................................................................................................................G-7
4.2.5 Upper right cover............................................................................................................................................................G-7
4.2.6 Rear cover/1...................................................................................................................................................................G-8
4.2.7 Rear cover/2...................................................................................................................................................................G-8
4.2.8 Lower rear cover.............................................................................................................................................................G-8
4.2.9 Scanner rear cover.........................................................................................................................................................G-9
4.2.10 Scanner right cover.....................................................................................................................................................G-10
4.2.11 Scanner right front cover.............................................................................................................................................G-10
4.2.12 USB interface cover....................................................................................................................................................G-10
4.2.13 Scanner left front cover...............................................................................................................................................G-10
4.2.14 Scanner upper front cover..........................................................................................................................................G-11
4.2.15 Scanner left cover.......................................................................................................................................................G-11
4.2.16 Scanner upper rear cover...........................................................................................................................................G-11
4.2.17 Scanner front cover.....................................................................................................................................................G-11
4.2.18 Slit glass cover............................................................................................................................................................G-12
4.2.19 Original glass..............................................................................................................................................................G-12
4.2.20 Control panel assy......................................................................................................................................................G-13
4.2.21 Tray 1..........................................................................................................................................................................G-13
4.2.22 Tray 2..........................................................................................................................................................................G-13
4.2.23 Front cover..................................................................................................................................................................G-14
4.3 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (Units)............................................................................................................................G-15
4.3.1 Imaging unit..................................................................................................................................................................G-15
4.3.2 Tray 1 paper feed unit...................................................................................................................................................G-15
4.3.3 Tray 2 paper feed unit...................................................................................................................................................G-16
4.3.4 PH unit..........................................................................................................................................................................G-17
4.3.5 CCD board unit.............................................................................................................................................................G-18
4.3.6 Exposure unit................................................................................................................................................................G-19
4.3.7 LED exposure unit........................................................................................................................................................G-20
4.3.8 Toner hopper unit..........................................................................................................................................................G-21
4.3.9 Regist unit.....................................................................................................................................................................G-21
4.3.10 Switchback unit...........................................................................................................................................................G-22
4.3.11 Manual bypass tray unit..............................................................................................................................................G-23
4.3.12 Conveyance unit.........................................................................................................................................................G-24
4.3.13 Hopper drive unit.........................................................................................................................................................G-24
4.3.14 MFP board box...........................................................................................................................................................G-26
4.3.15 Main drive unit.............................................................................................................................................................G-27
4.3.16 Hard disk drive............................................................................................................................................................G-28
4.4 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (Boards)........................................................................................................................G-29
4.4.1 Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN) (for fluorescent lamp)..........................................................................................G-29
4.4.2 Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN) (for LED lamp).....................................................................................................G-29
v
4.4.3 Inverter board (INVB) (for fluorescent lamp).................................................................................................................G-30
4.4.4 LED exposure drive board (LEDEDB) (for LED lamp)..................................................................................................G-31
4.4.5 Machine condition monitor board (MCMB)...................................................................................................................G-31
4.4.6 Printer control board (PRCB)........................................................................................................................................G-31
4.4.7 DC power supply (DCPU).............................................................................................................................................G-32
4.4.8 MFP board (MFPB).......................................................................................................................................................G-33
4.4.9 High voltage unit (HV)...................................................................................................................................................G-35
4.4.10 SODIMM (DIMM)........................................................................................................................................................G-36
4.4.11 NVRAM board (NRB)..................................................................................................................................................G-36
4.4.12 Paper feed tray 1 paper FD sensor board (PSDB/1)..................................................................................................G-36
4.4.13 Paper feed tray 2 paper FD sensor board (PSDB/2)..................................................................................................G-37
4.4.14 Paper feed tray 1 LED board, Paper feed tray 2 LED board (LEDB1, LEDB2)..........................................................G-39
4.5 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (Motors).........................................................................................................................G-39
4.5.1 Scanner motor (M201)..................................................................................................................................................G-39
4.5.2 Duplex transport motor (M92).......................................................................................................................................G-40
4.5.3 Transport motor (M1)....................................................................................................................................................G-41
4.5.4 PC motor (M2)..............................................................................................................................................................G-41
4.5.5 Toner bottle motor (M3)................................................................................................................................................G-42
4.5.6 Toner supply motor (M4)...............................................................................................................................................G-42
4.5.7 Switchback motor (M91)...............................................................................................................................................G-42
4.5.8 Tray 1 lift-up motor (M11).............................................................................................................................................G-43
4.5.9 Tray 2 lift-up motor (M21).............................................................................................................................................G-43
4.5.10 Power supply cooling fan motor (FM1).......................................................................................................................G-43
4.5.11 Cooling fan motor (FM2).............................................................................................................................................G-44
4.5.12 Fusing unit cooling fan motor (FM3)...........................................................................................................................G-45
4.5.13 Toner suction fan motor (FM4)...................................................................................................................................G-45
4.5.14 MFP board cooling fan motor (FM5)...........................................................................................................................G-46
4.6 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (Clutches)......................................................................................................................G-46
4.6.1 Tray 1 paper feed clutch (CL11)...................................................................................................................................G-46
4.6.2 Tray 2 paper feed clutch (CL21)...................................................................................................................................G-47
4.6.3 Tray 2 vertical transport clutch (CL22)..........................................................................................................................G-48
4.6.4 Manual paper feed clutch (CL81)..................................................................................................................................G-49
4.6.5 Registration clutch (CL1)..............................................................................................................................................G-49
4.7 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (etc.)..............................................................................................................................G-49
4.7.1 Manual pick-up solenoid (SD81)...................................................................................................................................G-49
4.7.2 Temperature/humidity sensor (TEM/HUM)...................................................................................................................G-50
4.7.3 Scanner drive cable......................................................................................................................................................G-51
5. Option.......................................................................................................................................................................G-55
5.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list..........................................................................................................................................G-55
5.1.1 DF-621..........................................................................................................................................................................G-55
5.1.2 PC-109/PC-208.............................................................................................................................................................G-55
5.1.3 PC-409..........................................................................................................................................................................G-55
5.1.4 JS-505...........................................................................................................................................................................G-56
5.1.5 JS-603...........................................................................................................................................................................G-56
5.1.6 FS-527..........................................................................................................................................................................G-56
5.1.7 FS-529..........................................................................................................................................................................G-56
5.1.8 PK-517..........................................................................................................................................................................G-57
5.1.9 SD-509..........................................................................................................................................................................G-57
5.1.10 FK-508........................................................................................................................................................................G-57
5.2 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (DF-621)........................................................................................................................G-57
5.2.1 Front cover....................................................................................................................................................................G-57
5.2.2 Rear cover....................................................................................................................................................................G-58
5.2.3 Upper door cover..........................................................................................................................................................G-58
5.2.4 Document feed tray rear cover.....................................................................................................................................G-59
5.2.5 Reverse automatic document feeder............................................................................................................................G-59
5.2.6 Glass cleaning brush....................................................................................................................................................G-60
5.2.7 DF control board (DFCB)..............................................................................................................................................G-61
5.2.8 Document CD size sensor (VR1)..................................................................................................................................G-61
5.2.9 Document reading motor (M1)......................................................................................................................................G-61
5.2.10 Document feed motor (M2).........................................................................................................................................G-62
5.2.11 Reading roller release motor (M3)..............................................................................................................................G-62
5.2.12 Glass cleaning motor (M4)..........................................................................................................................................G-62
5.2.13 DF cooling fan motor (FM1)........................................................................................................................................G-63
5.2.14 Document feed clutch (CL1).......................................................................................................................................G-63
5.2.15 Document registration clutch (CL2)............................................................................................................................G-64
5.2.16 Document exit roller release solenoid (SD1)..............................................................................................................G-64
5.2.17 Stamp unit...................................................................................................................................................................G-65
5.3 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (PC-109/PC-208)..........................................................................................................G-66
5.3.1 Right door.....................................................................................................................................................................G-66
5.3.2 Rear right cover/Lower right cover/Front right cover.....................................................................................................G-66
vi
5.3.3 Rear cover/Left cover....................................................................................................................................................G-66
5.3.4 Paper feed cabinet........................................................................................................................................................G-66
5.3.5 PC Control board (PCCB31).........................................................................................................................................G-68
5.3.6 Tray 3 LED board (LEDB31)/Tray 4 LED board (LEDB41)...........................................................................................G-68
5.3.7 Tray 3 lift-up motor (M33) / Tray 4 lift-up motor (M43)..................................................................................................G-68
5.3.8 Tray 3 paper feed motor (M31) / Tray 3 vertical transport motor (M32) / Tray 4 paper feed motor (M41) / Tray 4 vertical
transport motor (M42).............................................................................................................................................................G-69
5.4 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (PC-409)........................................................................................................................G-70
5.4.1 Right door.....................................................................................................................................................................G-70
5.4.2 Rear right cover/Lower right cover/Front right cover.....................................................................................................G-70
5.4.3 Rear cover/Left cover....................................................................................................................................................G-70
5.4.4 Paper feed cabinet........................................................................................................................................................G-70
5.4.5 PC Control board (PCCB51).........................................................................................................................................G-72
5.4.6 Tray 3 LED board (LEDB51).........................................................................................................................................G-72
5.4.7 Paper feed motor (M51) / Vertical transport motor (M52).............................................................................................G-73
5.4.8 Division board position motor (M53).............................................................................................................................G-74
5.4.9 Shift motor (M54)..........................................................................................................................................................G-74
5.4.10 Tray lock solenoid (SD51)...........................................................................................................................................G-75
5.4.11 Drawer........................................................................................................................................................................G-75
5.4.12 Wire.............................................................................................................................................................................G-76
5.5 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (JS-505)........................................................................................................................G-79
5.5.1 Separator......................................................................................................................................................................G-79
5.5.2 Front cover....................................................................................................................................................................G-79
5.5.3 Rear left cover...............................................................................................................................................................G-80
5.5.4 Rear right cover............................................................................................................................................................G-80
5.5.5 Upper tray.....................................................................................................................................................................G-80
5.5.6 Paper guide plate..........................................................................................................................................................G-80
5.5.7 JS control board (JSCB)...............................................................................................................................................G-81
5.5.8 Transport motor (M1)....................................................................................................................................................G-81
5.5.9 Route change motor (M3).............................................................................................................................................G-82
5.5.10 Shift motor (M2)..........................................................................................................................................................G-82
5.5.11 Roller pressure/retraction clutch (CL1).......................................................................................................................G-84
5.6 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (JS-603)........................................................................................................................G-85
5.6.1 Separator......................................................................................................................................................................G-85
5.6.2 Tray3 exit roller retraction motor (M17).........................................................................................................................G-85
5.7 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (FS-527)........................................................................................................................G-86
5.7.1 Upper cover..................................................................................................................................................................G-86
5.7.2 Rear cover....................................................................................................................................................................G-87
5.7.3 Front door.....................................................................................................................................................................G-87
5.7.4 Front upper cover..........................................................................................................................................................G-87
5.7.5 Front lower cover..........................................................................................................................................................G-88
5.7.6 Finisher.........................................................................................................................................................................G-88
5.7.7 Horizontal transport unit................................................................................................................................................G-89
5.7.8 Stapler unit....................................................................................................................................................................G-89
5.7.9 FS control board (FSCB)..............................................................................................................................................G-90
5.7.10 Paper passage motor/1 (M1)......................................................................................................................................G-91
5.7.11 Duplex path switching motor (M2)..............................................................................................................................G-91
5.7.12 Exit motor (M5)...........................................................................................................................................................G-92
5.7.13 Paper passage motor/2 (M3)......................................................................................................................................G-93
5.7.14 Conveyance motor (M4).............................................................................................................................................G-94
5.7.15 Upper lower path switching motor (M6)......................................................................................................................G-95
5.7.16 Tray1 path switching motor (M8)................................................................................................................................G-96
5.7.17 Exit roller retraction motor (M9)..................................................................................................................................G-96
5.7.18 Accommodation roller retraction motor (M10).............................................................................................................G-96
5.7.19 Stapler movement motor (M11)..................................................................................................................................G-97
5.7.20 Accommodation paddle motor (M12)..........................................................................................................................G-97
5.7.21 Elevate motor (M15)...................................................................................................................................................G-98
5.7.22 Tray2 shift motor (M16)...............................................................................................................................................G-98
5.7.23 Accommodation paddle solenoid (SD1)......................................................................................................................G-99
5.8 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (FS-529)......................................................................................................................G-100
5.8.1 Front left cover............................................................................................................................................................G-100
5.8.2 Front right cover..........................................................................................................................................................G-100
5.8.3 Upper cover................................................................................................................................................................G-100
5.8.4 Rear cover..................................................................................................................................................................G-101
5.8.5 Finisher.......................................................................................................................................................................G-101
5.8.6 Conveyance roller unit................................................................................................................................................G-102
5.8.7 Stapler unit..................................................................................................................................................................G-102
5.8.8 Paper exit tray unit......................................................................................................................................................G-103
5.8.9 FS control board (FSCB)............................................................................................................................................G-105
5.8.10 Pick up roller position motor (M1).............................................................................................................................G-106
5.8.11 Tray up/down motor (M2)..........................................................................................................................................G-106
vii
5.8.12 Alignment motor/F (M3), Alignment motor/R (M4)....................................................................................................G-107
5.8.13 Conveyance motor/1 (M5)........................................................................................................................................G-110
5.8.14 Conveyance motor/2 (M6)........................................................................................................................................G-111
5.8.15 Stapler movement motor (M7)..................................................................................................................................G-111
5.8.16 Fan motor (FM1).......................................................................................................................................................G-112
5.8.17 Paddle solenoid (SD2)..............................................................................................................................................G-113
5.8.18 Flapper solenoid (SD4).............................................................................................................................................G-114
5.8.19 Belt retract solenoid (SD5)........................................................................................................................................G-115
5.8.20 Harness guide...........................................................................................................................................................G-116
5.9 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (PK-517)......................................................................................................................G-116
5.9.1 Punch kit.....................................................................................................................................................................G-116
5.10 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (SD-509)....................................................................................................................G-118
5.10.1 Front cover................................................................................................................................................................G-118
5.10.2 Right cover................................................................................................................................................................G-118
5.10.3 Staple unit cover.......................................................................................................................................................G-119
5.10.4 Saddle unit................................................................................................................................................................G-119
5.10.5 Paper exit tray...........................................................................................................................................................G-121
5.10.6 Staple unit.................................................................................................................................................................G-121
5.10.7 SD drive board (SDDB).............................................................................................................................................G-122
5.10.8 Leading edge stopper motor (M20)...........................................................................................................................G-123
5.10.9 Upper paddle motor (M21)........................................................................................................................................G-123
5.10.10 Lower paddle motor (M22)......................................................................................................................................G-124
5.10.11 Center staple alignment motor/R (M23)..................................................................................................................G-125
5.10.12 Center staple alignment motor/F (M24)..................................................................................................................G-125
5.10.13 Center fold roller motor (M25).................................................................................................................................G-126
5.10.14 Center fold plate motor (M26).................................................................................................................................G-126
5.10.15 Leading edge grip solenoid (SD3)..........................................................................................................................G-126
5.11 Disassembly/reassembly procedure (FK-508)....................................................................................................................G-128
5.11.1 FAX board.................................................................................................................................................................G-128
5.11.2 FAX board (Extension line).......................................................................................................................................G-128
5.11.3 Configuration of the FK-508 board............................................................................................................................G-129
6. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE PARTS..................................................................................................................G-131
6.1 Installing the key counter......................................................................................................................................................G-131
6.1.1 Configuration...............................................................................................................................................................G-131
6.1.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................G-131
6.2 Installing the original size detection sensor/2 (PS205).........................................................................................................G-132
6.2.1 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................G-132
H CLEANING/LUBRICATION...........................................................................................................H-1
1. bizhub 223/283/363/423..............................................................................................................................................H-1
1.1 Cleaning parts list......................................................................................................................................................................H-1
1.2 Lubrication parts list..................................................................................................................................................................H-1
1.3 Cleaning procedure...................................................................................................................................................................H-1
1.3.1 Tray 1 feed roller, tray 1 pick-up roller, tray 1 separation roller.......................................................................................H-1
1.3.2 Tray 2 feed roller, tray 2 pick-up roller, tray 2 separation roller.......................................................................................H-2
1.3.3 Tray 2 transport roller......................................................................................................................................................H-2
1.3.4 Manual bypass tray feed roller........................................................................................................................................H-3
1.3.5 Manual bypass tray separation roller..............................................................................................................................H-3
1.3.6 Original glass..................................................................................................................................................................H-3
1.3.7 Scanner rails...................................................................................................................................................................H-3
1.3.8 Mirrors (1st/2nd/3rd)........................................................................................................................................................H-3
1.3.9 Lens................................................................................................................................................................................H-4
1.3.10 CCD sensor...................................................................................................................................................................H-4
2. Option..........................................................................................................................................................................H-6
2.1 Cleaning parts list......................................................................................................................................................................H-6
2.1.1 PC-109/PC-208...............................................................................................................................................................H-6
2.1.2 PC-409............................................................................................................................................................................H-6
2.2 Cleaning procedure (PC-109/PC-208)......................................................................................................................................H-6
2.2.1 Separation roller..............................................................................................................................................................H-6
2.2.2 Feed roller.......................................................................................................................................................................H-6
2.2.3 Pick-up roller...................................................................................................................................................................H-7
2.2.4 Vertical transport roller....................................................................................................................................................H-7
2.3 Cleaning procedure (PC-409)...................................................................................................................................................H-7
2.3.1 Separation roller..............................................................................................................................................................H-7
2.3.2 Feed roller.......................................................................................................................................................................H-8
2.3.3 Pick-up roller...................................................................................................................................................................H-8
2.3.4 Vertical transport roller....................................................................................................................................................H-9
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING.................................................................................................................I-1
1. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION............................................................................................I-1
viii
1.1 Outline.........................................................................................................................................................................................I-1
1.2 Advance checks..........................................................................................................................................................................I-1
2. TOUCH PANEL ADJUSTMENT...................................................................................................................................I-2
2.1 Use..............................................................................................................................................................................................I-2
2.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................................I-2
3. UTILITY........................................................................................................................................................................I-3
3.1 List of utility mode (outline) ........................................................................................................................................................I-3
3.2 List of utility mode (detail)...........................................................................................................................................................I-4
3.2.1 One-Touch/User Box Registration....................................................................................................................................I-4
3.2.2 User Settings....................................................................................................................................................................I-5
3.2.3 Administrator Settings.......................................................................................................................................................I-8
3.2.4 Other Settings.................................................................................................................................................................I-17
3.3 Starting/Exiting..........................................................................................................................................................................I-19
3.3.1 Starting procedure..........................................................................................................................................................I-19
3.3.2 Exiting procedure............................................................................................................................................................I-19
4. UTILITY (ONE-TOUCH/USER BOX REGISTRATION)..............................................................................................I-20
One-Touch User Box Registration-Outline.......................................................................................................................................I-20
4.1 Create One-Touch destination..................................................................................................................................................I-20
4.1.1 Address Book (Public)/(Personal)...................................................................................................................................I-20
4.1.2 Group..............................................................................................................................................................................I-21
4.1.3 E-mail Settings................................................................................................................................................................I-21
4.2 Create User Box.......................................................................................................................................................................I-21
4.2.1 Public/Personal User Box...............................................................................................................................................I-21
4.2.2 Confidential RX User Box...............................................................................................................................................I-22
4.2.3 Bulletin Board User Box..................................................................................................................................................I-22
4.2.4 Relay User Box...............................................................................................................................................................I-22
4.3 Limiting Access to Destinations................................................................................................................................................I-22
4.3.1 Outline............................................................................................................................................................................I-22
4.3.2 Apply Levels/Groups to Destinations..............................................................................................................................I-23
5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)......................................................................................................................................I-24
5.1 System Settings........................................................................................................................................................................I-24
5.1.1 Language Selection........................................................................................................................................................I-24
5.1.2 Measurement Unit Settings............................................................................................................................................I-24
5.1.3 Paper Tray Settings........................................................................................................................................................I-24
5.1.4 Auto Color Level Adjust..................................................................................................................................................I-25
5.1.5 Power Save Settings......................................................................................................................................................I-25
5.1.6 Output Settings...............................................................................................................................................................I-25
5.1.7 AE Level Adjustment......................................................................................................................................................I-26
5.1.8 Auto Paper Select for Small Original..............................................................................................................................I-26
5.1.9 Blank Page Print Settings...............................................................................................................................................I-26
5.1.10 Page Number Print Position.........................................................................................................................................I-27
5.1.11 Select Keyboard...........................................................................................................................................................I-27
5.2 Custom Display Settings...........................................................................................................................................................I-27
5.2.1 Copier Settings...............................................................................................................................................................I-27
5.2.2 Scan/Fax Settings...........................................................................................................................................................I-28
5.2.3 User Box Settings...........................................................................................................................................................I-30
5.2.4 Copy Screen...................................................................................................................................................................I-30
5.2.5 Fax Active Screen...........................................................................................................................................................I-30
5.2.6 Color Selection Settings.................................................................................................................................................I-31
5.2.7 Left Panel Display Default..............................................................................................................................................I-31
5.2.8 Search Option Settings...................................................................................................................................................I-31
5.3 Copier Settings.........................................................................................................................................................................I-32
5.3.1 Auto Booklet ON when Fold & Staple.....................................................................................................................I-32
5.3.2 Auto Zoom for Combine/Booklet.....................................................................................................................................I-32
5.3.3 Auto Sort/Group Selection..............................................................................................................................................I-32
5.3.4 Default Copy Settings.....................................................................................................................................................I-32
5.3.5 Default Enlarge Display Settings....................................................................................................................................I-33
5.3.6 When AMS Direction is Incorrect....................................................................................................................................I-33
5.3.7 Separate Scan Output Method.......................................................................................................................................I-33
5.3.8 Enlargement Rotation.....................................................................................................................................................I-33
5.3.9 Auto Zoom (Platen).........................................................................................................................................................I-33
5.3.10 Auto Zoom (ADF)..........................................................................................................................................................I-34
5.3.11 Specify Default Tray when APS Off..............................................................................................................................I-34
5.3.12 Select Tray for Insert Sheet..........................................................................................................................................I-34
5.3.13 Half-Fold Specification..................................................................................................................................................I-34
5.3.14 Print Jobs During Copy Operation................................................................................................................................I-35
5.3.15 Automatic Image Rotation............................................................................................................................................I-35
5.3.16 Finishing Program.........................................................................................................................................................I-35
5.3.17 Card Shot Settings........................................................................................................................................................I-35
ix
5.4 Scan/Fax Settings.....................................................................................................................................................................I-36
5.4.1 JPEG Compression Level...............................................................................................................................................I-36
5.4.2 Black Compression Level...............................................................................................................................................I-36
5.4.3 TWAIN Lock Time...........................................................................................................................................................I-36
5.4.4 Default Scan/Fax Settings..............................................................................................................................................I-36
5.4.5 Default Enlarge Display Settings....................................................................................................................................I-37
5.4.6 Compact PDF/XPS Compression Level.........................................................................................................................I-37
5.4.7 Color TIFF Type..............................................................................................................................................................I-37
5.4.8 OCR Operation Setting...................................................................................................................................................I-37
5.4.9 Graphic Outlining............................................................................................................................................................I-38
5.5 Printer Settings.........................................................................................................................................................................I-38
5.5.1 Basic Settings.................................................................................................................................................................I-38
5.5.2 Paper Setting..................................................................................................................................................................I-40
5.5.3 PCL Settings...................................................................................................................................................................I-41
5.5.4 PS Setting.......................................................................................................................................................................I-42
5.5.5 XPS Settings...................................................................................................................................................................I-42
5.5.6 Print Reports...................................................................................................................................................................I-42
5.5.7 TIFF Image Paper Setting..............................................................................................................................................I-43
5.6 Change Password.....................................................................................................................................................................I-43
5.6.1 Use.................................................................................................................................................................................I-43
5.6.2 Procedure.......................................................................................................................................................................I-43
5.7 Change E-mail Address............................................................................................................................................................I-43
5.7.1 Use.................................................................................................................................................................................I-43
5.7.2 Procedure.......................................................................................................................................................................I-43
5.8 Change Icon..............................................................................................................................................................................I-43
5.8.1 Use.................................................................................................................................................................................I-43
5.8.2 Procedure.......................................................................................................................................................................I-43
5.9 Register Authentication Settings...............................................................................................................................................I-43
5.9.1 Use.................................................................................................................................................................................I-44
5.10 Register Authentication Settings-Default Application Selection..............................................................................................I-44
5.10.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-44
5.10.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-44
5.11 Cellular Phone/PDA Setting....................................................................................................................................................I-44
5.11.1 Link File Error Notification.............................................................................................................................................I-44
5.11.2 Proxy Server Use..........................................................................................................................................................I-44
5.11.3 Print Settings................................................................................................................................................................I-44
6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR SETTINGS)..................................................................................................................I-45
Administrator Settings-Outline.........................................................................................................................................................I-45
6.1 System Settings-Power Save Settings.....................................................................................................................................I-45
6.1.1 Low Power Mode Settings..............................................................................................................................................I-45
6.1.2 Sleep Mode Settings.......................................................................................................................................................I-45
6.1.3 Power Save Key.............................................................................................................................................................I-45
6.1.4 Enter Power Save Mode.................................................................................................................................................I-45
6.1.5 Auto Power OFF Setting.................................................................................................................................................I-46
6.2 System Settings-Output Settings..............................................................................................................................................I-46
6.2.1 Print/Fax Output Settings................................................................................................................................................I-46
6.2.2 Output Tray Settings.......................................................................................................................................................I-46
6.2.3 Shift Output Each Job.....................................................................................................................................................I-46
6.3 Date/Time Settings...................................................................................................................................................................I-47
6.3.1 Use.................................................................................................................................................................................I-47
6.3.2 Procedure.......................................................................................................................................................................I-47
6.4 System Settings-Daylight Saving Time.....................................................................................................................................I-47
6.4.1 Use.................................................................................................................................................................................I-47
6.4.2 Default setting.................................................................................................................................................................I-47
6.4.3 Setting item.....................................................................................................................................................................I-47
6.5 System Settings-Weekly Timer Settings...................................................................................................................................I-47
6.5.1 Weekly Timer ON/OFF Settings.....................................................................................................................................I-47
6.5.2 Time Settings..................................................................................................................................................................I-47
6.5.3 Date Settings..................................................................................................................................................................I-47
6.5.4 Select Time for Power Save...........................................................................................................................................I-47
6.5.5 Password for Non-Business Hours.................................................................................................................................I-48
6.6 System Settings-Restrict User Access.....................................................................................................................................I-48
6.6.1 Copy Program Lock Settings..........................................................................................................................................I-48
6.6.2 Delete Saved Copy Program..........................................................................................................................................I-48
6.6.3 Restrict Access to Job Settings......................................................................................................................................I-48
6.6.4 Restrict Operation...........................................................................................................................................................I-50
6.7 System Settings-Expert Adjustment.........................................................................................................................................I-50
Expert Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................................................I-50
6.7.1 AE Level Adjustment......................................................................................................................................................I-50
6.7.2 Printer Adjustment-Leading Edge Adjustment................................................................................................................I-50
x
6.7.3 Printer Adjustment-Centering.........................................................................................................................................I-51
6.7.4 Printer Adjustment-Leading Edge Adjustment: Duplex Side 2.......................................................................................I-51
6.7.5 Printer Adjustment-Centering: Duplex 2nd Side.............................................................................................................I-52
6.7.6 Printer Adjustment-Erase Leading Edge........................................................................................................................I-52
6.7.7 Printer Adjustment-Vertical Adjustment..........................................................................................................................I-53
6.7.8 Printer Adjustment-Media Adjustment............................................................................................................................I-53
6.7.9 Finisher Adjustment-Center Staple Position...................................................................................................................I-54
6.7.10 Finisher Adjustment-Half-Fold Position........................................................................................................................I-54
6.7.11 Finisher Adjustment-Punch Horizontal Position Adjustment.........................................................................................I-55
6.7.12 Finisher Adjustment-Punch Regist Loop Size Adjustment...........................................................................................I-56
6.7.13 Finisher Adjustment-Paper Alignment Plate Settings...................................................................................................I-56
6.7.14 Paper Separation Adjustment.......................................................................................................................................I-56
6.7.15 Gradation Adjustment...................................................................................................................................................I-56
6.7.16 Scanner Area................................................................................................................................................................I-58
6.7.17 Scanner Area-Scanner Adjustment: Leading Edge......................................................................................................I-58
6.7.18 Scanner Area-Scanner Adjustment: Centering.............................................................................................................I-59
6.7.19 Scanner Area-Horizontal Adjustment...........................................................................................................................I-59
6.7.20 Scanner Area-Vertical Adjustment................................................................................................................................I-60
6.7.21 ADF Adjustment............................................................................................................................................................I-61
6.7.22 ADF Adjustment-Centering...........................................................................................................................................I-61
6.7.23 ADF Adjustment-Original Stop Position........................................................................................................................I-61
6.7.24 ADF Adjustment-Centering Auto Adjustment...............................................................................................................I-62
6.7.25 ADF Adjustment-Auto Adj. of Stop Position..................................................................................................................I-62
6.7.26 Line Detection-Prior Detection Setting..........................................................................................................................I-62
6.7.27 Line Detection-Feed Cleaning Settings........................................................................................................................I-63
6.7.28 User Paper Settings......................................................................................................................................................I-63
6.7.29 Erase Adjustment-Non-Image Area Erase Operation Settings.....................................................................................I-64
6.7.30 Maximum Density Adjustment......................................................................................................................................I-64
6.7.31 Drum Dry......................................................................................................................................................................I-64
6.7.32 Replenish Toner...........................................................................................................................................................I-64
6.7.33 PS Designer Settings....................................................................................................................................................I-65
6.8 System Settings-List/Counter...................................................................................................................................................I-65
6.8.1 Management List............................................................................................................................................................I-65
6.8.2 Paper Size/Type Counter...............................................................................................................................................I-65
6.8.3 Meter Counter List..........................................................................................................................................................I-65
6.8.4 Check Consumables List................................................................................................................................................I-66
6.9 System Settings-Reset Settings...............................................................................................................................................I-66
6.9.1 System Auto Reset.........................................................................................................................................................I-66
6.9.2 Auto Reset......................................................................................................................................................................I-66
6.9.3 Job Reset........................................................................................................................................................................I-66
6.10 System Settings-User Box Settings........................................................................................................................................I-67
6.10.1 Delete Unused User Box..............................................................................................................................................I-67
6.10.2 Delete Secure Print Documents...................................................................................................................................I-67
6.10.3 Auto Delete Secure Document.....................................................................................................................................I-68
6.10.4 Encrypted PDF Delete Time.........................................................................................................................................I-68
6.10.5 ID & Print Delete Time..........................................................................................................................................I-68
6.10.6 Document Hold Setting.................................................................................................................................................I-68
6.10.7 External Memory Function Settings..............................................................................................................................I-69
6.10.8 Allow/Restrict User Box................................................................................................................................................I-69
6.10.9 ID & Print Delete after Print Setting......................................................................................................................I-69
6.10.10 Document Delete Time Setting...................................................................................................................................I-69
6.11 System Settings-Standard Size Setting..................................................................................................................................I-70
6.11.1 Original Glass Original Size Detect..............................................................................................................................I-70
6.11.2 Foolscap Size Setting...................................................................................................................................................I-70
6.12 System Settings-Stamp Settings............................................................................................................................................I-70
6.12.1 Header/Footer Settings.................................................................................................................................................I-70
6.12.2 Fax TX Settings............................................................................................................................................................I-70
6.13 System Settings-Blank Page Print Settings............................................................................................................................I-70
6.13.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-70
6.13.2 Default setting...............................................................................................................................................................I-70
6.13.3 Setting item...................................................................................................................................................................I-70
6.14 System Settings-Application Key Settings..............................................................................................................................I-71
6.14.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.14.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.15 System Settings-Skip Job Operation Settings........................................................................................................................I-71
6.15.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.15.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.16 System Settings-Default Bypass Paper Type Setting.............................................................................................................I-71
6.16.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.16.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-71
xi
6.17 System Settings-Page Number Print Position........................................................................................................................I-71
6.17.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.17.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.18 System Settings-Advanced Preview Setting...........................................................................................................................I-71
6.18.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.18.2 Default setting...............................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.18.3 Setting item...................................................................................................................................................................I-71
6.19 Administrator/Machine Settings..............................................................................................................................................I-71
6.19.1 Administrator Registration............................................................................................................................................I-71
6.19.2 Input Machine Address.................................................................................................................................................I-72
6.20 One-Touch/User Box Registration-Create One-Touch Destination........................................................................................I-72
6.20.1 Address Book...............................................................................................................................................................I-72
6.20.2 Group............................................................................................................................................................................I-73
6.20.3 E-mail Settings..............................................................................................................................................................I-73
6.21 One-Touch/User Box Registration-Create User Box..............................................................................................................I-73
6.21.1 Public/Personal User Box.............................................................................................................................................I-73
6.21.2 Confidential RX User Box.............................................................................................................................................I-73
6.21.3 Bulletin Board User Box................................................................................................................................................I-74
6.21.4 Relay User Box.............................................................................................................................................................I-74
6.21.5 Annotation User Box.....................................................................................................................................................I-74
6.22 One-Touch/User Box Registration-One-Touch/User Box Registration List............................................................................I-74
6.22.1 Address Book List.........................................................................................................................................................I-74
6.22.2 Group List.....................................................................................................................................................................I-74
6.22.3 Program List.................................................................................................................................................................I-74
6.22.4 E-mail Subject/Text List................................................................................................................................................I-75
6.23 One-Touch/User Box Registration-Maximum Number of User Boxes....................................................................................I-75
6.23.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-75
6.23.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-75
6.24 User Authentication/Account Track-General Settings.............................................................................................................I-75
6.24.1 User Authentication......................................................................................................................................................I-75
6.24.2 Public User Access.......................................................................................................................................................I-75
6.24.3 Account Track...............................................................................................................................................................I-75
6.24.4 Account Track Input Method.........................................................................................................................................I-76
6.24.5 Synchronize User Authentication & Account Track..............................................................................................I-76
6.24.6 When # of Jobs Reach Maximum.................................................................................................................................I-76
6.24.7 Number of User Counters Assigned.............................................................................................................................I-76
6.24.8 Ticket Hold Time Setting...............................................................................................................................................I-77
6.25 User Authentication/Account Track-User Authentication Setting............................................................................................I-77
6.25.1 Administrative Setting-User Name List.........................................................................................................................I-77
6.25.2 Administrative Setting-Default Function Permission.....................................................................................................I-77
6.25.3 Administrative Setting-ID & Print Settings............................................................................................................I-77
6.25.4 Administrative Setting-ID & Print Operation Settings............................................................................................I-78
6.25.5 Administrative Setting-Default Operation Selection......................................................................................................I-78
6.25.6 User Registration..........................................................................................................................................................I-78
6.25.7 User Counter................................................................................................................................................................I-78
6.26 User Authentication/Account Track-Account Track Setting....................................................................................................I-78
6.26.1 Account Track Registration...........................................................................................................................................I-79
6.26.2 Account Track Counter.................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.27 User Authentication/Account Track-Print without Authentication............................................................................................I-79
6.27.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.27.2 Default setting...............................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.27.3 Setting item...................................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.28 User Authentication/Account Track-Print Counter List............................................................................................................I-79
6.28.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.28.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.29 External Server Settings.........................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.29.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.29.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.29.3 Setting item...................................................................................................................................................................I-79
6.30 User Authentication/Account Track-Limiting Access to Destinations......................................................................................I-80
6.30.1 Create Group................................................................................................................................................................I-80
6.30.2 Apply Levels/Groups to Destinations............................................................................................................................I-80
6.30.3 Apply Levels/Groups to Users......................................................................................................................................I-80
6.31 User Authentication/Account Track-Authentication Device Settings.......................................................................................I-80
6.31.1 General Settings...........................................................................................................................................................I-80
6.31.2 Logoff Settings..............................................................................................................................................................I-80
6.32 User Authentication/Account Track-Auth/Acct Track Common Setting..................................................................................I-81
6.32.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.32.2 Default setting...............................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.32.3 Setting item...................................................................................................................................................................I-81
xii
6.33 User Authentication/Account Track-Scan to Home Settings...................................................................................................I-81
6.33.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.33.2 Default setting...............................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.33.3 Setting item...................................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.34 User Authentication/Account Track-Scan to Authorized Folder Settings................................................................................I-81
6.34.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.34.2 Default setting...............................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.34.3 Setting item...................................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.35 Network Settings-TCP/IP Settings..........................................................................................................................................I-81
6.35.1 TCP/IP Settings............................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.35.2 IPv4 Settings.................................................................................................................................................................I-81
6.35.3 IPv6 Settings.................................................................................................................................................................I-82
6.35.4 DNS Host......................................................................................................................................................................I-82
6.35.5 DNS Domain.................................................................................................................................................................I-83
6.35.6 DNS Server Settings (IPv4)..........................................................................................................................................I-83
6.35.7 DNS Server Settings (IPv6)..........................................................................................................................................I-83
6.35.8 IPsec Settings...............................................................................................................................................................I-84
6.35.9 IPsec Settings-IKE Settings..........................................................................................................................................I-84
6.35.10 IPsec Settings-IPsec SA Settings...............................................................................................................................I-85
6.35.11 IPsec Settings-Peer....................................................................................................................................................I-86
6.35.12 IP Filtering...................................................................................................................................................................I-87
6.35.13 RAW Port Number......................................................................................................................................................I-87
6.35.14 LLMNR Setting...........................................................................................................................................................I-87
6.36 Network Setting-NetWare Settings.........................................................................................................................................I-87
6.36.1 IPX Settings..................................................................................................................................................................I-87
6.36.2 NetWare Print Settings.................................................................................................................................................I-88
6.36.3 P Server Settings..........................................................................................................................................................I-88
6.36.4 Nprinter/Rprinter Settings.............................................................................................................................................I-89
6.36.5 User Authentication Setting (NDS)...............................................................................................................................I-89
6.37 Network Settings-http Server Settings....................................................................................................................................I-89
6.37.1 http Server Settings......................................................................................................................................................I-90
6.37.2 PSWC Settings.............................................................................................................................................................I-90
6.37.3 IPP Settings..................................................................................................................................................................I-90
6.37.4 Accept IPP jobs............................................................................................................................................................I-90
6.37.5 Support Information......................................................................................................................................................I-90
6.37.6 Printer Information........................................................................................................................................................I-90
6.37.7 IPP Authentication Settings..........................................................................................................................................I-91
6.37.8 Authentication Method..................................................................................................................................................I-91
6.37.9 User Name....................................................................................................................................................................I-91
6.37.10 Password....................................................................................................................................................................I-91
6.37.11 realm...........................................................................................................................................................................I-91
6.38 Network Settings-FTP Settings...............................................................................................................................................I-91
6.38.1 FTP TX Settings...........................................................................................................................................................I-91
6.38.2 FTP Server Settings.....................................................................................................................................................I-92
6.39 Network Settings-SMB Setting................................................................................................................................................I-92
6.39.1 Client Settings...............................................................................................................................................................I-92
6.39.2 Print Settings................................................................................................................................................................I-93
6.39.3 WINS Settings..............................................................................................................................................................I-94
6.39.4 Direct Hosting Setting...................................................................................................................................................I-94
6.40 Network Settings-LDAP Settings............................................................................................................................................I-94
6.40.1 Enabling LDAP.............................................................................................................................................................I-95
6.40.2 Setting Up LDAP...........................................................................................................................................................I-95
6.40.3 Default LDAP Server Setting........................................................................................................................................I-98
6.41 Network Settings-E-mail Settings-E-mail TX (SMTP).............................................................................................................I-98
6.41.1 E-mail TX (SMTP).........................................................................................................................................................I-98
6.41.2 Scan to E-mail..............................................................................................................................................................I-98
6.41.3 Status Notification.........................................................................................................................................................I-98
6.41.4 Total Counter Notification.............................................................................................................................................I-99
6.41.5 SMTP Server Address..................................................................................................................................................I-99
6.41.6 Binary Division..............................................................................................................................................................I-99
6.41.7 Divided Mail Size..........................................................................................................................................................I-99
6.41.8 Connection Timeout......................................................................................................................................................I-99
6.41.9 Server Capacity............................................................................................................................................................I-99
6.41.10 SSL/TLS Setting.......................................................................................................................................................I-100
6.41.11 Port No......................................................................................................................................................................I-100
6.41.12 Port Number (SSL)...................................................................................................................................................I-100
6.41.13 Certificate Verification Level Settings.......................................................................................................................I-100
6.41.14 Detail Settings: SMTP Authentication.......................................................................................................................I-100
6.41.15 Detail Settings: POP Before SMTP Authentication...................................................................................................I-100
6.41.16 Detail Settings: POP Before SMTP Time.................................................................................................................I-101
xiii
6.42 Network Settings-E-mail Settings-E-mail RX (POP).............................................................................................................I-101
6.42.1 E-mail RX (POP).........................................................................................................................................................I-101
6.42.2 POP Server Address..................................................................................................................................................I-101
6.42.3 Connection Timeout....................................................................................................................................................I-101
6.42.4 SSL Setting.................................................................................................................................................................I-101
6.42.5 Port No........................................................................................................................................................................I-101
6.42.6 Port Number (SSL).....................................................................................................................................................I-102
6.42.7 Certificate Verification Level Settings.........................................................................................................................I-102
6.42.8 Login Name................................................................................................................................................................I-102
6.42.9 Password....................................................................................................................................................................I-102
6.42.10 APOP Authentication................................................................................................................................................I-102
6.42.11 Check for New Messages.........................................................................................................................................I-102
6.42.12 Polling Interval..........................................................................................................................................................I-103
6.43 Network Settings-E-mail Settings-S/MIME Communication Settings...................................................................................I-103
6.43.1 S/MIME Communication Settings...............................................................................................................................I-103
6.43.2 Digital Signature.........................................................................................................................................................I-103
6.43.3 E-mail Text Encryption Method...................................................................................................................................I-103
6.43.4 Print S/MIME Information............................................................................................................................................I-103
6.43.5 Automatically Obtain Certificates................................................................................................................................I-104
6.43.6 Certificate Verification Level Settings.........................................................................................................................I-104
6.44 Network Settings-SNMP Setting...........................................................................................................................................I-104
6.44.1 SNMP Setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-104
6.44.2 UDP Port Number.......................................................................................................................................................I-105
6.44.3 SNMP v1/v2c Settings................................................................................................................................................I-105
6.44.4 SNMP v3 Settings.......................................................................................................................................................I-105
6.45 Network Settings-AppleTalk Settings....................................................................................................................................I-107
6.45.1 AppleTalk Settings......................................................................................................................................................I-107
6.45.2 Printer Name...............................................................................................................................................................I-108
6.45.3 Zone Name.................................................................................................................................................................I-108
6.45.4 Current Zone...............................................................................................................................................................I-108
6.46 Network Settings-Bonjour Setting.........................................................................................................................................I-108
6.46.1 Bonjour Setting...........................................................................................................................................................I-108
6.46.2 Bonjour Name.............................................................................................................................................................I-108
6.47 Network Settings-TCP Socket Settings................................................................................................................................I-108
6.47.1 TCP Socket.................................................................................................................................................................I-108
6.47.2 TCP Socket (ASCII Mode)..........................................................................................................................................I-109
6.48 Network Settings-Network Fax Setting.................................................................................................................................I-109
6.48.1 Network Fax Setting...................................................................................................................................................I-109
6.48.2 SMTP TX Settings......................................................................................................................................................I-110
6.48.3 SMTP RX Settings......................................................................................................................................................I-110
6.49 Network Settings-WebDAV Settings-WebDAV Client Settings.............................................................................................I-110
6.49.1 WebDAV Client Setting...............................................................................................................................................I-110
6.49.2 Proxy Server Address.................................................................................................................................................I-111
6.49.3 Proxy Server Port Number..........................................................................................................................................I-111
6.49.4 User Name..................................................................................................................................................................I-111
6.49.5 Password....................................................................................................................................................................I-111
6.49.6 Connection Timeout....................................................................................................................................................I-111
6.49.7 Server Authentication Character Code.......................................................................................................................I-111
6.49.8 Certificate Verification Level Settings.........................................................................................................................I-111
6.50 Network Settings-WebDAV Settings-WebDAV Server Settings...........................................................................................I-112
6.50.1 WebDAV Server Settings...........................................................................................................................................I-112
6.50.2 SSL Setting.................................................................................................................................................................I-112
6.50.3 Password Setting........................................................................................................................................................I-112
6.51 Network Settings-Web Service Settings-Web Service Common Settings............................................................................I-112
6.51.1 Friendly Name............................................................................................................................................................I-112
6.51.2 Publication Service.....................................................................................................................................................I-112
6.51.3 SSL Setting.................................................................................................................................................................I-112
6.51.4 Certificate Verification Level Settings.........................................................................................................................I-113
6.52 Network Settings-Web Service Settings-Printer Settings.....................................................................................................I-113
6.52.1 Printer Settings...........................................................................................................................................................I-113
6.52.2 Printer Name...............................................................................................................................................................I-113
6.52.3 Printer Location...........................................................................................................................................................I-113
6.52.4 Printer Information......................................................................................................................................................I-113
6.53 Network Settings-Web Service Settings-Scanner Settings...................................................................................................I-114
6.53.1 Scanner Settings........................................................................................................................................................I-114
6.53.2 Scanner Name............................................................................................................................................................I-114
6.53.3 Scanner Location........................................................................................................................................................I-114
6.53.4 Scanner Information...................................................................................................................................................I-114
6.53.5 Connection Timeout....................................................................................................................................................I-114
6.54 Network Settings-SSDP Settings..........................................................................................................................................I-114
xiv
6.54.1 SSDP Settings............................................................................................................................................................I-114
6.54.2 Multicast TTL Setting..................................................................................................................................................I-114
6.55 Network Settings-Detail Settings-Device Setting..................................................................................................................I-115
6.55.1 MAC Address..............................................................................................................................................................I-115
6.55.2 Network Speed...........................................................................................................................................................I-115
6.55.3 LLTD Setting...............................................................................................................................................................I-115
6.56 Network Settings-Detail Settings-Time Adjustment Setting..................................................................................................I-115
6.56.1 Time Adjustment Setting.............................................................................................................................................I-115
6.56.2 Auto IPv6 Retrieval.....................................................................................................................................................I-115
6.56.3 NTP Server Setting.....................................................................................................................................................I-116
6.56.4 Auto Time Adjustment................................................................................................................................................I-116
6.56.5 Polling Interval............................................................................................................................................................I-116
6.57 Network Settings-Detail Settings-Status Notification Setting................................................................................................I-116
6.57.1 Register Notification Address (IP Address)................................................................................................................I-116
6.57.2 Register Notification Address (IPX Address)..............................................................................................................I-116
6.57.3 Register Notification Address (E-mail Address)..........................................................................................................I-117
6.58 Network Settings-Detail Settings-Total Counter Notification Settings...................................................................................I-117
6.58.1 Notification Schedule Setting......................................................................................................................................I-117
6.58.2 Notification Address Setting........................................................................................................................................I-117
6.58.3 Model Name...............................................................................................................................................................I-117
6.58.4 Send Now...................................................................................................................................................................I-117
6.59 Network Settings-Detail Settings-PING Confirmation...........................................................................................................I-117
6.59.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-117
6.59.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................I-117
6.60 Network Settings-Detail Settings-SLP Setting......................................................................................................................I-117
6.60.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-117
6.60.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.60.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.61 Network Settings-Detail Settings-LPD Setting......................................................................................................................I-118
6.61.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.61.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.61.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.62 Network Settings-Detail Settings-Prefix/Suffix Setting..........................................................................................................I-118
6.62.1 ON/OFF Setting..........................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.62.2 Prefix/Suffix Setting....................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.63 Network Settings-Detail Settings-Error Code Display Setting...............................................................................................I-118
6.63.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.63.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.63.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-118
6.64 Network Settings-IEEE802.1X Authentication Settings........................................................................................................I-118
6.64.1 IEEE802.1X Authentication Settings..........................................................................................................................I-118
6.64.2 Auth. Status................................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.64.3 Reset Job Settings......................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.64.4 Certificate Verification Level Settings.........................................................................................................................I-119
6.65 Network Settings-Web Browser Setting................................................................................................................................I-119
6.65.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.65.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.65.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.66 Network Settings-Bluetooth Setting......................................................................................................................................I-119
6.66.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.66.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.66.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.67 Copier Settings.....................................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.67.1 Auto Zoom (Platen).....................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.67.2 Auto Zoom (ADF)........................................................................................................................................................I-119
6.67.3 Specify Default Tray when APS OFF.........................................................................................................................I-120
6.67.4 Select Tray for Insert Sheet........................................................................................................................................I-120
6.67.5 Print Jobs During Copy Operation..............................................................................................................................I-120
6.67.6 Automatic Image Rotation..........................................................................................................................................I-120
6.67.7 Card Shot Settings-Layout..........................................................................................................................................I-120
6.67.8 Card Shot Settings-Zoom...........................................................................................................................................I-121
6.67.9 Card Shot Settings-Store Original Size......................................................................................................................I-121
6.68 Printer Settings.....................................................................................................................................................................I-121
6.68.1 USB Timeout..............................................................................................................................................................I-121
6.68.2 Network Timeout.........................................................................................................................................................I-121
6.68.3 Print XPS Errors.........................................................................................................................................................I-121
6.68.4 PSWC Direct Print......................................................................................................................................................I-121
6.68.5 Assign Account to Acquire Device Info.......................................................................................................................I-122
6.69 Fax Settings-NOTE...............................................................................................................................................................I-122
6.70 Fax Settings-Header Information..........................................................................................................................................I-122
xv
6.70.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-122
6.70.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................I-122
6.71 Fax Settings-Header/Footer Position....................................................................................................................................I-122
6.71.1 Header Position..........................................................................................................................................................I-122
6.71.2 Print Receiver's Name................................................................................................................................................I-122
6.71.3 Footer Position............................................................................................................................................................I-122
6.72 Fax Settings-Line Parameter Setting....................................................................................................................................I-123
6.72.1 Dialing Method............................................................................................................................................................I-123
6.72.2 Receive Mode.............................................................................................................................................................I-123
6.72.3 Number of RX Call Rings (Receive Time Interval Setting).........................................................................................I-123
6.72.4 Number of Redials......................................................................................................................................................I-123
6.72.5 Redial Interval.............................................................................................................................................................I-124
6.72.6 Line Monitor Sound.....................................................................................................................................................I-124
6.72.7 Line Monitor Sound Volume (Send)............................................................................................................................I-124
6.72.8 Line Monitor Sound Volume (Receive).......................................................................................................................I-124
6.73 Fax Settings-TX/RX Settings................................................................................................................................................I-124
6.73.1 Duplex Print (RX)........................................................................................................................................................I-124
6.73.2 Letter/Ledger over A4/A3............................................................................................................................................I-125
6.73.3 Print Paper Selection..................................................................................................................................................I-125
6.73.4 Print Paper Size..........................................................................................................................................................I-125
6.73.5 Incorrect User Box No. Entry......................................................................................................................................I-125
6.73.6 Tray Selection for RX Print.........................................................................................................................................I-125
6.73.7 Min. Reduction for RX Print........................................................................................................................................I-126
6.73.8 Print Separate Fax Pages...........................................................................................................................................I-126
6.73.9 File After Polling TX....................................................................................................................................................I-126
6.73.10 No. of Sets (RX)........................................................................................................................................................I-126
6.73.11 Individual Receiving Line Setup................................................................................................................................I-126
6.73.12 Individual Sender Line Setup....................................................................................................................................I-126
6.74 Fax Settings-Function Settings-Function ON/OFF Setting...................................................................................................I-127
6.74.1 F-Code TX..................................................................................................................................................................I-127
6.74.2 Relay RX.....................................................................................................................................................................I-127
6.74.3 Relay Printing.............................................................................................................................................................I-127
6.74.4 Destination Check Display Function...........................................................................................................................I-128
6.74.5 Confirm Address (TX).................................................................................................................................................I-128
6.74.6 Confirm Address (Register)........................................................................................................................................I-128
6.75 Fax Settings-Function Settings.............................................................................................................................................I-128
6.75.1 Memory RX Setting.....................................................................................................................................................I-128
6.75.2 Closed Network RX....................................................................................................................................................I-128
6.75.3 Forward TX Setting.....................................................................................................................................................I-128
6.75.4 Incomplete TX Hold....................................................................................................................................................I-129
6.75.5 PC-Fax RX Setting.....................................................................................................................................................I-129
6.75.6 TSI User Box Setting..................................................................................................................................................I-129
6.76 Fax Settings-PBX Connection Setting..................................................................................................................................I-130
6.76.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-130
6.76.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-130
6.77 Fax Settings-Report Settings................................................................................................................................................I-130
6.77.1 Activity Report.............................................................................................................................................................I-130
6.77.2 TX Result Report........................................................................................................................................................I-131
6.77.3 Sequential TX Report.................................................................................................................................................I-131
6.77.4 Timer Reservation TX Report.....................................................................................................................................I-131
6.77.5 Confidential RX Report...............................................................................................................................................I-131
6.77.6 Bulletin TX Report.......................................................................................................................................................I-131
6.77.7 Relay TX Result Report..............................................................................................................................................I-131
6.77.8 Relay Request Report................................................................................................................................................I-132
6.77.9 PC-Fax TX Error Report.............................................................................................................................................I-132
6.77.10 Broadcast Result Report...........................................................................................................................................I-132
6.77.11 TX Result Report Check...........................................................................................................................................I-132
6.77.12 Network Fax RX Error Report...................................................................................................................................I-132
6.77.13 MDN Message..........................................................................................................................................................I-133
6.77.14 DSN Message...........................................................................................................................................................I-133
6.77.15 Print E-mail Message Body......................................................................................................................................I-133
6.78 Fax Settings-Job Settings List..............................................................................................................................................I-133
6.78.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-133
6.78.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................I-133
6.79 Fax Settings-Multi Line Settings...........................................................................................................................................I-133
6.79.1 Line Parameter Setting-Dialing Method......................................................................................................................I-134
6.79.2 Line Parameter Setting-Number of Rx Call Rings......................................................................................................I-134
6.79.3 Line Parameter Setting-Line Monitor Sound...............................................................................................................I-134
6.79.4 Function Settings-PC-FAX TX Setting........................................................................................................................I-134
6.79.5 Multi Line Settings......................................................................................................................................................I-134
xvi
6.79.6 Sender Fax No............................................................................................................................................................I-135
6.80 Fax Settings-Network Fax Settings.......................................................................................................................................I-135
6.80.1 Black Compression Level...........................................................................................................................................I-135
6.80.2 Color/Grayscale Multi-Value Compression Method....................................................................................................I-135
6.80.3 SIP Adaptor Connection Check..................................................................................................................................I-135
6.80.4 Internet Fax Self RX Ability.........................................................................................................................................I-135
6.80.5 Internet Fax Advanced Settings..................................................................................................................................I-136
6.80.6 IP Address Fax Operation Settings............................................................................................................................I-137
6.81 Fax Settings-Fax Print Quality Settings................................................................................................................................I-137
6.81.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-137
6.81.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-137
6.81.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-137
6.82 System Connection...............................................................................................................................................................I-137
6.82.1 OpenAPI Settings-Access Setting..............................................................................................................................I-137
6.82.2 OpenAPI Settings-SSL/Port Settings..........................................................................................................................I-138
6.82.3 OpenAPI Settings-Authentication...............................................................................................................................I-138
6.82.4 Call Remote Center....................................................................................................................................................I-138
6.82.5 Automatic Prefix/Suffix Setting...................................................................................................................................I-138
6.82.6 Printer Information......................................................................................................................................................I-139
6.82.7 Cellular Phone/PDA Setting........................................................................................................................................I-139
6.83 Security Settings-Administrator Password............................................................................................................................I-139
6.83.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-139
6.83.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................I-139
6.84 Security Settings-User Box Admin. Setting...........................................................................................................................I-139
6.84.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-139
6.84.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-139
6.84.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-139
6.85 Security Settings-Administrator Security Levels...................................................................................................................I-140
6.85.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-140
6.85.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-140
6.85.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-140
6.86 Security Settings-Security Details.........................................................................................................................................I-140
6.86.1 Password Rules..........................................................................................................................................................I-140
6.86.2 Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error........................................................................................................I-141
6.86.3 Confidential Document Access Method......................................................................................................................I-141
6.86.4 Manual Destination Input............................................................................................................................................I-141
6.86.5 Print Data Capture......................................................................................................................................................I-142
6.86.6 Job Log Settings.........................................................................................................................................................I-142
6.86.7 Restrict Fax TX...........................................................................................................................................................I-142
6.86.8 Hide Personal Information..........................................................................................................................................I-143
6.86.9 Hide Personal Information (MIB)................................................................................................................................I-143
6.86.10 Display Activity Log...................................................................................................................................................I-143
6.86.11 Initialize.....................................................................................................................................................................I-143
6.86.12 Job History Thumbnail Display.................................................................................................................................I-143
6.86.13 Secure Print Only......................................................................................................................................................I-144
6.86.14 Copy Guard..............................................................................................................................................................I-144
6.86.15 Web browser contents access..................................................................................................................................I-144
6.86.16 Web browser contents access..................................................................................................................................I-144
6.87 Security Settings-Enhanced Security Mode..........................................................................................................................I-145
6.87.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-145
6.87.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-145
6.87.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-145
6.88 Security Settings-HDD Settings/SSD Settings......................................................................................................................I-146
6.88.1 Check HDD Capacity/Check SSD Capacity...............................................................................................................I-146
6.88.2 Overwrite HDD Data...................................................................................................................................................I-146
6.88.3 Overwrite All Data.......................................................................................................................................................I-147
6.88.4 HDD Lock Password...................................................................................................................................................I-148
6.88.5 Format HDD................................................................................................................................................................I-148
6.88.6 Format SSD................................................................................................................................................................I-148
6.88.7 HDD Encryption Setting..............................................................................................................................................I-149
6.89 Security Settings-Function Management Setting..................................................................................................................I-149
6.89.1 Each Function Setting.................................................................................................................................................I-149
6.89.2 Max Copy Set.............................................................................................................................................................I-149
6.89.3 Network Function Usage Settings..............................................................................................................................I-150
6.89.4 Authentication Time Setting........................................................................................................................................I-150
6.90 Security Settings-Stamp Settings.........................................................................................................................................I-151
6.90.1 Apply Stamps..............................................................................................................................................................I-151
6.90.2 Delete Registered Stamp............................................................................................................................................I-151
6.91 Security Settings-Image Log Transfer Settings....................................................................................................................I-151
6.91.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-151
xvii
6.91.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-151
6.91.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-151
6.92 Security Settings-Driver Password Encryption Setting.........................................................................................................I-151
6.92.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-151
6.92.2 Default setting.............................................................................................................................................................I-152
6.92.3 Setting item.................................................................................................................................................................I-152
6.93 License Settings....................................................................................................................................................................I-152
6.93.1 Get Request Code......................................................................................................................................................I-152
6.93.2 Install License.............................................................................................................................................................I-152
6.93.3 List of Enabled Functions...........................................................................................................................................I-152
6.94 Restriction Code Setting-Restriction Code Setting...............................................................................................................I-152
6.94.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-152
7. UTILITY (OTHER SETTINGS).................................................................................................................................I-153
7.1 My Panel Settings...................................................................................................................................................................I-153
7.1.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-153
7.1.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-153
7.2 Device Information..................................................................................................................................................................I-153
7.2.1 Use...............................................................................................................................................................................I-153
7.2.2 Procedure.....................................................................................................................................................................I-153
7.3 Meter Count............................................................................................................................................................................I-153
7.3.1 Counter details..............................................................................................................................................................I-153
8. ADJUSTMENT ITEM LIST.......................................................................................................................................I-155
8.1 Replace paper feed roller........................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.2 Replace separation roller assy................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.3 Change marketing area..........................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.4 Install LCT...............................................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.5 Replace CCD unit...................................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.6 Replace mirror unit..................................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.7 Replace developing unit..........................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.8 Replace drum unit...................................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.9 Replace developer..................................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.10 Replace transfer roller unit....................................................................................................................................................I-155
8.11 Replace fusing unit...............................................................................................................................................................I-156
8.12 Replace ozone filter..............................................................................................................................................................I-156
8.13 Replace paper dust remover.................................................................................................................................................I-156
8.14 Replace PH unit....................................................................................................................................................................I-156
8.15 Replace original size detection sensor.................................................................................................................................I-156
8.16 Wind scanner drive cables....................................................................................................................................................I-156
8.17 Replace scanner motor.........................................................................................................................................................I-156
8.18 Replace exposure unit/LED exposure unit............................................................................................................................I-156
8.19 Replace scanner home sensor.............................................................................................................................................I-156
8.20 Replace printer control board................................................................................................................................................I-156
8.21 Replace MFP board..............................................................................................................................................................I-156
8.22 Replace original glass...........................................................................................................................................................I-157
8.23 Replace hard disk.................................................................................................................................................................I-157
8.24 Install hard disk.....................................................................................................................................................................I-157
8.25 Execute initialize...................................................................................................................................................................I-157
8.26 Execute add. option..............................................................................................................................................................I-157
8.27 Execute F/W update.............................................................................................................................................................I-157
8.28 Add fax board........................................................................................................................................................................I-157
8.29 Replace DF control board.....................................................................................................................................................I-157
9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS...................................................................................................................................I-158
9.1 Scan Setting............................................................................................................................................................................I-158
9.1.1 Original Image Type.....................................................................................................................................................I-158
9.1.2 Density..........................................................................................................................................................................I-158
9.1.3 Simplex/Duplex.............................................................................................................................................................I-158
9.1.4 Resolution.....................................................................................................................................................................I-158
9.1.5 Special Original.............................................................................................................................................................I-159
9.1.6 Bind Position.................................................................................................................................................................I-159
9.1.7 Number of Original........................................................................................................................................................I-159
9.1.8 Scan Size......................................................................................................................................................................I-159
9.1.9 Frame Erase.................................................................................................................................................................I-162
9.1.10 Background Adjustment..............................................................................................................................................I-162
9.1.11 TX Stamp....................................................................................................................................................................I-162
9.1.12 Sharpness...................................................................................................................................................................I-162
9.1.13 File Type.....................................................................................................................................................................I-162
9.2 Comm. Setting........................................................................................................................................................................I-162
9.2.1 Quick Memory TX.........................................................................................................................................................I-162
9.2.2 Memory TX (Quick Memory TX OFF)...........................................................................................................................I-163
9.2.3 Memory TX (=Quick Memory TX OFF).........................................................................................................................I-163
xviii
9.2.4 F-Code TX....................................................................................................................................................................I-163
9.2.5 Polling RX.....................................................................................................................................................................I-163
9.2.6 Timer TX.......................................................................................................................................................................I-164
9.2.7 Password TX................................................................................................................................................................I-164
9.2.8 Oversea TX...................................................................................................................................................................I-164
9.2.9 ECM OFF......................................................................................................................................................................I-164
9.2.10 V34 OFF.....................................................................................................................................................................I-164
9.2.11 Line Selection.............................................................................................................................................................I-164
9.2.12 URL Information..........................................................................................................................................................I-164
9.3 Others.....................................................................................................................................................................................I-164
9.3.1 Separate Scan..............................................................................................................................................................I-164
9.3.2 Multiple Destination Select...........................................................................................................................................I-165
9.3.3 Scan To E-Mail.............................................................................................................................................................I-165
9.3.4 Scan To Box.................................................................................................................................................................I-165
9.3.5 Scan Mode....................................................................................................................................................................I-165
9.4 Caution when using prefix/suffix auto setting (North American users only)............................................................................I-165
10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE......................................................................................................................................I-166
10.1 List of service mode (outline)................................................................................................................................................I-166
10.2 List of service mode (detail)..................................................................................................................................................I-166
10.2.1 Machine......................................................................................................................................................................I-166
10.2.2 Imaging Process Adjustment......................................................................................................................................I-167
10.2.3 CS Remote Care........................................................................................................................................................I-168
10.2.4 System 1.....................................................................................................................................................................I-169
10.2.5 System 2.....................................................................................................................................................................I-169
10.2.6 Counter.......................................................................................................................................................................I-170
10.2.7 List Output..................................................................................................................................................................I-171
10.2.8 State Confirmation......................................................................................................................................................I-171
10.2.9 Test Mode...................................................................................................................................................................I-172
10.2.10 ADF...........................................................................................................................................................................I-172
10.2.11 FAX...........................................................................................................................................................................I-173
10.2.12 Finisher.....................................................................................................................................................................I-173
10.2.13 Internet ISW..............................................................................................................................................................I-174
11. SERVICE MODE....................................................................................................................................................I-175
11.1 Starting/Exiting......................................................................................................................................................................I-175
11.1.1 Starting procedure......................................................................................................................................................I-175
11.1.2 Exiting procedure........................................................................................................................................................I-175
11.2 Date/Time Input mode..........................................................................................................................................................I-175
11.2.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-175
11.2.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................I-175
11.3 Machine................................................................................................................................................................................I-176
11.3.1 Fusing Temperature...................................................................................................................................................I-177
11.3.2 Org. Size Detecting Sensor Adj..................................................................................................................................I-177
11.3.3 Printer Area.................................................................................................................................................................I-177
11.3.4 Tray Printing Position: Tip...........................................................................................................................................I-180
11.3.5 Scan Area...................................................................................................................................................................I-181
11.3.6 Printer Reg. Loop Adj.................................................................................................................................................I-183
11.3.7 Manual Bypass Tray Width Adj...................................................................................................................................I-184
11.3.8 Lead Edge Erase Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................I-184
11.3.9 ADF Scan Glass Contamination.................................................................................................................................I-184
11.3.10 Non-Image Area Erase Check..................................................................................................................................I-184
11.3.11 Cooling Fan Stop Delay............................................................................................................................................I-185
11.3.12 Fusing Productivity Choice.......................................................................................................................................I-185
11.3.13 Print Interval Extension.............................................................................................................................................I-185
11.4 Firmware Version..................................................................................................................................................................I-186
11.4.1 Use.............................................................................................................................................................................I-187
11.4.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................I-187
11.5 Imaging Process Adjustment................................................................................................................................................I-188
11.5.1 Gradation Adjust.........................................................................................................................................................I-188
11.5.2 Max Image Density Adj...............................................................................................................................................I-189
11.5.3 TCR Level Setting.......................................................................................................................................................I-190
11.5.4 Image Background Adj...............................................................................................................................................I-190
11.5.5 Transfer Voltage Fine Adj...........................................................................................................................................I-190
11.5.6 TCR Sensor Adjust.....................................................................................................................................................I-191
11.5.7 Paper Separation Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................I-191
11.5.8 Manual Toner Add......................................................................................................................................................I-192
11.5.9 Dot Enhancement.......................................................................................................................................................I-192
11.6 CS Remote Care (Outlines)..................................................................................................................................................I-192
11.7 Setting up the CS Remote Care...........................................................................................................................................I-193
11.7.1 Using the telephone line modem................................................................................................................................I-193
11.7.2 Using the Fax line modem..........................................................................................................................................I-193
xix
11.7.3 Using E-mail...............................................................................................................................................................I-194
11.7.4 When using a WebDAV server in http communication...............................................................................................I-195
11.8 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care............................................................................................................................I-197
11.8.1 Input procedure...........................................................................................................................................................I-197
11.8.2 List of software SW for CS Remote Care...................................................................................................................I-197
11.8.3 SW No. 01..................................................................................................................................................................I-197
11.8.4 SW No. 02..................................................................................................................................................................I-198
11.8.5 SW No. 03..................................................................................................................................................................I-198
11.8.6 SW No. 04..................................................................................................................................................................I-199
11.8.7 SW No. 05..................................................................................................................................................................I-199
11.8.8 SW No. 06..................................................................................................................................................................I-199
11.8.9 SW No. 07..................................................................................................................................................................I-200
11.8.10 SW No. 08................................................................................................................................................................I-200
11.8.11 SW No. 09................................................................................................................................................................I-200
11.8.12 SW No. 10................................................................................................................................................................I-201
11.8.13 SW No. 11................................................................................................................................................................I-201
11.8.14 SW No. 12................................................................................................................................................................I-201
11.8.15 SW No. 14................................................................................................................................................................I-202
11.8.16 SW No. 15................................................................................................................................................................I-202
11.8.17 SW No. 18................................................................................................................................................................I-202
11.8.18 SW No. 21................................................................................................................................................................I-203
11.8.19 SW No. 22................................................................................................................................................................I-203
11.8.20 SW No. 23................................................................................................................................................................I-203
11.9 Detail on settings for CS Remote Care.................................................................................................................................I-204
11.9.1 System Selection........................................................................................................................................................I-204
11.9.2 ID Code.......................................................................................................................................................................I-204
11.9.3 Detail Setting..............................................................................................................................................................I-204
11.9.4 Server Setting (E-Mail1 or E-mail2 is selected.).........................................................................................................I-206
11.9.5 Server Setting (http1 or http2 is selected)..................................................................................................................I-209
11.9.6 Setup confirmation......................................................................................................................................................I-209
11.9.7 Calling the maintenance.............................................................................................................................................I-209
11.9.8 Calling the center from the administrator....................................................................................................................I-210
11.9.9 Checking the transmission log....................................................................................................................................I-210
11.10 System 1.............................................................................................................................................................................I-210
11.10.1 Marketing Area.........................................................................................................................................................I-210
11.10.2 Tel/Fax Number........................................................................................................................................................I-211
11.10.3 Serial Number...........................................................................................................................................................I-211
11.10.4 Sleep ON/OFF Choice Setting..................................................................................................................................I-211
11.10.5 Foolscap Size Setting...............................................................................................................................................I-212
11.10.6 Original Size Detection.............................................................................................................................................I-212
11.10.7 Install Date................................................................................................................................................................I-213
11.10.8 Initialization-Clear All Data........................................................................................................................................I-213
11.10.9 Initialization-Clear Individual Data............................................................................................................................I-213
11.10.10 Initialization-System Error Clear.............................................................................................................................I-214
11.10.11 Problem Unit Isolation Set......................................................................................................................................I-214
11.10.12 Machine State LED Setting.....................................................................................................................................I-214
11.11 System 2.............................................................................................................................................................................I-215
11.11.1 HDD..........................................................................................................................................................................I-216
11.11.2 Image Controller Setting...........................................................................................................................................I-216
11.11.3 Option Board Status.................................................................................................................................................I-217
11.11.4 Consumable Life Reminder......................................................................................................................................I-217
11.11.5 Unit Change..............................................................................................................................................................I-217
11.11.6 Software Switch Setting............................................................................................................................................I-218
11.11.7 CCD Calibration........................................................................................................................................................I-218
11.11.8 LCT Paper Size Setting............................................................................................................................................I-219
11.11.9 Line Mag Setting.......................................................................................................................................................I-219
11.11.10 Data Capture..........................................................................................................................................................I-219
11.11.11 ADF Scan Glass Contamin. Set.............................................................................................................................I-221
11.11.12 Stamp.....................................................................................................................................................................I-221
11.11.13 Network Fax Settings..............................................................................................................................................I-222
11.11.14 User Paper Settings................................................................................................................................................I-222
11.11.15 Coverage Rate Screen...........................................................................................................................................I-223
11.11.16 JAM Code Display Setting......................................................................................................................................I-223
11.11.17 BootUp Screen.......................................................................................................................................................I-223
11.11.18 Install Data..............................................................................................................................................................I-224
11.11.19 Bluetooth Settings...................................................................................................................................................I-224
11.11.20 Auto Drum Dry........................................................................................................................................................I-224
11.12 Counter...............................................................................................................................................................................I-225
11.12.1 Common procedure..................................................................................................................................................I-225
11.12.2 Life............................................................................................................................................................................I-225
xx
11.12.3 Service Call Counter.................................................................................................................................................I-226
11.12.4 Section Service Call..................................................................................................................................................I-226
11.12.5 Warning....................................................................................................................................................................I-226
11.12.6 Maintenance.............................................................................................................................................................I-226
11.12.7 Service Total.............................................................................................................................................................I-227
11.12.8 Counter of Each Mode..............................................................................................................................................I-227
11.12.9 Service Call History (Data).......................................................................................................................................I-227
11.12.10 ADF Paper Pages...................................................................................................................................................I-227
11.12.11 Paper Jam History..................................................................................................................................................I-227
11.12.12 Fax Connection Error..............................................................................................................................................I-227
11.12.13 ADF Scan Glass Contamin. Counter......................................................................................................................I-227
11.12.14 Jam.........................................................................................................................................................................I-228
11.12.15 Section JAM............................................................................................................................................................I-228
11.13 List Output...........................................................................................................................................................................I-228
11.13.1 Batch List CSV Output..............................................................................................................................................I-228
11.13.2 Machine Management List........................................................................................................................................I-229
11.13.3 Adjustment List.........................................................................................................................................................I-229
11.13.4 Parameter List..........................................................................................................................................................I-229
11.13.5 Service Parameter....................................................................................................................................................I-230
11.13.6 Protocol Trace..........................................................................................................................................................I-231
11.13.7 Fax Setting List.........................................................................................................................................................I-232
11.13.8 Fax Analysis List.......................................................................................................................................................I-235
11.13.9 SIP Protocol Trace....................................................................................................................................................I-235
11.14 State Confirmation..............................................................................................................................................................I-235
11.14.1 Sensor Check...........................................................................................................................................................I-236
11.14.2 Table Number...........................................................................................................................................................I-242
11.14.3 Level History1...........................................................................................................................................................I-242
11.14.4 Level History 2..........................................................................................................................................................I-243
11.14.5 Temp. & Humidity.....................................................................................................................................................I-243
11.14.6 CCD Check...............................................................................................................................................................I-243
11.14.7 Memory.....................................................................................................................................................................I-243
11.14.8 Adjustment Data List.................................................................................................................................................I-247
11.15 Test Mode...........................................................................................................................................................................I-247
11.15.1 Procedure for test pattern output..............................................................................................................................I-247
11.15.2 Gradation Pattern.....................................................................................................................................................I-247
11.15.3 Halftone Pattern........................................................................................................................................................I-248
11.15.4 Lattice Pattern...........................................................................................................................................................I-248
11.15.5 Paper Passage Test.................................................................................................................................................I-249
11.15.6 Fax Test-Signal Send Test.......................................................................................................................................I-249
11.15.7 Fax Test-Signal Receive Test...................................................................................................................................I-251
11.15.8 Fax Test-NCU TEST.................................................................................................................................................I-252
11.16 ADF.....................................................................................................................................................................................I-252
11.16.1 Original Stop Position...............................................................................................................................................I-252
11.16.2 Registration Loop Adj...............................................................................................................................................I-253
11.16.3 Auto Stop Position Adjustment.................................................................................................................................I-254
11.16.4 Paper Passage.........................................................................................................................................................I-255
11.16.5 Sensor Check...........................................................................................................................................................I-255
11.16.6 Original Tray Width...................................................................................................................................................I-256
11.16.7 Read Pos Adj............................................................................................................................................................I-257
11.16.8 Feed Zoom...............................................................................................................................................................I-258
11.16.9 Scanning Light Adjustment.......................................................................................................................................I-258
11.16.10 Mixed original Size adjustment...............................................................................................................................I-258
11.16.11 FD-Mag. Adj. (B).....................................................................................................................................................I-259
11.17 FAX setting (Line1).............................................................................................................................................................I-260
11.17.1 Modem/NCU.............................................................................................................................................................I-260
11.17.2 Network.....................................................................................................................................................................I-263
11.17.3 System......................................................................................................................................................................I-265
11.17.4 Fax File Format.........................................................................................................................................................I-268
11.17.5 Communication.........................................................................................................................................................I-268
11.17.6 List Output................................................................................................................................................................I-272
11.17.7 Function Parameter..................................................................................................................................................I-272
11.17.8 Initialization...............................................................................................................................................................I-280
11.18 FAX setting (Line2).............................................................................................................................................................I-281
11.18.1 Modem/NCU.............................................................................................................................................................I-281
11.18.2 Network.....................................................................................................................................................................I-284
11.18.3 Communication.........................................................................................................................................................I-286
11.18.4 Initialization...............................................................................................................................................................I-288
11.19 FAX setting (Address parameter list: for main line and sub line)........................................................................................I-288
11.19.1 0b000*......................................................................................................................................................................I-288
11.19.2 0b001*......................................................................................................................................................................I-291
xxi
11.19.3 0b002*......................................................................................................................................................................I-292
11.19.4 0b003*......................................................................................................................................................................I-293
11.19.5 0b004*, 0b005*.........................................................................................................................................................I-294
11.19.6 0b006*......................................................................................................................................................................I-294
11.19.7 0e000*......................................................................................................................................................................I-295
11.19.8 0e001*......................................................................................................................................................................I-298
11.19.9 0e002*......................................................................................................................................................................I-300
11.19.10 0e003*....................................................................................................................................................................I-300
11.19.11 0e004*....................................................................................................................................................................I-300
11.19.12 0e005*....................................................................................................................................................................I-302
11.19.13 12000*....................................................................................................................................................................I-304
11.19.14 13000*....................................................................................................................................................................I-307
11.19.15 13003*....................................................................................................................................................................I-309
11.19.16 13004*....................................................................................................................................................................I-310
11.19.17 13005*....................................................................................................................................................................I-311
11.19.18 13006*....................................................................................................................................................................I-311
11.19.19 13007*....................................................................................................................................................................I-312
11.19.20 13008*....................................................................................................................................................................I-314
11.20 FAX setting (Address parameter list: for main line)............................................................................................................I-315
11.20.1 0e009*......................................................................................................................................................................I-315
11.20.2 0e00a*......................................................................................................................................................................I-318
11.20.3 0e00b*......................................................................................................................................................................I-320
11.20.4 0e00c*.......................................................................................................................................................................I-322
11.20.5 0e00d*......................................................................................................................................................................I-325
11.20.6 0e00e*......................................................................................................................................................................I-327
11.20.7 0e00f*.......................................................................................................................................................................I-329
11.20.8 0e010*......................................................................................................................................................................I-330
11.20.9 0e011*......................................................................................................................................................................I-332
11.20.10 0f000*.....................................................................................................................................................................I-333
11.20.11 0f001*.....................................................................................................................................................................I-335
11.20.12 10000*....................................................................................................................................................................I-336
11.20.13 10001*....................................................................................................................................................................I-338
11.21 FAX setting (Address parameter list: for sub line)..............................................................................................................I-339
11.21.1 0e01a*......................................................................................................................................................................I-339
11.21.2 0e01b*......................................................................................................................................................................I-341
11.21.3 0e01c*.......................................................................................................................................................................I-343
11.21.4 0e01d*......................................................................................................................................................................I-346
11.21.5 0e01e*......................................................................................................................................................................I-348
11.21.6 0e01f*.......................................................................................................................................................................I-351
11.21.7 0e020*......................................................................................................................................................................I-353
11.21.8 0e021*......................................................................................................................................................................I-354
11.21.9 0e022*......................................................................................................................................................................I-355
11.21.10 0f002*.....................................................................................................................................................................I-356
11.21.11 0f003*.....................................................................................................................................................................I-359
11.21.12 10002*....................................................................................................................................................................I-359
11.21.13 10003*....................................................................................................................................................................I-362
11.22 Finisher...............................................................................................................................................................................I-362
11.22.1 FS-FN adjustment.....................................................................................................................................................I-362
11.22.2 Punch Option Setting................................................................................................................................................I-366
11.22.3 Job Separator...........................................................................................................................................................I-366
11.23 Internet ISW........................................................................................................................................................................I-367
11.23.1 Internet ISW (HTTP Setting).....................................................................................................................................I-367
11.23.2 Internet ISW (FTP Setting).......................................................................................................................................I-368
11.23.3 Forwarding Access Setting.......................................................................................................................................I-369
11.23.4 Download..................................................................................................................................................................I-370
12. ENHANCED SECURITY........................................................................................................................................I-371
12.1 List of Enhanced Security.....................................................................................................................................................I-371
12.2 Starting/Exiting......................................................................................................................................................................I-371
12.2.1 Starting procedure......................................................................................................................................................I-371
12.2.2 Exiting procedure........................................................................................................................................................I-371
12.3 Enhanced Security................................................................................................................................................................I-372
12.3.1 CE Password..............................................................................................................................................................I-372
12.3.2 Administrator Password..............................................................................................................................................I-372
12.3.3 Administrator Feature Level........................................................................................................................................I-372
12.3.4 CE Authentication.......................................................................................................................................................I-373
12.3.5 Life Stop Setting.........................................................................................................................................................I-373
12.3.6 NVRAM Data Backup.................................................................................................................................................I-373
12.3.7 Operation Ban release time........................................................................................................................................I-373
12.3.8 Administrator unlocking..............................................................................................................................................I-374
12.3.9 Engine FW DipSW......................................................................................................................................................I-374
xxii
13. BILLING SETTING.................................................................................................................................................I-375
Billing setting..................................................................................................................................................................................I-375
13.1 List of billing setting...............................................................................................................................................................I-375
13.2 Starting/Exiting......................................................................................................................................................................I-375
13.2.1 Starting procedure......................................................................................................................................................I-375
13.2.2 Exiting procedure........................................................................................................................................................I-376
13.3 Billing setting.........................................................................................................................................................................I-376
13.3.1 Counter Setting...........................................................................................................................................................I-376
13.3.2 Management Function Choice....................................................................................................................................I-377
13.3.3 Management Function Choice-Key Counter IF Vendor..............................................................................................I-377
13.3.4 Management Function Choice-Authentication Device................................................................................................I-377
13.3.5 Management Function Choice-Key Counter Only......................................................................................................I-378
13.3.6 Management Function Choice-Management Device..................................................................................................I-379
13.3.7 Management Function Choice-Vendor 1....................................................................................................................I-380
13.3.8 Management Function Choice-Vendor 2....................................................................................................................I-380
13.3.9 Setting items that automatically change the setting values........................................................................................I-380
13.3.10 Coverage Rate Clear................................................................................................................................................I-383
13.3.11 License management-Activation...............................................................................................................................I-383
13.3.12 License management-Deactivation..........................................................................................................................I-387
13.3.13 License management-Repair....................................................................................................................................I-391
13.3.14 License management-Initialize.................................................................................................................................I-394
13.3.15 License management-Request Code.......................................................................................................................I-395
13.3.16 License management-List.........................................................................................................................................I-395
13.3.17 License management-Function List..........................................................................................................................I-395
13.3.18 OpenAPI Authentication Management.....................................................................................................................I-395
14. CONTENTS TO BE CLEARED BY RESET FUNCTION........................................................................................I-396
15. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT bizhub 223/283/363/423.......................................................................................I-397
15.1 Scanner section....................................................................................................................................................................I-397
15.1.1 Adjustment of the scanner motor belt.........................................................................................................................I-397
15.1.2 Positioning of the exposure unit/LED exposure unit and mirrors unit.........................................................................I-397
15.2 Paper feed section................................................................................................................................................................I-398
15.2.1 Skew adjustment of the tray 1/2.................................................................................................................................I-398
15.2.2 Centering adjustment of the tray 1/2...........................................................................................................................I-398
15.3 Manual bypass tray section..................................................................................................................................................I-399
15.3.1 Adjustment of the bypass paper size unit...................................................................................................................I-399
16. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT DF-621..................................................................................................................I-401
16.1 Original document feed section............................................................................................................................................I-401
16.1.1 Adjusting the height....................................................................................................................................................I-401
16.1.2 Adjusting skew feed....................................................................................................................................................I-402
17. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT PC-109/PC-208.....................................................................................................I-404
17.1 Paper reference position.......................................................................................................................................................I-404
17.1.1 Purpose......................................................................................................................................................................I-404
17.1.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................I-404
18. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT PC-409..................................................................................................................I-405
18.1 Paper reference position.......................................................................................................................................................I-405
18.1.1 Purpose......................................................................................................................................................................I-405
18.1.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................I-405
18.2 Shifter movement timing belt adjustment..............................................................................................................................I-406
18.2.1 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................I-406
19. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT PK-517..................................................................................................................I-408
19.1 Punch section.......................................................................................................................................................................I-408
19.1.1 Punch hole deviation correction..................................................................................................................................I-408
20. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT SD-509..................................................................................................................I-410
20.1 Paper exit section.................................................................................................................................................................I-410
20.1.1 Half-fold skew adjustment...........................................................................................................................................I-410
J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE.........................................................................................................J-1
1. Confirming the firmware version..................................................................................................................................J-2
1.1 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................................J-2
2. USB memory................................................................................................................................................................J-3
2.1 Preparation.................................................................................................................................................................................J-3
2.2 Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................................J-3
2.3 Action when data transfer fails...................................................................................................................................................J-5
3. Internet ISW.................................................................................................................................................................J-6
3.1 Preparations for firmware rewriting............................................................................................................................................J-6
3.1.1 Outline..............................................................................................................................................................................J-6
3.1.2 Service environment........................................................................................................................................................J-6
3.1.3 Preparations for firmware rewriting..................................................................................................................................J-6
xxiii
3.2 Firmware rewriting from the control panel..................................................................................................................................J-7
3.2.1 Firmware rewriting from the control panel........................................................................................................................J-7
4. CS Remote Care........................................................................................................................................................J-10
4.1 Firmware rewriting from the CS Remote Care.........................................................................................................................J-10
K TROUBLESHOOTING...................................................................................................................K-1
1. JAM CODE..................................................................................................................................................................K-1
JAM DISPLAY..................................................................................................................................................................................K-1
(1) JAM DISPLAY.....................................................................................................................................................................K-1
(2) Misfeed display resetting procedure...................................................................................................................................K-1
1.1 List of the JAM code..................................................................................................................................................................K-1
1.2 JAM that do not display the JAM code......................................................................................................................................K-2
1.3 Sensor layout.............................................................................................................................................................................K-4
1.3.1 bizhub 223/283/363/423..................................................................................................................................................K-4
1.3.2 DF-621............................................................................................................................................................................K-4
1.3.3 PC-109/PC-208...............................................................................................................................................................K-5
1.3.4 PC-409............................................................................................................................................................................K-6
1.3.5 JS-505.............................................................................................................................................................................K-6
1.3.6 FS-529.............................................................................................................................................................................K-7
1.3.7 FS-527/SD-509/PK-517/JS-603......................................................................................................................................K-7
1.4 Initial check items......................................................................................................................................................................K-7
1.5 1*-**...........................................................................................................................................................................................K-8
1.5.1 10-01, 10-40....................................................................................................................................................................K-8
1.5.2 11-01, 11-44....................................................................................................................................................................K-8
1.5.3 12-01, 12-40....................................................................................................................................................................K-9
1.5.4 13-01, 13-40....................................................................................................................................................................K-9
1.5.5 14-01, 14-40..................................................................................................................................................................K-10
1.5.6 15-01, 15-40, 15-43.......................................................................................................................................................K-10
1.5.7 17-08, 17-21, 17-22.......................................................................................................................................................K-11
1.6 2*-**.........................................................................................................................................................................................K-12
1.6.1 20-01, 20-11..................................................................................................................................................................K-12
1.6.2 20-12, 20-21..................................................................................................................................................................K-12
1.6.3 20-13, 20-22..................................................................................................................................................................K-13
1.7 3*-**.........................................................................................................................................................................................K-13
1.7.1 30-01, 30-03..................................................................................................................................................................K-13
1.7.2 32-01, 32-05, 32-31.......................................................................................................................................................K-14
1.8 6*-**.........................................................................................................................................................................................K-14
1.8.1 66-01, 66-11, 66-21.......................................................................................................................................................K-14
1.8.2 66-02, 66-12..................................................................................................................................................................K-15
1.8.3 66-03, 66-13, 66-23, 66-33............................................................................................................................................K-15
1.8.4 66-04, 66-14, 66-24, 66-34............................................................................................................................................K-16
1.8.5 66-05, 66-06, 66-07, 66-15............................................................................................................................................K-16
1.9 7*-**.........................................................................................................................................................................................K-17
1.9.1 72-14.............................................................................................................................................................................K-17
1.9.2 72-15.............................................................................................................................................................................K-17
1.9.3 72-16.............................................................................................................................................................................K-18
1.9.4 72-17.............................................................................................................................................................................K-19
1.9.5 72-18.............................................................................................................................................................................K-19
1.9.6 72-19.............................................................................................................................................................................K-20
1.9.7 72-21.............................................................................................................................................................................K-20
1.9.8 72-22.............................................................................................................................................................................K-21
1.9.9 72-26.............................................................................................................................................................................K-21
1.9.10 72-43...........................................................................................................................................................................K-22
1.9.11 72-81...........................................................................................................................................................................K-22
1.9.12 72-85...........................................................................................................................................................................K-22
1.9.13 72-86...........................................................................................................................................................................K-23
1.9.14 72-87...........................................................................................................................................................................K-23
1.10 9*-**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-23
1.10.1 92-01, 92-40................................................................................................................................................................K-23
1.10.2 93-01...........................................................................................................................................................................K-24
1.10.3 99-01...........................................................................................................................................................................K-24
2. MALFUNCTION CODE.............................................................................................................................................K-26
2.1 Display procedure....................................................................................................................................................................K-26
2.2 List of the malfunction code.....................................................................................................................................................K-26
2.3 S-1...........................................................................................................................................................................................K-26
2.3.1 Contents........................................................................................................................................................................K-26
2.3.2 Procedure......................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.4 D-1...........................................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.4.1 Contents........................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.4.2 Procedure......................................................................................................................................................................K-27
xxiv
2.5 P-27.........................................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.5.1 Contents........................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.5.2 Procedure......................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.6 L-4...........................................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.6.1 Contents........................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.7 L-6...........................................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.7.1 Contents........................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.8 L-7...........................................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.8.1 Contents........................................................................................................................................................................K-27
2.9 L-8...........................................................................................................................................................................................K-28
2.9.1 Contents........................................................................................................................................................................K-28
2.10 L-9.........................................................................................................................................................................................K-28
2.10.1 Contents......................................................................................................................................................................K-28
2.11 L-10.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-28
2.11.1 Contents......................................................................................................................................................................K-28
2.12 L-11.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-28
2.12.1 Contents......................................................................................................................................................................K-28
3. TROUBLE CODE......................................................................................................................................................K-29
3.1 Display procedure....................................................................................................................................................................K-29
3.2 Trouble resetting procedure....................................................................................................................................................K-29
3.2.1 Trouble resetting procedure by Trouble Reset key.......................................................................................................K-29
3.3 Trouble isolation function.........................................................................................................................................................K-29
3.4 List of the trouble code............................................................................................................................................................K-30
3.5 C0***........................................................................................................................................................................................K-34
3.5.1 C0001............................................................................................................................................................................K-34
3.5.2 C0202............................................................................................................................................................................K-35
3.5.3 C0204............................................................................................................................................................................K-35
3.5.4 C0206, C0208...............................................................................................................................................................K-36
3.5.5 C0209............................................................................................................................................................................K-36
3.5.6 C0210............................................................................................................................................................................K-37
3.5.7 C0211............................................................................................................................................................................K-37
3.5.8 C0212............................................................................................................................................................................K-38
3.5.9 C0213............................................................................................................................................................................K-38
3.5.10 C0214..........................................................................................................................................................................K-39
3.5.11 C0215..........................................................................................................................................................................K-39
3.6 C1***........................................................................................................................................................................................K-40
3.6.1 C1004............................................................................................................................................................................K-40
3.6.2 C1081............................................................................................................................................................................K-40
3.6.3 C1113............................................................................................................................................................................K-40
3.6.4 C1114............................................................................................................................................................................K-41
3.6.5 C1115............................................................................................................................................................................K-41
3.6.6 C1116............................................................................................................................................................................K-42
3.6.7 C1150............................................................................................................................................................................K-42
3.6.8 C1156............................................................................................................................................................................K-43
3.6.9 C1158............................................................................................................................................................................K-43
3.6.10 C1181..........................................................................................................................................................................K-44
3.6.11 C1182..........................................................................................................................................................................K-44
3.6.12 C1183..........................................................................................................................................................................K-45
3.6.13 C1190..........................................................................................................................................................................K-47
3.6.14 C1191..........................................................................................................................................................................K-47
3.6.15 C1194..........................................................................................................................................................................K-48
3.6.16 C11A1.........................................................................................................................................................................K-49
3.6.17 C11A2.........................................................................................................................................................................K-50
3.6.18 C11A7.........................................................................................................................................................................K-50
3.6.19 C11B0.........................................................................................................................................................................K-50
3.6.20 C11B2.........................................................................................................................................................................K-51
3.6.21 C11B5.........................................................................................................................................................................K-52
3.6.22 C11C0.........................................................................................................................................................................K-52
3.6.23 C11E0.........................................................................................................................................................................K-53
3.6.24 C11E1.........................................................................................................................................................................K-53
3.6.25 C11E2.........................................................................................................................................................................K-54
3.6.26 C1301..........................................................................................................................................................................K-54
3.6.27 C1402..........................................................................................................................................................................K-55
3.7 C2***........................................................................................................................................................................................K-55
3.7.1 C2201............................................................................................................................................................................K-55
3.7.2 C2253, C2254...............................................................................................................................................................K-56
3.7.3 C2350............................................................................................................................................................................K-56
3.7.4 C2557, C2558...............................................................................................................................................................K-56
3.7.5 C255C, C2564...............................................................................................................................................................K-57
3.7.6 C2650............................................................................................................................................................................K-58
xxv
3.8 C3***........................................................................................................................................................................................K-58
3.8.1 C3421, C3423...............................................................................................................................................................K-58
3.8.2 C3721, C3723...............................................................................................................................................................K-59
3.8.3 C3821, C3823...............................................................................................................................................................K-60
3.9 C4***........................................................................................................................................................................................K-60
3.9.1 C4101............................................................................................................................................................................K-60
3.9.2 C4501............................................................................................................................................................................K-60
3.10 C5***......................................................................................................................................................................................K-61
3.10.1 C5102, C5103.............................................................................................................................................................K-61
3.10.2 C5351..........................................................................................................................................................................K-61
3.10.3 C5356..........................................................................................................................................................................K-62
3.10.4 C5370..........................................................................................................................................................................K-62
3.10.5 C5501..........................................................................................................................................................................K-63
3.10.6 C5601..........................................................................................................................................................................K-63
3.10.7 C5602..........................................................................................................................................................................K-63
3.11 C6***......................................................................................................................................................................................K-64
3.11.1 C6102, C6103.............................................................................................................................................................K-64
3.11.2 C6704..........................................................................................................................................................................K-64
3.11.3 C6751..........................................................................................................................................................................K-65
3.11.4 C6752..........................................................................................................................................................................K-65
3.11.5 C6901, C6902, C6903.................................................................................................................................................K-65
3.11.6 C6F01..........................................................................................................................................................................K-66
3.12 C8***......................................................................................................................................................................................K-66
3.12.1 C8101..........................................................................................................................................................................K-66
3.12.2 C8107..........................................................................................................................................................................K-67
3.12.3 C8302..........................................................................................................................................................................K-67
3.13 C9***......................................................................................................................................................................................K-68
3.13.1 C9401, C9402.............................................................................................................................................................K-68
3.14 CA***.....................................................................................................................................................................................K-68
3.14.1 CA051, CA052, CA053...............................................................................................................................................K-68
3.15 CC***.....................................................................................................................................................................................K-69
3.15.1 CC001.........................................................................................................................................................................K-69
3.15.2 CC151, CC152, CC153...............................................................................................................................................K-69
3.15.3 CC155.........................................................................................................................................................................K-70
3.15.4 CC156.........................................................................................................................................................................K-70
3.15.5 CC159, CC15A............................................................................................................................................................K-70
3.15.6 CC15B.........................................................................................................................................................................K-71
3.15.7 CC163.........................................................................................................................................................................K-71
3.15.8 CC164.........................................................................................................................................................................K-71
3.15.9 CC165.........................................................................................................................................................................K-72
3.15.10 CC170, CC171, CC172, CC173, CC174, CC180, CC181, CC182, CC183, CC184, CC185, CC186......................K-72
3.15.11 CC190.......................................................................................................................................................................K-73
3.15.12 CC191.......................................................................................................................................................................K-73
3.16 CD***.....................................................................................................................................................................................K-73
3.16.1 CD002.........................................................................................................................................................................K-73
3.16.2 CD004, CD00F, CD020...............................................................................................................................................K-74
3.16.3 CD010.........................................................................................................................................................................K-74
3.16.4 CD011.........................................................................................................................................................................K-75
3.16.5 CD030.........................................................................................................................................................................K-75
3.16.6 CD041, CD042, CD043, CD044, CD045, CD046.......................................................................................................K-75
3.16.7 CD047, CD048, CD049, CD04A, CD04B....................................................................................................................K-75
3.16.8 CD201, CD202, CD203...............................................................................................................................................K-76
3.16.9 CD211, CD212............................................................................................................................................................K-76
3.16.10 CD231.......................................................................................................................................................................K-77
3.16.11 CD241, CD242..........................................................................................................................................................K-77
3.16.12 CD261.......................................................................................................................................................................K-77
3.16.13 CD271.......................................................................................................................................................................K-78
3.16.14 CD272.......................................................................................................................................................................K-78
3.16.15 CD3##.......................................................................................................................................................................K-78
3.16.16 CD370.......................................................................................................................................................................K-79
3.16.17 CD401, CD402, CD403, CD404, CD405, CD406, CD407........................................................................................K-79
3.16.18 CDC##.......................................................................................................................................................................K-80
3.17 CE***.....................................................................................................................................................................................K-80
3.17.1 CE001, CE003, CE004, CE005, CE006, CE007........................................................................................................K-80
3.17.2 CE002.........................................................................................................................................................................K-80
3.17.3 CEEE1.........................................................................................................................................................................K-81
3.17.4 CEEE2.........................................................................................................................................................................K-81
3.17.5 CEEE3.........................................................................................................................................................................K-81
4. ABORT CODE...........................................................................................................................................................K-82
Abort code......................................................................................................................................................................................K-82
xxvi
(1) Contents............................................................................................................................................................................K-82
(2) Procedure.........................................................................................................................................................................K-82
4.1 CF0**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-82
4.2 CF1**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-82
4.3 CF2**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-82
4.4 CF3**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-82
4.5 CF4**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-83
4.6 CF5**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-83
4.7 CF6**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-83
4.8 CF7**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-83
4.9 CF8**.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-84
4.10 CF9**.....................................................................................................................................................................................K-84
4.11 CFA**.....................................................................................................................................................................................K-84
4.12 CFB**.....................................................................................................................................................................................K-85
4.12.1 CFB0*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-85
4.12.2 CFB1*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-85
4.12.3 CFB7*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-85
4.12.4 CFB8*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-85
4.12.5 CFBA*.........................................................................................................................................................................K-85
4.13 CFC**....................................................................................................................................................................................K-85
4.13.1 CFC0*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-85
4.13.2 CFC1*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-86
4.13.3 CFC2*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-86
4.13.4 CFCC*.........................................................................................................................................................................K-86
4.13.5 CFCD*.........................................................................................................................................................................K-87
4.13.6 CFCE*.........................................................................................................................................................................K-87
4.14 CFD**....................................................................................................................................................................................K-87
4.14.1 CFD0*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-87
4.14.2 CFD1*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-87
4.15 CFE**.....................................................................................................................................................................................K-87
4.15.1 CFE0*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-87
4.15.2 CFE1*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-88
4.16 CFF**.....................................................................................................................................................................................K-88
4.16.1 CFF0*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-88
4.16.2 CFF1*..........................................................................................................................................................................K-88
5. ERROR CODE FOR THE INTERNET ISW..............................................................................................................K-90
5.1 Error code list for the Internet ISW..........................................................................................................................................K-90
5.2 0x0*.........................................................................................................................................................................................K-90
5.3 0x1*.........................................................................................................................................................................................K-91
5.4 0x2*.........................................................................................................................................................................................K-91
6. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE..............................................................................................................................K-92
6.1 Troubleshooting for CS Remote Care.....................................................................................................................................K-92
6.2 CS Remote Care Operation under Enhanced Security Mode.................................................................................................K-92
6.3 List of the CS Remote Care error code...................................................................................................................................K-92
6.3.1 When connecting by modem.........................................................................................................................................K-92
6.3.2 When connecting by e-mails.........................................................................................................................................K-93
6.3.3 When connecting by http...............................................................................................................................................K-95
6.3.4 When connecting by Fax modem..................................................................................................................................K-96
7. NETWORK ERROR CODE.......................................................................................................................................K-98
7.1 Display procedure....................................................................................................................................................................K-98
7.2 IEEE802.1X.............................................................................................................................................................................K-98
7.3 LDAP.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-98
7.4 E-Mail/Internet Fax..................................................................................................................................................................K-99
7.5 FTP transmission...................................................................................................................................................................K-100
7.6 SMB transmission..................................................................................................................................................................K-100
7.7 SMTP transmission...............................................................................................................................................................K-101
7.8 WebDAV transmission...........................................................................................................................................................K-102
7.9 SMB browsing.......................................................................................................................................................................K-103
7.10 User authentication..............................................................................................................................................................K-104
7.11 WebDAV client....................................................................................................................................................................K-104
7.12 WS scan..............................................................................................................................................................................K-105
8. FAX TROUBLE CODE............................................................................................................................................K-106
The error in the transmission/reception system............................................................................................................................K-106
8.1 B0-**......................................................................................................................................................................................K-106
8.2 B1-1*......................................................................................................................................................................................K-106
8.3 B1-2*......................................................................................................................................................................................K-106
8.4 B1-3*......................................................................................................................................................................................K-106
8.5 B1-4*......................................................................................................................................................................................K-107
8.6 B1-5*......................................................................................................................................................................................K-107
xxvii
8.7 B1-6*......................................................................................................................................................................................K-107
8.8 B1-7*......................................................................................................................................................................................K-107
8.9 B1-8*......................................................................................................................................................................................K-108
8.10 B1-9*....................................................................................................................................................................................K-108
8.11 T0*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-108
8.12 T1*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-108
8.13 T2*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-109
8.14 T3*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-109
8.15 T4*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-109
8.16 T5*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-109
8.17 T6*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-110
8.18 T7*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-110
8.19 T8*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-110
8.20 T9*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-111
8.21 R0*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-111
8.22 R1*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-111
8.23 R2*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-112
8.24 R3*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-112
8.25 R4*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-112
8.26 R5*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-112
8.27 R6*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-113
8.28 R7*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-113
8.29 R8*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-113
8.30 R9*.......................................................................................................................................................................................K-114
9. DIAGNOSTIC CODES............................................................................................................................................K-115
9.1 Outline...................................................................................................................................................................................K-115
9.2 Explanation............................................................................................................................................................................K-115
9.2.1 The diagnostic code....................................................................................................................................................K-115
9.2.2 Information of communication results and conditions.................................................................................................K-115
10. NETWORK FAX ERROR CODE...........................................................................................................................K-117
10.1 Error code list of the transmission system...........................................................................................................................K-117
10.2 Error code list of the reception system................................................................................................................................K-117
11. Open API RELATED TROUBLE...........................................................................................................................K-119
11.1 Outline.................................................................................................................................................................................K-119
11.2 Supported Version...............................................................................................................................................................K-119
11.3 Types of Trouble..................................................................................................................................................................K-119
11.4 Solution................................................................................................................................................................................K-119
11.4.1 When using an application........................................................................................................................................K-119
11.4.2 After rewriting the firmware of the machine...............................................................................................................K-119
12. TROUBLES THAT DO NOT DISPLAY THE TROUBLE CODE............................................................................K-121
12.1 Machine is not energized at all (DCPU operation check)....................................................................................................K-121
12.1.1 Contents....................................................................................................................................................................K-121
12.1.2 Procedure..................................................................................................................................................................K-121
12.2 Fusing heaters do not operate.............................................................................................................................................K-121
12.2.1 Contents....................................................................................................................................................................K-121
12.2.2 Procedure..................................................................................................................................................................K-121
12.3 Power is not supplied to option............................................................................................................................................K-121
12.3.1 DF-621......................................................................................................................................................................K-121
12.3.2 PC-109/PC-208/PC-409............................................................................................................................................K-122
12.3.3 FS-527/FS-529..........................................................................................................................................................K-122
13. TROUBLESHOOTING OF i-Option.......................................................................................................................K-123
13.1 Structure of license management........................................................................................................................................K-123
13.2 License management information.......................................................................................................................................K-123
13.3 Error message.....................................................................................................................................................................K-123
13.3.1 License management error.......................................................................................................................................K-123
14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM................................................................................................................................K-124
14.1 How to read element data...................................................................................................................................................K-124
14.1.1 Table number............................................................................................................................................................K-124
14.1.2 Level history 1...........................................................................................................................................................K-124
14.1.3 Level history 2...........................................................................................................................................................K-125
14.2 How to identify problematic part..........................................................................................................................................K-125
14.2.1 Initial check items......................................................................................................................................................K-125
14.3 Solution (Scanner system)..................................................................................................................................................K-126
Solution..................................................................................................................................................................................K-126
14.3.1 Scanner system: Blank copy or black copy...............................................................................................................K-126
14.3.2 Scanner system: Low image density or rough image................................................................................................K-127
14.3.3 Scanner System: Foggy background........................................................................................................................K-127
14.3.4 Scanner system: Black streaks or bands..................................................................................................................K-128
14.3.5 Scanner system: Black spots....................................................................................................................................K-128
xxviii
14.3.6 Scanner system: White streaks or bands..................................................................................................................K-129
14.3.7 Scanner system: Uneven pitch..................................................................................................................................K-129
14.4 Solution (Printer system).....................................................................................................................................................K-130
Solution..................................................................................................................................................................................K-130
14.4.1 Printer system: Blank copy or black copy..................................................................................................................K-130
14.4.2 Printer system: Low image density or rough image..................................................................................................K-130
14.4.3 Printer system: Foggy background............................................................................................................................K-131
14.4.4 Printer system: Black streaks or bands in sub scan direction...................................................................................K-132
14.4.5 Printer system: Black streaks or bands in main scan direction.................................................................................K-132
14.4.6 Printer system: Black spots.......................................................................................................................................K-133
14.4.7 Printer system: White streaks or bands in sub scan direction...................................................................................K-133
14.4.8 Printer system: White streaks or bands in main scan direction.................................................................................K-134
14.4.9 Printer system: Void areas........................................................................................................................................K-134
14.4.10 Printer system: Smears on back of paper...............................................................................................................K-135
14.4.11 Printer system: Uneven image density....................................................................................................................K-135
14.4.12 Printer system: Gradation reproduction failure........................................................................................................K-135
14.4.13 Printer system: Uneven pitch..................................................................................................................................K-136
15. IC PROTECTOR...................................................................................................................................................K-137
15.1 Outline.................................................................................................................................................................................K-137
15.2 IC protector list....................................................................................................................................................................K-137
15.2.1 bizhub C220/C280/C360...........................................................................................................................................K-137
15.2.2 DF-621......................................................................................................................................................................K-137
15.2.3 PC-109/PC-208.........................................................................................................................................................K-137
15.2.4 PC-409......................................................................................................................................................................K-137
15.2.5 JS-505.......................................................................................................................................................................K-138
15.2.6 FS-527.......................................................................................................................................................................K-138
15.2.7 SD-509......................................................................................................................................................................K-139
15.2.8 FS-529.......................................................................................................................................................................K-139
M TIMING CHART............................................................................................................................M-1
1. bizhub 223/283/363/423.............................................................................................................................................M-1
xxix
1.1 Timing chart when the main power switch is turned ON...........................................................................................................M-1
1.2 Timing chart in monochrome mode..........................................................................................................................................M-1
1.2.1 Operating conditions.......................................................................................................................................................M-1
1.2.2 Timing chart....................................................................................................................................................................M-2
2. DF-621........................................................................................................................................................................M-3
2.1 1-sided mode............................................................................................................................................................................M-3
2.1.1 Operating conditions.......................................................................................................................................................M-3
2.1.2 Timing chart....................................................................................................................................................................M-3
2.2 2-sided mode............................................................................................................................................................................M-3
2.2.1 Operating conditions.......................................................................................................................................................M-3
2.2.2 Timing chart....................................................................................................................................................................M-4
3. JS-603........................................................................................................................................................................M-5
3.1 Tray3 paper exit mode..............................................................................................................................................................M-5
3.1.1 Operating conditions.......................................................................................................................................................M-5
3.1.2 Timing chart....................................................................................................................................................................M-5
4. FS-527/SD-509/PK-517..............................................................................................................................................M-6
4.1 Shift mode.................................................................................................................................................................................M-6
4.1.1 Operating conditions.......................................................................................................................................................M-6
4.1.2 Timing chart....................................................................................................................................................................M-6
4.2 2 flat stitching staples mode......................................................................................................................................................M-6
4.2.1 Operating conditions.......................................................................................................................................................M-6
4.2.2 Timing chart....................................................................................................................................................................M-7
4.3 Center staples mode.................................................................................................................................................................M-7
4.3.1 Operating conditions.......................................................................................................................................................M-7
4.3.2 Timing chart....................................................................................................................................................................M-8
4.4 Punch mode..............................................................................................................................................................................M-8
4.4.1 Operating conditions.......................................................................................................................................................M-8
4.4.2 Timing chart....................................................................................................................................................................M-9
5. FS-529......................................................................................................................................................................M-10
5.1 Shift mode...............................................................................................................................................................................M-10
5.1.1 Operating conditions.....................................................................................................................................................M-10
5.1.2 Timing chart..................................................................................................................................................................M-10
5.2 1 flat stitching staple mode.....................................................................................................................................................M-10
5.2.1 Operating conditions.....................................................................................................................................................M-10
5.2.2 Timing chart..................................................................................................................................................................M-11
5.3 2 flat stitching staples mode....................................................................................................................................................M-11
5.3.1 Operating conditions.....................................................................................................................................................M-11
5.3.2 Timing chart..................................................................................................................................................................M-12
N WIRING DIAGRAM........................................................................................................................N-1
1. bizhub 223/283/363/423..............................................................................................................................................N-1
1.1 Main body..................................................................................................................................................................................N-1
2. Option..........................................................................................................................................................................N-3
2.1 Wiring diagram list.....................................................................................................................................................................N-3
2.1.1 Option wiring diagram.....................................................................................................................................................N-3
2.2 Reverse automatic document feeder DF-621...........................................................................................................................N-4
2.3 Finisher FS-529.........................................................................................................................................................................N-5
2.4 Job separator JS-505................................................................................................................................................................N-6
2.5 Job separator JS-603................................................................................................................................................................N-6
2.6 Punch kit PK-517.......................................................................................................................................................................N-7
2.7 Finisher FS-527.........................................................................................................................................................................N-8
2.8 Saddle stitcher SD-509.............................................................................................................................................................N-9
2.9 Paper feed cabinet PC-409.....................................................................................................................................................N-10
2.10 Paper feed cabinet PC-208...................................................................................................................................................N-11
2.11 Paper feed cabinet PC-109...................................................................................................................................................N-12
xxx
2.3.5 Image processing............................................................................................................................................................O-6
3. WRITE SECTION (PH SECTION)..............................................................................................................................O-7
3.1 Configuration.............................................................................................................................................................................O-7
3.2 Operation..................................................................................................................................................................................O-7
3.2.1 Laser exposure process..................................................................................................................................................O-7
3.2.2 Laser emission timing.....................................................................................................................................................O-7
3.2.3 Advance polygon rotation...............................................................................................................................................O-8
3.2.4 Laser emission stop........................................................................................................................................................O-8
3.2.5 Laser emission area........................................................................................................................................................O-8
4. TONER SUPPLY SECTION.......................................................................................................................................O-9
4.1 Configuration.............................................................................................................................................................................O-9
4.2 Drive..........................................................................................................................................................................................O-9
4.2.1 Toner bottle drive............................................................................................................................................................O-9
4.2.2 Toner hopper drive..........................................................................................................................................................O-9
4.3 Operation................................................................................................................................................................................O-10
4.3.1 Toner flow.....................................................................................................................................................................O-10
4.3.2 Toner replenishing mechanism.....................................................................................................................................O-10
4.3.3 Toner replenishing control............................................................................................................................................O-10
4.3.4 T/C ratio recovery control..............................................................................................................................................O-11
4.3.5 Manual Toner Add control.............................................................................................................................................O-11
4.3.6 Toner level detection control.........................................................................................................................................O-12
4.3.7 Main body interior temperature measurement system..................................................................................................O-14
5. IMAGING UNIT SECTION (IU SECTION)................................................................................................................O-15
5.1 Configuration...........................................................................................................................................................................O-15
5.2 Drive........................................................................................................................................................................................O-15
5.2.1 Drum unit......................................................................................................................................................................O-15
5.2.2 Developing unit.............................................................................................................................................................O-16
5.3 Operation................................................................................................................................................................................O-16
5.3.1 Outline...........................................................................................................................................................................O-16
5.3.2 Imaging unit detection...................................................................................................................................................O-16
6. DRUM UNIT SECTION.............................................................................................................................................O-17
6.1 Configuration...........................................................................................................................................................................O-17
6.2 Drive........................................................................................................................................................................................O-17
6.3 Operation................................................................................................................................................................................O-18
6.3.1 Charge corona control..................................................................................................................................................O-18
6.3.2 Photo conductor cleaning mechanism..........................................................................................................................O-18
6.3.3 Erase mechanism.........................................................................................................................................................O-19
6.3.4 Ozone suction function.................................................................................................................................................O-19
6.3.5 Drum dry control...........................................................................................................................................................O-20
6.3.6 Measure the temperature of the area around the photo conductor mechanism...........................................................O-20
6.3.7 Drum unit detection.......................................................................................................................................................O-21
6.3.8 Drum unit life detection.................................................................................................................................................O-21
6.3.9 Life value of drum unit...................................................................................................................................................O-23
6.3.10 Ozone filter new article detection................................................................................................................................O-23
6.3.11 Ozone filter life detection............................................................................................................................................O-24
6.3.12 Life value of ozone filter..............................................................................................................................................O-25
7. DEVELOPING SECTION..........................................................................................................................................O-26
7.1 Configuration...........................................................................................................................................................................O-26
7.2 Drive........................................................................................................................................................................................O-26
7.3 Operation................................................................................................................................................................................O-27
7.3.1 Toner flow.....................................................................................................................................................................O-27
7.3.2 Developing roller...........................................................................................................................................................O-27
7.3.3 HMT (High grade Micro Toning) development..............................................................................................................O-27
7.3.4 Developing bias............................................................................................................................................................O-28
7.3.5 Developer scattering preventive mechanism................................................................................................................O-28
7.3.6 TCR sensor control.......................................................................................................................................................O-28
7.3.7 Developing unit detection..............................................................................................................................................O-29
7.3.8 Developing unit life detection........................................................................................................................................O-30
7.3.9 Life value of developing unit.........................................................................................................................................O-32
7.3.10 Developer new article detection..................................................................................................................................O-32
7.3.11 Developer life detection..............................................................................................................................................O-33
7.3.12 Life value of developer................................................................................................................................................O-35
8. IMAGE TRANSFER/SEPARATION SECTION.........................................................................................................O-36
8.1 Configuration...........................................................................................................................................................................O-36
8.2 Drive........................................................................................................................................................................................O-36
8.3 Operation................................................................................................................................................................................O-36
8.3.1 Image transfer roller control..........................................................................................................................................O-36
8.3.2 Image transfer roller cleaning.......................................................................................................................................O-36
8.3.3 Image transfer current upper/lower limit control............................................................................................................O-37
xxxi
8.3.4 Charge neutralization and separation of paper.............................................................................................................O-37
8.3.5 Measure the temperature of the area around the photo conductor mechanism...........................................................O-37
8.3.6 Image transfer roller new article detection....................................................................................................................O-38
8.3.7 Image transfer roller life detection.................................................................................................................................O-38
8.3.8 Life value of image transfer roller..................................................................................................................................O-39
9. PAPER FEED SECTION (MANUAL BYPASS TRAY)..............................................................................................O-40
9.1 Configuration...........................................................................................................................................................................O-40
9.2 Drive........................................................................................................................................................................................O-40
9.3 Operation................................................................................................................................................................................O-40
9.3.1 Up/down control............................................................................................................................................................O-40
9.3.2 Paper feed control.........................................................................................................................................................O-42
9.3.3 Paper size detection control..........................................................................................................................................O-44
9.3.4 Paper empty detection..................................................................................................................................................O-45
9.3.5 Remaining paper detection control...............................................................................................................................O-46
10. PAPER FEED SECTION (TRAY 1/TRAY 2)...........................................................................................................O-49
10.1 Configuration.........................................................................................................................................................................O-49
10.1.1 Tray 1..........................................................................................................................................................................O-49
10.1.2 Tray 2..........................................................................................................................................................................O-50
10.2 Drive......................................................................................................................................................................................O-51
10.2.1 Layout of sensors and rollers......................................................................................................................................O-51
10.3 Operation..............................................................................................................................................................................O-52
10.3.1 Up/down control..........................................................................................................................................................O-52
10.3.2 Paper feed control.......................................................................................................................................................O-53
10.3.3 Paper size detection control........................................................................................................................................O-60
10.3.4 Paper level detection control.......................................................................................................................................O-61
10.3.5 Paper feed tray locking mechanism............................................................................................................................O-63
11. REGISTRATION SECTION....................................................................................................................................O-65
11.1 Configuration.........................................................................................................................................................................O-65
11.2 Drive......................................................................................................................................................................................O-65
11.3 Operation..............................................................................................................................................................................O-65
11.3.1 Registration control.....................................................................................................................................................O-65
11.3.2 Registration roller paper dust remover mechanism....................................................................................................O-66
11.3.3 Paper dust remover new article detection...................................................................................................................O-66
11.3.4 Paper dust remover life detection...............................................................................................................................O-66
11.3.5 Life value of paper dust remover................................................................................................................................O-67
12. FUSING SECTION.................................................................................................................................................O-68
12.1 Configuration.........................................................................................................................................................................O-68
12.2 Drive......................................................................................................................................................................................O-68
12.3 Operation..............................................................................................................................................................................O-68
12.3.1 Fusing roller drive control............................................................................................................................................O-68
12.3.2 Fusing temperature control.........................................................................................................................................O-68
12.3.3 Protection from abnormal temperatures.....................................................................................................................O-70
12.3.4 Paper feed wait control...............................................................................................................................................O-70
12.3.5 Paper-to-paper distance control..................................................................................................................................O-70
12.3.6 Curl prevention control................................................................................................................................................O-70
12.3.7 Fusing unit new article detection.................................................................................................................................O-70
12.3.8 Fusing unit life detection.............................................................................................................................................O-70
12.3.9 Life value of fusing unit...............................................................................................................................................O-72
13. PAPER EXIT/SWITCHBACK SECTION.................................................................................................................O-73
13.1 Configuration/Drive...............................................................................................................................................................O-73
13.2 Operation..............................................................................................................................................................................O-73
13.2.1 Transport control.........................................................................................................................................................O-73
14. DUPLEX SECTION.................................................................................................................................................O-74
14.1 Configuration/Drive...............................................................................................................................................................O-74
14.2 Operation..............................................................................................................................................................................O-74
14.2.1 Paper transport control...............................................................................................................................................O-74
14.2.2 Duplex circulation control............................................................................................................................................O-75
15. IMAGE PROCESSING...........................................................................................................................................O-79
15.1 Scanner section image processing block diagram................................................................................................................O-79
15.2 Write section image processing block diagram.....................................................................................................................O-80
16. POWER SUPPLY SECTION..................................................................................................................................O-82
16.1 Parts energized when the main power switch is turned ON..................................................................................................O-82
16.1.1 Configuration...............................................................................................................................................................O-82
16.1.2 Operation....................................................................................................................................................................O-82
16.1.3 Auto power OFF system.............................................................................................................................................O-82
16.2 Parts energized when the sub power switch is turned ON....................................................................................................O-83
16.2.1 Configuration...............................................................................................................................................................O-83
16.2.2 Operation....................................................................................................................................................................O-83
xxxii
16.3 Power cables.........................................................................................................................................................................O-83
16.3.1 Configuration...............................................................................................................................................................O-83
16.3.2 Operation....................................................................................................................................................................O-83
17. FAN CONTROL......................................................................................................................................................O-84
17.1 Configuration.........................................................................................................................................................................O-84
17.2 Operation..............................................................................................................................................................................O-84
17.2.1 Function......................................................................................................................................................................O-84
17.2.2 Control condition.........................................................................................................................................................O-84
18. COUNTER INFORMATION....................................................................................................................................O-86
18.1 Configuration.........................................................................................................................................................................O-86
xxxiii
4.3.2 Sub scanning direction................................................................................................................................................PB-10
4.3.3 Paper size determination............................................................................................................................................PB-10
4.4 Paper level detection control.................................................................................................................................................PB-11
4.4.1 Paper near-empty detection........................................................................................................................................PB-11
4.4.2 Paper empty detection................................................................................................................................................PB-11
4.4.3 Paper level display......................................................................................................................................................PB-12
4.5 Paper feed tray locking mechanism......................................................................................................................................PB-12
4.5.1 Unlocking the paper feed tray.....................................................................................................................................PB-13
4.5.2 Locking the paper feed tray........................................................................................................................................PB-13
xxxiv
2. CONFIGURATION....................................................................................................................................................PF-3
3. HORIZONTAL CONVEYANCE SECTION................................................................................................................PF-4
3.1 Configuration...........................................................................................................................................................................PF-4
3.2 Horizontal conveyance mechanism.........................................................................................................................................PF-4
3.2.1 Paper conveyance........................................................................................................................................................PF-4
3.2.2 Conveyance path switching motor mechanism.............................................................................................................PF-5
4. CONVEYANCE SECTION........................................................................................................................................PF-6
4.1 Configuration...........................................................................................................................................................................PF-6
4.2 Drive........................................................................................................................................................................................PF-6
4.3 Operation.................................................................................................................................................................................PF-7
4.3.1 Upper lower path switching gate...................................................................................................................................PF-7
4.3.2 Tray1 path switching gate.............................................................................................................................................PF-7
4.3.3 Conveyance operation..................................................................................................................................................PF-8
5. EXIT TRAY SECTION.............................................................................................................................................PF-10
5.1 Drive......................................................................................................................................................................................PF-10
5.2 Operation...............................................................................................................................................................................PF-10
5.2.1 Tray lift........................................................................................................................................................................PF-10
5.2.2 Exit to tray1.................................................................................................................................................................PF-11
5.2.3 Exit to tray2.................................................................................................................................................................PF-12
5.2.4 Tray2 shift control........................................................................................................................................................PF-13
6. ALIGNMENT SECTION..........................................................................................................................................PF-15
6.1 Drive......................................................................................................................................................................................PF-15
6.2 Operation...............................................................................................................................................................................PF-15
6.2.1 Alignment plate...........................................................................................................................................................PF-15
6.2.2 Alignment section conveyance mechanism................................................................................................................PF-15
7. STAPLER................................................................................................................................................................PF-17
7.1 Drive......................................................................................................................................................................................PF-17
7.2 Operation...............................................................................................................................................................................PF-17
7.2.1 Stapler movement.......................................................................................................................................................PF-17
7.2.2 Stapler control.............................................................................................................................................................PF-18
xxxv
3.2.1 Alignment.......................................................................................................................................................................PI-3
3.2.2 Stopper...........................................................................................................................................................................PI-4
4. STAPLER...................................................................................................................................................................PI-6
4.1 Drive.........................................................................................................................................................................................PI-6
4.2 Operation..................................................................................................................................................................................PI-6
4.2.1 Stapling..........................................................................................................................................................................PI-6
5. FOLDING/SADDLE STITCHING................................................................................................................................PI-8
5.1 Drive.........................................................................................................................................................................................PI-8
5.2 Operation..................................................................................................................................................................................PI-8
5.2.1 Folding plate...................................................................................................................................................................PI-8
5.2.2 Folding conveyance.......................................................................................................................................................PI-9
6. EXIT SECTION........................................................................................................................................................PI-11
6.1 Configuration..........................................................................................................................................................................PI-11
6.2 Operation................................................................................................................................................................................PI-11
6.2.1 Exit...............................................................................................................................................................................PI-11
xxxvi
2.5.1 Operation without the key counter...............................................................................................................................PL-24
xxxvii
5.6 STAPLER SECTION.............................................................................................................................................................Q-110
5.7 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS.............................................................................................................................................Q-111
5.8 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS....................................................................................................................................Q-113
5.9 DESTINATION......................................................................................................................................................................Q-113
6. SORTER/FINISHER (SD-509)................................................................................................................................Q-115
6.1 EXTERNAL PARTS..............................................................................................................................................................Q-115
6.2 FRAME SECTION.................................................................................................................................................................Q-116
6.3 PAPER CEASE UNIT...........................................................................................................................................................Q-118
6.4 UPPER STAPLER SECTION...............................................................................................................................................Q-120
6.5 LOWER STAPLER SECTION...............................................................................................................................................Q-123
6.6 WIRING.................................................................................................................................................................................Q-126
6.7 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS....................................................................................................................................Q-127
6.8 ACCESSORY PARTS...........................................................................................................................................................Q-128
6.9 DESTINATION......................................................................................................................................................................Q-129
7. STACKER (JS-505)................................................................................................................................................Q-130
7.1 EXTERNAL PARTS..............................................................................................................................................................Q-130
7.2 PRESSURE/RELEASE SECTION........................................................................................................................................Q-131
7.3 SHIFT DRIVE SECTION.......................................................................................................................................................Q-132
7.4 DRIVE SECTION..................................................................................................................................................................Q-133
7.5 PAPER EXIT SECTION........................................................................................................................................................Q-134
7.6 WIRING.................................................................................................................................................................................Q-135
7.7 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS....................................................................................................................................Q-137
7.8 ACCESSORY PARTS...........................................................................................................................................................Q-138
7.9 DESTINATION......................................................................................................................................................................Q-138
8. STACKER (JS-603)................................................................................................................................................Q-140
8.1 JS-603...................................................................................................................................................................................Q-140
8.2 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS....................................................................................................................................Q-141
8.3 DESTINATION......................................................................................................................................................................Q-141
9. PUNCH UNIT (PK-517)..........................................................................................................................................Q-143
9.1 PK-517..................................................................................................................................................................................Q-143
9.2 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS....................................................................................................................................Q-144
9.3 DESTINATION......................................................................................................................................................................Q-144
10. PAPER FEEDER (PC-109)...................................................................................................................................Q-146
10.1 EXTERNAL PARTS............................................................................................................................................................Q-146
10.2 FRAME SECTION...............................................................................................................................................................Q-147
10.3 PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION........................................................................................................................................Q-150
10.4 PAPER TAKE-UP SECTION..............................................................................................................................................Q-151
10.5 PAPER TRAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................................Q-153
10.6 RECIPT TRAY....................................................................................................................................................................Q-154
10.7 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS..................................................................................................................................Q-155
10.8 ACCESSORY PARTS.........................................................................................................................................................Q-156
10.9 MAINTENANCE LIST.........................................................................................................................................................Q-156
10.10 DESTINATION..................................................................................................................................................................Q-156
11. PAPER FEEDER (PC-208)...................................................................................................................................Q-158
11.1 EXTERNAL PARTS............................................................................................................................................................Q-158
11.2 FRAME SECTION...............................................................................................................................................................Q-159
11.3 PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION........................................................................................................................................Q-162
11.4 UPPER PAPER TAKE-UP SECTION.................................................................................................................................Q-163
11.5 LOWER PAPER TAKE- UP SECTION...............................................................................................................................Q-165
11.6 PAPER TRAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................................Q-167
11.7 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS..................................................................................................................................Q-168
11.8 ACCESSORY PARTS.........................................................................................................................................................Q-169
11.9 MAINTENANCE LIST.........................................................................................................................................................Q-169
11.10 DESTINATION..................................................................................................................................................................Q-169
12. PAPER FEEDER (PC-409)...................................................................................................................................Q-171
12.1 EXTERNAL PARTS............................................................................................................................................................Q-171
12.2 FRAME SECTION...............................................................................................................................................................Q-172
12.3 PAPER TRANSPORT SECTION........................................................................................................................................Q-174
12.4 PAPER TAKE-UP SECTION..............................................................................................................................................Q-175
12.5 PAPER TRAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................................Q-177
12.6 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS..................................................................................................................................Q-182
12.7 ACCESSORY PARTS.........................................................................................................................................................Q-183
12.8 MAINTENANCE LIST.........................................................................................................................................................Q-183
12.9 DESTINATION....................................................................................................................................................................Q-183
13. OTHER OPTION (MK-726)...................................................................................................................................Q-185
13.1 MOUNT KIT........................................................................................................................................................................Q-185
13.2 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS..................................................................................................................................Q-186
13.3 DESTINATION....................................................................................................................................................................Q-186
xxxviii
14. OTHER OPTION (HT-507)...................................................................................................................................Q-188
14.1 HT-507................................................................................................................................................................................Q-188
14.2 DESTINATION....................................................................................................................................................................Q-188
15. OTHER OPTION (FK-508)...................................................................................................................................Q-189
15.1 FAX KIT...............................................................................................................................................................................Q-189
15.2 DESTINATION....................................................................................................................................................................Q-189
16. OTHER OPTION (EK-604)...................................................................................................................................Q-191
16.1 EK-604................................................................................................................................................................................Q-191
16.2 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS..................................................................................................................................Q-192
16.3 DESTINATION....................................................................................................................................................................Q-192
17. OTHER OPTION (EK-605)...................................................................................................................................Q-194
17.1 EK-605................................................................................................................................................................................Q-194
17.2 WIRING ACCESSORIES AND JIGS..................................................................................................................................Q-195
17.3 DESTINATION....................................................................................................................................................................Q-195
18. OTHER OPTION (HD-518)...................................................................................................................................Q-197
18.1 HARD DISC KIT..................................................................................................................................................................Q-197
18.2 DESTINATION....................................................................................................................................................................Q-197
xxxix
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-20
4.6 CB120.....................................................................................................................................................................................R-20
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-20
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-20
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-20
4.7 CR11.......................................................................................................................................................................................R-20
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-20
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-20
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-20
5. ERROR MESSAGE/ABNORMAL DISPLAY.............................................................................................................R-21
5.1 Freezes at KONICA MINOLTA logo / hourglass pointer.........................................................................................................R-21
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-21
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-21
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-21
5.2 Freezes at KONICA MINOLTA logo / hourglass pointer when recovering from sleep mode..................................................R-21
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-21
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-21
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-21
6. MALFUNCTION........................................................................................................................................................R-22
6.1 Dog-ear occurs on the paper fed from tray 2..........................................................................................................................R-22
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-22
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-22
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-22
6.2 At "Default Copy Settings", the default setting of "Original Quality" cannot be changed........................................................R-23
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-23
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-23
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-23
6.3 E-mail is always selected when FAX address is selected.......................................................................................................R-23
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-23
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-23
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-24
6.4 Remaining amount of toner is not displayed correctly.............................................................................................................R-24
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-24
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-24
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-24
6.5 Ozone Smell............................................................................................................................................................................R-24
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-24
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-24
6.6 Print job won't be printed in sleep mode.................................................................................................................................R-27
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-27
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-27
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-27
6.7 Print Job does not resume after loading paper for paper empty detection..............................................................................R-27
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-27
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-27
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-27
6.8 Unable to communicate between CSRC server and MFP......................................................................................................R-27
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-27
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-27
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-27
7. PARTS......................................................................................................................................................................R-28
7.1 Lever (paper feed section) is broken.......................................................................................................................................R-28
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-28
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-28
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-29
Related trouble........................................................................................................................................................................R-29
7.2 The right rear side of the paper feed tray is broken................................................................................................................R-29
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-29
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-29
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-29
Related trouble........................................................................................................................................................................R-33
7.3 Hook of DF-open/close-lever is broken...................................................................................................................................R-33
Symptom.................................................................................................................................................................................R-33
Cause......................................................................................................................................................................................R-33
Countermeasure......................................................................................................................................................................R-35
xl
3. C0204..........................................................................................................................................................................S-3
4. C0206, C0208.............................................................................................................................................................S-4
5. C0209..........................................................................................................................................................................S-5
6. C0210..........................................................................................................................................................................S-6
7. C0211..........................................................................................................................................................................S-7
8. C0212..........................................................................................................................................................................S-8
9. C0213..........................................................................................................................................................................S-9
10. C0214......................................................................................................................................................................S-10
11. C0215......................................................................................................................................................................S-11
12. C1004, CC155.........................................................................................................................................................S-12
13. C1081, C11B5.........................................................................................................................................................S-13
14. C1113......................................................................................................................................................................S-14
15. C1114......................................................................................................................................................................S-15
16. C1115......................................................................................................................................................................S-16
17. C1116......................................................................................................................................................................S-17
18. C1150......................................................................................................................................................................S-18
19. C1156......................................................................................................................................................................S-19
20. C1158......................................................................................................................................................................S-20
21. C1181......................................................................................................................................................................S-21
22. C1182......................................................................................................................................................................S-22
23. C1183......................................................................................................................................................................S-23
23.1 FS-527...................................................................................................................................................................................S-23
23.2 FS-529...................................................................................................................................................................................S-24
24. C1190......................................................................................................................................................................S-25
24.1 FS-527...................................................................................................................................................................................S-25
24.2 FS-529...................................................................................................................................................................................S-26
25. C1191......................................................................................................................................................................S-27
26. C1194......................................................................................................................................................................S-28
26.1 FS-527...................................................................................................................................................................................S-28
26.2 FS-529...................................................................................................................................................................................S-29
27. C11A1.....................................................................................................................................................................S-30
27.1 FS-527...................................................................................................................................................................................S-30
27.2 FS-529...................................................................................................................................................................................S-31
28. C11A2.....................................................................................................................................................................S-32
29. C11A7.....................................................................................................................................................................S-33
30. C11B0.....................................................................................................................................................................S-34
30.1 FS-527...................................................................................................................................................................................S-34
30.2 FS-529...................................................................................................................................................................................S-35
31. C11B2, C1402.........................................................................................................................................................S-36
31.1 FS-527...................................................................................................................................................................................S-36
31.2 FS-529...................................................................................................................................................................................S-36
32. C11C0.....................................................................................................................................................................S-37
33. C11E0.....................................................................................................................................................................S-38
33.1 FS-527...................................................................................................................................................................................S-38
33.2 JS-505...................................................................................................................................................................................S-39
34. C11E1.....................................................................................................................................................................S-40
35. C11E2.....................................................................................................................................................................S-41
36. C1301......................................................................................................................................................................S-42
37. C2201......................................................................................................................................................................S-43
38. C2253, C2254.........................................................................................................................................................S-44
39. C2350......................................................................................................................................................................S-45
40. C2557, C2558, C255C, C2564...............................................................................................................................S-46
41. C2650, C5601, C5602, CC163, CEEE3..................................................................................................................S-47
42. C3421, C3423, C3721, C3723, C3821, C3823, C5501..........................................................................................S-48
43. C4101, C4501.........................................................................................................................................................S-49
44. C5102, C5103.........................................................................................................................................................S-50
45. C5351......................................................................................................................................................................S-51
xli
46. C5356......................................................................................................................................................................S-52
47. C5370......................................................................................................................................................................S-53
48. C6102, C6103.........................................................................................................................................................S-54
49. C6704......................................................................................................................................................................S-55
50. C6751......................................................................................................................................................................S-56
51. C6752......................................................................................................................................................................S-57
52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211 - CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F,
CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 - CD407, CE001 - CE007,
CEEE1............................................................................................................................................................................S-58
53. C6F01......................................................................................................................................................................S-59
54. C8101......................................................................................................................................................................S-60
55. C8107......................................................................................................................................................................S-61
56. C8302......................................................................................................................................................................S-62
57. C9401, C9402.........................................................................................................................................................S-63
58. CC001.....................................................................................................................................................................S-64
59. CC156, CC165........................................................................................................................................................S-65
60. CC170 - CC174, CC180 - CC186...........................................................................................................................S-66
61. CD201 - CD203.......................................................................................................................................................S-67
62. CEEE2.....................................................................................................................................................................S-68
xlii
bizhub 423/363/283/223 Revision history
Revision history
No. ID Title Ver. Descriptions of revision Date
D00002392 F.6.8.1 Replacing the fusing unit Error correction
1 2 2011/09/01
22
2 - Section Q 1 Add to the section Q (Parts guide manual 1st edition) 2012/02/28
D00002597 C.1.1 Type The specification value was added.
3 2 2012/08/24
36
D00002375 G.4.1.2 Units The items ware added.
4 2 2012/08/24
81
D00002375 G.4.1.3 Boards The items ware added.
5 2 2012/08/24
82
D00002376 G.4.3.13 Hopper drive unit The NOTE was added.
6 2 2012/08/24
61
D00008986 G.4.3.7 LED exposure unit The procedure steps ware added.
7 1 2012/08/24
66
D00008986 G.4.4.2 Scanner relay board (REYB/ The procedure steps ware added.
8 1 2012/08/24
73 SCAN) (for LED lamp)
D00008986 G.4.4.4 LED exposure drive board The procedure steps ware added.
9 1 2012/08/24
74 (LEDEDB) (for LED lamp)
D00002385 G.5.1.7 FS-529 The items ware added.
10 2 2012/08/24
42
D00008745 G.5.8.12 Alignment motor/F (M3), The procedure steps ware added.
11 1 2012/08/24
26 Alignment motor/R (M4)
D00002373 I.15.1.2 Positioning of the exposure unit/ The items ware added.
12 2 2012/08/24
17 LED exposure unit and mirrors unit
D00002390 L.1.1.1 Scanner section The items ware added.
13 3 2012/08/24
19
D00002391 L.2.1.1 bizhub 223/283/363/423 The items ware added.
14 2 2012/08/24
38
D00002620 I.6.1 System Settings-Power Save The explanation was added.
15 2 2012/08/27
64 Settings
D00002380 I.8. ADJUSTMENT ITEM LIST The items ware added.
16 2 2012/08/27
30
D00002341 N.1. bizhub 223/283/363/423 The items ware added.
17 3 2012/08/27
22
D00002362 O.16.1 Parts energized when the main The explanation was added.
18 2 2012/08/27
27 power switch is turned ON
Section R Add to the section R (R. Troubleshooting guide based
19 - 1 2012/10/05
on reports from field.)
Section S Add to the section S (S. Layout drawings for related
20 - 1 2012/11/23
parts by each trouble code.)
D00010780 A.1. IMPORTANT NOTICE and others. The company name was changed.
21 2 2013/04/01
92
D00002384 I.11.14.7 Memory The explanation was modified.
22 2 2013/04/04
52
D00002597 C.1.2 Functions Error correction
23 2 2013/12/16
35
D00002374 I.19.1.1 Punch hole deviation correction Error correction
24 3 2014/01/23
28
D00002385 I.11.22.2 Punch Option Setting Error correction
25 2 2014/01/24
99
D00002370 I.11.3.3 Printer Area Error correction
26 2 2014/01/24
78
D00002371 I.11.3.4 Tray Printing Position: Tip Error correction
27 2 2014/01/24
96
D00002372 I.11.3.5 Scan Area Error correction
28 3 2014/01/24
00
D00002348 I.6.7.17 Scanner Area-Scanner Error correction
29 2 2014/01/24
38 Adjustment: Leading Edge
D00002348 I.6.7.18 Scanner Area-Scanner Error correction
30 2 2014/01/24
39 Adjustment: Centering
D00002348 I.6.7.19 Scanner Area-Horizontal Error correction
31 2 2014/01/24
40 Adjustment
D00002348 I.6.7.2 Printer Adjustment-Leading Edge Error correction
32 2 2014/01/24
20 Adjustment
1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 Revision history
2
bizhub 423/363/283/223
A-1
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 1. IMPORTANT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 NOTICE
1. IMPORTANT NOTICE
• Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, KONICA MINOLTA, INC. (hereafter called KM) strongly
recommends that all servicing be performed only by KM-trained service technicians.
• Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KM does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that the
information contained in this service manual is complete and accurate.
• The user of this service manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this service manual is intended. Therefore,
this service manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the course of
technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of the product
properly.
• Keep this service manual also for future service.
A-2
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 2. DESCRIPTION
bizhub 423/363/283/223 ITEMS FOR DANGE...
: Precaution when
servicing the product.
General
Electric hazard High temperature
precaution
: Prohibition when
servicing the product.
General Do not touch with Do not
prohibition wet hand disassemble
: Direction when
servicing the product.
General
Unplug Ground/Earth
instruction
Illustrations representing the power plug and wall outlet used in the following descriptions are
only typical. Their shapes differ depending on the country or region.
A-3
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
3. SAFETY WARNINGS
3.1 MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA, INC.
KONICA MINOLTA brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving at
proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve a high
risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore strictly
prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind
this policy.
WARNING
• Do not make any modifications to the product
unless otherwise instructed by KM.
A-4
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• Do not disable safety functions (for example,
interlocks and safety circuits).
Safety devices become inoperative, resulting
in fire from high heat, electric shock, or
injury.
WARNING
• Use a power supply cord set which meets the
following criteria:
- provided with a plug having configuration
intended for the connection to wall outlet
appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and kw
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having
enough current capacity, and
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for
the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric
shock.
A-5
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection
to wall outlet appropriate for the product’s rated
voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product
connecting to inadequate power supply (voltage,
current capacity, grounding), and may result in fire
or electric shock.
• The wires in the power supply cord shall be
connected to the terminals of the plug in accordance
with the following:
Color of the wire Terminal of the plug
Marked with "L", "A" or "W"
Brown Black
or colored RED
Marked with "N"
Light Blue White
or colored BLACK
A-6
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• The power outlet should have a capacity of at
least the maximum power consumption and
be dedicated only to the product.
The current that can be passed through the
outlet is limited and any current exceeding
the limit could result in fire.
• If the wall outlet has two or more receptacles kw
A-7
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• Make sure the power cord is plugged into the
wall outlet securely.
If the power plug is left loose in the wall
outlet, contact failure may occur, leading to
abnormal heating of the power plug and a
risk of fire.
WARNING
• Check whether the product is grounded
properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded
product, you may suffer electric shock while
operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall
outlet.
• Make sure of correct ground connection.
If the grounding wire is connected to an
inappropriate part, there is a risk of
explosion or electric shock. Do not connect
the grounding wire to any of the following
parts:
a. Gas pipe: Gas explosion or fire may
result.
b. Lightning rod: Risk of electric shock or
fire during lightning.
c. Grounding wire for telephone line: Risk of
electric shock or fire during lightning.
d. Water pipe and faucet: These parts do
not serve as a ground connection
because of a plastic part that is very
often installed midway within the water
pipe.
A-8
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type)
that came with this product, make sure the
connector is securely inserted in the inlet of
the product.
When a securing measure is provided,
secure the cord with the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not
connected to the product securely, a
contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.
• Do not allow the power cord to be stepped on
or pinched.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a
risk of fire.
• Check whether the power cord is damaged.
Check whether the sheath is damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is
damaged, replace with a new power cord
(with plug and connector on each end)
specified by KM. Using the damaged power
cord may result in fire or electric shock.
• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a
risk of fire.
• Check whether dust is collected around the
power plug and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet
without removing dust may result in fire.
• Do not insert the power plug into the wall
outlet with a wet hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
A-9
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the
plug, not the cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk
of fire and electric shock.
(4) Wiring
WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple
power cords in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
• When an extension cord is required, use one
that meets the rated current, rated voltage,
and the relevant safety standards of the
country.
Current that can be passed through the
extension cable is limited and fire may
result from the use of an inappropriate type
of an extension cable.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the
cable taken up. Fire may result.
A-10
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable
materials or volatile materials that may catch
fire.
A risk of fire exists.
• Do not place the product in a place exposed
to water such as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.
WARNING
• When the product is not to be used for an
extended period of time (for holidays, for
example), instruct the user to turn OFF the
power switch and unplug the power cord from
the power outlet.
Dust collected around the power plug and
outlet may cause fire.
A-11
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
(3) Ventilation
CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during
operation.
If the smell of ozone is present in the
following cases, ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly
ventilated room
b. When making a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the
same time
(4) Stability
CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake, the product
may slide, leading to an injury.
A-12
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• Before conducting an inspection, read all
relevant documentation (service manual,
technical notices, etc.) and proceed with the
inspection following the prescribed procedure
using the recommended personal safety
equipment and using only the prescribed
tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described
in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not
used, the product may break and a risk of
injury or fire exists.
• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to
disconnect the power plugs from the Main
Body and Accessories (Options).
When the power plug is inserted into the
wall outlet, some units are still powered
even if the POWER switch is turned OFF.
A risk of electric shock exists.
CAUTION
• The area around the fixing unit is hot.
You may get burned.
A-13
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
CAUTION
• Do not leave the machine unattended during
transportation, installation, and/or inspection.
If the machine is left unattended, face
protrusions toward the wall or take other
necessary precautions to prevent a user or
other person in the area from stumbling
over a protrusion of the machine or being
caught by a cable, possibly causing a fall to
the floor or other personal injury.
WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or
performing an operation check with the
product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an
operation check with the external cover
detached, you may touch live or high-
voltage parts or you may be caught in
moving gears or the timing belt, leading to a
risk of injury.
• Take every care when servicing with the
external cover detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A
risk of electric shock exists.
• If it is absolutely necessary to service the
machine with the door open or external
covers removed, always be attentive to the
motion of the internal parts.
A normally protected part may cause
unexpected hazards.
A-14
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
CAUTION
• Do not keep gazing at a lamp light during the
service procedure with the product powered
ON.
Eyestrain may result.
WARNING
• When a product fault is reported from a user,
check parts and repair the fault appropriately
with safety in mind.
A damaged product, personal injury, or fire
may result.
• Whenever mounting an option on the
machine, be attentive to the motion of the
other workers performing the task.
Another worker may be injured by a pinch
point between the machine and the option.
• When mounting an option on the machine, be
careful about the clearance between the
machine and the option.
You may be injured with your finger or hand
pinched between the machine and the
option.
• When removing a part that secures a motor,
gear, or other moving part, disassembling a
unit, or reinstalling any of such parts and
units, be careful about moving parts and use
care not to drop any part or unit. During the
service procedure, give sufficient support for
any heavy unit.
You may be injured by a falling part or unit.
A-15
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• Check the external covers and frame for
possible sharp edges, burrs, and damage.
They can be a cause of injury during use or
servicing.
• When accessing a hard-to-view or narrow
spot, be careful about sharp edges and burrs
on the frame and parts.
They may injure your hands or fingers.
• Do not allow any metal parts such as clips,
staples, and screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause
electric shock or spark bursting into flame.
• Check wiring for pinched and any other
damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of
electric shock or fire.
• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for
any damage.
Damage may lead to product failure and/or
the risk of fire.
• Do not disassemble or adjust the write unit
(PH unit) incorporating a laser.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading
to a risk of loss of eyesight.
• Do not supply power with the write unit (PH
unit) shifted from the specified mounting
position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading
to a risk of loss of eyesight.
• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is
applied (e.g., optical lamp and fixing lamp), be
sure to check the installation state.
A risk of fire exists.
A-16
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
WARNING
• Check the interlock switch and actuator for
loosening and check whether the interlock
functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may
receive an electric shock or be injured
when you insert your hand in the product
(e.g., for clearing paper jam).
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into
contact with sharp edges, burrs, or other
pointed parts.
Damage may lead to the risk of electric
shock or fire.
• Make sure that all screws, components,
wiring, connectors, etc. that were removed for
safety check and maintenance have been
reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors,
pinched cables, forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, personal injury,
electric shock, and fire exists.
• Never use any flammable or combustible
spray, fluid, gas, or similar substance in and
around the product.
Do not use any flammable or combustible
dust spray, in particular, to clean the interior
of the product.
Fire or explosion may result.
CAUTION
• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust
from electrical parts and electrode units such
as a charging corona unit.
Toner remnants and dust may lead to
product failure and/or the risk of fire.
A-17
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
CAUTION
• Check electrode units such as a charging
corona unit for deterioration and signs of
leakage.
Damage may lead to product failure and/or
the risk of fire.
• When replacing a battery, replace it with a
new one as specified.
Dispose of the used battery as instructed
on its packaging or by local ordinance.
There is a risk of explosion if the battery is
replaced with an incorrect type.
WARNING
• For handling of consumables (toner,
developer, photoconductor, etc.) and their
storage precautions, see MSDS.
CAUTION
• Handle with care according to MSDS.
Use of solvent may involve explosion, fire,
or personal injury.
A-18
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
3.4.2 Germany
VORSICHT!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemäßem Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom Hersteller empfohlenen gleichwertigen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers.
3.4.3 France
ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du même type ou d’un type équivalent recommandé
par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
3.4.4 Denmark
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandøren.
3.4.6 Norway
ADVARSEL
Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri.
Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten.
Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner.
• The print head unit is NOT A FIELD SERVICEABLE ITEM. Therefore, the print head unit
should not be opened under any circumstances.
semiconductor laser
Maximum power of the laser diode 15 mW
Maximum average radiation power bizhub 223/283 13.9μW
(*) bizhub 363/423 17.3μW
Wavelength 770 to 800 nm
*at laser aperture of the Print Head Unit
[1]
[2]
[1] Laser Aperture of the Print Head Unit [2] Print Head Unit
CAUTION
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other
than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation
exposure.
semiconductor laser
Maximum power of the laser diode 15 mW
Wavelength 770 to 800 nm
A-20
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
CAUTION
Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other
than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation
exposure.
semiconductor laser
Maximum power of the laser diode 15 mW
Wavelength 770 to 800 nm
(3) Denmark
ADVARSEL
Usynlig laserstråling ved åbning, når sikkerhedsafbrydere er ude af
funktion. Undgå udsættelse for stråling. Klasse 1 laser produkt der
opfylder IEC60825-1 sikkerheds kravene.
halvlederlaser
Laserdiodens højeste styrke 15 mW
bølgelængden 770 to 800 nm
VAROITUS!
Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin tässä käyttöohjeessa mainitulla
tavalla saattaa altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle
näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
puolijohdelaser
Laserdiodin suurin teho 15 mW
aallonpituus 770 to 800 nm
A-21
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
VARNING!
Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i denna bruksanvisning
specificerats, kan användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som
överskrider gränsen för laserklass 1.
halvledarlaser
Den maximala effekten för laserdioden 15 mW
våglängden 770 to 800 nm
VARO!
Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina näkymättomälle
lasersäteilylle. Älä katso säteeseen.
VARNING!
Osynlig laserstråining när denna del är öppnad och spärren är
urkopplad. Betrakta ej stråien.
(5) Norway
ADVERSEL
Dersom apparatet brukes på annen måte enn spesifisert i denne
bruksanvisning, kan brukeren utsettes för unsynlig laserstrålning,
som overskrider grensen for laser klass 1.
halvleder laser
Maksimal effekt till laserdiode 15 mW
bølgelengde 770 to 800 nm
A-22
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 3. SAFETY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 WARNINGS
A-23
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 4. WARNING
bizhub 423/363/283/223 INDICATIONS ON THE ...
CAUTION
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are
advised not to touch by any caution label. Do not remove caution
labels. If any caution label has come off or soiled and therefore the
caution cannot be read, contact our service office.
Caution labels shown are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should be
taken to avoid burns and electric shock.
A-24
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 4. WARNING
bizhub 423/363/283/223 INDICATIONS ON THE ...
High voltage
This area generates high voltage.
Be careful not to touch here when the power is turned
ON to avoid getting an electric shock.
A-25
A SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS > 5. MEASURES
bizhub 423/363/283/223 TO TAKE IN CASE OF...
A-26
B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 1. PRECAUTION ON
bizhub 423/363/283/223 HANDLING THIS MANUAL
B-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 2. PRODUCT NAME
2. PRODUCT NAME
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
1 bizhub 423/363/283/223: Main body
2 Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
3 Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
4 Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
5 Microsoft Windows Vista: Windows Vista
6 Microsoft Windows 7: Windows 7
7 When the description is made in combination of the OS’s mentioned above: Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP/Vista/7
B-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 3. BRAND NAME
3. BRAND NAME
3.1 TRADEMARKS OF OTHER COMPANIES
• The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or the registered trademark of each company.
B-3
bizhub 423/363/283/223 B NOTATION OF THE CONTENTS > 4. FEEDING DIRECTION
4. FEEDING DIRECTION
• When the long side of the paper is parallel with the feeding direction, it is called short edge feeding. The feeding direction which is
perpendicular to the short edge feeding is called the long edge feeding.
• Short edge feeding will be identified with [S (abbreviation for Short edge feeding)] on the paper size. No specific notation is added for the
long edge feeding. When the size has only the short edge feeding with no long edge feeding, [S] will not be added to the paper size.
Sample notation
Paper size Feeding direction Notation
A4 Long edge feeding A4
Short edge feeding A4S
A3 Short edge feeding A3
B-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub 423/363/283/223
C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
1. bizhub 423/363/283/223
1.1 Type
Type Desktop/console * scanner/printer
Printing process Laser electrostatic printing system
PC drum type OPC drum: KM-1
Scanning density 600 dpi in main scanning direction x 600 dpi in sub scanning direction
Exposure lamp • White rare-gas fluorescent lamp 30 W
• White LED light-source illumination
Platen Stationary (mirror scan)
Original scanning • Mirror scanning CCD optical system
• Sheet through system when DF-621 is used
Reading device CCD sensor
Registration Rear left edge
Paper feeding separation system Small roller separation system with torque limiter
(Manual bypass)
Paper feeding separation system (Tray 1) Roller separation system with pick-up mechanism
Paper feeding separation system (Tray 2) Roller separation system with pick-up mechanism
Exposure system (exposing system) 1 beam LD exposing system
Exposure system (scan system) Polygon mirror scan system
Exposure density (main scanning Equivalent to 1800 dpi
direction)
Exposure density (sub scanning 600 dpi
direction)
Developing system Dry 2 components developing method, HMT developing system
Charging system DC comb electrode scorotron system
Neutralizing system Pre-charging + Red LED system
Image transfer system Roller image transfer system
Paper separating system Neutralization needle bias superimposed voltage, separating claws and combination of curvature
system
Fusing system Roller fusing
Heating system Halogen lamp
• *: Only when the optional paper feed cabinet/desk is installed.
1.2 Functions
Types of original • Sheets
• Books
• Three-dimensional objects
Max. original size A3 or 11 x 17
Max. original weight Max. 2 kg
Multiple copies 1 to 9999
Warm-up time (at ambient temperature of When the sub power 12 sec. or less
23° C/73.4° F and rated source voltage) switch is turned ON at any
timing while the main
power switch remains ON
for a predetermined period
of time or more.
When the main power • When hard disk is installed: 30 sec. or less
switch is turned ON during • When hard disk is not installed: 25 sec. or less
the sub power switch
being ON.
Image loss Copy • Leading edge: 4.2 mm (3/16 inch)
• Trailing edge: 3 mm (1/8 inch)
• Rear edge: 3 mm (1/8 inch)
• Front edge: 3 mm (1/8 inch)
PC print • Leading edge: 4.2 mm (3/16 inch)
• Trailing edge: 4.2 mm (3/16 inch)
• Rear edge: 4.2 mm (3/16 inch)
• Front edge: 4.2 mm (3/16 inch)
First copy time (Tray1/2 A4 or 8 1/2 x 11, bizhub 223/283 4.2 sec. or less
full size) bizhub 363/423 3.6 sec. or less
Processing speed bizhub 223/283 140.0 mm/s
bizhub 363/423 173.0 mm/s
C-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub 423/363/283/223
Copying/printing speed for multi-copy/ bizhub 223 • 1-sided: Plain paper 22 copies/min
print cycle • 1-sided: Thick paper 9 copies/min
(A4 or 8 1/2 x 11) • 2-sided:22 copies/min
bizhub 283 • 1-sided: Plain paper 28 copies/min
• 1-sided: Thick paper 10 copies/min
• 2-sided: 28 copies/min
bizhub 363 • 1-sided: Plain paper 36 copies/min
• 1-sided: Thick paper 12.5 copies/min
• 2-sided: 36 copies/min
bizhub 423 • 1-sided: Plain paper 42 copies/min (A4)
• 2- sided: Thick paper 13 copies/min (A4)
• 2-sided: 42 copies/min (A4)
• 1-sided: Plain paper 41.5 copies/min (8 1/ x 11)
2
• 1- sided: Thick paper 13 copies/min (8 1/ x 11)
2
• 2-sided: 41.5 copies/min (8 1/ x 11)
2
Fixed zoom ratios Full size x1.000
Reduction Metric area • x0.500
• x0.707
• x0.816
• x0.866
Inch area • x0.500
• x0.647
• x0.733
• x0.785
Enlargement Metric area • x1.154
• x1.224
• x1.414
• x2.000
Inch area • x1.214
• x1.294
• x1.545
• x2.000
Zoom ratios memory 3 memories
Variable zoom ratios x0.250 to x4.000 in 0.001 increments
Paper size Tray 1 Metric area • A3 to B5/B5S
• A5S
• 16K
• 8K
Inch area • 11 x 17 to 8 1/ x 11
2
• 8 1/ x 11S
2
• 5 1/ x 8 1/ S
2 2
• 8 x 13
Tray 2 Metric area • A3 to B5/B5S
• 6K
• 8K
Inch area • 11 x 17 to 8 1/ x 11
2
• 8 1/ x 11S
2
• 5 1/ x 8 1/ S
2 2
• 8 x 13
Manual bypass tray Metric area • A3 to A6S
• A5
• 16K/16KS
• 8K
Inch area • 11 x 17 to 5 1/ x 8 1/
2 2
• 5 1/ x 8 1/ S
2 2
• 4 x 6S
• 8 x 13
Copy exit tray capacity Plain paper 250 sheets
Thick paper 10 sheets
OHP film 1 sheet
External memory function Supported external • USB flash memory compatible with the USB (1.1/2.0) interface
memory devices • Formatted to the FAT32 file system
• Memory capacity of 2GB or less recommended
(Possible to be non-operational for 4 GB or more)
• Not including security features
(Possible to turn OFF security features)
C-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub 423/363/283/223
1.3 Paper
Paper source (maximum tray capacity)
Type
Tray 1 Tray 2 Manual bypass tray
Copy paper Plain paper (60 to 90 g/ ○(500 sheets) ○(500 sheets) ○(150 sheets)
type m2 / 16 to 24 lb)
Translucent paper - - -
OHP film (crosswise ○(20 sheets)
- -
feeding only)
Thick paper 1 (91 to 150 g/
- -
m2 / 24.25 to 40 lb)
Thick paper 2 (151 to 210
- -
g/m2 / 40.25 to 55.75 lb)
Postcards - -
Envelopes - - ○(10 sheets)
Labels - - ○(20 sheets)
Copy paper Width • 139.7 to 297 mm • 139.7 to 297 mm • 90 to 297 mm
dimensions • 5 1/ to 11 3/ inch • 5 1/ to 11 3/ inch • 3 1/ to 11 3/ inch
2 4 2 4 2 4
Length • 182 to 431.8 mm • 182 to 431.8 mm • 139.7 to 431.8 mm
• 7 1/ to 17 inch • 7 1/ to 17 inch • 5 1/ to 17 inch
4 4 2
• Automatic duplex unit : Only the plain paper weighing 60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb) are reliably fed.
NOTE
• Precautions regarding the use of paper.
• Do not use the following types of paper. Not observing these precautions may lead to reduced print quality, a paper jam or a
damage to the machine.
• OHP film that have already been fed through the machine (even if they are still blank)
• Paper that has been printed on with a heat-transfer printer or an inkjet printer
• Folded, curled, wrinkled, or torn paper
• Paper that has been left unwrapped for a long period of time
• Damp paper, perforated paper, or paper with punched holes
• Extremely smooth or extremely rough paper, or paper with an uneven surface
• Treated paper such as carbon-backed paper, thermal paper, pressure-sensitive paper, or iron-on transfer paper
• Paper that has been decorated with foil or embossing
• Paper of a non-standard shape (paper that is not rectangular)
• Paper that is bound with glue, staples or paper clips
• Paper with labels attached
• Paper with ribbons, hooks, buttons, etc., attached
1.4 Materials
Number of prints
Parts name Type name
(specification value)
Toner bottle bizhub 223/283 17,500 prints TN217
bizhub 363/423 25,000 prints TN414
Developer bizhub 223 80,000 prints DV411
bizhub 283 100,000 prints
bizhub 363 110,000 prints
bizhub 423 120,000 prints
Drum unit bizhub 223 80,000 prints DR411
bizhub 283 100,000 prints
bizhub 363 110,000 prints
bizhub 423 120,000 prints
Developing unit bizhub 223 320,000 prints A1UD R711 XX
bizhub 283 400,000 prints
bizhub 363 440,000 prints
bizhub 423 480,000 prints
C-3
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub 423/363/283/223
• bizhub 283
Europe Average 4,800 prints/month
Maximum 28,000 prints/month
Except for Europe Average 3,700 prints/month
Maximum 28,000 prints/month
• bizhub 363
Europe Average 7,900 prints/month
Maximum 48,000 prints/month
Except for Europe Average 6,100 prints/month
Maximum 48,000 prints/month
• bizhub 423
Europe Average 10,700 prints/month
Maximum 60,000 prints/month
Except for Europe Average 8,300 prints/month
Maximum 60,000 prints/month
C-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub 423/363/283/223
• Ethernet II
• Ethernet SNAP
Supported protocols • TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
• BOOTP
• ARP
• ICMP
• DHCP
• DHCPv6
• AutoIP
• SLP
• SNMP
• FTP
• LPR/LPD
• RAW Socket
• SMB over TCP/IP
• IPP
• HTTP
• POP
• SMTP
• LDAP
• NTP
• SSL
• IPX/SPX
• AppleTalk
• Bonjour
• NetBEUI
• WebDAV
• DPWS
• S/MIME
• IPsec
• DNS
• DynamicDNS
• LLMNR
• LLTD
Printer language • PCL5c/6 Emulation
• PCL XL ver. 2.1 Emulation
• PostScript 3 Emulation (3016)
• XPS ver.1.0
Print resolution Equivalent to 1,800 dpi in main scanning direction x 600 dpi in sub scanning direction
Printer fonts • PCL Latin 80 Fonts
• Postscript 3 Emulation Latin 137 Fonts
Supported computer • IBM PC/AT compatible machine
• Macintosh (PowerPC/Intel processor: Only MacOS X 10.4/10.5 for Intel processor)
Printer driver PCL KONICAMINOLTA • Windows NT Workstation Version 4.0 (SP6 or later)
driver (PCL driver) • Windows NT Server Version 4.0 (SP6 or later)
• Windows 2000 Professional (SP4 or later)
• Windows 2000 Server (SP3 or later)
• Windows XP Home Edition (SP1 or later)
• Windows XP Professional (SP1 or later)
• Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition (SP1 or later)
• Windows Server 2003, Enterprise Edition (SP1 or later)
• Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard Edition
• Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise Edition
• Windows XP Professional x64 Edition
• Windows Server 2003, Standard x64 Edition
• Windows Server 2003, Enterprise x64 Edition
• Windows Server 2003 R2, Standard x64 Edition
• Windows Server 2003 R2, Enterprise x64 Edition
• Windows Vista Business *
• Windows Vista Enterprise *
• Windows Vista Home Basic *
• Windows Vista Home Premium *
• Windows Vista Ultimate *
• Windows Server 2008 Standard *
• Windows Server 2008 Enterprise *
Windows 7 Home Premium/Professional/Ultimate *
C-5
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub 423/363/283/223
C-6
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 1. bizhub 423/363/283/223
C-7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 2. DF-621/SP-501
2. DF-621/SP-501
2.1 Type
Name Reverse automatic document feeder
Type Feeding order Forward
Feed section Paper feed from top of stack
Switchback section Switch back system
Exit section Straight exit system
Installation Screw cramp to the main body
Document alignment Center
Document loading Left image side up
2.2 Functions
Modes 1-sided mode / 2-sided mode
2.3 Paper
Type of Standard mode (Plain 1-sided mode: 35 to 128 g/m2 (9.25 to 34 lb)
document paper)
2-sided mode: 50 to 128 g/m2 (13.25 to 34 lb)
Mixed original detection
mode (Plain paper) 1-sided / 2-sided mode: 50 to 128 g/m2 (13.25 to 34 lb)
FAX mode (Plain paper) 1-sided mode: 35 to 128 g/m2 (9.25 to 34 lb)
2-sided mode: 50 to 128 g/m2 (13.25 to 34 lb)
Detectable Standard mode Metric area A6S to A3
document Inch area 5.5 x 8.5 to 11 x 17
size
Mixed original detection
For the mixed original detection mode, refer to the mixed original feed chart.
mode
FAX mode Metric area • Standard size: A5 to A3
• Width: 100 to 297 mm
• Length (1-sided mode): 139.7 to 1,000 mm
• Length (2-sided mode): 139.7 to 431.8 mm
Inch area • Standard size: 5.5 x 8.5 to 11 x 17
• Width: 3.95 to 11.69 inch
• Length (1-sided mode): 5.5 to 39.37 inch
• Length (2-sided mode): 5.5 to 17 inch
Capacity 100 sheets (80 g/m2 (21.25 lb))
C-8
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 2. DF-621/SP-501
• For inch
Max. original size
11 8.5 5.5
11 x 17 8.5 x 11 8.5 x 14 8.5 x 11S 5.5 x 8.5 8.5 x 5.5S
11 x 17 OK OK - - - -
11
8.5 x 11 OK OK - - - -
Mixed 8.5 x 14 OK OK OK OK OK -
8.5
original size 8.5 x 11S OK OK OK OK OK -
5.5 x 8.5 NG NG OK OK OK -
5.5
8.5 x 5.5S NG NG NG NG NG OK
OK Mixed original feed available (Tilted with in 1.5 % or less)
NG NO. mixed original feed
- Can not set original
C-9
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 3. PC-109/PC-208
3. PC-109/PC-208
3.1 Type
Name • 1 way paper feed cabinet (PC-109)
• 2 way paper feed cabinet (PC-208)
Type Front loading type
• 1 way paper feed device (PC-109)
• 2 way paper feed device (PC-208)
Installation Desk type
Document alignment Center
3.2 Paper
Capacity
Type Size
Tray 3 Tray 4
Plain paper (60 to 90 g/m2, 16 to 24 lb) • A5S (Metric area only),
• B5
• B5S
• A4
• A4S
• B4
• A3,
• 5 1/2 x 8 1/2S (Inch area only), 500 sheets 500 sheets
• 8 1/2 x 11
• 8 1/2 x 11S,
• 8 1/2 x 14
• 11 x 17
• 8K
• 16K
Copy paper dimensions Width • 139.7 to 297 mm
• 5.5 to 11.7 inch
Length • 182 to 431.8 mm
• 7.2 to 17 inch
C-10
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 4. PC-409
4. PC-409
4.1 Type
Name Large capacity cabinet
Type Front loading type LCC
Installation Desk type
Document alignment Center
4.2 Paper
Type Size Capacity
Plain paper (60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb)) • Metric area: A4,
• Inch area: 8 1/ x 11 2,500 sheets
2
C-11
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 5. JS-505
5. JS-505
5.1 Type
Type Built-in type 2-bin stacker
Installation Installed in main body
Document alignment Center
5.2 Functions
Modes Sort, group, sort offset, group offset
5.3 Paper
Exit tray Size Type Capacity
Lower tray • A6S Plain paper (60 to 90 g/m2, 16 to 24 lb) 150 sheets
• A5S
• A5 Special Thick paper 1 (91 to 150 g/m2 , 24.25 to 40 lb)
• B6S paper
Thick paper 2 (151 to 209 g/m2, 40.25 to 55.5 lb)
• B5S
• B5 Thick paper 3 (210 to 256 g/m2, 55.75 to 68 lb)
• A4S 20 sheets
• A4 Thick paper 4 (257 to 271 g/m2, 68.25 to 72 lb)
• B4 OHP film
• A3 Post card
• A3 Wide
• Post card S Label
• 5 1/2 x 8 1/2S Envelope 10 sheets
• 5 1/2 x 8 1/2,
• 8 1/2 x 11S
• 8 1/2 x 11,
• 8 1/2 x 14
• 11 x 17
• 12 1/4 x 18 Long size paper 1 sheet
Max.:
• 311.1 mm x 1200 mm
• 12.25 inch x 47.25 inch
Min.:
• 90 mm x 139.7 mm
• 3.5 inch x 5.5 inch
Upper tray • A5S Plain paper (60 to 90 g/m2, 16 to 24 lb)
• B5S
• B5
• A4S
• A4
• B4
• A3
• 8 1/2 x 11S/8 1/2 x 11
50 sheets
• 8 1/2 x 14
• 11 x 17
• Max.:
• 297 mm x 431.8 mm
• 11.75 inch x 17 inch
• Min.:
• 148 mm x 210 mm
• 5.75 inch x 8.25 inch
C-12
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 5. JS-505
C-13
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 6. JS-603
6. JS-603
6.1 Type
Type Fixed to the finisher
Document alignment Center
6.2 Functions
Modes • Sort
• Group
6.3 Paper
Size Type Capacity
• A5S Plain paper (60 to 90 g/m2, 16 to 24 lb) 100 sheets
• B5S
• B5 Special
• A4S paper
• A4
• B4
• A3
• A3 Wide
• 5 1/2 x 8 1/2S Thick paper 1 (91 to 150 g/m2, 24.25 to 40 lb)
• 8 1/2 x 11S
• 8 1/2 x 11
• 8 1/2 x 14 10 sheets
• 11 x 17
• 12 1/4 x 18
Max.: Thick paper 2 (151 to 209 g/m2, 40.25 to 55.5 lb)
• 311.15 mm x 457.2 mm
• 12.25 inch x 18 inch Thick paper 3 (210 to 256 g/m2, 55.75 to 68 lb)
Thick paper 4 (257 to 271 g/m2, 68.25 to 72 lb)
Min.:
OHP film
• 139.7 mm x 182 mm
• 5.5 inch x 7.17 inch Label
Envelope
C-14
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 7. FS-527
7. FS-527
7.1 Type
Name Multi staple finisher
Type Freestanding
Document alignment Center
Consumables Staples
7.2 Functions
Modes • Sort
• Group
• Offset
• Group
• Offset
• Sort staple
7.3 Paper
7.3.1 Non sort/sort/group
Size Type Weight Max. capacity
• A6S • Plain • 60 to 90 g/m2 Exit tray1 200 sheets
• A5S paper • 16 to 24 lb Exit tray2 • A4S x 11S or less
• A5 • Recycled • 8 1/ x 11S or less 3,000 sheets
• B5S paper 2
• B5 • B4 x 14 or greater
• B6S • 8 1/ x 14 or greater 1,500 sheets
2
• A4S
• A4 • A5S or less
• 5 1/ x 8 1/ S or less 500 sheets
• B4 2 2
• A3
• A3Wide Envelope -
• 5 1/2 x 8 1/2S OHP
transparenci -
• 5 1/2 x 8 1/2 es
• 8 1/2 x 11S Label -
• 8 1/2 x 11 Letterhead -
• 8 1/2 x 14 Thick paper • 91 to 150 g/m2
• 11 x 17 1 • 24.25 to 40 lb
• 12 1/4 x 18 Thick paper • 151 to 209 g/m2
• Tray1 (Sub tray) Max.: 2 • 40.25 to 55.5 lb
311.15 mm x 1200 mm Thick paper • 210 to 256 g/m2
• Tray1 (Sub tray) Max.: 20 sheets
3 • 55.75 to 68 lb
12.25 x 47.24 inch
• Tray1 (Sub tray) Min.: Thick paper • 257 to 271 g/m2
90 mm x 139.7 mm 4 • 68.25 to 72 lb
• Tray1 (Sub tray) Min.:
3.54 x 5.5 inch
• Tray2 (Main tray) Max.:
311.15 mm x 457.2 mm
• Tray2 (Main tray) Max.:
12.25 x 18 inch
• Tray2 (Main tray) Min.:
100 mm x 139.7 mm
• Tray2 (Main tray) Min.:
3.94 x 5.5 inch
210 mm to 297 mm x Long size • 127 to 160 g/m2
457.2 mm to 1200 mm paper * -
• 33.75 to 42.5 lb
• *: Long size paper is available only for non-sort mode.
C-15
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 7. FS-527
7.4 Stapling
Staple filling mode Dedicated staple cartridge (5000 staples)
Stapling position Back/Front of the corner (45 degree) • A4
• A3
• 8 1/ x 11
2
• 11 x 17
Back/Front of the corner (35 degree) • B5
• B4
Back/Front of the corner (Parallel) • A4S
• B5S
• A5
• 8 1/2 x 11S
• 8 1/ x 14
2
Side: Parallel 2 point • A4S
• A4
• A3
• B5S
• B5
• B4
• A5
• 8 1/2 x 11S
• 8 1/ x 11
2
• 8 1/ x 14
2
• 11 x 17
Manual staple None
C-16
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 7. FS-527
C-17
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 8. FS-529
8. FS-529
8.1 Type
Type Multi staple finisher built into the main body
Installation Installed in main body
Document alignment Center
8.2 Functions
Modes • Sort
• Group
• Sort offset
• Group offset
• Sort staple
8.3 Paper
Capacity
• Letter S • Legal
Size Type • A4S • B4
• 8 1/ x 11S • 8 1/ x 14
2 2
• or less • or greater
• A6S Plain paper (60 to 90 g/m2, 16 to 24 lb) 300 sheets (30 copies) 250 sheets (30 copies)
• A5S
• A5 Special Thick paper 1 (91 to 150 g/
• B6S paper m2, 24.25 to 40 lb)
• B5S Thick paper 2 (151 to 209
• B5
g/m2, 40.25 to 55.5 lb)
• A4S
• A4 Thick paper 3 (210 to 256
• B4 g/m2, 55.75 to 68 lb) 10 sheets
• A3 Thick paper 4 (257 to 271
• A3 Wide
• g/m2, 68.25 to 72 lb)
5 1/2 x 8 1/2S
OHP film
• 5 1/2 x 8 1/2,
Label
• 8 1/2 x 11S
Envelope
• 8 1/2 x 11 Long size paper
• 8 1/2 x 14,
• 11 x 17
• 12 1/4 x 18
Max.: -
• 311.15 mm x 1200 mm
• 12.25 inch x 47.24 inch
Min.:
• 90 mm x 139.7 mm
• 3.54 inch x 5.5 inch
8.5 Stapling
No. of sheets to be stapled • Letter S 50 sheets
• A4S
• 8 1/ x
2
11S
C-18
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 8. FS-529
• or less
• Legal 30 sheets
• B4
• 8 1/ x 14
2
• or greater
60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb): 48 sheets + 2 sheets (209 g/m2 (55.5 lb))
Stapling position • Back of the corner
• Front of the corner
• Center two points
C-19
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 9. PK-517
9. PK-517
9.1 Type
Name Punch kit
Type FS-integrated type punching operation device
9.2 Functions
Punching method Stops and punches every paper
No. of holes • 2-3 holes
• 4 holes
• Sweden 4 holes
Hole diameter/pitch • 2 holes / φ 8.0 mm 70 mm pitch - 3 holes /φ8.0 mm / 108 mm pitch
• 4 holes /φ6.5 mm / 80 mm pitch
• Sweden 4 holes /φ6.5 mm / 70 mm, 21 mm pitch
Supported mode Punch mode
Applicable post processing mode • Sort
• Group,
• Staple
C-20
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 10. SD-509
10. SD-509
10.1 Type
Name Saddle sticher SD-509
Type Built into the finisher
Installation Screwed to the finisher
Document alignment Center
Stapling function Center parallel two points
10.2 Paper
10.2.1 Saddle stitching
Type • Plain paper
• Thick paper 1
• Thick paper 2
Size • A3
• B4
• A4S
• A3 Wide
• 11 x 17
• 8 1/2 x 14
• 8 1/ x 11S
2
• Min: 210 mm x 279.4 mm, 8.27 inch X 11 inch
• Max: 311.15 mm x 457.2 mm, 12.25 inch X 18 inch
Max. saddle stitching capacity 15 sheets (60 g/m2 to 90 g/m2 , 16 to 24 lb)
14 sheets (60 g/m2 to 90 g/m2 , 16 to 24 lb) + 1 sheet (60 g/m2 to 209 g/m2 , 16 to 55.5 lb)
10.2.2 Folding
Type Plain paper
Size • A3
• B4
• A4S
• A3 Wide
• 11 x 17
• 8 1/2 x 14
• 8 1/ x 11S
2
• Min: 210 mm x 279.4 mm, 8.27 inch X 11 inch
• Max: 311.15 mm x 457.2 mm, 12.25 inch X 18 inch
Max. number of sheets folded together 3 sheets (60 g/m2 to 90 g/m2 , 16 to 24 lb)
10.5 Consumables
• Staples 5,000 (SK-602: Staple kit)
C-21
C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 11. i-Option LK-101 v2/102/103
bizhub 423/363/283/223 v2/105
C-22
C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 11. i-Option LK-101 v2/102/103
bizhub 423/363/283/223 v2/105
NOTE
The Flash player installed on the MFP does not support the following:
• The function to trigger an event caused by a key operation.
• The function to paste or acquire data such as character strings from the clipboard.
• The context menu.
• The Flash printing function.
• The function to execute JavaScript from Flash or to operate Flash by JavaScript.
• A screen that has no window (pop-up).
• The Flash bookmark function.
• The function to send/receive data in real time using the Flash Media Server.
• The function to communicate via the XMLSocket.
C-23
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. FK-508
12. FK-508
12.1 Basic specifications
12.1.1 General specifications
Applicable lines PSTN, PBX
Protocol Group 3 (compliant to ITU-T T.30)
• ECM
• F-code communication
• Konica Minolta non-standard protocol: No
• Group 4: No
Maximum data rate 33,600 bps
Coding method • MH
• MR
• MMR
• JBIG
Modulation method • V27ter
• V29
• (V.33): V.33 is for reception only.
• V17
• V8
• V34
Communication resolution Normal 8 x 3.85 lines / mm
Fine • 8 x 7.7 lines / mm
• 200 x 200 pixels / inch
Super fine • 8 x 15.4 lines / mm (Reception only)
• 16 x 15.4 lines / mm
• 400 x 400 pixels / inch
Ultra Super 600 x 600 pixels / inch
fine
• Fixed to mm at transmission (except 600 dpi)
• mm and inch are available at reception.
• Selection by using the [Resolution] key.
• You can not change settings on every page.
Fax memory size With HDD • 128 GB (128 GB in the main body HDD 250 GB is used as a memory.)
installed • 10000 pages can be stored including all Scan/Box/Printer/Fax documents.
With no Approx. 200 pages can be saved at 240 MB of image memory capacity.
HDD
installed
FAX memory backup With HDD Image data is saved in HDD.
installed
With no The image data is saved on the RAM disk which is backed up with the battery on the
HDD copier side. Back-up time is less than 60 minutes (at full-charge).
installed
Multiple line connection Two lines can be connected by installing the Line Extension kit.
Communication time Level of 2 seconds (Konica Minolta standard A4 chart, 33,600 bps)
Resolution conversion At sending:
• Scanner: inch
• Density conversion: inch → mm
• Communication: mm / inch (600 dpi only)
At receiving:
• Communication: mm
• Density conversion: mm → inch
• Print: inch
• At receiving:
• Communication: inch
• Density conversion: inch → inch
• Print: inch
C-24
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. FK-508
C-25
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. FK-508
C-26
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. FK-508
• There is the automatic removal function of external access code to registered abbreviated
remote station No. Nothing is automatic addition function.
Pseudo off-hook Yes
• The manual start is possible by using the pseudo off-hook.
• [Off-Hook] button on LCD
Call progress detection DC loop (Depends on country spec).
• Dial tone (Ditto)
• Busy tone (Ditto)
• Second dial tone (Ditto)
Dial parameters Dialing signals DP (10 pps) and DTMF (Depends on country spec)
• Pause between digits1 to 7 seconds (Users cannot set.)
• Pause between digits 3 seconds (fixed)
Phone book dial (Abbr) Yes
• After appointing character to search, use up and down cursor keys.
External phone connection jack Yes
• Depends on specifications of each country.
12.2.2 Transmission
Timer transmission 24-hour (max.) timer setting is possible. (one station, sequential multi-stations transmission)
Batch transmission No
Timer polling 24-hour (max.) timer setting is possible. (one remote station polling and sequential polling
reception)
No. of timers • 21 transmissions and pollings in total.
• The number of sequential pollings is one.
Memory transmission reservation The memory transmission reservation is possible during communications. (memory registration of
the ADF memory transmission and platen memory transmission documents)
ADF transmission reservation No
Fold erase transmission No
Frame erase transmission Yes
• Platen documents and book documents
• ADF documents are possible as well.
• The regular mode only
Automatic layout transmission (Outside No
documents are erased.)
Reverse-image transmission No
2-in-1 transmission No
Book transmission No
Scanning size appointment Yes
• Scans documents in the appointed size irrelevant to document sizes and sends them. Transmits
documents in the appointed scanning width and length at the platen transmission and the ADF
transmission.
• The effective image area is based on the center in the ADF transmission. (Corner-base scanning
in mixed-size document mode.)
Document image quality appointment Yes
• Selected from Text, Text/Photo, Photo, Dot Matrix Original or Copied Paper.
Multi-stations 605 stations maximum (Abbr dial x 500 stations, keypad dial x 100 stations and E-Mail x 5) The
timer appointment is possible.
Memory transmission Yes
Quick ADF transmission Varies depending on models.
memory Platen transmission One page only
transmission
Mixture of ADF/platen No
documents
Advanced communication Partly Yes
function (Only the communication mode is possible)
Manual transmission Yes
Transmission when the No
printer is active
Memory ADF transmission Yes
transmission Platen transmission Yes
After the Separate Scan setting, the setting is read with
the [Start] key and the communication is started up with
the [Finish] key.
Mixture of ADF/platen Yes
documents After the Separate Scan setting, the setting is read with
the [Start] key and the communication is started up with
the [Finish] key.
C-27
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. FK-508
12.2.3 Polling
Polled transmission • There is one documents which allows the transmission setting.
• Documents are deleted after transmission.
• No additional scanning of documents
• No ADF polled transmission reservation
Polling reception The sequential polling is possible.
600 stations maximum (abbreviated dial x 500 stations and key pad dialing x 100 stations)
Call turnaround polling No
Called turnaround polling Yes
Closed polling transmission No
Selective polling • Transmission and reception.
• The selective polling by using the F-code (SEP). There is a bulletin board BOX polling reception.
• No confidential BOX polling transmission
C-28
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. FK-508
Conversation reservation No
C-29
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. FK-508
C-30
bizhub 423/363/283/223 C PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS > 12. FK-508
C-31
bizhub 423/363/283/223 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
D OVERALL COMPOSITION
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
1.1 System front view
[3]
[2] [4]
[21]
[5] [6]
[1]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[16]
[20] [10]
[7] [8]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4] [2]
[3]
D-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Marketing area
North America Europe Others
Model
bizhub 223 Option Option Option
bizhub 283 Option Option Option
bizhub 363 Standard Standard Option
bizhub 423 Standard Standard Standard
D-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 2. SECTION CONFIGURATION
2. SECTION CONFIGURATION
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[12]
[6]
[11]
[7]
[8]
[10] [9]
D-3
bizhub 423/363/283/223 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 3. PAPER PATH
3. PAPER PATH
• Machine equipped with a DF-621, FS-527, and PC-208.
D-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 4. CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM
Scanner
section Inverter board Reverse
automatic
document
feeder
CCD board Scanner
relay board
Control panel
DC power supply
Secret boad
HDD
USB board
Authentication MFP board Fusing unit
unit Printer control
board Image transfer
FAX board section
Total counter Drum unit section
SSD Developing
section
Manual bypass
Index board tray section
PH section
D-5
bizhub 423/363/283/223 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 5. IMAGE CREATION PROCESS
[1]
[12] [11] [14]
[2]
[13]
[10]
[9]
[5] [4] [3] [6] [7] [8]
CCD Light reflected off the surface of the original is converted to a corresponding electric signal by CCD and the resultant
[1] (Photoelectric electric signal is sent to the MFP board.
conversion)
[2] MFP board The MFP board performs image processing.
Photo The image formed by a laser light with which the surface of the photo conductor is irradiated is changed to a
[3]
conductor corresponding electrostatic latent image.
Photo Supply DC ( - ) charge on the photo conductor.
[4] conductor
charging
PH (Laser Expose photo conductor to a laser beam to develop electrostatic latent image.
[5]
exposure)
Developing The toner, agitated and negatively charged in the developer mixing chamber, is attracted onto the electrostatic latent
[6]
image formed on the surface of the photo conductor. It is thereby changed to a visible, developed image.
[7] Paper feed The paper is supplied from the paper feed cassette.
Bypass paper The paper is supplied from the manual bypass tray.
[8]
feed
Image transfer A DC positive charge is applied to the image transfer roller to transfer the visible image on the surface of the photo
[9]
conductor onto the paper.
Paper The charge neutralizing needle and separation claws remove paper from the surface of the photo conductor.
[10]
separation
[11] Cleaning The remaining toner left on the surface of the photo conductor is scraped off.
Erase The surface of the photo conductor is irradiated with light, which neutralizes any surface potential remaining on the
[12]
surface of the photo conductor.
[13] Fusing The toner is permanently fused to the paper by the combination of heat and pressure applied by the fusing roller.
[14] Paper exit The paper is fed out face down onto the exit tray.
D-6
bizhub 423/363/283/223 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 6. IMAGE FORMING CONTROL
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10] [21]
[11] [21]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
D-7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 D OVERALL COMPOSITION > 7 PROCESS SPEED
7 PROCESS SPEED
• The process speed is not changed according to the size or type of the paper. Instead, the main body controls the intervals between sheets
of paper (paper transport timing).
Process speed
bizhub 223 140 mm/s
bizhub 283
bizhub 363 173 mm/s
bizhub 423
D-8
bizhub 423/363/283/223 E SERVICE TOOL > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
E SERVICE TOOL
1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
1.1 Service material list
Name Shape Material No. Remarks
Cleaning pad 000V-18-1 10pcs/1pack
Isopropyl alcohol
E-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 E SERVICE TOOL > 2. DF-621
2. DF-621
2.1 CE tool list
Tool name Shape Personnel Parts No. Remarks
ADF reading chart 1 9J06 PJG1 XX
E-2
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 1. Concept of periodical
bizhub 423/363/283/223 maintenance
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE
1. Concept of periodical maintenance
• TestCleaning/replacement cycle for each maintenance item of main body/options can be evaluated with the total counter or each life counter
value of [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life].
F-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items
F-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items
No. Section Description/part name Qt. Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions
Conveyance Timing roller
3 - ●
section
4 Duplex section Duplex transport roller - ●
F-3
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items
No. Section Description/part name Qt. Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions
2 Drum unit 1
3 Developer 1
F-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items
No. Section Description/part name Qt. Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions
2 Transfer section Transfer roller unit 1 ●
3 Processing section Ozone filter 1 ●
2.2 Option
2.2.1 DF-621
(1) Periodical maintenance 1 (life counter; every 50,000 counts)
No. Section Description/part name Qt. Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions
1 Overall Paper feed and image conditions - ●
2 Appearance - ● ●
3 Paper feed section Pick-up roller - ●
4 Feed roller - ●
5 Separation roller - ●
Conveyance Roller and rolls ●
6 -
section
7 Scanning section Cleaning shaft - ●
8 Paper feed section Reflective sensor section - ●
2.2.2 PC-109/PC-208/PC-409
(1) Periodical maintenance 1 (life counter; every 300,000 counts)
No. Section Description/part name Qt. Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions
1 Overall Paper feed and image conditions - ●
2 Appearance - ● ●
F-5
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 2. Periodical maintenance items
No. Section Description/part name Qt. Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions
3 Paper feed section Pick-up roller 1 ●
4 Feed roller 1 ● *1
5 Separation roller 1 ●
• *1: Replace those three parts at the same time.
2.2.3 JS-505
(1) Periodical maintenance 1 (life counter; every 300,000 counts)
No. Section Description/part name Qt. Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions
1 Overall Paper feed and image conditions - ●
2 Appearance - ● ●
Conveyance Roller and rolls
3 - ●
section
2.2.4 JS-603/FS-527/SD-509/PK-517
(1) Periodical maintenance 1 (total counter; every 300,000 counts)
No. Section Description/part name Qt. Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions
1 Overall Paper feed and image conditions - ●
2 Appearance - ● ●
3 Conveyance Roller and rolls - ●
4 section Paddles - ●
2.2.5 FS-529
(1) Periodical maintenance 1 (total counter; every 300,000 counts)
No. Section Description/part name Qt. Clean Check Lubrication Replace Descriptions
1 Overall Paper feed and image conditions - ●
2 Appearance - ● ●
Conveyance Roller and rolls
3 - ●
section
F-6
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement parts list
F-7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 3. Periodical replacement parts list
Classification Parts name Parts No. Qt. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. page
bizhub 223 1 320,000
Toner filter bizhub 283 1 400,000 *3 F.6.1.2 Replacing the
A02E 1484 XX
(Main body) bizhub 363 1 440,000 *6 toner filter (main body)
bizhub 423 1 480,000
F.6.1.1 Replacing the
Ozone filter A1UD 1351 XX 1 150,000 *3
ozone filter
bizhub 223 - 1 17,500
bizhub 283 - 1 17,500 F.6.4.1 Replacing the
Toner bottle *1
bizhub 363 - 1 25,000 toner bottle
bizhub 423 - 1 25,000
• *1: The parts can be replaced either by user or service engineer.
• *2: Actual durable cycle (life counter value)
• *3: Specification value
• *4: Replace those three parts at the same time.
• *5: The drum unit and toner filter (Developing unit) should be replaced with new ones at the same time.
• *6: The drum unit and toner filter (Main body) should be replaced with new ones at the same time.
3.2 Option
3.2.1 DF-621
Parts name Parts No. Qt. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Pick-up roller A143 PP52 XX 2 200,000 F.7. Periodical
*1
Feed roller A143 5631 XX 1 200,000 maintenance procedure
*2
Separation roller assy A143 PP01 XX 1 200,000 DF-621
3.2.2 PC-109
Parts name Parts No. Qt. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Pick-up roller 1 300,000 F.8. Periodical
*1
Feed roller A00J 5636 XX 1 300,000 maintenance procedure
*2
Separation roller 1 300,000 PC-109/PC-208
3.2.3 PC-208
Parts name Parts No. Qt. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Pick-up roller 2 300,000 F.8. Periodical
*1
Feed roller A00J 5636 XX 2 300,000 maintenance procedure
*2
Separation roller 2 300,000 PC-109/PC-208
3.2.4 PC-409
Parts name Parts No. Qt. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Pick-up roller 1 300,000 F.9. Periodical
*1
Feed roller A00J 5636 XX 1 300,000 maintenance procedure
*2
Separation roller 1 300,000 PC-409
3.2.5 FS-527
Parts name Parts No. Qt. Replacing cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Upper paddle A0HR 7313 XX 2 800,000 *1 F.11. Periodical
Lower paddle maintenance procedure
A0HR 7348 XX 9 800,000 *1 FS-527
• *1: Total counter value
F-8
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 4. Periodical cleaning parts list
4.2 DF-621
Parts name Cleaning cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Pick-up roller 50,000 *1
Feed roller 50,000 *1
Separation roller 50,000 *1 F.7. Periodical
maintenance procedure
Rollers and rolls 50,000 *1 DF-621
Cleaning shaft 50,000 *1
Reflective sensor section 50,000 *1
• *1: Actual durable cycle (life counter value)
4.3 JS-505
Parts name Cleaning cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Roller and rolls F.10. Periodical
300,000 *1 maintenance procedure
JS-505
• *1: Total counter value
4.4 JS-603/SD-509/PK-517
Parts name Cleaning cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Roller and rolls 300,000 *1
-
Paddles 300,000 *1
• *1: Total counter value
4.5 FS-527
Parts name Cleaning cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Roller and rolls 300,000 *1 F.11. Periodical
Upper paddle 300,000 *1 maintenance procedure
Lower paddle 300,000 *1 FS-527
4.6 FS-529
Parts name Cleaning cycle Descriptions Ref. Page
Roller and rolls F.12. Periodical
300,000 *1 maintenance procedure
FS-529
• *1: Total counter value
F-9
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 5. Concept of parts life
F-10
bizhub 423/363/283/223 F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 5. Concept of parts life
Item Description
bizhub 363 Making 4 copies per job
bizhub 423 Making 4 copies per job
Paper size A4 or 8 1/2 × 11
PV/M bizhub 223 Average 2,300 (US) / 2,900 (EU)
Maximum 19,000
bizhub 283 Average 3,700 (US) / 4,800 (EU)
Maximum 28,000
bizhub 363 Average 6,100 (US) / 7,900 (EU)
Maximum 48,000
bizhub 423 Average 8,300 (US) / 10,700 (EU)
Maximum 60,000
Original density B/W = 6 %
Low power mode OFF
No. of operating days per month 20 days (Main power switch turned ON and OFF 20 times per month)
F-11
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the imaging unit.
G.4.3.1 Imaging unit
2. Unhook the tab [1] and lower the stopper [2].
[1]
[2]
3. Remove the ozone filter [1].
[1]
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover/2.
G.4.2.7 Rear cover/2
2. Peel off the toner filter (Main body) [1].
[1]
F-12
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
[1] [3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[2]
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the imaging unit.
G.4.3.1 Imaging unit
F-13
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
2. Remove the toner filter cover [1].
[1]
(2) Procedure
1. Select [Administrator Settings] → [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Forward] → [Drum Dry].
2. Press the start key to start [Drum Dry] (which will take about 60 sec.).
3. Clear the following life counter using the Service Mode.
• Select [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] → [2] and clear the count of [Developing unit Rotation Time].
I.11.12.2 Life
NOTE
• Clearing the [Developing unit Rotation Time] will automatically clear [Developer Replace Count] and [Developer Use Time].
4. Touch [END].
5. Turn OFF the main power switch.
NOTE
• Be sure to run [Drum Dry] and clear the life counter before removing the imaging unit from the main body.
• After the life counter is cleared, be sure to turn OFF the main power switch.
[1] [3]
F-14
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
[1] 9. Remove three screws [1] of the new developing unit and remove
the cover [2].
[2]
11. Affix the sheets [1] that are furnished with the drum unit.
NOTE
• Make sure that the collar [2] is completely covered with
the sheet.
[1] • If the sheets [1] are not available, use paper as a
[2] substitute.
[1]
[2]
12. While turning the gear in the direction of the arrow, pour the packet
of developer evenly into the developer [1] chamber.
[1] NOTE
• Be sure not to let developer get inside the collar [2].
• Turn the magnet roller in the direction of its normal
A
rotation, and not the backward.
• Not touching the gear of A side.
[2]
F-15
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
14. Reinstall the toner supply port [1].
[1] NOTE
• Make sure of the correct mounting position and direction.
[4] 16. Align the shaft [2] of the developing unit with the inner guide [1] of
[3] the drum unit.
17. Slide the drum unit along the guide [1] to check that the positioning
pin [3] is properly aligned with the mating hole.
[1] 18. Tighten four screws (silver) [4].
19. Install the imaging unit in position.
[2]
[1]
[4]
[2]
(2) Procedure
1. Select [Administrator Settings] → [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Forward] → [Drum Dry].
I.6.7.31 Drum Dry
2. Press the start key to start [Drum Dry] (which will take about 60 sec.).
3. Clear the following life counter using the Service Mode.
• Select [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] → [2] and clear the count of [Developer Use Time].
I.11.12.2 Life
NOTE
• Clearing the [Developer Use Time] will automatically increase the [Developer Replace Count].
4. Touch [END].
5. Turn OFF the main power switch.
NOTE
• Be sure to run [Drum Dry] and clear the life counter before removing the imaging unit from the main body.
• After the life counter is cleared, be sure to turn OFF the main power switch.
F-16
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
[1] [3]
9. Tilt the developing unit as shown in the illustration to remove the
developer [2] from the discharge port [1].
[1]
[2]
10. While holding the developing unit [1] horizontally with the
discharge port [2] side up, shake the unit back and forth.
[2]
[1]
11. In the same way as step 9., remove the developer from the discharge port.
12. Rotating the gear [1] in the direction of the arrow, remove the
developer from the surface of the magnet roller [2].
A NOTE
• Turn the magnet roller in the direction of its normal
rotation, and not the backward.
• Not touching the gear of A side.
[1]
13. Repeat steps 9. to 12. several times.
14. Repeat these steps two to three times until the developer is almost
completely removed from the surface of the magnet roller [2].
[2]
[1] 15. Remove three screws [1], and remove the cover [2].
[2]
F-17
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
16. Remove the toner supply port [1].
[1]
17. Affix the sheets [1] that are furnished with the drum unit.
NOTE
• Make sure that the collar [2] is completely covered with
the sheet.
[1] • If the sheets [1] are not available, use paper as a
[2] substitute.
[1]
[2]
18. While turning the gear in the direction of the arrow, pour the packet
of developer evenly into the developer [1] chamber.
[1] NOTE
• Be sure not to let developer get inside the collar [2].
• Turn the magnet roller in the direction of its normal
A
rotation, and not the backward.
• Not touching the gear of A side.
[2]
F-18
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
21. Using three screws [1], secure the cover [2].
NOTE
[1] • Make sure that the tabs on the cover are properly fitted
[2] into respective slits.
[4] 22. Align the shaft [2] of the developing unit with the inner guide [1] of
[3] the drum unit.
23. Slide the drum unit along the guide [1] to check that the positioning
pin [3] is properly aligned with the mating hole.
[1] 24. Tighten four screws (silver) [4].
25. Install the imaging unit in position.
[2]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[1]
2. Pull the toner holder [1] and remove the toner bottle [2].
[2]
[1]
F-19
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
2. Shake the toner bottle [1] well about five times in the vertical
[1] direction. Then, turn it over and repeat the same procedure.
3. To move toner to the toner supply port side in the bottle, drop the
toner bottle [1] with the supply port side down onto a table or other
[1] hard surface from the height of about 10 cm several times.
4. Open the toner holder [1] and mount the toner bottle [2].
[3] [2] NOTE
• Place the toner bottle [2] so that its seal surface faces [3]
upward.
[1]
6. Gently peel off the seal [1] toward you from the bottle.
[1] NOTE
• Perform this procedure slowly, as toner can burst out
when the seal [1] is peeled off.
F-20
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
7. Slide the toner hopper [1] back into the machine until it clicks into
[1]
position. Then, close the front door [2].
[2]
[1]
3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
4. Clear the following life counter using the Service Mode.
• Select [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] and clear the count of [Transfer Roller Unit].
I.11.12.2 Life
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the manual bypass tray unit.
G.4.3.11 Manual bypass tray unit
2. Remove the manual bypass tray separation roller assy.
F.6.6.2 Replacing the manual bypass tray separation roller assy
3. Remove the manual paper feed clutch.
G.4.6.4 Manual paper feed clutch (CL81)
4. Snap off the C-clip [1] for the feed roller, and remove the bearing
[1] [2].
[2]
F-21
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
5. Snap off the C-clip [1], and remove the manual bypass tray feed
roller [2].
[1]
[2]
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the manual bypass tray unit.
G.4.3.11 Manual bypass tray unit
2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2].
[1]
[2]
3. Loosen two screws [1].
[3] [5] [3] [4] 4. Remove two screws [2] and slide the two guides [3] in the direction
of the arrow.
5. Remove two springs [4], and remove the transportation guide [5].
[1]
F-22
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
7. Snap off the C-clip [1], and remove the spring [2] and the guide
plate [3]. Remove the manual bypass tray separation roller assy
[4].
NOTE
• Use care not to lose the spring [2] during the removal
[1] procedure.
[2]
[4] [3]
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the tray 1 paper feed unit.
G.4.3.2 Tray 1 paper feed unit
2. Remove the tray 1 separation roller unit.
F.6.6.4 Replacing the tray 1 separation roller
3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the separation roller unit
[2] [1] attachment plate [2].
[1]
F-23
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
6. Remove two C-clips [1] and two bearings [2], remove the tray 1
[2] [1] pick-up roller assy [3].
[1] [2]
8. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the tray 1 paper feed clutch
[2].
[1] [2]
9. Remove the C-ring [1] and bearing [2].
[1] [2]
10. Remove the E-ring [1] and bearing [2], and remove the tray 1 feed
[1] roller assy [3].
NOTE
• Use care not to lose the spring [4] during the removal
procedure.
F-24
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
11. Remove two C-rings [1] and bearing [2], and remove the tray 1
[3] [2] feed roller [3].
[1]
12. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
13. Replace the tray 1 separation roller.
F.6.6.4 Replacing the tray 1 separation roller
14. Clear the following life counter using the Service Mode.
• Select [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] and clear the count of [1st.].
I.11.12.2 Life
NOTE
• Replace the tray 1 feed roller/tray 1 pick-up roller and the tray 1 separation roller at the same time.
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the tray 1 paper feed unit.
G.4.3.2 Tray 1 paper feed unit
2. Remove two screws [1], remove the tray 1 separation roller unit
[2] [2].
[1]
3. Remove the C-ring [1] and shaft [2], and remove the separation
[3] [4] roller assy [3].
NOTE
• Use care not to lose the spring [4] during the removal
procedure.
[1] [2]
4. Remove the C-clip [1] and C-ring [2], and remove the tray 1
[3] [1] separation roller assy [3].
[2]
F-25
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
5. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the tray 1 separation roller [2].
[1]
[2]
6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
7. Clear the following life counter using the Service Mode.
• Select [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] and clear the count of [1st.].
I.11.12.2 Life
NOTE
• Replace the tray 1 feed roller/tray 1 pick-up roller and the tray 1 separation roller at the same time.
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the tray 2 paper feed unit.
G.4.3.3 Tray 2 paper feed unit
2. The remainder of the removal procedure is same as the one for the tray 1 feed roller/tray 1 pick-up roller. See “Replacing the tray 1 feed
roller/tray 1 pick-up roller.”
F.6.6.3 Replacing the tray 1 feed roller/tray 1 pick-up roller
3. Replace the tray 2 separation roller.
F.6.6.6 Replacing the tray 2 separation roller
4. Clear the following life counter using the Service Mode.
• Select [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] and clear the count of [2nd.].
I.11.12.2 Life
NOTE
• Replace the tray 2 feed roller/tray 2 pick-up roller and the tray 2 separation roller at the same time.
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the tray 2 paper feed unit.
G.4.3.3 Tray 2 paper feed unit
2. The remainder of the removal procedure is same as the one for the tray 1 separation roller. See “Replacing the tray 1 separation roller.”
F.6.6.4 Replacing the tray 1 separation roller
3. Clear the following life counter using the Service Mode.
• Select [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] and clear the count of [2nd.].
I.11.12.2 Life
NOTE
• Replace the tray 2 feed roller/tray 2 pick-up roller and the tray 2 separation roller at the same time.
(2) Procedure
1. Open the right door.
F-26
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
[1]
4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the ground plate [2].
[1] NOTE
• When reinstalling the ground plate, make sure that the
ground plate [1] is in contact with the side faces of the
bearings [2].
[2]
[2]
[1]
5. Remove the spring [1], and remove two timing roller bearings [2].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the bearings, make sure that the flanges
of the bearings are on the outside.
[1]
[2]
[6] 6. Remove the E-ring [1] and disconnect the connector [2]. Then,
remove the timing roller clutch [3].
7. Remove two washers [4] and two wave washers [5].
NOTE
• Be careful not to lose the washers.
• When mounting the clutch, set the convex part of the
stopper into the concave part of the timing roller clutch
[2] [6].
[1]
F-27
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
[3] 8. Remove the spring [1] and two E-rings [2], remove two timing roller
bearings [3].
NOTE
[2] • When reinstalling the bearings, make sure that the flanges
of the bearings are on the outside.
[1]
[3] [2]
9. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
(2) Procedure
1. Open the right door.
2. Unhook the tab [1] and remove the paper dust remover [2].
[3] NOTE
[3] • When reinstalling the paper dust remover, be sure first to
fit the two tabs [3] in place.
[2]
[1]
3. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
4. Clear the following life counter using the Service Mode.
• Select [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] and clear the count of [Paper Dust Remover].
I.11.12.2 Life
(2) Procedure
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the paper dust remover.
F.6.7.2 Replacing the paper dust remover
3. Using a cleaning pad with alcohol, wipe the timing roller [1] clean
of dirt.
[1]
F-28
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
CAUTION
• The temperature gets high in the vicinity of the fusing
unit. You may get burned when you come into contact
with the area. Before replacement operations, make
sure that more than 20 minutes have elapsed since
the main and sub power switches were turned off.
(1) Periodically replacing parts/cycle
• Fusing unit:: Fusing unit: Every 340,000 counts (bizhub 223)
• Fusing unit: Every 420,000 counts (bizhub 283)
• Fusing unit:: Every 450,000 counts (bizhub 363)
• Fusing unit:: Every 450,000 counts (bizhub 423)
(2) Procedure
1. Open the right door.
2. Remove the Remove the scanner right front cover..
G.4.2.11 Scanner right front cover
[1] 3. Open the paper exit upper guide [1].
[1] 4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2].
[2]
5. Disconnect the connector [1].
[1]
F-29
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 6. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure bizhub...
6. Disconnect the connector [1].
[1]
7. Remove two screws [1], and remove the fusing unit [2].
[2] NOTE
• Use care not to allow the harness to be scratched by the
metal bracket.
[1]
8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
9. Clear the following life counter using the Service Mode.
• Select [Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] and clear the count of [Fusing Unit Rotation Time].
I.11.12.2 Life
(2) Procedure
1. Open the right door.
2. Using a cleaning pad with water or alcohol, wipe the duplex
[1] transport rollers [1] clean of dirt.
F-30
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure DF-621
(2) Procedure
1. Open the upper door.
2. Using a cleaning pad with alcohol, wipe the pick-up rollers [1] /
[1] feed roller [2] clean of dirt.
[2]
(2) Procedure
1. Open the upper door.
2. Using a cleaning pad with alcohol, wipe the separation roller [1]
clean of dirt.
[1]
(2) Procedure
1. Open the upper door.
2. Remove the C-ring [1] and the gear assy [2].
[2] NOTE
• When reinstalling the gear assy [2], push the gear assy [2]
into position while rotating it.
[1]
F-31
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure DF-621
3. Remove the pin [1].
[2] [1] [5] NOTE
• Be careful not to lose the pin [1].
4. Remove two screws [2] and the ground terminal [4]. Then, remove
the bearing assy [3].
NOTE
• When reinstalling the bearing assy [3], make sure that the
dowel pin fits into the dowel hole [5] in the bearing assy
[3].
5. Remove the C-clip [1] and slide the bushing [2] in the direction of
[3] the arrow.
6. Remove the pick-up roller/feed roller assy [3].
[1] [2]
9. Remove the C-ring [4] and the belt [5], and remove the pick-up
roller assy [6].
[3] [1]
[2]
10. Remove two levers [1].
[1]
11. Remove two C-rings [1] and two pins [2], and remove two pick-up
[1] rollers [3].
NOTE
[3] • Be careful not to lose the pin [2].
[3]
[2]
F-32
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure DF-621
12. Remove the C-ring [1] and the pin [2], and remove the arm [3].
[1] NOTE
• Be careful not to lose the pin [2].
[3]
[2]
[1] 13. Remove the C-ring [1], the pulley [2] and the gear [3].
14. Remove two pins [4], and remove the feed roller [5].
[3] [5] NOTE
• Be careful not to lose the pin [4].
[2]
[4]
[4]
(2) Procedure
1. Open the upper door.
2. Pinch the portion [1] and remove the cover [2].
[1]
[2]
(2) Procedure
1. Lift up the document feed tray.
F-33
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure DF-621
2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the rolls [1]
clean of dirt.
[1]
[1]
[2]
7. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the rolls [1]
clean of dirt.
[1]
(2) Procedure
1. Open the upper door.
2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the rollers [1]
clean of dirt.
[1]
F-34
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure DF-621
3. Lift up the document feed tray.
[1] 4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the rollers [1]
clean of dirt.
5. While turning processing knob [1], wipe the rollers [2] using a
[1] cleaning pad dampened with alcohol.
[2]
(2) Procedure
1. Open the reverse automatic document feeder.
2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the cleaning
[1] shaft [1] clean of dirt.
(2) Procedure
1. Open the reverse automatic document feeder.
[1] [2] 2. While opening the before scanning film assy [1], wipe the reflective
sensor [2] using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol.
F-35
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 7. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure DF-621
[1]
3. Open the upper door.
4. Clean the cloth [1] using a brush or other similar tools.
[1]
F-36
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-109...
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the right door.
G.5.3.1 Right door
2. Remove two springs [1].
[1] 3. Remove the jam clearing cover [2].
[2]
4. Remove two screws [1] and remove the paper separation roller
[2] mounting bracket assy [2].
[1] [1]
5. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the shaft [2].
[3]
6. Remove the guide [3] and bracket [4].
NOTE
• Be careful not to lose spring [5] at this time.
[1]
[4]
[5] [2]
7. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the separation roller assy [2].
[1] [2]
F-37
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-109...
8. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the separation roller [2].
[1]
[2]
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the rear right cover. (Remove the right lower cover for 4th row.)
G.5.3.2 Rear right cover/Lower right cover/Front right cover
2. Remove the tray 3. (Remove the tray 4 from 4th row.)
3. Remove the paper separation roller mounting bracket assy.
See the procedures 1 to 4 in F.8.1.1 Replacing the separation roller
4. Unlock three tabs [1], and remove the harness cover [2].
[1] [4] 5. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [3].
6. Disconnect the connector [4].
[2] [3]
7. Remove three screws [1] and remove the feed unit [2].
[2]
[1]
F-38
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-109...
8. Remove two screws [1] and remove the mounting frame [2] for the
[2] paper separation roller mounting bracket assy.
[1]
9. Remove two screws [1] and remove the feed roller cover [2].
[2]
[1]
10. Remove the C-ring [1] and remove the bushing [2].
[2]
[1]
11. Detach the hook [1] of the spring and shift the shaft assy [2] in the
[2] direction shown in the illustration.
12. Remove the C-ring [3] and the gear [4].
[1]
[3]
[4]
13. Remove the C-ring [1] and the bushing [2], and remove the shaft
[3] assy [3].
[2] [1]
F-39
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-109...
14. Remove two C-rings [1] and the bushing [2], and remove the pick-
[1] up roller fixing bracket assy [3].
[3]
[2]
15. Remove the C-ring [1] and remove the feed roller [2].
[1]
[2]
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the rear right cover. (Remove the right lower cover for 4th row.)
G.5.3.2 Rear right cover/Lower right cover/Front right cover
2. Remove the tray 3. (Remove the tray 4 from 4th row.)
3. Remove the separation roller mounting bracket assy.
See the procedures 1 to 4 in F.8.1.1 Replacing the separation roller
4. Unlock three tabs [1], and remove the harness cover [2].
[1] [4] 5. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [3].
6. Disconnect the connector [4].
[2] [3]
7. Remove three screws [1] and remove the feed unit [2].
[2]
[1]
F-40
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 8. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-109...
8. Remove two screws [1] and remove the mounting frame [2] for the
[2] paper separation roller mounting bracket assy.
[1]
9. Remove two screws [1] and remove the feed roller cover [2].
[2]
[1]
10. Remove two C-rings [1] and two bushings [2], and remove the
[2] [1] pick-up roller assy [3].
[2]
[3]
11. Remove the C-ring [1] and remove the pick-up roller [2].
[1]
[2]
F-41
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-409
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the right door.
G.5.4.1 Right door
2. Remove two screws [1] and remove the separation roller mounting
[2] bracket assy [2].
[1] [1]
3. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the shaft [2].
[3]
4. Remove the guide [3] and bracket
NOTE
• Be careful not to lose spring [5] at this time.
[1]
[4]
[5] [2]
5. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the separation roller assy [2].
[1] [2]
6. Remove the C-ring [1], and remove the separation roller [2].
[1]
[2]
F-42
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-409
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the rear right cover.
G.5.4.1 Right door
2. Remove two screws [1] and separation roller mounting bracket
[2] assy [2].
[1] [1]
3. Insert a driver into the hole [1] at the rear of the feed tray and pull
out the paper feed tray.
[1]
4. Unlock three tabs [1], and remove the harness cover [2].
[1] [4] 5. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [3].
6. Disconnect the connector [4].
[2] [3]
F-43
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-409
7. Remove four screws [1] and remove the feed unit [2].
[2]
[1]
8. Remove two screws [1] and remove the mounting frame [2] for the
[2] paper separation roller mounting bracket assy.
[1]
9. Remove two screws [1] and remove the feed roller cover [2].
[2]
[1]
10. Remove two C-rings [1] and remove two bushings [2].
[2]
[1]
[1] [2]
F-44
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-409
11. Detach the hook [1] of the spring and shift the shaft assy [2] in the
[2]
direction shown in the illustration.
12. Remove the C-ring [3], the gear [4] and the bushing [5].
13. Remove the shaft assy [2].
[1]
[4]
[5] [3]
14. Remove two C-rings [1] and the bushing [2], and remove the pick-
[3] [1] up roller fixing bracket assy [3].
[1]
[2]
15. Remove the C-ring [1] and remove the feed roller [2].
[1]
[2]
16. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the rear right cover.
G.5.4.2 Rear right cover/Lower right cover/Front right cover
2. Remove two screws [1] and separation roller mounting bracket
[2] assy [2].
[1] [1]
F-45
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-409
3. Insert a driver into the hole [1] at the rear of the feed tray and pull
out the paper feed tray.
[1]
4. Unlock three tabs [1], and remove the harness cover [2].
[1] [4] 5. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [3].
6. Disconnect the connector [4].
[2] [3]
7. Remove four screws [1] and remove the feed unit [2].
[2]
[1]
8. Remove two screws [1] and remove the mounting frame [2] for the
[2] paper separation roller mounting bracket assy.
[1]
9. Remove two screws [1] and remove the feed roller cover [2].
[2]
[1]
F-46
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 9. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure PC-409
10. Remove two C-rings [1], two bushings [2], and the pick-up roller
[1] assy [3].
[2]
[2]
[3]
11. Remove the C-ring [1] and remove the pick-up roller [2].
[1]
[2]
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
F-47
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 10. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure JS-505
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the separator.
G.5.5.1 Separator
2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1]
[2] [1] and roll [2].
[2]
[2]
F-48
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure FS-527
(2) Procedure
1. Open the front door of the finisher.
2. Remove four screws [1], and remove the upper cover [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
3. Remove the C-clip [1], and remove the upper paddle assy [2].
[1] [2]
F-49
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure FS-527
4. Remove two paddles [1].
[1] NOTE
• When installing the paddles, use alcohol to moisten the
surface of the paddles that are inserted into the grooves.
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the finisher.
G.5.7.6 Finisher
2. Open the front door of the finisher.
NOTE
[2] • In case SD-509 is not mounted, remove the four screws [1]
[1] and take out the plate [2].
[1]
[1]
F-50
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 11. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure FS-527
4. Move the stopper [1] forward, and release the lock.
5. Remove the lower paddle assy [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
7. Put the front side of the lower paddle Assy [1] through the belt.
8. Attach the lower paddle Assy to the arm and put the belt on the
gear [2].
9. Move the stopper [3] to secure.
[3]
[1]
[2]
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
F-51
F PERIODICAL MAINTENANCE > 12. Periodical maintenance
bizhub 423/363/283/223 procedure FS-529
F-52
G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 1. Disassembly/adjustment
bizhub 423/363/283/223 prohibited items
G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
1. Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items
1.1 Paint-locked screws
NOTE
• To prevent loose screws, a screw lock in blue or green series color is applied to the screws.
• The screw lock is applied to the screws that may get loose due to the vibrations and loads created by the use of machine or due to
the vibrations created during transportation.
• If the screw lock coated screws are loosened or removed, be sure to apply a screw lock after the screws are tightened.
CAUTION
• To avoid electrical shock, after turning OFF the power switch, do not
touch the DC power supply for 22 minutes.
• When removing a circuit board or other electrical component, refer to
“Handling of PWBs” and follow the corresponding removal
procedures.
• The removal procedures given in the following omit the removal of
connectors and screws securing the circuit board support or circuit
board.
• Where it is absolutely necessary to touch the ICs and other electrical
components on the board, be sure to ground your body.
1.5 Precautions for disassembly
CAUTION
• When accessing a hard-to-view or narrow spot, be careful about
sharp edges and burrs of the frame and parts.
They may injure your hands or fingers.
• If it is absolutely necessary to service the machine with the door
open or external covers removed, always be attentive to the motion
of the internal parts.
A normally protected part may cause unexpected hazards.
G-1
G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 1. Disassembly/adjustment
bizhub 423/363/283/223 prohibited items
CAUTION
• When removing a part that secures a motor, gear, or other moving
part, disassembling a unit, or reinstalling any of such parts and units,
be careful about moving parts and use care not to drop any part or
unit. During the service procedure, give sufficient support for any
heavy unit.
You may be injured by a falling part or unit.
1.6 Precautions during setup or transportation
CAUTION
• Whenever mounting an option on the machine, be attentive to the
motion of the fellow worker of the joint work.
The fellow worker may be injured with his or her finger or hand
pinched between the machine and the option.
• When mounting an option on the machine, be careful about the
clearance between the machine and the option.
You may be injured with your finger or hand pinched between the
machine and the option.
• Do not leave the machine unattended during transportation,
installation, and inspection of the machine. If it is to be unavoidably
left unattended, face protrusions toward the wall or take other
necessary risk reducing action.
The user may stumble over a protrusion of the machine or be caught
by a cable, falling to the floor or being injured.
G-2
G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 2. Units from which removing is
bizhub 423/363/283/223 prohibited
2.2 PH unit
2.2.1 Reason for prohibition
• The laser runs inside the PH unit. Opening the cover may cause dust to enter and interrupt the laser. Do no remove any screw which may
disassemble the PH unit.
G-3
G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 3. Notes when transporting the
bizhub 423/363/283/223 machine
[2]
[1]
4. Install the scanner fixing bracket [1] to fix the scanner in place.
[1]
G-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list
4.1.1 Exterior parts
No. Part name Ref. page
1 Front door G.4.2.1 Front door
2 Left cover G.4.2.2 Left cover
3 Exit tray G.4.2.3 Exit tray
4 Rear right cover G.4.2.4 Rear right cover
5 Upper right cover G.4.2.5 Upper right cover
6 Rear cover/1 G.4.2.6 Rear cover/1
7 Rear cover/2 G.4.2.7 Rear cover/2
8 Lower rear cover G.4.2.8 Lower rear cover
9 Scanner rear cover G.4.2.9 Scanner rear cover
10 Scanner right cover G.4.2.10 Scanner right cover
11 Scanner right front cover G.4.2.11 Scanner right front cover
12 USB interface cover G.4.2.12 USB interface cover
13 Scanner left front cover G.4.2.13 Scanner left front cover
14 Scanner upper front cover G.4.2.14 Scanner upper front cover
15 Scanner left cover G.4.2.15 Scanner left cover
16 Scanner upper rear cover G.4.2.16 Scanner upper rear cover
17 Scanner front cover G.4.2.17 Scanner front cover
18 Slit glass cover G.4.2.18 Slit glass cover
19 Original glass G.4.2.19 Original glass
20 Control panel assy G.4.2.20 Control panel assy
21 Tray 1 G.4.2.21 Tray 1
22 Tray 2 G.4.2.22 Tray 2
23 Front cover G.4.2.23 Front cover
4.1.2 Units
No. Part name Ref. page
1 Imaging unit G.4.3.1 Imaging unit
2 Tray 1 paper feed unit G.4.3.2 Tray 1 paper feed unit
3 Tray 2 paper feed unit G.4.3.3 Tray 2 paper feed unit
4 PH unit G.4.3.4 PH unit
5 CCD board unit G.4.3.5 CCD board unit
6 Exposure unit G.4.3.6 Exposure unit
7 LED exposure unit G.4.3.7 LED exposure unit
8 Toner hopper unit G.4.3.8 Toner hopper unit
9 Regist unit G.4.3.9 Regist unit
10 Switchback unit G.4.3.10 Switchback unit
11 Manual bypass tray unit G.4.3.11 Manual bypass tray unit
12 Conveyance unit G.4.3.12 Conveyance unit
13 Hard disk drive G.4.3.16 Hard disk drive
14 MFP board box G.4.3.14 MFP board box
15 Main drive unit G.4.3.15 Main drive unit
16 Hopper drive unit G.4.3.13 Hopper drive unit
4.1.3 Boards
No. Part name Ref. page
1 Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN) (for fluorescent lamp) G.4.4.1 Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN) (for
fluorescent lamp)
2 Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN) (for LED lamp) G.4.4.2 Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN) (for LED
lamp)
3 Inverter board (INVB) (for fluorescent lamp) G.4.4.3 Inverter board (INVB) (for fluorescent lamp)
4 LED exposure drive board (LEDEDB) (for LED lamp) G.4.4.4 LED exposure drive board (LEDEDB) (for LED
lamp)
5 Machine condition monitor board (MCMB) G.4.4.5 Machine condition monitor board (MCMB)
6 DC power supply (DCPU) G.4.4.7 DC power supply (DCPU)
7 Printer control board (PRCB) G.4.4.6 Printer control board (PRCB)
G-5
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4.1.4 Motors
No. Part name Ref. page
1 Scanner motor (M201) G.4.5.1 Scanner motor (M201)
2 Duplex transport motor (M92) G.4.5.2 Duplex transport motor (M92)
3 Toner supply motor (M4) G.4.5.6 Toner supply motor (M4)
4 Transport motor (M1) G.4.5.3 Transport motor (M1)
5 PC motor (M2) G.4.5.4 PC motor (M2)
6 Switchback motor (M91) G.4.5.7 Switchback motor (M91)
7 Toner bottle motor (M3) G.4.5.5 Toner bottle motor (M3)
8 Tray 1 lift-up motor (M11) G.4.5.8 Tray 1 lift-up motor (M11)
9 Tray 2 lift-up motor (M21) G.4.5.9 Tray 2 lift-up motor (M21)
10 Power supply cooling fan motor (FM1) G.4.5.10 Power supply cooling fan motor (FM1)
11 Cooling fan motor (FM2) G.4.5.11 Cooling fan motor (FM2)
12 Fusing unit cooling fan motor (FM3) G.4.5.12 Fusing unit cooling fan motor (FM3)
13 Toner suction fan motor (FM4) G.4.5.13 Toner suction fan motor (FM4)
14 MFP board cooling fan motor (FM5) G.4.5.14 MFP board cooling fan motor (FM5)
4.1.5 Clutches
No. Part name Ref. page
1 Tray 1 paper feed clutch (CL11) G.4.6.1 Tray 1 paper feed clutch (CL11)
2 Tray 2 paper feed clutch (CL21) G.4.6.2 Tray 2 paper feed clutch (CL21)
3 Tray 2 vertical transport clutch (CL22) G.4.6.3 Tray 2 vertical transport clutch (CL22)
4 Manual paper feed clutch (CL81) G.4.6.4 Manual paper feed clutch (CL81)
5 Registration clutch (CL1) G.4.6.5 Registration clutch (CL1)
4.1.6 etc.
No. Part name Ref. page
1 Manual pick-up solenoid (SD81) G.4.7.1 Manual pick-up solenoid (SD81)
2 Temperature/humidity sensor (TEM/HUM) G.4.7.2 Temperature/humidity sensor (TEM/HUM)
3 Scanner drive cable G.4.7.3 Scanner drive cable
[2]
G-6
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1] [2]
[1]
3. Remove five screws [1], and remove the rear right cover [2].
[2] [1]
[1]
G-7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the upper right cover [2].
[1]
[2]
[2]
[2]
G-8
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
[1]
[1]
OK NG
4. Remove three screws [1], and remove the scanner rear cover [2].
[1]
[2]
G-9
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[2]
[2]
[1]
[2]
G-10
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
[2]
[1] [3]
G-11
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the scanner front cover [2].
[1] NOTE
• Do not remove it in rush as it is connected to the harness.
[2]
[2]
[2] [1]
[2] [1]
G-12
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the control panel assy [2].
[1] [2]
4.2.21 Tray 1
1. Slide out the tray 1.
2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the stopper [2].
[1]
3. Remove the tray 1 [3].
[2]
[3]
4.2.22 Tray 2
1. Slide out the tray 2.
G-13
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[2]
[3]
[1]
5. Remove the screw [1], and remove the connector cover [2].
[1]
[2]
6. Remove nine screws [1], and remove the front cover [2].
[1]
[1]
[1]
G-14
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
[1]
[2]
G-15
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray 1 paper feed unit [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
4. Disconnect the connector [1].
[1]
5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray 2 paper feed unit [2].
[1]
[2]
G-16
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4.3.4 PH unit
CAUTION
• Do not replace the printer head unit while the power is
ON.
• Laser beam generated during the above mentioned
activity may cause blindness.
• Do not disassemble or adjust the printer head unit.
• Laser beam generated during the above mentioned
activity may cause blindness.
1. Remove the exit tray.
G.4.2.3 Exit tray
2. Remove the rear cover/1.
G.4.2.6 Rear cover/1
3. Remove the rear cover/2.
G.4.2.7 Rear cover/2
4. Remove the scanner rear cover.
G.4.2.9 Scanner rear cover
5. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2].
[1]
[2]
6. Remove two screws [1] and unhook the tab [2], and remove the
[1] [2] cover [3].
[3]
7. Disconnect the connector (CN19) [1] and flat cable (CN20) [2] on
[3] [4] the printer control board.
8. Remove the harness and flat cable from the wire saddle [3] and
edge cover [4].
[1] [2]
G-17
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
9. Disconnect the flat cable (PJ02) [1] from the MFP board.
[1]
10. Remove the harness from eight wire saddles [1] and edge cover [2].
[2] [1]
[1]
[1]
13. Remove three screws [1], three springs [2] and the spacer [3].
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
[3]
[4]
NOTE
• The position, number, and color of the spacers [3] installed in the screw holes vary depending on the machine model. When
removing the PH unit, therefore, be sure to remember the position, number, and color of the spacers [3] installed in each of the
screw holes. (Depending on the individual PH unit performance difference, the machine may not have the spacers [3])
• This machine does not incorporate the system of determining the number and types of spacers installed in the PH unit by the
color of the label affixed to the PH unit. The label affixed to the PH unit therefore has no special meaning in this machine.
G-18
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Remove nine screws [1], and remove the CCD board protective
[1] [1] shield [2].
[2] [1]
4. Remove four screws [1], and remove the CCD board unit [2].
[1] [2]
[1]
G-19
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
5. Move the exposure unit [1] to the position where the sheets are
[2]
removed (where a screwdriver can reach the screws) in the
previous step.
[2] 6. Remove two screws [2], and remove the exposure unit [1].
[1]
7. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1], and disconnect the
connector [2].
[1] [2]
8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the exposure lamp [2] from the
[1] exposure unit.
[2]
G-20
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
5. Move the LED exposure unit [1] to the position where the sheet is
[2] [2] removed (where a screwdriver can reach the screws) in the
previous step.
6. Remove two screws [2], and remove the LED exposure unit [1].
[1]
7. Remove four screws [1], and disconnect the flat cable [2].
[2] [1] 8. Remove the LED exposure lamp [3] from the LED exposure unit.
[3] [1]
9. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
NOTE
• When replacing the LED exposure unit with a brand-new one, peel the protective film from the unit after attaching it.
10. Perform the following setting. [Service Mode] → [ADF] → [Read Pos Adj]
I.11.16.7 Read Pos Adj
[1] [2]
G-21
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Widen two tabs [1] in the direction of the arrow to unlock them.
[1] Then, raise the regist unit [2] as illustrated.
[1]
[2]
3. Disconnect two connectors [1], and remove the regist unit [2].
[2] [1]
[1]
4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[1]
[1]
3. Disconnect the connector [1].
G-22
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1] [4]
[2] [3]
[2]
2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the manual bypass tray unit left
cover [2].
[2] [1]
3. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1] and wire saddle [2].
[2]
[1]
G-23
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
5. Remove four screws [1] and remove the manual bypass tray unit [2]
[1] as illustrated.
[2] [1]
6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[1]
5. Open the right door.
[2] 6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the conveyance unit [2].
NOTE
• When removing the conveyance unit, be careful not to
damage or deform the guide sheet of the tray 1 paper feed
unit.
[1]
7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
G-24
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4. Remove the harness from nine wire saddles [1] and edge cover [2].
[1] [2]
[1]
NOTE
[1] • Europe only: Disconnect the connector [1].
[1]
[1]
G-25
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
8. Remove four screws [1], and remove the hopper drive unit [2].
[1] [2]
[1]
9. Disconnect the flat cable (PJ2) [1] on the scanner relay board.
[1]
10. Disconnect the flat cable (CN28) [1] on the printer control board.
[1]
G-26
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
11. Remove the harness from two wire saddles [1], and disconnect two
[1] connectors [2].
[2]
12. Remove seven screws [1], and remove the MFP board box [2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
G-27
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
9. Remove five screws [1], and remove the main drive unit [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
<OK> <NG>
[3] 3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the hard disk assy [2].
NOTE
[1]
• Align two dowels [3] during reinstallation.
[2]
[3] [1]
G-28
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4. Disconnect two connectors [1], and remove the hard disk [2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
5. Remove five screws [1], and remove the scanner relay board [2].
[1]
[2]
G-29
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
5. Remove five screws [1], and remove the scanner relay board [2].
[1]
[1] [2]
6. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[1]
[1]
G-30
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
7. Remove two screws [1] and two PWB supports [2], and remove the
[1] [2] Inverter board [3].
[3]
3. Remove three screws [1], and remove the LED exposure drive
[1] board [2].
[2]
4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[1]
G-31
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
NOTE
• When the printer control board (PRCB) has been replaced, be sure to remount EEPROM (IC51) [1]. Remove EEPROM (IC51) [1]
from the old printer control board and mount it on the new printer control board.
[1]
NOTE
• When mounting EEPROM (IC51), align the notches (indicated by “A” in the illustration).
NOTE
• When the printer control board is to be replaced, rewriting the firmware to the latest one.
• When the EEPROM (IC51) is replaced to the brand-new one, the error “License management error occurred.” will be occurred.
In this case, it is necessary to repair the i-Option license management information.
CAUTION
• Remove the DC power supply after 22 minutes or
more have passed since the power plug was
disconnected.
1. Remove the left cover.
G.4.2.2 Left cover
2. Remove the exit tray.
G.4.2.3 Exit tray
G-32
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
[2]
6. Remove two screws [1], and slide out the DC power supply [2].
[2]
[1]
7. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the DC power supply [2].
[1]
[2]
G-33
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4. Remove four screws [1], and remove the hard disk attachment plate
[1] [2].
[2]
[1]
8. Remove three screws [1], and remove the MFP board assy [2].
[2]
[1]
[2] [1]
G-34
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
10. Remove six bolts [1][2], and remove the interface cover [3].
[3] NOTE
• Notice that the two bolts [2] are slightly longer than the
others.
[1] [2]
11. Remove four screws [1], and remove two PWB rails [2].
[2] [1]
[1] [2]
12. Remove two ground plates [1] and two sponges [2].
[2] [1]
[1]
G-35
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
4. Remove two screws [1].
[3] [2] [3] 5. Slide the high voltage unit [2] in the direction of the arrow.
6. Disconnect four connectors [3], and remove the high voltage unit
[2].
NOTE
• Install the high voltage unit so that the machine terminals
come into contact with the counterparts on the high
voltage unit.
[1]
7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[1]
G-36
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
G.4.2.21 Tray 1
4. Remove the tray 2.
G.4.2.22 Tray 2
5. Open the right door.
6. Disconnect the connector [1].
[3] [2] 7. Remove two screws [2], and remove the toner suction fan motor
assy [3].
[2] [1]
[1]
10. Remove three screws [1], and remove the tray 1 sensor unit [2].
[2]
[1]
[2] [1]
13. Remove the lever [1], and remove the paper feed tray 1 paper FD
[2]
sensor board [2].
NOTE
• When removing the lever, be careful not to deform the
lever.
[1]
G-37
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[2] [1]
[1]
9. Remove three screws [1], and remove the tray 2 sensor unit [2].
[2]
[1]
[2] [1]
12. Remove the lever [1], and remove the paper feed tray 2 paper FD
[2]
sensor board [2].
NOTE
• When removing the lever, be careful not to deform the
lever.
[1]
G-38
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4.4.14 Paper feed tray 1 LED board, Paper feed tray 2 LED board (LEDB1, LEDB2)
1. Slide out the tray 1 and tray 2.
2. Remove two screws [1] and place the lower front cover [2] with the
[2] inside up.
[1]
3. Remove the screw [1] each, disconnect the connector [2] each, and
[3] [1] [2] remove the paper feed tray 1 LED board [3] and the paper feed tray
2 LED board [4].
[2]
5. Remove three screws [1], and remove the ADF base plate [2].
[2]
[1]
G-39
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
7. Remove the spring [1] and the belt [2], and remove the scanner
[1] motor assy [3].
[2] [3]
8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the scanner motor [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
2. With the scanner drive gear set screw [1] located on the right-hand
[1] [4] side as shown on the left, slide the scanner motor assy [2] to the
left and check that it is returned to the original position by the
tension of the spring [3]. Perform this step three times.
3. Turn the pulley and make sure that the belt does not ride up on the
pulley teeth.
4. Tighten the three screws [4] to fix the scanner motor assy [2] into
position.
[3]
[4] [4]
[2]
G-40
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the duplex transport cover [2].
[2]
[1]
3. Disconnect the connector [1].
[2] [3] 4. Remove two screws [2], and remove the duplex transport motor [3].
[1] [2]
5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[1]
[2] [1]
G-41
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the
[3] [2] [1] connector [2].
3. Remove four screws [3], and remove the PC motor [4].
[4] [3]
[1]
4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[2]
4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[2]
5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
G-42
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[2]
[2]
[2] [3]
G-43
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
[2]
5. Remove the harness from two wire saddle [1], and disconnect the
[1] [2] connector [2].
6. Remove two screws [3], and remove the power supply cooling fan
motor [4].
[3] [4]
[1]
[2]
3. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the
connector [2].
[1] [2]
G-44
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cooling fan motor [2].
[2]
[1]
5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[3]
5. Disconnect the connector [1].
[3] [1] 6. Remove the harness from four guides [2].
7. Remove two screws [3], and remove fusing unit cooling fan motor
[4].
[4] [2]
8. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[2] [1]
G-45
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1] [2]
7. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[1]
4. Disconnect the connector [1], and remove the MFP board cooling
[2] fan motor assy [2].
[1]
5. Unhook two tabs [1], and remove the MFP board cooling fan motor
[1] [2].
[2]
G-46
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray 1 separation roller unit
[2] [2].
[1]
3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the separation roller unit
[2] [1] attachment plate [2].
[1]
G-47
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray 2 separation roller unit
[2] [2].
[1]
3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the separation roller unit
[2] [1] attachment plate [2].
[1]
G-48
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1], and disconnect the
[4] [1][2] connector [2].
3. Remove the E-ring [3], and remove the tray 2 vertical transport
clutch [4].
NOTE
• When mounting the tray 2 vertical transport clutch, set the
convex part of the stopper into the concave part [5] of the
tray 2 vertical transport clutch [4].
[3] [5]
4. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[1]
3. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the manual paper feed clutch
[2] [1] [2].
NOTE
• When mounting the manual paper feed clutch, set the
convex part of the stopper into the concave part [3] of the
manual paper feed clutch [2].
[3]
[1]
G-49
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the manual pick-up solenoid
[1] [3] [1] assy [2].
NOTE
• Use care not to lose the actuator [3].
[2]
4. Remove the screws [1], and remove the manual pick-up solenoid
[2] [2].
[1]
5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
[2] [3]
[1]
5. To reinstall, reverse the order of removal.
G-50
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
5. Remove the bead side [1] of the scanner drive cables from the
adjustment anchor.
[1]
[1]
6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the scanner drive gear [2].
[3] 7. Remove the bearing [3].
[1] [2]
8. Remove the scanner drive cables [2] from each pulley [1].
[1] [3] [1] 9. Remove the screw [3] each, and remove two pulleys [1] from the
shaft.
[2]
G-51
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Twist the scanner drive cable [3] (of which side has the bead at
the end) around the pulley 4 times as shown in the illustration.
3. Twist the hook side scanner drive cable [4] around the pulley 4
times as shown in the illustration.
NOTE
[4]
• Make sure that no part of the cable rides on the other.
[1]
Rear side 4. Set the round bead [1] of the scanner drive cable (black) into the
hole of the pulley [2] as shown in the illustration.
[3]
[2] NOTE
• Make sure that the bead securely rests in the hole of the
pulley.
5. Twist the scanner drive cable [3] (of which side has the bead at
the end) around the pulley 4 times as shown in the illustration.
6. Twist the hook side scanner drive cable [4] around the pulley 4
times as shown in the illustration.
NOTE
[4] • Make sure that no part of the cable rides on the other.
[1]
Same for the front and the rear 7. Apply the tape to fix the scanner drive cable to the pulley [1].
[1]
G-52
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
Same for the front and the rear 8. Put the front/rear pulleys [1] into the shaft [2], and fix them with
one screw each [3].
NOTE
• Set the pulley at the direction as shown in the
illustration.
• Fix the pulley at the position as shown in the illustration.
• Apply the screw lock on the screw.
[3] [3]
Same for the front and the rear 9. Install the shaft [1] and the bearing [2].
10. Install the gear [4] with the screw [3].
[4] [1] NOTE
• Apply the screw lock on the screw.
[3] [2]
Front side 11. Run the bead side scanner drive cable [1] from the pulley B [2] to
the pulley C [3]. Attach the bead to the adjustment anchor [4].
[1] [2]
NOTE
• Make the cable run inside the rear groove of the pulley C.
[3]
[4]
Front side 12. Run the hook side scanner drive cable [1] around the pulley D [2]
and the pulley C [3] in this order.
NOTE
• Make the cable run inside the front groove of the pulley D
[3] [2].
[1]
[2]
G-53
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 4. bizhub 223/283/363/423
Front side 13. Run the scanner drive cable from the pulley C [1] to the hole [2]
on the scanner left frame, and pass the cable through the hole
[1] [2].
[2]
Front side 14. Attach the spring [1] to the cable and attach the other end of the
spring to the hook [2] on the scanner left frame.
[1]
[2]
15. Install the scanner drive cable with the same procedure as the front one.
Rear side 16. Attach the spring [2] to the hooks [1] of the front and rear scanner
drive cables.
[2]
[1]
G-54
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
5. Option
5.1 Disassembly/reassembly parts list
5.1.1 DF-621
Section Part name Ref. page
Exterior parts Front cover G.5.2.1 Front cover
Rear cover G.5.2.2 Rear cover
Upper door cover G.5.2.3 Upper door cover
Document feed tray rear cover G.5.2.4 Document feed tray rear cover
Units Reverse automatic document feeder G.5.2.5 Reverse automatic document feeder
Glass cleaning brush G.5.2.6 Glass cleaning brush
Board and etc. DF control board (DFCB) G.5.2.7 DF control board (DFCB)
Document CD size sensor (VR1) G.5.2.8 Document CD size sensor (VR1)
Others Document reading motor (M1) G.5.2.9 Document reading motor (M1)
Document feed motor (M2) G.5.2.10 Document feed motor (M2)
Reading roller release motor (M3) G.5.2.11 Reading roller release motor (M3)
Glass cleaning motor (M4) G.5.2.12 Glass cleaning motor (M4)
DF cooling fan motor (FM1) G.5.2.13 DF cooling fan motor (FM1)
Document feed clutch (CL1) G.5.2.14 Document feed clutch (CL1)
Document registration clutch (CL2) G.5.2.15 Document registration clutch (CL2)
Document exit roller release solenoid (SD1) G.5.2.16 Document exit roller release solenoid (SD1)
Stamp unit G.5.2.17 Stamp unit
5.1.2 PC-109/PC-208
Section Part name Ref. page
Exterior parts Right door G.5.3.1 Right door
Rear right cover G.5.3.2 Rear right cover/Lower right cover/Front right
Lower right cover cover
Front right cover
Rear cover G.5.3.3 Rear cover/Left cover
Left cover
Unit Paper feed cabinet G.5.3.4 Paper feed cabinet
Boards PC control board (PCCB31) G.5.3.5 PC Control board (PCCB31)
Tray 3 LED board (LEDB31) G.5.3.6 Tray 3 LED board (LEDB31)/Tray 4 LED board
Tray 4 LED board (LEDB41) (LEDB41)
Others Tray 3 vertical transport motor (M32) G.5.3.8 Tray 3 paper feed motor (M31) / Tray 3 vertical
Tray 3 paper feed motor (M31) transport motor (M32) / Tray 4 paper feed motor (M41) /
Tray 4 vertical transport motor (M42)
Tray 4 vertical transport motor (M42)
Tray 4 paper feed motor (M41)
Tray 3 lift-up motor (M33) G.5.3.7 Tray 3 lift-up motor (M33) / Tray 4 lift-up motor
Tray 4 lift-up motor (M43) (M43)
5.1.3 PC-409
Section Part name Ref. page
Exterior parts Right door G.5.4.1 Right door
Rear right cover G.5.4.2 Rear right cover/Lower right cover/Front right
Lower right cover cover
Front right cover
Rear cover G.5.4.3 Rear cover/Left cover
Left cover
Units Paper feed cabinet G.5.4.4 Paper feed cabinet
Drawer G.5.4.11 Drawer
Boards PC control board (PCCB51) G.5.4.5 PC Control board (PCCB51)
Tray 3 LED board (LEDB51) G.5.4.6 Tray 3 LED board (LEDB51)
Motors Paper feed motor (M51) G.5.4.7 Paper feed motor (M51) / Vertical transport
Vertical transport motor (M52) motor (M52)
Division board position motor (M53) G.5.4.8 Division board position motor (M53)
Shift motor (M54) G.5.4.9 Shift motor (M54)
Solenoid Tray lock solenoid (SD51) G.5.4.10 Tray lock solenoid (SD51)
G-55
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
5.1.4 JS-505
Section Part name Ref. page
Unit Separator G.5.5.1 Separator
Exterior parts Front cover G.5.5.2 Front cover
Rear left cover G.5.5.3 Rear left cover
Rear right cover G.5.5.4 Rear right cover
Upper tray G.5.5.5 Upper tray
Paper guide plate G.5.5.6 Paper guide plate
Board JS control board (JSCB) G.5.5.7 JS control board (JSCB)
Motors Transport motor (M1) G.5.5.8 Transport motor (M1)
Route change motor (M3) G.5.5.9 Route change motor (M3)
Shift motor (M2) G.5.5.10 Shift motor (M2)
Clutch Roller pressure/retraction clutch (CL1) G.5.5.11 Roller pressure/retraction clutch (CL1)
5.1.5 JS-603
Section Part name Ref. page
Unit Separator G.5.6.1 Separator
Other Tray3 exit roller retraction motor (M17) G.5.6.2 Tray3 exit roller retraction motor (M17)
5.1.6 FS-527
Section Part name Ref. page
Exterior parts Upper cover G.5.7.1 Upper cover
Rear cover G.5.7.2 Rear cover
Front door G.5.7.3 Front door
Front upper cover G.5.7.4 Front upper cover
Front lower cover G.5.7.5 Front lower cover
Units Finisher G.5.7.6 Finisher
Horizontal transport unit G.5.7.7 Horizontal transport unit
Stapler unit G.5.7.8 Stapler unit
Others FS control board (FSCB) G.5.7.9 FS control board (FSCB)
Paper passage motor/1 (M1) G.5.7.10 Paper passage motor/1 (M1)
Duplex path switching motor (M2) G.5.7.11 Duplex path switching motor (M2)
Paper passage motor/2 (M3) G.5.7.13 Paper passage motor/2 (M3)
Conveyance motor (M4) G.5.7.14 Conveyance motor (M4)
Exit motor (M5) G.5.7.12 Exit motor (M5)
Upper lower path switching motor (M6) G.5.7.15 Upper lower path switching motor (M6)
Tray1 path switching motor (M8) G.5.7.16 Tray1 path switching motor (M8)
Exit roller retraction motor (M9) G.5.7.17 Exit roller retraction motor (M9)
Accommodation roller retraction motor (M10) G.5.7.18 Accommodation roller retraction motor (M10)
Stapler movement motor (M11) G.5.7.19 Stapler movement motor (M11)
Accommodation paddle motor (M12) G.5.7.20 Accommodation paddle motor (M12)
Elevate motor (M15) G.5.7.21 Elevate motor (M15)
Tray2 shift motor (M16) G.5.7.22 Tray2 shift motor (M16)
Accommodation paddle solenoid (SD1) G.5.7.23 Accommodation paddle solenoid (SD1)
5.1.7 FS-529
Section Part name Ref. page
Exterior parts Front left cover G.5.8.1 Front left cover
Front right cover G.5.8.2 Front right cover
Upper cover G.5.8.3 Upper cover
Rear cover G.5.8.4 Rear cover
Units Finisher G.5.8.5 Finisher
Conveyance roller unit G.5.8.6 Conveyance roller unit
Stapler unit G.5.8.7 Stapler unit
Paper exit tray unit G.5.8.8 Paper exit tray unit
G-56
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
5.1.8 PK-517
Section Part name Ref. page
Unit Punch kit G.5.9.1 Punch kit
5.1.9 SD-509
Section Part name Ref. page
Exterior parts Front cover G.5.10.1 Front cover
Right cover G.5.10.2 Right cover
Staple unit cover G.5.10.3 Staple unit cover
Units Saddle unit G.5.10.4 Saddle unit
Paper exit tray G.5.10.5 Paper exit tray
Staple unit G.5.10.6 Staple unit
Board and etc. SD drive board (SDDB) G.5.10.7 SD drive board (SDDB)
Leading edge stopper motor (M20) G.5.10.8 Leading edge stopper motor (M20)
Upper paddle motor (M21) G.5.10.9 Upper paddle motor (M21)
Lower paddle motor (M22) G.5.10.10 Lower paddle motor (M22)
Center staple alignment motor/R (M23) G.5.10.11 Center staple alignment motor/R (M23)
Center staple alignment motor/F (M24) G.5.10.12 Center staple alignment motor/F (M24)
Center fold roller motor (M25) G.5.10.13 Center fold roller motor (M25)
Center fold plate motor (M26) G.5.10.14 Center fold plate motor (M26)
Leading edge grip solenoid (SD3) G.5.10.15 Leading edge grip solenoid (SD3)
5.1.10 FK-508
Section Part name Ref. page
Board and etc. FAX board G.5.11.1 FAX board
FAX board (Extension line) G.5.11.2 FAX board (Extension line)
G-57
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
[2]
[2] [1]
G-58
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
5. Remove five screws [1], and remove the upper door cover [2].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
G-59
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
OK NG
NOTE
• When carrying the reverse automatic document feeder, be
sure to hold onto the specified positions. The feeder main
OK
body can be distorted if held at inappropriate positions.
NG
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
G-60
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the glass cleaning brush [2].
[1]
[2] [1]
[2]
G-61
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the reading roller release
motor [2].
[2]
[1]
G-62
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
[1] [2]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the DF cooling fan motor, make sure of
its correct mounting direction.
[1]
G-63
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2] [1]
[1]
G-64
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
[1]
3. Remove the screw [1], and remove the guide plate [2].
[2]
[1]
4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the ground terminal [2].
[4] [1] 5. Disconnect the connector [3], remove the stamp unit [4].
NOTE
[2] • Place the harness as illustrated at reinstallation.
[3]
G-65
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
[6] [4]
[2]
[1]
[5] [3]
1. Remove two screws [1] and remove the rear right cover [2].
2. Remove four screws [3] and remove the lower right cover [4].
3. Remove two screws [5] and remove the front right cover [6].
[2] [4]
[1] [3]
1. Remove five screws [1] and remove the rear cover [2].
2. Remove five screws [3] and remove the left cover [4].
G-66
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2].
[2]
[1]
3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove two fixing brackets [2].
[2]
[1] [2]
[1] [2]
[1]
G-67
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1] 7. Lift the main body [1] and then remove the paper feed cabinet [2].
[2]
[1]
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
[2] [3]
[1]
4. Remove the screw [1] each, disconnect the connector [2] each, and
[2] [3] [2] remove the tray 3 LED board [3] and the tray 4 LED board [4].
[4] [1]
G-68
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
4. Follow the same procedure as the above to remove the tray 4 lift-up motor.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
5.3.8 Tray 3 paper feed motor (M31) / Tray 3 vertical transport motor (M32) / Tray 4 paper feed motor (M41) / Tray 4
vertical transport motor (M42)
1. Remove the rear cover.
G.5.3.3 Rear cover/Left cover
2. Disconnect two connectors [1].
[2] 3. Remove the harness from four wire saddles [2].
[2] [1]
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the motor assy [2].
[2]
[1]
5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray 3 paper feed motor
[2] [2].
[1]
6. Remove the C-ring [1] and the gear [2].
[2] 7. Remove two screws [3], and remove the tray 3 vertical transport
motor [4].
[1]
8. Follow the same procedure as the above to remove the tray 4 paper feed motor/tray 4 vertical transport motor.
G-69
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
[6] [4]
[2]
[1]
[5] [3]
1. Remove two screws [1] and remove the rear right cover [2].
2. Remove four screws [3] and remove the lower right cover [4].
3. Remove two screws [5] and remove the front right cover [6].
[2] [4]
[1] [3]
1. Remove five screws [1] and remove the rear cover [2].
2. Remove five screws [3] and remove the left cover [4].
G-70
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2].
[2]
[1]
3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the fixing bracket [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
4. Remove the screw [1], and remove two fixing brackets [2].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[1] [2]
G-71
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
7. Lift the main body [1] and then remove the paper feed cabinet [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
G-72
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
[2] [1]
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the motor assy [2].
[1]
[2]
5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the paper feed motor [2].
[2]
[1]
6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the vertical transport motor [2].
[2]
[1]
G-73
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
[2]
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the division board position
[2] motor [2].
[1]
[2]
[1] [3]
[1]
G-74
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the shift motor [2].
[2]
[1]
[5] [4]
5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray lock solenoid [2].
[1] [2]
5.4.11 Drawer
1. Insert a driver into the hole [1] at the rear of the feed tray and pull
out the paper feed tray.
2. Remove the paper.
[1]
[2]
G-75
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1] 5. Remove four screws [1] and remove the drawer [2].
NOTE
• When removing the drawer, be careful not to drop the
drawer from the guide rails.
CAUTION
[2]
• To prevent injuries, slide the
guide rail [1] into the machine.
[1]
[1]
[1]
5.4.12 Wire
1. Remove six screws [1].
2. Disconnect the connector [2], and remove the front cover assy [3].
[1]
[2]
[1] [3]
3. Remove two screws [1] and the inner cover assy [2].
NOTE
• Do not peel off pulley protective mylar sheet.
[2] [1]
[1]
G-76
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
4. Remove four screws [1] and remove the driver cover [2].
[2]
[1]
5. Remove three screws [1] and remove the driver mounting plate
[2] assy [2].
[1]
NOTE
[1] • When assembling, be sure to engage rib of gear 1 [1] with
convex section of gear 2 [2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
[3] [1]
[2]
[1]
G-77
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
[2]
[1]
12. Remove four screws [1] and remove the rear trailing edge assy [2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
13. Remove four screws [1] and remove the front trailing edge assy [2].
[2] [1]
[1]
14. Remove three C-rings [1], the bushing [2], and two gears [3].
[1] [4] 15. Remove the feed drum assy [4].
[2]
[1]
[3]
16. Remove two C-rings [1] and the feed drum [2].
[1] NOTE
[2]
• Take care not to lose fixing pins.
• When reinstalling the feed drum, check that the direction of
the wire coming from both feed drums are the same.
• Install so that cut parts [3] at both ends of shaft face up.
[1]
[2]
[3]
17. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
G-78
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
2. Remove two screws [1] and remove the mounting cover [2].
[1] [2]
[1]
3. Remove two screws [1] and remove the front cover [2].
[1]
[2]
G-79
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
[1]
[3]
G-80
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
3. Remove two screws [1] and remove the paper guide plate cover [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
4. Remove four screws [1] and remove the JS control board [2].
[2]
[1]
G-81
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
3. Disconnect the connector [1] and remove the wire saddle [2].
[4] [3] 4. Remove two screws [3] and remove the transport motor assy [4].
[2] [1]
5. Remove two screws [1] and remove the transport motor [2].
[2]
[1]
[3]
5. Remove two screws [1] and remove the route change motor [2].
[2]
[1]
G-82
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
4. Remove the C-clip [1] and the lever [2], and remove the route
[3] [1] change guide [3].
[2]
5. Remove two wire saddles [1], disconnect two connectors [2], and
[2] [3] remove two screws [3]. Pull out the sensor assy [4] in the direction
of the arrow.
6. Remove six screws [1] and remove the transport guide/lower [2].
[1] [1]
[1] [2]
7. Disconnect the connector [1], remove two screws [2], and remove
[1] [4] [3] the harness from four wire saddles [3]. Remove the sensor
mounting plate assy [4].
[1]
G-83
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
10. Remove the screw [1] and remove the belt fixed plate [2].
[2]
[1]
11. Remove five wire saddles [1] and pull out the shift drive section
[1] assy [2] in the direction of the arrow.
[2]
12. Remove two screws [1] and remove the shift motor assy [2].
[2]
[1]
13. Disconnect the connector [1], remove wire saddle [2] and two
[4] [2] screws [3], and remove the shift motor [4].
[3] [1]
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
G-84
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
2. Remove the E-ring [1] and disconnect the connector [2], and
[3] remove the roller pressure/retraction clutch [3].
[1] [2]
[1]
[1]
G-85
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
2. Remove three screws [1], and remove the exit roller assy [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[4] [2]
[1]
[3] [1]
[3] [4]
G-86
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
2. Remove four screws [1], and remove the upper cover [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
2. Remove four screws [1], and remove the front door [2].
[2] [1]
G-87
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
2. Loosen the screw [1], and remove the dial (F2) [2].
[2]
[1]
3. Remove three screws [1], and remove the front upper cover [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
5.7.6 Finisher
1. Open the front door.
2. Remove the screw [1], and pull out the lever [2].
[2]
NOTE
• At the time of the finisher installation, make sure that the
screw hole [3] locates within the scope of the mounting
[3]
hole of the lever [4].
[4]
[1]
G-88
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
CAUTION
• When transporting the finisher,
[1] make sure to push it to the
direction as shown in the
illustration. (to prevent
turnover during
transportation).
[3]
[1]
[2] 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the horizontal transport unit
[2].
[1]
G-89
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the stapler unit cover [2].
[1] [2]
4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the stapler unit [2].
[1] [2]
NOTE
• When installing the staple unit, make sure to adjust the
[1] mark-off line [1] with the notch [2].
[2]
[2] [1]
G-90
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
[2]
6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the paper passage motor/1 [2].
[2] [1]
[2]
G-91
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
[1]
7. Remove two screws [1], and remove the duplex path switching
[2] [1] motor [2].
[2]
G-92
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
[1]
9. Remove three screws [1], and remove the exit motor assy [2].
[2]
[1]
10. Remove two screws [1], and remove the exit motor [2].
[1]
[2]
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
G-93
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[3]
6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the paper passage motor/2 [2].
[2]
[1]
[2]
[2]
G-94
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
[2]
11. Remove two screws [1], and remove the conveyance motor assy
[2].
[1] [2]
12. Remove two screws [1], and remove the conveyance motor [2].
[1] [2]
13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
[1]
G-95
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1] [2]
5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the tray1 path switching motor
[1] assy [2].
[1] [2]
6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray1 path switching motor
[1] [2].
[2]
[2]
G-96
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[3] [1]
[2] [1]
[2]
[3]
G-97
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1] [2]
[2]
[3]
[1] [3]
G-98
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
[1]
4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the gear assy [2].
[2]
5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray2 shift motor [2].
[1] [2]
[1]
G-99
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
[3] [2]
2. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
[1]
2. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
[1]
G-100
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
4. Remove six screws [1], and remove the upper cover [2].
[1]
[2]
5.8.5 Finisher
1. Remove the relay cord [1].
[1]
2. Remove two screws [1], and remove the rear left cover [2] of the
[1] main body.
[2]
G-101
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2] 3. Remove two screws [1], and remove the finisher [2].
[1]
NOTE
• When carrying the finisher, be sure to hold onto the
specified positions as shown in the illustlation.
[1]
[2] [1]
[2]
G-102
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
4. Put the finisher as shown in the illustration and remove two screws
[1] [2] from the screw access holes [1] on the bottom plate.
[2]
[1]
6. Remove the screw [1], and remove the stapler cover plate [2].
[4] 7. Disconnect two connectors [3].
8. Remove the stapler unit [4].
[1]
[1] 4. Remove the screw [1], and remove the cover [2].
[2]
G-103
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2] 5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the exit roller cover [2].
[1]
[2] 6. Remove four screws [1], and remove the plate [2].
[1]
[2] 7. Remove the screw [1], and remove the rear sub cover [2].
[1]
8. Press the dowel [1] and remove the cover rail [2].
[1]
[2]
G-104
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2] 9. Turn the motor [1] in the direction shown by the arrow and raise the
exit tray [2].
10. Unhook two shutter tabs [3].
11. Turn the motor [1] further and raise the exit tray [2].
[1]
[3] [2]
12. Raise the exit tray [1] until the spring tension becomes weak as
[3] shown in the illustration.
13. Remove the clip [2] and bushing [3].
[1]
[2]
[1] 14. Remove the front shaft and remove the exit tray unit [1].
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
G-105
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2] [2]
[1]
[3]
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the pick up roller position
[2] motor [2].
[1]
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
G-106
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
6. Remove three screws [1], and remove the rear rail [2].
[2]
[1]
7. Remove the screw [1], and remove the rear sub cover [2].
[2]
[1]
8. Remove four screws [1], and remove the tray up/down motor assy
[2].
NOTE
[3] • When removing the tray up/down motor assy [2], the exit
tray [3] bounces. Be sure to press the exit tray [3] down
[1] when removing the tray up/down motor assy [2].
[2] [1]
9. Remove two screws [1], and remove the tray up/down motor [2].
[2]
[1]
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
G-107
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
9. Unlock the tab [1], and remove the actuator [2].
[1]
[2]
NOTE
• When reinstalling the actuator, make sure that two tabs [1]
1- 0) are fitted into the holes [2].
[2] [1]
10. Remove four screws [1], and remove the exit roller unit [2].
[1] [2]
[1]
11. Remove two screws [1], and remove the cover [2].
[2]
[1]
G-108
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
12. Disconnect three connectors [1], and remove the harness from the
[1] harness guide [2].
[2]
13. Remove the harness from the edge cover [1].
[1]
[1] [2]
16. Remove the spring [1].
[3] 17. Unlock the tab [2], and remove the gear [3].
[2] [1]
18. Remove two screws [1].
19. Remove two C-rings [2], and remove two bushings [3] from the
[3] [2] [2] [3] plates.
20. Lift up the alignment unit [4], and remove the paddle assy [5].
[4]
G-109
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2] [3]
[1]
22. Remove two screws [1], and remove the harness from harness
[3] [1] [4] guide [3].
23. Remove the alignment motor/F [2].
24. Remove two screws [4], and remove the harness from harness
guide [3].
25. Remove the alignment motor/R [5].
[2] [5]
26. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
[1]
6. Remove two screws [1], and remove the sensor assy [2].
[2] [1]
G-110
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[3] [1]
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
[2]
[3]
[1]
G-111
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the stapler movement motor
[2] [2].
[1]
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
[1]
G-112
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1] [1]
6. Remove the JAM processing dial [1].
[1] [3] 7. Remove the spring [2].
8. Remove three screws [1], and remove the plate [4].
[2]
[2]
[3]
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
G-113
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
7. Remove the harness from three wire saddles [1].
[2] 8. Remove the spring [2] and the screw [3], and remove the paddle
solenoid [4].
[1]
4. Remove the harness from four wire saddles [1].
[2] [4] [3] 5. Disconnect the connector [2].
6. Disconnect the connector (CN16) [3] of the FS control board.
7. Remove two screws [4], and remove the sensor assy [5].
G-114
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
8. Remove two screws [1], and remove the flapper solenoid [2].
[2]
[1]
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
[2]
3. Illuminate the inside from the opening [1] shown in the illustration.
[1] 4. Remove the flapper solenoid [2].
[2]
[1] 5. Make sure that the flapper [1] and the damper [2] are in contact
with each other and then tighten two screws [3].
[2]
[3]
G-115
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
3. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1].
[1] 4. Disconnect the connector [2].
5. Remove the screw [3], and remove the belt retract solenoid [4].
[6] [5]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
G-116
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
2. Remove four screws [1], and remove the finisher upper cover [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[2]
G-117
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
6. Remove the plate [1], and remove the punch kit [2].
[1]
NOTE
• At the time of installation, align the position of the three
dowel holes of the plate [3].
[3]
[2]
2. Remove four screws [1], and remove the front cover [2].
[1]
[1] [2]
G-118
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
CAUTION
• Be careful not to catch your finger in the edge of the
rail when mounting the saddle unit on the right rail for
the saddle unit installation.
• Be careful not to jam your finger in the connecting
section of the pantograph.
1. Remove the finisher.
G.5.7.6 Finisher
2. Open the front door of the finisher.
3. Pull out the saddle unit.
[1] 4. Remove the screw [1].
NOTE
• For installation of the saddle unit, install the screw after
confirming that the protruding portion of the rail [2] locates
behind the screw hole.
OK
[2]
NG
[2]
5. Remove the harness from the wire saddle [1].
6. Disconnect three connectors [2].
[1]
G-119
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2] 7. Remove the screw [1], and remove the pantograph [2].
[1]
NOTE
• For installation of the pantograph, insert two hooks on the
pantograph of the saddle unit into the back holes inside the
finisher referring the punch mark [1].
[1]
[1]
[1]
[2] 9. Grip the portion as shown in the illustration [1] to raise the saddle
[1]
unit and take it out.
NOTE
• For installation of the saddle unit, insert two hooks on the
left rail [3] into the two holes of the saddle unit [2].
[3]
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
CAUTION
• Be careful not to catch your finger in the edge of the rail [1] when
mounting the saddle unit on the right rail for the saddle unit
installation.
G-120
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
CAUTION
[1]
[1]
[2]
2. Remove the screw [1], and remove the paper exit tray [2].
[1] [2]
G-121
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
[3]
G-122
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
7. Remove four screws [1], and remove the SD drive board [2].
[1]
[2] [1]
[3]
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the leading edge stopper
[2] motor [2].
[1]
G-123
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[3] [1]
4. Remove two screws [1], and remove the upper paddle motor [2].
[1]
[2]
[1]
5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the lower paddle motor [2].
[2] [1]
G-124
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[2]
[1]
[3] [1]
[2]
[1]
[2]
G-125
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
[3] [4]
[1]
5. Remove two screws [1], and remove the center fold plate motor [2].
[1]
[2]
G-126
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
3. Remove the E-ring [1], and remove the drive lever [2].
[1]
[2]
7. Remove two screws [1], and remove the leading edge grip solenoid
[2].
[1] [2]
[1]
G-127
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the rear cover/1 [2].
[1]
[2] [1]
[1]
5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the FAX board [2].
[1] NOTE
• For installation of the FAX board, push the fax board
against the main body to remove clearance between the
main body plate and the fax board.
[1] [2]
[1]
G-128
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
3. Remove four screws [1], and remove the rear cover/1 [2].
[1]
[2] [1]
5. Remove four screws [1], and remove the FAX board [2].
[2] NOTE
• For installation of the FAX board, push the fax board
against the main body to remove clearance between the
main body plate and the fax board.
[1]
[2]
[1]
G-129
bizhub 423/363/283/223 G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 5. Option
G-130
G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE
bizhub 423/363/283/223 PARTS
[1]
[2]
6.1.2 Procedure
NOTE
• When mounting the key counter, the optional key counter kit KIT-1 (4623-472) is necessary.
• Procedure for directly mounting the key counter to the main unit is described below.
For mounting the key counter to the optional working table WT-506, refer to WT-506 installation manual.
[3] [2]
1. Remove the scanner right cover [1].
G.4.2.10 Scanner right cover
2. Cut out the knockouts [2] of the scanner right cover.
3. Remove two caps [3].
[1]
4. Remove the harness for the key counter from three wire saddles [1].
[1]
[1]
5. Mount the scanner right cover [1], and insert the harness for the key
[2]
counter through the hole [2] knockouts were removed from.
G-131
G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE
bizhub 423/363/283/223 PARTS
6. Using two screws [2], secure the counter mounting bracket [1].
[2] NOTE
• Secure the counter mounting bracket passing the
connector into the bracket.
• Use the two long screws (V116 0418 14: M4 x 18) in the key
counter kit to secure the counter mounting bracket.
[1]
7. Mount the edge cover [1] to the counter mounting bracket and set
the harness to the edge cover.
8. Connect the key counter socket connector [2].
[2] 9. Using two screws [4], secure the counter socket [3].
[1]
[3]
[4]
10. Using two screws [2], secure the key counter cover [1].
[1]
[2]
11. Select [Service Mode] → [Billing Setting] → [Management Function Choice] → [Key Counter Only], [Vendor 1 + Key Counter] or [Vendor 2 +
Key Counter].
Set message.
For details on setting, see “ADJUSTMENT/SETTING.”
[1]
G-132
G DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY > 6. COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE
bizhub 423/363/283/223 PARTS
3. Select [Service Mode] → [System 1] → [Original Size Detection],
and set the original glass to [Table2].
5. Check to make sure that the [Org. Size Detecting Sensor (Option): Set] is displayed on the original size detection sensor adjustment screen.
G-133
bizhub 423/363/283/223 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
H CLEANING/LUBRICATION
1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
1.1 Cleaning parts list
No. Section Part name Ref. page
1 Tray 1 Tray 1 feed roller H.1.3.1 Tray 1 feed roller, tray 1 pick-up roller, tray 1
2 Tray 1 pick-up roller separation roller
3 Tray 1 separation roller
4 Tray 2 Tray 2 feed roller H.1.3.2 Tray 2 feed roller, tray 2 pick-up roller, tray 2
5 Tray 2 pick-up roller separation roller
6 Tray 2 separation roller
7 Tray 2 transport roller H.1.3.3 Tray 2 transport roller
8 Manual bypass tray Manual bypass tray feed roller H.1.3.4 Manual bypass tray feed roller
9 Manual bypass tray separation roller H.1.3.5 Manual bypass tray separation roller
10 Scanner section Original glass H.1.3.6 Original glass
11 Scanner rails H.1.3.7 Scanner rails
12 Mirrors (1st/2nd/3rd) H.1.3.8 Mirrors (1st/2nd/3rd)
13 Lens H.1.3.9 Lens
14 CCD sensor H.1.3.10 CCD sensor
1.3.1 Tray 1 feed roller, tray 1 pick-up roller, tray 1 separation roller
1. Remove the tray 1 paper feed unit.
G.4.3.2 Tray 1 paper feed unit
2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the tray 1 feed
[1] roller [1] clean of dirt.
3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the tray 1 pick-
[1] up roller [1] clean of dirt.
H-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
1.3.2 Tray 2 feed roller, tray 2 pick-up roller, tray 2 separation roller
1. Remove the tray 2 paper feed unit.
G.4.3.3 Tray 2 paper feed unit
2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the tray 2 feed
[1] roller [1] clean of dirt.
3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the tray 2 pick-
[1] up roller [1] clean of dirt.
H-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
[1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
H-3
bizhub 423/363/283/223 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
2. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the mirror 1 [1]
and mirror 2/3 [2].
[1] [2]
1.3.9 Lens
1. Remove the original glass.
G.4.2.19 Original glass
2. Remove two screws [1] and lens cover [2].
[2]
[1]
3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the lens [1]
clean of dirt.
[1]
[2] [1]
3. Unhook two tabs [1], and remove the CCD sensor cover [2].
[2]
[1]
H-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
4. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the CCD sensor
[1] clean of dirt.
[1]
H-5
bizhub 423/363/283/223 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 2. Option
2. Option
2.1 Cleaning parts list
2.1.1 PC-109/PC-208
No. Section Part name Ref. page
1 Feed section Separation roller H.2.2.1 Separation roller
2 Feed roller H.2.2.2 Feed roller
3 Pick-up roller H.2.2.3 Pick-up roller
4 Transport section Vertical transport roller H.2.2.4 Vertical transport roller
2.1.2 PC-409
No. Section Part name Ref. page
1 Feed section Separation roller H.2.3.1 Separation roller
2 Feed roller H.2.3.2 Feed roller
3 Pick-up roller H.2.3.3 Pick-up roller
4 Transport section Vertical transport roller H.2.3.4 Vertical transport roller
[2]
4. Remove two screws [1] and remove the separation roller mounting
[2] bracket assy [2].
[1] [1]
5. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the separation
roller [1] clean of dirt.
[1]
H-6
bizhub 423/363/283/223 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 2. Option
[1]
[1]
[1]
[1] [1]
H-7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 2. Option
[1]
2. Remove two screws [1] and separation roller mounting bracket assy
[2] [2].
[1] [1]
3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the feed roller
[1] [1] clean of dirt.
[1]
H-8
bizhub 423/363/283/223 H CLEANING/LUBRICATION > 2. Option
2. Remove two screws [1] and separation roller mounting bracket assy
[2] [2].
[1] [1]
3. Using a cleaning pad dampened with alcohol, wipe the pick-up roller
[1] clean of dirt.
[1]
[1]
H-9
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 1. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTING SECTION
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
1. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
1.1 Outline
• “Adjustment/Setting” contains detailed information on the adjustment items and procedures for this machine.
• Throughout this “Adjustment/Setting,” the default settings are indicated by “ ”.
CAUTION
• To unplug the power cord of the machine before starting the
service job procedures.
• If it is unavoidably necessary to service the machine with its
power turned ON, use utmost care not to be caught in the
scanner cables or gears of the exposure unit/LED exposure
unit.
• Special care should be used when handling the fusing unit
which can be extremely hot.
• The developing unit has a strong magnetic field. Keep watches
and measuring instruments away from it.
• Take care not to damage the PC drum with a tool or similar
device.
• Do not touch IC pins with bare hands.
I-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 2. TOUCH PANEL ADJUSTMENT
2.2 Procedure
1. Press the Accessibility key.
2. Touch [Touch Panel Adj.].
3. Using the tip of a pen or similar object, touch the four keys (+) on the screen in sequence.
• These crosses may be touched in any order; but be sure to touch the center of each cross.
• Use care not to damage the screen surface with the tip of the pen.
4. Touching all four crosses will turn the Start key ON in blue.
5. Press the Start key.
I-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
3. UTILITY
3.1 List of utility mode (outline)
Utility Mode One-Touch/User Box Registration Create One-Touch destination I.3.2.1 One-Touch/User Box
Create User Box Registration
Limiting Access to Destinations
User Settings System Settings I.3.2.2 User Settings
Custom Display Settings
Copier Settings
Scan/Fax Settings
Printer Settings
Change Password
Change E-mail Address
Change Icon
Register Authentication Settings
Registered Application Setting
Cellular Phone/PDA Setting
Administrator Settings System Settings I.3.2.3 Administrator Settings
Administrator/Machine Settings
One-Touch/User Box Registration
User Authentication/Account
Track
Network Settings
Copier Settings
Printer Settings
Fax Settings
System Connection
Security Settings
License Settings
OpenAPI Authentication
Management Settings
Check Consumable Life Print List I.3.2.4 Other Settings
My Panel Settings Language Setting
Measurement Unit Setting
Copier Settings
Scan/Fax Settings
Color Selection Setting
Main Menu Settings
Initial Screen Setting
Device Information
Meter Count Check Details
Remaining Copy Count *
• Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting.
I-3
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
• *: Displayed after a user or account authentication if maximum limit is set for the number of copies the user or account can make.
I-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-5
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-6
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
(6) Other
User Settings Ref. page
Change Password I.5.6 Change Password
Change E-mail Address I.5.7 Change E-mail Address
Change Icon I.5.8 Change Icon
Register Authentication Settings I.5.9 Register Authentication
Settings
Registered Application Setting Default Application Selection I.5.10 Register Authentication
Settings-Default Application
Selection
Cellular Phone/PDA Setting Link File Error Notification I.5.11.1 Link File Error
Notification
Proxy Server Use I.5.11.2 Proxy Server Use
Print Settings I.5.11.3 Print Settings
• Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting.
I-7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-8
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-9
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-10
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-11
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-12
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-13
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-14
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-15
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-16
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-17
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
I-18
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 3. UTILITY
3.3 Starting/Exiting
3.3.1 Starting procedure
1. Press the Utility/Counter key.
2. The Utility Mode screen will appear.
I-19
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. UTILITY (ONE-TOUCH/USER BOX
bizhub 423/363/283/223 REGISTRATION)
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, edit or delete the setting.
(a) Use
• To register/change the Box address when storing the scanned data in the box in the hard disk in the main body.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, edit or delete the setting.
• At least one User Box must be registered for registering a Box address.
(3) Fax
(a) Use
• To register/change the fax destinations.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, edit or delete the setting.
(4) PC (SMB)
(a) Use
• To register/change SMB address to send scanned data.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, edit or delete the setting.
(5) FTP
(a) Use
• To register/change FTP address to send scanned data.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, edit or delete the setting.
(6) WebDAV
(a) Use
• To register/change WebDAV address to send scanned data.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, edit or delete the setting.
I-20
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. UTILITY (ONE-TOUCH/USER BOX
bizhub 423/363/283/223 REGISTRATION)
[Administrator Settings] → [Network Settings] → [Network Fax Settings] → [Network Fax Function Settings]
(a) Use
• To register/change the IP address fax destination when transmitting the IP address fax data.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, change or delete the setting.
(a) Use
• To register/change the Internet fax address when transmitting the internet fax data.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, change or delete the setting.
4.1.2 Group
(1) Use
• To register/change a group to send scanned data/fax data simultaneously.
(2) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed group to check, edit or delete them.
• At least one address must be registered for registering a new group.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to detail check, edit or delete the setting.
• The subject can be set as default by selecting the subject displayed on the screen and pressing [Set as Default].
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to detail check or delete the setting.
• The text can be set as default by selecting the text displayed on the screen and pressing [Set as Default].
(1) Use
• To register/change the box for storing text data in the hard disk of the machine.
I-21
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. UTILITY (ONE-TOUCH/USER BOX
bizhub 423/363/283/223 REGISTRATION)
• Shared or personal box can be registered according to its intended use.
(2) Procedure
• A new box can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed box to change or delete it.
(1) Use
• To register/change the box for confidential RX document.
• If a hard disk is installed, Confidential RX can be enabled when the Confidential RX function is added to the Public/Personal/Group User
Box.
(2) Procedure
• A new box can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed box to change or delete it.
(1) Use
• To register/change the bulletin board user box.
(2) Procedure
• A new box can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed box to change or delete it.
(1) Use
• To register/change the Relay User Box.
(2) Procedure
• A new box can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed box to change or delete it.
4.3.1 Outline
• The Limiting Access to Destinations setting allows or restricts individual user’s access to each destination. This enables security control by
restricting information that can be accessed.
I-22
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 4. UTILITY (ONE-TOUCH/USER BOX
bizhub 423/363/283/223 REGISTRATION)
(2) Groups
• A group can be made with a certain name to allow its members to access its destinations. Users and destinations can be registered for
the group so that the registered destinations can be accessed by the registered users.
Access restriction depending on an individual level is also applied to the group with access to the destinations determined by the
combination of the user and destination levels within a group.
• A destination can be included in only one group.
• A user can be included in multiple different groups.
(b) Procedure
• Select a destination, press [Apply Level] or [Apply Group] and make a setting.
(2) Group
(a) Use
• Sets a level and a group for destinations registered in the group.
(b) Procedure
• Select a destination, press [Apply Level] or [Apply Group] and make a setting.
(3) Program
(a) Use
• Sets a level and a group for destinations registered in the program.
(b) Procedure
• Select a destination, press [Apply Level] or [Apply Group] and make a setting.
I-23
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
• The language options depend on the marketing area selected in [Marketing Area] available from [System 1] under Service Mode.
(b) Procedure
• Select the tray on the [Auto Tray Select] screen.
• Set the priority on the [Tray Priority] screen.
(a) Use
• To set the paper feed tray for output the list for the meter count or the unit check.
I-24
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
• It sets the simplex/duplex printing of the output for the sales counter or the unit check list.
(b) Procedure
• Use the 10-key pad for setting.
(b) Procedure
• Use the 10-key pad for setting.
I-25
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(a) Use
• To set the priority output tray for each application (Copy print, Printer, Fax and Print Reports).
(1) Use
• To set the default setting for AE (Auto Exposure).
The larger the value becomes the more emphasized the background will be.
• To make the background level foggier : Increase the setting value
• To make the background level less foggy : Decrease the setting value
(1) Use
• Select whether or not to print the stamp/composition on blank pages.
I-26
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• Specify a page number print position when printing page numbers after configuring 2-sided print or booklet settings. Select whether to
print the page numbers on a same position on all pages or on positions symmetric with respect to the stapling position.
I-27
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
• Quick Copy
I-28
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
I-29
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(1) TX Display
(a) Use
• To set the screen display for the control panel when transmitting fax.
I-30
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(2) RX Display
(a) Use
• To set the screen display on the control panel when receiving fax.
I-31
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether to set the auto booklet when fold & staple is selected.
(1) Use
• To make default settings for the copy mode.
Current Setting The settings made on the control panel before entering the setting menu screens are registered
as the default settings of copy functions.
Factory Default The settings made at the time of shipment from the factory are registered as the default settings
of copy functions.
The machine is initialized at the following timings:
• The main power switch is turned ON.
• Panel is reset.
• In an Interrupt mode.
• Auto Reset
• The password entry screen for account track is changed.
I-32
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To make default settings for the enlarge display mode.
Current Setting The settings made on the control panel before entering the setting menu screens are registered
as the default settings of copy functions.
Factory Default The settings made at the time of shipment from the factory are registered as the default settings
of copy functions.
The machine is initialized at the following timings:
• The main power switch is turned ON.
• Panel is reset.
• In an Interrupt mode.
• Auto Reset
• The password entry screen for account track is changed.
I-33
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether to function the auto magnification when the feed tray is selected with document set on the original glass (excepting at
automatic paper selection mode.)
(1) Use
• To set whether to function the auto magnification when the feed tray is selected with document set on the ADF (excepting at automatic
paper selection mode.)
(1) Use
• To set the tray to be used when APS is cancelled.
(1) Use
• To select the default setting of the tray for cover sheet paper.
(1) Use
• Specify whether to apply Half-Fold together for all pages or for each page when handling a job containing multiple pages.
When Booklet is selected simultaneously with Half-Fold, all pages are half-folded together even if [One Sheet at a Time] is selected.
If the number of original pages exceeds the folding capacity of this machine, the ”Fold” function setting is cancelled automatically, and the
sheets are printed without being folded.
I-34
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether to accept the printing job for print data or fax data during copy operation.
Accept Receives the print data or fax data to print.
Receive Only Print data or fax data will be printed when the copy operation is finished.
(1) Use
• Sets whether to automatically rotate images to print if the original and specified paper directions are not consistent with each other.
(1) Layout
(a) Use
• To set the initial copy layout setting in card shot mode.
(2) Zoom
(a) Use
• To set the initial zoom setting in card shot mode.
I-35
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
• Enter an original size, name it, and register the data.
(1) Use
• To make default settings for the fax/scan mode.
Current Setting The settings made on the control panel before entering the setting menu screens are registered
as the default settings of fax/scan functions.
Factory Default The settings made at the time of shipment from the factory are registered as the default settings
of fax/scan functions.
I-36
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To make default settings for the enlarge display mode.
Current Setting The settings made on the control panel before entering the setting menu screens are registered
as the default settings of fax/scan functions.
Factory Default The settings made at the time of shipment from the factory are registered as the default settings
of fax/scan functions.
The machine is initialized at the following timings:
• The main power switch is turned ON.
• Panel is reset.
• In an Interrupt mode.
• Auto Reset
• The password entry screen for account track is changed.
(1) Use
• To set the method of OCR operation where a searchable PDF file is created.
I-37
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
I-38
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
I-39
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
OFF Makes grayscale background text correction by selecting Thin, Normal, or Thick in [Line Width Adjustment]. If selecting
“ON” makes lines too thick, select “OFF.”
(5) Staple
• It will be displayed only when the optional finisher is mounted.
(a) Use
• To set whether to staple or not when not specified by the printer driver during PC printing.
• To use hen staple is not specified by the printer driver during printing by the Windows DOS, etc.
I-40
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
(6) Punch
• It will be displayed only when the optional finisher and punch kit are mounted.
(a) Use
• To select whether to make punch-holes or not when not specified by the printer driver during PC printing.
• To use when the printer driver cannot specify punching during printing from Windows DOS, etc.
• “OFF”
(b) Procedure
1. When selecting from the Internal font, touch [Internal], and select the one from the displayed font list.
(4) Line/Page
(a) Use
• To set the number of lines per page for printing the text data.
I-41
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
[Utility/Counter] → [User Setting] → [Printer Setting] → [Paper Setting] → [Default Paper Size]
5.5.4 PS Setting
(1) Print PS Errors
(a) Use
• To set whether to print or not the error information when an error occurred during PS rasterizing.
(1) Use
• To output the report or demo page concerning the print setting.
• To check the setting concerning the printer.
The types of report available for output are as follows.
Configuration Page The list of printer setting will be output.
Demo Page The test page will be output.
PCL Font List PCL font list will be output.
PS Font List PS font list will be output.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [User Setting] → [Printer Setting] → [Print Reports].
2. Select the report to be output.
3. Select the feed tray.
I-42
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
5.6.1 Use
• To modify the password used for the user authentication.
5.6.2 Procedure
• Enter the user authentication password with the keys on the control panel.
1. Current Password : Enter the user authentication password currently used.
2. New Password : Enter the new user authentication password to be used.
3. Retype Password : Enter the new user authentication password again.
NOTE
• When [Password Rules] which can be displayed by the following setting is set to “ON”, password using the single letter or the
password same with the previous one, less than 8-digit will not be modified.
[Utility/Counter] → [Administrator Settings] → [Security Setting]
• When the following setting is set to “ON”, entering the incorrect password three times will cause access lock. When an access
lock occurred, turn the main power switch OFF, and wait for 10 seconds or more and turn main power switch ON again to enter
the password again.
[Administrator Settings] → [Security Setting] → [Enhanced Security Mode]
5.7.1 Use
• To modify the e-mail address which is registered as a user.
5.7.2 Procedure
• Enter the new e-mail address using the keys on the control panel.
5.8.1 Use
• Change the icon specified as registered user information.
5.8.2 Procedure
• Select the icon and press [OK].
I-43
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 5. UTILITY (USER SETTINGS)
5.9.1 Use
• To enable users to register or delete their own biometric/IC card information.
5.10.1 Use
• For each user, set the application that is started just after the intermediate authentication.
5.10.2 Procedure
• As the applications registered in MFP appear, select an application you wish to set as the one to be started at the beginning, and touch
[OK].
(1) Use
• To set whether to print a job where a link error occurs when you are trying to print a web page and its links (page or file) from a cellular
phone or PDA.
(1) Use
• To set whether to use a proxy server when communicating with a cellular phone or PDA.
(1) Use
• To set different print settings used when printing from a cell phone or PDA.
(2) Procedure
• The following items can be set.
• Basic : 1-sided/2-sided, Finishing
• Application : Page Margin, Stamp/Composition
I-44
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
• Use the 10-key pad for setting.
(2) Procedure
• Use the 10-key pad for setting.
I-45
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To specify the time when the main power switch should be automatically turned off.
(1) Use
• To set the priority output tray for each application (Copy print, Printer, Fax and Print Reports).
(1) Use
• To set whether to offset each job when paper is printed using the finisher.
• Some paper type may fail to be discharged or get deteriorated loading when large volume copies are printed using the finisher. This
function is used to print large volume copies when finisher is mounted. (When this function is set to “No”, the paper is discharged without
offsetting the paper to the center of the tray.)
I-46
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• No
6.3.2 Procedure
• For time zone, set the time difference with the world standard time.
• Setting range for the time zone: -12:00 to +12:00 (by 30 minutes)
• When the following setting is set to “ON”, [Set Data] will be displayed. Touch [Set Data] and modify the time.
[Administrator Settings] → [Network Settings] → [Detail Settings] → [Time Adjustment Setting]
(2) Procedure
1. Touch the key of the day to be set.
2. Using the 10-key pad, input the ON time and the OFF time.
3. For cancelling the setting, press [Clear].
(2) Procedure
1. Select the Year/Month with [+] / [-] keys.
2. For setting by the date, touch the appropriate key of the day.
3. For setting by the day of the week, touch the appropriate key of the week by [Daily Setting].
4. Check to make sure that the set key of the day is highlighted, and touch [OK].
I-47
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch the key for the appropriate copy program.
2. Touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch the appropriate program job.
2. Touch [Delete].
3. Touch [Yes] on the check screen to delete the program job.
(a) Use
• To set whether to allow or restrict the change on the print priority for the job.
(a) Use
• To set whether to allow or restrict job delete by other users when the user is authenticated.
I-48
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(a) Use
• To set whether to allow or restrict the change on the registered magnification.
(a) Use
• Allow or restrict the registration or deletion of authentication information.
I-49
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To vary the print start position in the sub scan direction for each of different paper types.
(to adjust the timing starting from the roller connection up to start of transfer output)
• The adjustment is made for the paper feed from the manual bypass tray, but the changes made with this adjustment are applied to every
paper feed tray.
• The PH unit has been replaced.
• The paper type has been changed.
• The print image deviates in the sub scan direction.
• A faint image occurs on the leading edge of the image.
• Able to make an individual adjustment for each paper type of plain paper, thick 1/1+, thick 2, transparencies, and envelopes.
• Width A on the test pattern produced should fall within the following range.
Specifications 4.2 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (in 0.2 mm increments)
(3) Procedure
1. Place A3 paper on the manual bypass tray.
I-50
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
2. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
3. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Printer Adjustment] → [Leading Edge Adjustment].
4. Select the [Normal].
5. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
6. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
7. If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
8. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
9. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
10. If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check again.
11. If width A falls within the specified range, touch [OK].
12. Following the same procedure, adjust for thick 1 to 3, OHP, and envelope.
(1) Use
• To vary the print start position in the main scan direction for each paper source.
• The PH unit has been replaced.
• A paper feed unit has been added.
• The print image deviates in the main scan direction.
• Width A on the test print produced should fall within the following range.
Specifications 3.0 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (in 0.2 mm increments)
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Printer Adjustment] → [Centering].
3. Select the paper source to be adjusted.
4. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
5. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
6. If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
7. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
8. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
9. If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check again.
10. If width A falls within the specified range, touch [OK].
11. Following the same procedure, adjust for all other paper sources.
(Use A4 or 8 1/2 x 11 plain paper for the bypass.)
(1) Use
• Makes an adjustment by changing the image write start position in the sub scan direction on the 2nd side of duplex printing for plain
paper. (to adjust the timing starting from the roller connection up to start of transfer output)
• When the 2nd side image on paper fed from the tray is shifted in the sub scan direction.
• This adjustment is available only for plain paper.
I-51
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
Backside
• Width A on the test print produced should fall within the following range.
• For measurement, use the image produced on the backside of the test print.
Specifications 4.2 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (in 0.2 mm increments)
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Printer Adjustment] → [Leading Edge Adjustment (Duplex side 2)].
3. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
4. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
5. If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
6. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
7. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
8. If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check again.
9. If width A falls within the specified range, touch [OK].
(1) Use
• To vary the print start position in the main scan direction for each paper source in the 2-sided mode.
• The image on the backside of the 2-sided copy deviates in the main scan direction.
Backside
• Width A on the test print produced should fall within the following range.
• For measurement, use the image produced on the backside of the test print.
Specifications 3.0 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (in 0.2 mm increments)
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Printer Adjustment] → [Centering (Duplex 2nd Side)].
3. Select the paper source to be adjusted.
4. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
5. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
6. If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
7. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
8. Check the dimension of width A on the test print on the backside of the copy.
9. If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check again.
10. If width A falls within the specified range, touch [OK].
11. Following the same procedure, adjust for all other paper sources.
(Use A4 or 8 1/2 x 11 plain paper for the manual bypass tray.)
I-52
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
[Service Mode] → [Enhanced Security] → [Administrator Feature Level]
(1) Use
• To set the leading edge erase amount of the paper.
• To change the width of the area not printed along the leading edge of the paper.
• To make this setting independently for Front and Back sides.
(1) Use
• To synchronize the paper transport speed with the image writing speed.
• The printed image on the copy distorts (stretched, shrunk).
• When the printed image on the copy is stretched in the sub scan direction.
• Able to make an individual adjustment for each paper type of plain paper, thick 1/1+, thick 2 or envelope.
• Width A and width B on the test pattern produced should fall within the following ranges.
NOTE
• Width A: equivalent to one grid
• Width B: equivalent to 48 grids
Specifications A: 8.13±0.2 mm
B: 390.14±2.0 mm
Setting range A: -7 to +7
B: -7 to +7
(3) Procedure
1. Load manual bypass tray with A3 or 11 x 17 plain paper.
2. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
3. Touch these keys in this order: [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Vertical Adjustment].
4. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test pattern.
5. Check width A (equivalent to one grid) and width B (equivalent to 48 grids) on the test pattern.
6. If width of A or B falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] keys.
• If width A or B is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A or B is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
7. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test pattern again.
8. Check width A and width B on the test pattern.
9. If width A or B falls outside the specified range, change the setting value and make a check again.
10. If width A or B falls within the specified range, touch [OK].
11. Following the same procedure, adjust for thick and envelope.
I-53
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(4) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Expert Adjustment] → [Printer Adjustment] → [Media Adjustment].
3. Select the side of the image (1st side or 2nd side), on which the transfer failure occurs.
NOTE
• For envelopes, OHP film and thick paper, only 1st side can be selected.
(3) Procedure
NOTE
• After half-fold position adjustment, make this center staple position adjustment.
1. Place five sheets of originals on the ADF.
2. Make a set of copy in the saddle stitching mode.
3. Check the amount of horizontal deviation (width A) between the staple and the half fold positions on the set of copy.
4. If width A is out of the specified range, make the following adjustment.
5. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
6. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Finisher Adjustment] → [Center Staple Position].
7. Touch the paper size where staple position is adjusted.
8. Look at the copy and adjust the staple position with the [+] / [-] key.
9. Touch [OK].
10. Make another set of copy sample and check the amount of width A.
I-54
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
Exit direction
(3) Procedure
1. Place two sheets of originals on the ADF.
2. Make a copy in the folding mode.
3. Fold the copies along the crease.
4. Measure the amount of width A.
5. If width A is out of the specified range, make the following adjustment.
6. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
7. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Finisher Adjustment] → [Half-Fold Position].
8. Touch the paper size where half-fold position is adjusted.
9. Look at the copy and adjust the half-fold position with the [+] / [-] key.
(3) Procedure
1. Make a copy sample in the punch mode.
2. Make an adjustment so that the width B is within the specified range. The width B is the width from the paper end to the center of the
punch hole in the copy sample.
3. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
4. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Finisher Adjustment] → [Punch Horizontal Position Adjustment].
5. Touch the paper type where punch horizontal position is adjusted.
6. Look at the copy and adjust the punch horizontal position with the [+] / [-] key.
• To make width B greater: Enter the value of [+]
• To make width B smaller: Enter the value of [-]
I-55
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
7. Touch [OK].
8. Make another set of copy sample and check the amount of width B.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Finisher Adjustment] → [Punch Regist Loop Size Adjustment].
3. Touch the paper size where punch regist loop size is adjusted.
4. Set the correction value using the [+] / [-] keys.
• Misaligned punched holes: Enter the value of [+]
• Wrinkled paper: Enter the value of [-]
5. Touch [OK].
(4) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Finisher Adjustment] → [Paper Alignment Plate Settings].
3. Select the [Paper Alignment Plate Pos.(Back)] or [Paper Alignment Plate Pos.(Front)].
4. Set the correction value using the [+] / [-] keys.
5. Touch [OK].
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Paper Separation Adjustment].
3. Select [Front] or [Back].
4. Change the setting value with [+] or [-] key.
• Priority on paper separation performance: Increase the setting value
• Priority on image transfer performance: Decrease the setting value
5. Touch [OK] to determine the adjusted value.
6. Make a print and check the image.
I-56
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To make an automatic adjustment of gradation based on the test pattern produced and the readings taken by the scanner.
• Use this adjustment when reproduction of gradations and density has deteriorated.
• The drum unit, developer or developing unit has been replaced.
Maximum Density Adjustment The density of solid image can change depending on the variations in developing, light
intensity of the exposure lamp, and PC drum sensitivity as well as the changes in the
amount of electrostatic charge of toner due to the ambient environment and duration of
machine use. To prevent the change, the amount of toner adhered to paper is read by the
scanner and in accordance with the result, Vdc is adjusted. Perform this adjustment before
the Gradation Adjustment.
Gradation Adjustment The gradations are corrected.
Initialization The current gradation correction table (Items adjusted in [Gradation Adjustment]) and the
difference value of Vdc (Items adjusted in [Maximum Density Adjustment]) are cleared.
After selecting [Initialization] → [Initialize], if you press the Start key, initialization starts.
(2) Procedure
1. Load plain paper of A3/11 x 17 or A4/8 1/ x 11 into the paper feed tray.
2
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Gradation Adjustment].
3. Touch [Maximum Density Adjustment], select the paper size, and press the Start key.
A test pattern is output.
4. Place the test pattern produced on the original glass.
• A3/11 x 17
• A4/8 1/ x 11
2
5. Place ten blank paper on the test pattern and close the original cover.
6. Press the Start key. (The machine will then start scanning the test pattern.)
7. Touch [Gradation Adjustment], select the paper size, and press the Start key.
A test pattern is output.
8. Place the test pattern produced on the original glass.
• A3/11 x 17
• A4/8 1/ x 11
2
I-57
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
9. Place ten blank paper on the test pattern and close the original cover.
10. Press the Start key. (The machine will then start scanning the test pattern.)
11. Repeat steps from 7 through 10 twice (a total of three times).
• If the image is faulty, perform the troubleshooting procedures for image problems.
A=20 mm
• A width on the test chart and one on the test print are measured and adjusted so that the difference of A width satisfies the specifications
shown below.
I-58
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• An adjustment must have been completed correctly of [Leading Edge Adjustment] of the Printer Adjustment.
Specifications A: ± 1.5 mm
Setting range -3.0 to +3.0 (in 0.1 mm increments)
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Scanner Adjustment] → [Scanner Adjustment: Leading Edge].
3. Position the test chart correctly so that the original reference point is aligned with the scale.
4. Press the Start key to make a copy.
5. Check point A on the image of the test print.
6. If the image falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If the copy image is less than the specified length, increase the setting value.
• If the copy image exceeds the specified length, decrease the setting value.
7. Press the Start key to make another test print.
8. Check the image on the test print to see if the specifications are met.
9. Make adjustments until the specifications are met.
B=20 mm
• B width on the test chart and one on the test print are measured and adjusted so that the difference of B width satisfies the specifications
shown below.
• An adjustment must have been completed correctly of [Leading Edge Adjustment] of the Printer Adjustment.
Specifications B: ± 1.5 mm
Setting range -5.7 to +5.7 (in 0.1 mm increments)
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Setting to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Scanner Adjustment] → [Scanner Adjustment: Centering].
3. Position the test chart correctly so that the original reference point is aligned with the scale.
4. Press the Start key to make a copy.
5. Check point B on the image of the test print.
6. If the image falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If the copy image is less than the specified length, increase the setting value.
• If the copy image exceeds the specified length, decrease the setting value.
7. Press the Start key to make another test print.
8. Check point B of the image on the test print to see if the specifications are met.
9. Make adjustments until the specifications are met.
I-59
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧝
౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧝౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ
౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧝౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀ
౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧝౮⌀
౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧝౮⌀ᬀሼ
౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧝౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧞౮
8pt.
9pt.
10pt.
12pt.
14pt.
18pt.
C
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
• Measure C width on the test chart and on the test print, and adjust the gap to be within the following specification.
• An adjustment must have been completed correctly of [Vertical Adjustment] of the printer adjustment.
Specifications C: ± 2.0 mm
Setting range 0.990 to 1.010 (in 0.001 increments)
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Scanner Adjustment] → [Horizontal Adjustment].
3. Position the test chart correctly so that the original reference point is aligned with the scale.
4. Press the Start key to make a test print.
5. Check the C width on the image of the test print.
6. If the image falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If the C width on the copy sample is less than one on test chart, increase the setting.
• If the C width on the copy sample exceeds one on color chart, decrease the setting.
7. Press the Start key to make another test print.
8. Check the image on the test print to see if the specifications are met.
9. Make adjustments until the specifications are met.
• Measure D width on the test chart and on the test print, and adjust the gap to be within the following specification.
• An adjustment must have been completed correctly of [Vertical Adjustment] of the printer adjustment.
Specifications D: ± 3.0 mm
Setting range 0.990 to 1.010 (in 0.001 increments)
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Scanner Adjustment] → [Vertical Adjustment].
3. Position the test chart correctly so that the original reference point is aligned with the scale.
4. Press the Start key to make a test print.
5. Check the D width on the image of the test print.
6. If the image falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If the D width on the copy sample is less than one on color chart, increase the setting.
• If the D width on the copy sample exceeds one on test chart, decrease the setting.
7. Press the Start key to make another test print.
8. Check the image on the test print to see if the specifications are met.
I-60
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
9. Make adjustments until the specifications are met.
(1) Use
• To adjust the read position in the main scanning direction.
• When the result is Unable in the [Centering Auto Adjustment].
• When ADF has been replaced.
• The difference in the widths of A between the chart and the copy sample should fall within the following range.
Specifications 0 ± 2.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (1 step: 0.1 mm)
(3) Procedure
1. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
2. Make a full size copy of the chart.
3. Check that the difference in the widths of A between the chart and the copy sample falls within the specified range.
4. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
5. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [ADF Adjustment] → [Centering].
6. Look at the copy and make adjustment with the [+] / [-] key.
• If the difference in the widths of A is greater than the specifications, enter the [+] value.
• If the difference in the widths of A is smaller than the specifications, enter the [-] value.
7. Touch [OK].
8. Make a copy of the chart again and check that the difference in the widths of A falls within the specified range.
(1) Use
• To manually adjust the original stop position and the read position in each of the ADF modes.
• When the result is Unable in the [Auto Adj. of Stop Position].
• The difference in the widths of B between the chart and the copy sample should fall within the following range.
Specifications 0 ± 2.0 mm
Setting range -4.0 mm to +4.0 mm (1 step: 0.1 mm)
(3) Procedure
1. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
2. Make a full size copy of the chart.
NOTE
• In the same way place the chart with the blank side facing up in the document feed tray in the duplex mode and make a
copy. Check the difference in the widths of a between the chart and the second sided surface of the copy sample.
3. Check that the difference in the widths of B between the chart and the copy sample falls within the specified range.
I-61
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
4. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
5. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [ADF Adjustment] → [Original Stop position].
6. Look at the copy and adjust [Front] or [Back] with the [+] / [-] key.
• If the difference in the widths of B is greater than the specifications, enter the [+] value.
• If the difference in the widths of B is smaller than the specifications, enter the [-] value.
7. Touch [OK].
8. Make a copy of the chart again and check that the difference in the widths of B falls within the specified range.
(1) Use
• To automatically adjust the read position in the main scanning direction.
• When ADF has been replaced.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [ADF Adjustment] → [Centering Auto Adjustment].
3. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
4. Press the Start key.
5. Make sure that result is OK. Then, touch [New].
6. Touch [Close].
NOTE
• If the result is Unable:
Check and correct the skew of the document.
Manually correct the value of [Original Stop Position].
(1) Use
• To automatically adjust the read position for the Sub Scanning Direction.
• To check skew feed.
• When ADF has been replaced.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [ADF Adjustment] → [Auto Adj. of Stop Position].
3. Touch [Front] or [Back].
4. Place the chart in the document feed tray.
• [Front]: Set the chart with its arrow side facing upward.
• [Back]: Set the chart with its blank side facing upward.
5. Press the Start key.
6. Make sure that result is OK. Then, touch [New].
7. Touch [Close].
NOTE
• If the result is Unable:
• Check and correct the skew of the document.
• Manually correct the value of [Original Stop Position].
• Use when changing the detection level for the pre-detection of stain on the original glass.
Low Stain on the glass will not be detected easily.
Normal Normal detection level
High Stain on the glass will easily be detected.
I-62
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• Be aware that selecting “No” and performing the pre-detection with the following setting will display “NG.”
[Service Mode] → [Machine] → [ADF Scan Glass Contamination]
• When “No” is selected, the original glass cleaning operation after the job ends does not operate.
(1) Use
• To set and register individual user paper that includes different basic weight and transfer output fine adjustment data.
• To register a paper type that is suitable for customer’s intended use and use environment.
• The feature available from [Service Mode] → [System 2] → [User Paper Settings] is extended to Administrator. However, the fusing
temperature setting is not possible in Administrator Settings.
• The user paper registration keys and corresponding paper types are as follows:
• User Paper 1, 2 : Plain paper
• User Paper 3 : Thick 1
• User Paper 4 : Thick 2
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Administrator Settings to the screen.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Forward] → [User Paper Settings].
3. Select the desired key from [User Paper 1] to [User Paper 4] to register user paper.
4. Select [Basic Weight] and enter a value with the [+] / [-] key.
5. Select one from the following; [Media Front] or [Media Back]. Enter a transfer output value with the [+] / [-] key.
Setting range: -7 to +8 (1 step: 1 increment or decrement)
6. Touch [Print Interval Extension], and set the Print Interval Extension mode.
7. Load the tray with A4S or 8 1/2 x 11S paper.
8. Touch [Test Pattern Output]. Specify a paper feed tray and select either 1st side or 2nd side.
9. Press the Start key and check the image of the output test pattern. If the image is not acceptable, adjust the settings, output and check a
test pattern again.
I-63
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
A +600 V
A +400 V
A +200 V
A 0V
A -200 V
A -400 V
A -600 V
• A: standard voltage
(4) Procedure
1. Enter the Administrator Settings.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Forward] → [Maximum Density Adjustment].
3. Select [Light] or [Dark] to change its setting.
4. Check that printed image has no problem.
(2) Procedure
1. Enter the Administrator Settings.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Forward] → [Drum Dry].
3. Press the Start key to start Drum Dry. To cancel the operation, press the Stop key.
4. When Drum Dry is completed, a message appears.
I-64
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• Use this function when the T/C ratio has decreased.
(2) Procedure
1. Enter the Administrator Settings.
2. Touch [System Settings] → [Expert Adjustment] → [Forward] → [Replenish Toner].
3. If you press the Start key, the current toner density is detected. If the density is lower than the specified value, toner is supplied. Then,
toner is agitated.
4. When toner supply is completed, a message appears.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Job Settings List].
2. Select the feed tray.
3. Select simplex or duplex print, and touch the Start key.
(2) Procedure
1. Press a key out of 1 to 10 registration keys.
2. Select the paper type.
3. Touch the paper size key to select the paper size.
(1) Use
• To output the meter counter list.
• To print out the list in this setting because counter list cannot be printed when the following setting shows that vendor is mounted.
[Meter Counter] → [Details]
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Meter Counter List].
2. Select the Feed tray.
3. Select simplex or duplex print, and touch the Start key.
I-65
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To output the consumable life list.
• To print out the list in this setting because the list cannot be printed when the following setting shows that vendor is mounted.
[Utility] → [Check Consumable Life]
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Consumable Life List].
2. Select the feed tray.
3. Select simplex or duplex print, and touch the Start key.
(2) Procedure
• To set the functions displayed during system auto reset from Copy, User Box and Scan/Fax.
(a) Use
• Selects whether to reset (initialize) a machine when the key counter is unplugged, a magnetic card is pulled out, or user authentication/
account track is set.
• To select not to reset to the default settings even when the accounts are changed through the use of a data management device.
I-66
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To delete the unnecessary box without data.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Delete Unused User Box].
2. Touch [Yes] on the Check screen.
(1) Use
• To delete the whole classified documents in the box.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Delete Secure Documents].
I-67
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
2. Touch [Yes] on the Check screen.
(1) Use
• To delete the whole classified documents in the box.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Delete Secure Documents].
2. Touch [Yes] on the Check screen.
(1) Use
• Specifies whether to delete encrypted PDF data stored in the box after a lapse of a predetermined period of time.
Sets the time period for which encrypted PDF data can be stored.
(1) Use
• Specifies whether to delete ID & print data stored in the box after a lapse of a predetermined period of time.
Sets the time period for which ID & print data can be stored.
I-68
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• Select whether to check that the document saved in the ID & Print User Box has been deleted after printed.
(1) Use
• This function enables the administrator to specify the time to delete a document from a User Box when you cannot specify the document
deletion time. When automatically specifying the document deletion time, select [Yes] and set the deletion time.
I-69
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
• Select the size from among the following five.
(2) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register new headers and footers.
I-70
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
6.14.1 Use
• To assign the additional functions provided by i-Option to the application keys.
• This settings allow free application key assignment to additional functions provided by i-Option as well as to “User Box”, “Fax/Scan” and
“Copy” to which the application keys were conventionally assigned. (However, Key 0 is assigned to the function of displaying the application
menu so that other functions cannot be assigned to Key 0.)
• The functions that can be assigned are as follows:
• Copy
• Fax/Scan
• User Box
• Image Panel
• Web Browser
• My Panel
6.14.2 Procedure
1. Select [Key 1] or [Key 2].
2. Select a function to which the key is assigned, and touch [OK].
6.15.1 Use
• Configure whether to start processing for the next job when the current job stops due to running out of paper in the paper tray.
6.15.2 Procedure
1. Touch [Skip Job Operation Settings].
2. Make settings and touch [OK].
6.16.2 Procedure
1. Touch [Default Bypass Paper Type Setting].
2. Select the desired paper type and touch [OK].
6.17.2 Procedure
1. Touch [Page Number Print Position].
2. Check test print and fine adjust the position.
I-71
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Administrator Name], [E-mail Address] to input them.
2. Using the 10-key pad, enter the extension No.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Device Name] and input the name.
2. Touch [E-mail Address] and input the E-mail address.
(b) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new address.
• Select any displayed address to check, edit, or delete the setting.
(b) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new address.
• Select any displayed address to check, edit, or delete the setting.
• At least one user box must be registered in order to register the box address.
(3) Fax
(a) Use
• To register or change the fax number for transmitting the fax.
(b) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new address.
• Select any displayed address to check, edit, or delete the setting.
(4) PC (SMB)
(a) Use
• To register or change the SMB address for transmitting the scanned data by SMB.
(b) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new address.
• Select any displayed address to check, edit, or delete the setting.
(5) FTP
(a) Use
• To register and change the FTP address for transmitting the scanned data by FTP.
(b) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new address.
• Select any displayed address to check, edit, or delete the setting.
(6) WebDAV
(a) Use
• To register and change the WebDAV address for transmitting the scanned data by Web-DAV.
(b) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new address.
I-72
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• Select any displayed address to check, edit, or delete the setting.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, change or delete the setting.
(b) Procedure
• A new address can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed address to check, change or delete the setting.
6.20.2 Group
(1) Use
• To register or change the group with a number of addresses to transmit data simultaneously.
(2) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new group.
• Select any displayed group to check, edit, or delete the setting.
• At least one address must be registered in order to register the group.
(b) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new subject.
• Select any displayed subject to detail check, edit, or delete the setting.
• The subject can be set as default by selecting the subject displayed on the screen and pressing [Set as Default].
(b) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new message.
• Select any displayed message to detail check or delete the setting.
• The text can be set as default by selecting the text displayed on the screen and pressing [Set as Default].
(2) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new box.
• Select any displayed box to edit or delete it.
(1) Use
• To register/change the box for confidential RX document.
I-73
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• If a hard disk is installed, Confidential RX can be enabled when the Confidential RX function is added to the Public/Personal/Group User
Box.
(2) Procedure
• A new box can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed box to change or delete it.
(2) Procedure
• Touch [New] to register the new box.
• Select any displayed box to edit or delete it.
(1) Use
• To register/change the Relay User Box.
(2) Procedure
• A new box can be registered by touching [New].
• Select any displayed box to change or delete it.
(2) Procedure
• Touch [New] key to register the new box.
• Select any displayed box to change or delete it.
(2) Procedure
1. Select the destination type to be output.
2. Touch [Starting destination No.] and enter the number from which output starts.
3. Touch [No. of Destinations] and specify the number of destinations to be output.
4. Touch [Print], and select the paper feed tray.
5. Select the simplex or duplex print, and press the Start key to output the list of abbreviated addresses.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Starting destination No.] and enter the number from which output starts.
2. Touch [No. of Destinations] and specify the number of destinations to be output.
3. Touch [Print], and select the paper feed tray.
4. Select the simplex or duplex print, and press the Start key to output the list of abbreviated addresses.
(2) Procedure
1. Select the destination type to be output.
2. Touch [Starting destination No.] and enter the number from which output starts.
3. Touch [No. of Destinations] and specify the number of destinations to be output.
4. Touch [Print], and select the paper feed tray.
5. Select the simplex or duplex print, and press the Start key to output the list of abbreviated addresses.
I-74
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Select the paper feed tray.
2. Select the simplex or duplex print, and press the Start key to output the list of abbreviated addresses.
6.23.2 Procedure
1. Select a user box type and name.
2. If a maximum number of user boxes is not specified, set Max. No. of Use Boxes to [OFF].
3. If a maximum number of user boxes is not specified, set Max. No. of Use Boxes to [OFF].
I-75
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set the number available to be assigned for the user registration and account registration.
(2) Procedure
• The total number to be registered for the user authentication and account track is 1000.
The number for the user registration will be set.
When setting the [# of Counters Assigned for Users] to 50, the number available for Account Track will be 950.
I-76
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether to display or not the list key for user names on user authentication screen.
I-77
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether to print all jobs or only one job from the same authenticated user when ID & Print is selected.
(2) Procedure
1. Select the user, and touch [Edit].
2. Input the user name, user password, and e-mail address.
NOTE
• It cannot be entered when conducting authentication by external server.
3. Set the output permission, max allowance set, function permission, and touch [OK].
NOTE
• When the public users are allowed, the output permission and the function permission can be set.
• [Authentication Information Registration] does not appear when the presence of Authentication Device 2 is set in the following
setting.
[Service Mode] → [Billing Setting] → [Management Function Choice]
• [Output Permission], [Max. Allowance Set], and [Function Permission] do not appear when the presence of Management Device
1 is set in the following setting.
[Service Mode] → [Billing Setting] → [Management Function Choice]
(2) Procedure
1. Select the user and touch [Counter Details].
2. Select the key to check to see the status of use.
3. For clearing the counter, touch [Clear Counter].
4. For clearing the all counters, touch [Reset All Counters].
I-78
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Select the proper Account and touch [Edit].
2. Input the [Account Name], [Password] and [Name].
3. Set the [Output Permission], and [Max. Allowance Set], and touch [OK].
NOTE
• When the “Password Only” is selected for [Account Track Input Method], [Account Name] does not appear.
• When the “Account Name & Password” is selected for [Account Track Input Method], [Name] does not appear.
(2) Procedure
1. Select the account and touch [Counter Details].
2. Select the key for the item to be checked.
3. For clearing the counter, touch [Clear Counter].
4. For clearing the all counters, touch [Reset All Counters].
6.27.1 Use
• To set whether to allow or restrict the print which user and account are not specified.
• To allow or restrict printing which user and account are not specified.
• When Allow is selected, pages printed by unidentified users are counted and included in the count of the public user.
6.28.1 Use
• To print out the User counter and the account counter.
6.28.2 Procedure
1. Touch [Counter List].
2. Select the paper feed tray.
3. Select the simplex or duplex print, and press the start key to output the counter list.
6.29.2 Procedure
1. Select one from No. 1 to No. 20 and touch [NEW].
2. Set [Server Name] and [Server Type].
3. To change settings, select an external server to be edited and touch [Edit].
I-79
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
NOTE
• Neither [NTLM v1] nor [NTLM v2] appear when OFF is selected in the following setting.
[Administrator Settings] → [Network Settings] → [SMB Settings] → [User Authentication (NTLM)]
• [NDS] does not appear when OFF is selected in the following setting.
[Administrator Settings] → [Network Settings] → [NetWare Settings] → [User Authentication Setting (NDS)]
(2) Procedure
1. Select a group and touch [Edit].
2. Enter [Group Name].
3. Set the Access Allowed Level and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Select one from Address Book, Group, and Program.
2. Select a registered address. Touch [Apply Group] and [Apply Level] independently to make each settings.
(2) Procedure
1. Select a registered user. Touch [Apply Group] and [Apply Level] independently to make each settings.
(2) Procedure
• Select either one of the authentication devices and press the corresponding key to go to the individual operation setting screen.
• The screen displays the authentication device that is selected in [Service Mode] → [Billing Setting] → [Management Function Choice] →
[Authentication Device 2].
When [Card 1] is selected as the authentication device, select the card type from among [FeliCa], [TypeA], [SSFC], [FCF], and [FCF
(Campus)] and make the operation settings.
If [FeliCa+Type A], [SSFC+Type A], [FCF+Type A], or [FCF (Campus)+Type A] is selected, both the FeliCa and Type A cards can be
used in this machine at the same time.
When [Card 2] is selected as authentication device, the authentication device name will be displayed differently depending on the type of
installed loadable device driver.
• If SSFC (Shared Security Formats Cooperation) is selected in Card Authentication, set [Company Code], [Company Identification Code],
[Area No.], [Building No.], [Floor No.], [Room No.], and [Security Level].
• If LEGIC (PID) is selected in Card Authentication, perform the access setting (STAMP input) for LEGIC (PID).
• If MIFARE (PID) is selected in Card Authentication, perform the MIFARE key setting.
I-80
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
I-81
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• “Auto Input”
NOTE
• When it is set to [Auto Input], select the method to obtain it automatically.
DHCP Setting • ON
• OFF
BOOTP Setting • ON
• OFF
ARP/PING Setting • ON
• OFF
AUTO IP Setting • ON
• OFF
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [DNS Host Name].
2. Enter the DNS host name on the screen key board, and touch [OK].
I-82
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(3) Procedure
• Touch [Default DNS Domain Name] or [DNS Search Domain Name 1 to 3], and enter the domain name using the keyboard on the screen
and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
• Touch the corresponding key, and input the server address.
I-83
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• No Limit
NOTE
• “Enable” cannot be set when [IP Settings] is set to “Auto Input.”
(b) Procedure
• Touch the corresponding key, and input the server address.
(2) Group
(a) Procedure
• Among four groups (Group 1 to 4), select a group where settings are made.
I-84
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
I-85
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(4) IP Address
(a) Use
• When the encapsulation mode is set, specify the IP address of destinations.
(b) Procedure
• Touch [IP Address] and enter the IP address with IPv4 or IPv6 format.
(b) Procedure
• Touch [Input] and enter the Pre-shared key.
I-86
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• “OFF”
6.35.12 IP Filtering
(1) Permit Access
(a) Use
• To set the IP filtering (Permit Access).
• To set whether to allow only IP addresses that are within a specified range.
(b) Procedure
1. Select Enable or “Disable”.
2. When [Enable] is set, select one from Set 1 to Set 5 and specify the range of IP addresses to be allowed using the 10-key pad.
3. Touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Select Enable or “Disable”.
2. When [Enable] is set, select one from Set 1 to Set 5 and enter the range of IP addresses to be denied using the 10-key pad.
3. Touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Select the necessary port number.
2. When using the selected port, press the Clear key to clear the value, and enter the RAW port number using the 10-key pad.
3. Touch [OK].
I-87
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(3) Status
(a) Use
• To display NetWare status.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Status].
2. Touch up/down arrow keys to select the server to check.
3. Check the NetWare status.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Print Server name] or [Print Server Password].
2. Enter the print server name or the print server password (up to 63 characters) using the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Press the Clear key.
2. Enter the polling interval between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
I-88
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [File Server Name].
2. Enter the File server name (up to 47 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [NDS Context name].
2. Enter the NDS context name (up to 191 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [NDS Tree Name].
2. Enter the NDS tree name (up to 63 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Print Server Name].
2. Enter the printer name (up to 63 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Auto] and cancel the reverse display.
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the number between 0 and 254 using the 10-key pad.
I-89
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Support Information].
2. Set “ON” or OFF for each item.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Printer Information].
2. Enter the printer name, printer location, and printer information on the on-screen keyboard.
3. Touch [Print URI] to check the printer URI information.
I-90
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [User Name].
2. Enter the user name on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
6.37.10 Password
(1) Use
• To set the password for IPP authentication.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Password].
2. Enter the password on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
6.37.11 realm
(1) Use
• To set the realm for identifying the authentication setting for IPP authentication.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [realm].
2. Enter the realm on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
I-91
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Host Address].
2. Select [Input Host Name], [IPv4 Address Input], or [IPv6 Address Input] and enter a host address.
(b) Procedure
1. Press the Clear key.
2. Enter the proxy server port number between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the proxy server port number between 1 and 65535 using the 10-Kay pad.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the connecting timeout period between 5 and 300 using the 10-key pad.
I-92
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [NetBIOS Name].
2. Enter the NetBIOS name (up to 15 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Print Service Name].
2. Enter the print service name (up to 13 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(4) Workgroup
(a) Use
• To set the workgroup.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Workgroup].
2. Enter the workgroup (up to 15 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
I-93
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [1] or [2].
2. Enter the WINS server address.
I-94
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Server Name].
2. Enter the server name (up to 32 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Max. Search Results].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the Max. Search result numbers between 5 and 1000 using the 10-key pad.
(3) Timeout
(a) Use
• To set the timeout period for LDAP search.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Timeout].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the timeout period between 5 and 300 using the 10-key pad.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Initial Setting for Search Details].
2. Touch the key about condition for each search item, and select the condition.
3. Touch [OK].
(a) Use
• To check the connection with the LDAP server which has been set.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Check Connection].
2. Confirm a proper connection and touch [Close].
I-95
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Reset All Settings].
2. Check the message and touch [Yes].
3. Touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Server Address].
2. Select [Input Host Name], [IPv4 Address Input] or [IPv6 Address Input], and enter the server address.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Search Base].
2. Enter the search base (up to 255 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the port number between 1 and 65535 using the 10-Kay pad.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the port number between 1 and 65535 using the 10-Kay pad.
(b) Procedure
Expiration Date Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period.
Key Usage Select whether to check that the server certificate is used according to the purpose approved by
the issuer.
Chain Select whether to check that the server certificate chain (certification path) is correct. The chain
is validated by referencing the external certificates managed on this machine.
Expiration Date Confirmation Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period. The OCSP
service and CRL (Certificate Revocation List) are checked in this order when the expiration date
of the certificate is checked.
CN Select whether to check that the CN of the server certificate matches the server address.
I-96
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Login Name].
2. Enter the logon name (up to 255 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
NOTE
• The setting is not available when authentication method is set to anonymous.
I-97
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(17) Password
(a) Use
• To set the password for connecting to LDAP server.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Password].
2. Enter the password (up to 128 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
NOTE
• The setting is not available when authentication method is set to anonymous.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Domain Name].
2. Enter the domain name (up to 64 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Default LDAP Server Setting].
2. Select the optional server.
I-98
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Host Address].
2. Select [Input Host Name], [IPv4 Address Input] or [IPv6 Address Input], and enter the server address.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Host Address].
2. Enter the dividing mail size between 100 and 15000 (in 100 increments) using the 10-key pad.
(2) Procedure
• Select the timeout period using [+] / [-] keys.
I-99
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the port number between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the port number (SSL) between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
(2) Procedure
Expiration Date Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period.
Key Usage Select whether to check that the server certificate is used according to the purpose approved by
the issuer.
Chain Select whether to check that the server certificate chain (certification path) is correct. The chain is
validated by referencing the external certificates managed on this machine.
Expiration Date Confirmation Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period. The OCSP service
and CRL (Certificate Revocation List) are checked in this order when the expiration date of the
certificate is checked.
CN Select whether to check that the CN of the server certificate matches the server address.
I-100
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the time for POP Before SMTP between 0 and 60 using the 10-key pad.
(2) Procedure
• Select the timeout period of connection using [-] / [+] keys.
(2) Procedure
• Select the timeout period of connection using [-] / [+] keys.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the port No. between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
I-101
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the port number (SSL) between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
(2) Procedure
Expiration Date Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period.
Key Usage Select whether to check that the server certificate is used according to the purpose approved by
the issuer.
Chain Select whether to check that the server certificate chain (certification path) is correct. The chain is
validated by referencing the external certificates managed on this machine.
Expiration Date Confirmation Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period. The OCSP service
and CRL (Certificate Revocation List) are checked in this order when the expiration date of the
certificate is checked.
CN Select whether to check that the CN of the server certificate matches the server address.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Login Name].
2. Enter a login name.
6.42.9 Password
(1) Use
• To enter a login name used for POP server authentication.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Password].
2. Enter a password.
(1) Use
• To set whether to automatically check a POP server for new messages.
I-102
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set a polling interval at which a POP server is checked for new messages.
I-103
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• “No”
(2) Procedure
Expiration Date Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period.
Key Usage Select whether to check that the server certificate is used according to the purpose approved by
the issuer.
Chain Select whether to check that the server certificate chain (certification path) is correct. The chain is
validated by referencing the external certificates managed on this machine.
Expiration Date Confirmation Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period. The OCSP service
and CRL (Certificate Revocation List) are checked in this order when the expiration date of the
certificate is checked.
I-104
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch the Clear key.
2. Enter the port number between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Name].
2. Enter the context name (up to 64 characters) on the on-screen key board, and touch [OK].
I-105
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Discovery User Name].
2. Enter the discovery user name (up to 32 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
NOTE
• The user name same with the read user name or the write user name cannot be set.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Read User Name].
2. Enter the read user name (up to 32 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
NOTE
• The user Name same with the discovery user name cannot be used.
(b) Procedure
1. Select a type of password.
2. Enter the password (up to 32 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Write User Name].
2. Enter the write user name (up to 32 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
NOTE
• The user name same with the discovery use name cannot be used.
I-106
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
I-107
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Printer Name].
2. Enter the printer name (up to 31 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Zone Name].
2. Enter the zone name (up to 31 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Bonjour Name].
2. Enter the Bonjour name (up to 64 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(b) Procedure
1. Touch the Clear key.
2. Enter the port number between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
I-108
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
NOTE
• When SSL Certificate is registered, the following can be set.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch the Clear key.
2. Enter the port number between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
(a) Use
• To set whether or not to use IP address fax function.
I-109
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(a) Use
• To set whether or not to use Internet fax function.
(2) SMTP RX
(a) Default setting
• ON
I-110
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Host Address].
2. Select [Input Host Name], [IPv4 Address Input], or [IPv6 Address Input] and enter a host address.
(2) Procedure
1. Press the Clear key.
2. Enter the proxy server port number between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [User Name].
2. Enter the user name on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
6.49.5 Password
(1) Use
• To set the password for WebDAV authentication.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Password].
2. Enter the password on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Input].
2. Press the Clear key.
3. Enter the connecting timeout period between 5 and 300 using the 10-key pad.
(2) Procedure
Expiration Date Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period.
Key Usage Select whether to check that the server certificate is used according to the purpose approved by
the issuer.
Chain Select whether to check that the server certificate chain (certification path) is correct. The chain is
validated by referencing the external certificates managed on this machine.
Expiration Date Confirmation Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period. The OCSP service
and CRL (Certificate Revocation List) are checked in this order when the expiration date of the
certificate is checked.
I-111
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
CN Select whether to check that the CN of the server certificate matches the server address.
(1) Use
• To set whether to use SSL/TSL for communications when using the machine as WebDAV server.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Password Setting].
2. Enter a password with the keyboard on the screen, and touch [OK].
NOTE
• Touching [Initial Password] can restore the default password setting.
(Default password: sysadm)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Friendly Name].
2. Enter the friendly name (up to 62 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
I-112
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether to use SSL when using WSD (Web Service on Devices) function.
(1) Use
• To verify the server certificate, configure settings to verify the certificate.
(2) Procedure
Expiration Date Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period.
Key Usage Select whether to check that the server certificate is used according to the purpose approved by
the issuer.
Chain Select whether to check that the server certificate chain (certification path) is correct. The chain is
validated by referencing the external certificates managed on this machine.
Expiration Date Confirmation Select whether to check that the server certificate is within the validity period. The OCSP service
and CRL (Certificate Revocation List) are checked in this order when the expiration date of the
certificate is checked.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Printer Name].
2. Enter the friendly name (up to 63 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Printer Location].
2. Enter the friendly name (up to 63 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Printer Information].
2. Enter the friendly name (up to 63 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
I-113
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Scanner Name].
2. Enter the friendly name (up to 63 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Scanner Location].
2. Enter the friendly name (up to 63 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Scanner Information].
2. Enter the friendly name (up to 63 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
(2) Procedure
1. Press the Clear key.
2. Enter the connecting timeout period between 30 and 300 using the 10-key pad.
I-114
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
• The address cannot be changed.
I-115
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Host Address].
2. Select [IP Address Input], and enter the IP address.
3. Select [Host name Input], and enter the host name.
(2) Procedure
1. Press the Clear key.
2. Enter a polling interval within the range between 1 to 240 hours with the 10-key pad.
(2) Procedure
1. From IP address 1 to 5, select an IP address where settings are made.
2. Touch [Host Address].
3. Select [Input Host], [IPv4 Address Input] or [IPv6 Address Input] and enter a host address.
4. Touch the Clear key and enter a port number within the range of 1 to 65535 using the 10-key pad.
5. Touch [Community Name] and enter a community name.
6. Touch [Notification Item] and set the items to be notified to [ON].
7. Touch [OK] and finish the settings.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [IPX Address].
2. Touch [Network Address] or [Node Address] and enter an address.
3. Touch [Community Name] and enter a community name.
4. Touch [Notification Item] and set the items to be notified to [ON].
5. Touch [OK] and finish the settings.
I-116
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Forward].
2. From E-mail addresses 1 to 10, select an E-mail address where settings are made.
3. Touch [Edit E-mail Address].
4. Enter an E-mail address (up to 320 one-byte characters) using the keyboard on the screen and touch [OK].
5. Touch [Notification Item] and set the items to be notified to [ON].
6. Touch [OK] and finish the settings.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Schedule 1] or [Schedule 2].
2. Select the reporting cycle from [Daily], [Weekly] or [Monthly].
3. When selecting [Daily] for the reporting cycle, set the Interval of day(s).
4. When selecting [Weekly] for the reporting cycle, set the Interval of week(s) and day of the Week.
5. When selecting [Monthly] for the reporting cycle, set the Interval of month(s) and date of the month.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Address 1], [Address 2] or [Address 3].
2. Touch [E-mail Address Edit].
3. Enter the e-mail address (up to 320 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
4. Touch [Set Schedule].
5. Select ON/OFF for each schedule.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Model Name].
2. Enter the model name (up to 20 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
6.59.2 Procedure
1. Touch [Host Address] for PING transmission.
2. Select [Input Host Name], [IPv4 Address Input], or [IPv6 Address Input] and enter a host address.
3. Touch [Check Connection] key to check the connection.
I-117
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
• Available number to be registered as prefix is up to 20 characters.
• Available number to be registered as suffix is up to 64 characters.
I-118
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
6.65.1 Use
• To set whether to use the web browser function.
6.66.1 Use
• To set whether to enable or disable the Bluetooth function.
I-119
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
I-120
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
• Enter an original size, name it, and register the data.
I-121
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
6.70.2 Procedure
1. Touch [Sender] and enter the name of the sender (up to 30 characters) on the onscreen keyboard.
2. Enter Sender Fax No. (up to 20 characters) using the 10-key pad and [+], [Space] displayed on the screen.
(1) Use
• To set whether to print the information of TX destination (Fax No.) when transmitting the fax.
I-122
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set the fax reception mode.
• To change to manual reception when using the remote reception function, etc. when connected to the external telephone.
(1) Use
• To set the number of times (times) to receive call rings.
• To change the number of times (times) of the fake ringback tone after it starts calling until it starts receiving.
I-123
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
• Change the volume by touching the [Lower] or [Higher].
(2) Procedure
• Change the volume by touching the [Lower] or [Higher].
(1) Use
• To set whether to carry out the duplex print for the received original when receiving the fax.
I-124
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
I-125
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
NOTE
• Items available for selection are different depending on the paper feed option mounted.
(1) Use
• To set whether to divide the original into pages when it is longer than the standard size.
(1) Use
• Specify whether to configure the individual receiving line setup.
• When this setting is set to “ON,” the following settings can be made separately for each fax line:
Forward TX setting, TSI User Box Setting, PC-FAX RX setting, Memory RX Setting
I-126
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
[Administrator Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Multi Line Settings] → [Multi Line Settings] → [Line 2 Setting]
(1) Use
• Specify whether to configure the individual sender line setup.
• When this setting is set to “ON,” the following settings can be made separately for each fax line:
Header Information
6.74.2 Relay RX
• It will be displayed when the following setting is set to “ON.”
[Service Mode] → [FAX] → [System] → [Display Setting] → [Relay]
(1) Use
• To set whether to use the relay RX function.
• To use the machine as the relay delivery station during relay TX.
(1) Use
• To set whether to use the relay print function.
• To print out the document that the machine relayed during relay TX.
• The relay print will be output in the following case.
1. When the relay delivery completes appropriately.
2. When the delivery job is cancelled halfway by turning OFF sub power switch.
3. When the delivery job is cancelled due to redial over.
4. When main power switch is turned OFF/ON during relay print error.
5. When delivery job is deleted in user operation during redialing.
6. When delivery job is deleted in user operation during relay delivery.
I-127
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether to use the forced memory RX function.
• To store the received text in the hard disk without printing, and print it out when ordered.
(1) Use
• To set whether to use the closed network function.
• To receive data only from the device which password matches.
I-128
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
[Service Mode] → [Billing Setting] → [Management Function Choice]
(1) Use
• To set whether to use the forward fax function.
• To forward the received text to the receiver which has been specified.
Forward & Print Forward the received text, and print all out
Forward & Print (If TX Fails) Forward the received text, and prints out only when fails to be forwarded
(1) Use
• To set whether to use incomplete TX hold function.
• To re-send the data failed to be sent after a given time.
(1) Use
• To set whether to use the PC-FAX reception function.
• To store the received text file in the box in the hard disk.
(b) Procedure
• Touch the [TSI User Box Registration] and register the distribution.
I-129
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(3) Print
(a) Default setting
• Yes
I-130
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• Account Name Printing
I-131
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether to print out the relay request RX report or not.
• To print out the relay request RX report during relay request RX when the machine is used as the relay delivery station.
(1) Use
• To set whether to print RX error report when network fax function is being used.
• To print the error report at unusual situation such as receiving the image data that cannot be processed.
I-132
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether to print message when receiving response message to MDN request when internet fax function is being used.
(1) Use
• To set whether to print message when receiving response message to DSN request when network fax function is being used.
(1) Use
• To set whether to print mail text received normally as the report when internet fax function is being used.
6.78.1 Use
• The set value list of the fax set up into this machine can be printed.
6.78.2 Procedure
1. Touch [Administrator Settings] → [Fax Settings] → [Job Settings List]
2. Select the feed tray.
3. Select the 1-Sided or 2-Sided, and touch the Start key.
I-133
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set the number of the line used for PC-FAX transmission.
I-134
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(2) Procedure
• Use 10-key pad or [+] / [Space], enter the fax ID (up to 20 characters).
(1) Use
• To set black compression level at black TX mode when network fax function is being used.
(1) Use
• To set a color/black multi value compression method used when faxing selecting JPEG or PDF as a file format under network fax
operation.
JPEG (Color) Data is compressed in color JPEG format.
JPEG (Gray Scale) Data is compressed in monochrome JPEG format.
Not Set Data transmission in color or grayscale is disabled. Data is compressed in black and white
(binary) with a specified compression method.
(1) Use
• To set image data compression system, paper size and resolution, which can be received by the machine with internet fax.
(2) Procedure
• The following shows the options of each setting item.
Compression Type Paper Size Resolution
MMR A3 600 x 600dpi (Ultra Fine)
MR B4 400 x 400dpi (Super Fine)
MH A4 200 x 200dpi (Fine)
- - 200 x 100dpi (Standard)
I-135
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
I-136
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
When [Yes] is selected, “application=faxbw” is added as sub-type to MIME Content-Type header.
I-137
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To call the CS Remote Care center from the administrator, when the CS Remote Care setup is complete.
(2) Procedure
• For details, see “I.11.6 CS Remote Care (Outlines).”
I-138
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• Specify [Printer Name], [Printer Location], [Printer Information], and [Printer URI].
The [Printer Information] setting is linked to [Printer Information] in [HTTP Server Settings].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Printer Information].
2. Enter the printer name, printer location and printer information using the keyboard on the display.
3. Touch [Printer URI], and confirm the printer URI information.
(1) Use
• Specify whether to allow the user to print data in a cellular phone or PDA or save such data in a User Box.
6.83.2 Procedure
• Enter the administrator password on the on-screen keyboard.
1. Current Password : Enter the current administrator password
2. New Password : Enter the new administrator password to be used
3. Re-Input Password : Re-enter the new administrator password
NOTE
• When selecting [Utility/Counter] → [Administrator Settings] → [Security Setting] → [Security Details] leads to [Password Rules]
being ON, the password with the same letters, the password which is same as the previous one and the password of less than
eight digits cannot be changed.
6.84.1 Use
• To set whether to allow or restrict the box administrator to use the system.
• To allow the box administrator to use the system.
The box administrator is the special administrator for box, who is allowed to browse contents in common box / individual box without the
password.
NOTE
• [Allow] cannot be set when the user authentication or account track is not carried out.
I-139
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• When the following setting shows that [Password Rules] is set to “ON”, the Password using only a single letter or the password
same with the previous one, or the password with less than eight letters cannot be accepted.
[Administrator Settings] → [Security Settings]
6.85.1 Use
• To set the level for administrator settings item open to the user.
• To make part of the administrator settings items open to the user.
Level 1 • [Power Save Setting]
• [Auto Magnification Selection (Platen)]
• [Auto Magnification Selection (ADF)]
• [Specify Default Tray when APS Off]
• [Select Tray for Insert Sheet]
• [Card Shot Settings]
are available to users.
Level 2 • [Power Save Setting]
• [Output Setting], [Date/Time Setting]
• [Daylight Savings Time Setting]
• [AE Level Adjustment]
• [Auto Magnification Selection (Platen)]
• [Auto Magnification Selection (ADF)]
• [Specify Default Tray when APS Off]
• [Select Tray for Insert Sheet]
• [Print Jobs During Copy Operation]
are available to users.
Prohibit Not to allow the user to set neither Level 1 nor Level 2
I-140
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(4) Procedure
• Touch [Release Time Settings] and set a period of time that elapses before access lock is released.
I-141
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
Enable Functions Individually Allows manual destination input only for G3 fax and restricts it in other transmission options.
Restrict Hides the [Direct Input] tab to prevent you from directly entering destinations.
(3) Overwrite
(a) Use
• Set whether to allow or restrict overwriting existing logs when saving audit logs.
I-142
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• Specify whether to display the file name, address, or User Box number as MIB information in Job List.
(1) Use
• Selects whether to display communication logs for scan/fax transmission.
6.86.11 Initialize
(1) Use
• All data of selected items is cleared.
• Data of the following items can be cleared.
• Job history
• Copy Program
• Network Settings
• One-Touch/User Box Registration
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Initialize].
2. Select the desired item to clear its data and touch [OK].
3. Select [Yes] on the confirmation screen and touch [OK] to initialize the data.
I-143
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(1) Use
• To set whether or not to allow only Secure Print for print jobs from PC. When “ON” is selected in this setting, the Secure Print feature must
be always used for printing from a printer driver. As all print jobs require ID or a password, output documents remains private.
(1) Use
• Specify whether to use the Copy Guard function.
If [Copy Guard] is selected in [Application], you can embed copy inhibit information on paper.
• This is used upon set-up of the optional security kit SC-507.
(1) Use
• Specify whether to use the Password Copy function. If [Password Copy] is selected in [Application], you can embed a password on paper.
You can also detect a password embedded on paper.
• This is used upon set-up of the optional security kit SC-507.
I-144
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
I-145
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
Function Name Default Setting When Enhanced Security mode is set to [ON]
Automatically Obtain Certificates of S/MIME No No (not to be changed)
S/MIME Encryption Method 3DES 3DES (not to be changed to DES or RC-2)
FTP Server ON OFF (not to be changed)
• To set whether to use FTP server or not.
SNMPv1/v2c Read/Write enable Only Read is enabled (not to be changed)
• To use when changing Write setting.
SNMP v3 Security Level and auth/priv- auth/priv-password The security level can be selected from among
password [authpassword] and [auth/priv-password]. An 8-digit-or-
• To set the security level for the Reading/ more auth-password and privpassword can both be set.
Writing Authority User which is used for
SNMP v3.
Print Data Capture Allow Restrict (not to be changed)
• To set whether to allow or restrict
capturing the Print Job Data.
Network Setting Clear Enabled Restrict
• To clear the network setting through
PageScope Web Connection.
Administrator Password Change Via Network Enabled Restrict (not to be changed)
• To clear the network setting through
PageScope Web Connection.
Release Time Settings 5 min. The setting value should be 5 min. or more (no value less
• To set the period of time to be elapsed than 5 can be set)
before the access lock state is released.
Destination Registration Change by User Enabled Restrict (not to be changed)
(Address Book and Program destination)
Secure Print User Box Preview • Thumbnail View Only Detail View is enabled before password
• Detail View authentication (Mode 2)
• Document Details are
enabled
Initialize (Network Settings) Enabled Restrict (not to be changed)
• To clear the network related settings.
Image Log Transfer Settings OFF OFF (not to be changed)
• Specifies whether to transfer the input or
output image data to the server using
whenever MFP inputs or outputs image
data.
Internet ISW Set OFF OFF (not to be changed)
• To set firmware upgrading by Internet ISW,
and enable or disable various settings.
Operation Ban release time 5 min. The setting value should be 5 min. or more (no value less
• To set the period of time to be elapsed than 5 can be set)
before the access lock state is released in
CE password authentication.
I-146
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Overwrite All Data].
2. Touch [Overwrite].
3. Touch [Yes] on the check screen.
I-147
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
4. Touch [YES] on the confirmation screen.
5. Turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Overwrite All Data].
2. Touch [Overwrite].
3. Touch [YES] on the confirmation screen.
4. Turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(1) Use
• To set the lock password for the hard disk.
• To enter, change or delete the lock password for the hard disk.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [HDD Lock Password].
2. Enter the password (20 characters) on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [OK].
NOTE
• Password using only a single letter is not acceptable.
• Don’t forget the password. When the password is forgotten, the replacement of hard disk is needed.
• After setting a lock password, if you replace the HDD due to its breakage or other reasons and install a new HDD, an error
message is displayed. In that case, clear the HDD lock password and set a new password with the procedure shown below.
(1) Use
• To conduct logical formatting of HDD.
• The following shows the data deleted by formatting the HDD.
• Program
• Address Book
• Authentication method setting
• User authentication setting
• Account track setting
• User Box
• User Box setting
• Documents in User Boxes
• Confidential User Box setting
• Bulletin Board User Box setting
NOTE
• It is subject to logical formatting here, therefore if starting with physical formatting, follow as [Service Mode] → [State
Confirmation] → [Memory/HDD Adj.] → [HDD Format].
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Format HDD].
2. Select [Yes] on the confirmation screen and touch [OK].
3. Turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(1) Use
• To conduct logical formatting of SSD.
• The following shows the data deleted by formatting the SSD.
• Program
• Address Book
• Authentication method setting
• User authentication setting
• Account track setting
I-148
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• User Box
• User Box setting
• Documents in User Boxes
• Confidential User Box setting
• Bulletin Board User Box setting
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Format SSD].
2. Select [Yes] on the confirmation screen and touch [OK].
3. Turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(1) Use
• To re-set encrypting word due to exchange of NVRAM board or etc.
NOTE
• HDD formatting is required after this setting. Therefore it is necessary to retrieve certain data from HDD in advance. The
following data will be lost after HDD formatting.
1. Address data
2. Authentication data : Authentication mode, user authentication setting, account track setting
3. Box setting data : Box and text in the box, setting information of each box, box for fax
4. Job history, fax transmission history
• And after setting the HDD encryption key, the movie data and OCR dictionary data need to be reinstalled as necessary since
these data will be deleted by HDD format.
• If you replace the HDD due to its breakage or other reasons, you can automatically reset the encryption key by installing a new
HDD and performing the logical format.
(2) Procedure
1. Press [HDD Encryption Setting].
2. Enter encryption key (20 characters) with the keyboard on the operation panel and press [OK].
NOTE
• Double-byte and identical characters are not acceptable.
3. Turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
4. Open [Administrator Settings] and conduct HDD formatting according to the instruction appeared on the panel.
5. Turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(1) Use
• To set whether to use management function for each item of [Copy], [PC print], [Send data] and [Print others].
[Print others] is not displayed when vendor is connected.
• [ON] for [Send Data] will not be displayed when the optional image controller (IC-409) is mounted.
• To set whether to use Management function for each item of [Copy], [PC print], [Send data] and [Print others].
[Print others] is not displayed when Vendor is connected.
(1) Use
• To set the upper limit of the number of copy or PC print when management function has been set.
I-149
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• When selecting “Touch and Print”, authentication reset is set after completing the job in [Authentication Time].
I-150
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
• No
(4) Procedure
• Touch “Apply” to make stamp settings independently for print and transmission modes.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Delete Registered Stamp].
2. Select [Stamp] or [Copy Protect/Stamp Repeat].
3. Select [Yes] on the confirmation screen and touch [OK] to delete the registered stamps.
6.91.1 Use
• Specifies whether to transfer the input or output image data to the server using whenever MFP inputs or outputs image data.
Makes the settings of the WebDAV server or the FTP server where image data are transferred.
• Use this settings to keep logs of input and output image data for security purpose.
I-151
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 6. UTILITY (ADMINISTRATOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SETTINGS)
NOTE
• When selecting [User-Defined], set an encryption key being consisted of the same letters in the printer driver. If the encryption
word set in the main body differs from the encryption key set in the printer driver, different encrypted passwords are created and
printing cannot be made.
• The use of OpenAPI allows an encryption key to be obtained from the main body.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Get Request Code], and [Yes].
2. A serial number and request code are issued.
3. By touching [Print], the serial number and request code are printable.
(1) Use
• To allow administrator to activate functions provided by i-Option.
• Used when administrator activates functions provided by i-Option.
• By selecting a desired function and entering the corresponding license code, the function can be activated.
• By making settings in [Service Mode] → [Billing Setting], CE can also activate functions provided by i-Option.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Install License].
2. Touch [Select Function].
3. Select i-Option function to be activated, and touch [Yes].
4. Touch [OK].
5. Touch [License Code].
6. Enter the license code that was issued in the license management server using the key board on the control panel, and touch [OK].
7. Touch [Install] key.
8. Confirm the message, select [Yes], and touch [OK].
9. Turn OFF and ON the main power switch.
(1) Use
• To display currently activated functions.
• Used to check the functions that are activated now.
I-152
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 7. UTILITY (OTHER SETTINGS)
7.1.1 Use
• To make various settings about My Panel.
• To customize My Panel screen for individual registered users.
• Items that can be set are as follows:
• Language Setting
• Measurement Unit Setting
• Copier Settings
• Scan/Fax Settings
• Color Selection Setting
• Main Menu Settings
• Initial Screen Setting
7.1.2 Procedure
1. Touch [My Panel Settings].
2. Touch a key that represents a desirable item and change its settings.
NOTE
• Registering, editing, and deleting My Panel settings are allowed only when logging in as a registered user.
• When My Panel is not customized, the settings for MFP take effect in the three of the control panel settings, Language setting,
Measurement unit setting, and Color selection setting.
• Depending on the functions provided by each MFP and the optional device configuration, not all My Panel settings may not take
effect.
7.2.2 Procedure
• Touch [Device Information] to check the function version and IP address.
About function version
Function version
Version 1 Version 2 Version 3
Model
bizhub 423/363/283/223 - - Initial firmware
bizhub C652/C552 Initial firmware Function Function
enhancement 1 enhancement 2
bizhub C452 - Initial firmware Function
enhancement 2
bizhub C652DS/C552DS - - Initial firmware
bizhub C360/C280/C220 - Initial firmware Function
enhancement 2
(2) Copy
• To check the total number of pages copied.
• This value includes the number of pages on which data saved in a User Box in copy mode is printed, and the number of pages list-output
in [Administrator Settings].
Total Large Size* Total (Copy + Print)
Black Indicates the total number of Indicates the total number of Indicates the total number of
pages copied in Black mode pages copied on large-size paper pages copied in Black mode and
in Black mode that of pages printed in Black
mode through a computer
• *: The large size setting is configured in [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Counter Setting].
(3) Print
• Check the total number of pages printed through a computer.
Total Large Size* Total (Copy + Print)
I-153
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 7. UTILITY (OTHER SETTINGS)
Black Indicates the total number of Indicates the total number of Indicates the total number of
pages printed in Black mode pages copied on large-size paper pages copied in Black mode and
in Black mode that of pages printed in Black
mode through a computer
• *: The large size setting is configured in [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Counter Setting].
(4) Scan/Fax
• Check the total number of original pages scanned in the Scan/Fax or User Box mode.
• Check the total number of pages on which a file in a User Box or a received file is printed.
• Check the total number of pages sent and received in the fax mode.
Total Large Size *1
Black Indicates the total number of pages on which Indicates the total number of pages on which
a file in a User Box or a received file is a file in a User Box or a received file is
printed in Black mode *2 printed on large-size paper in Black mode *2
Scans Indicates the total number of original pages Indicates the total number of large-size
scanned in the Scan/Fax and User Box original pages that are scanned in the Scan/
modes Fax and User Box modes.
Fax TX indicates the total number of pages in a sent
-
fax (G3)
Fax RX Indicates the total number of pages in a
-
received fax (G3)
• *1: The large size setting is configured in [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [Counter Setting].
• *2: In the Memory RX mode, pages are counted when printed.
(5) Other
• Check the total number of scanned and printed original pages, total number of printed sheets, and total number of pages printed on both
sides regardless of functions.
Original Counter To check the total number or original pages that are scanned and printed in the Copy, Print, and Scan/Fax
modes*
Paper Counter To check the total number of sheets that are printed in the Copy, Print, and Scan/Fax modes*
Total Duplex To check the total number of pages printed on both sides
• *: If a file is saved in a User Box, its pages are not counted unless they are printed. Report or list output pages are not targeted for
counting.
(a) Procedure
1. Touch [Print List].
2. Select a paper tray
3. Select 1-Sided or 2-Sided, and touch [Start] or press the Start key.
(a) Use
• The coverage rate does not match the actual amount of toner used but only an indication.
• The coverage rate is the average printing dot percentage with A4 paper area as 100 %.
• The coverage rate displays the printing dot accumulated average (calculated in A4) for copy, printer, and fax/scan in unit of 0.001 %.
• The coverage rate is calculated from all output excluding the following items.
<items excluded in the calculation>
• Output of meter counter list
• Output in service mode
• Output automatically performed by MFP such as image stabilization pattern
I-154
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 8. ADJUSTMENT ITEM LIST
I-155
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 8. ADJUSTMENT ITEM LIST
I-156
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 8. ADJUSTMENT ITEM LIST
I-157
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS
9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS
9.1 Scan Setting
9.1.1 Original Image Type
Text Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Original Image Type -Text/Photo
(Ante-input items are released.) • Original Image Type - Photo
• Original Image Type - Dot. Matrix
Text/Photo Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Original Image Type - Text
(Ante-input items are released.) • Original Image Type - Photo
• Original Image Type - Dot. Matrix
Photo Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Original Image Type - Text
(Ante-input items are released.) • Original Image Type - Text/Photo
• Original Image Type - Dot. Matrix
Dot. Matrix Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Original Image Type - Text
(Ante-input items are released.) • Original Image Type - Text/Photo
• Original Image Type - Photo
9.1.2 Density
Density * Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority -
(Ante-input items are released.)
• *: In the color transmission mode of the IP address fax, it is not possible to specify density and sharpness.
9.1.3 Simplex/Duplex
Single Sided Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Simplex/Duplex - Double Sided
(Ante-input items are released.) • Simplex/Duplex - Cover + 2 Sided
Double Sided Exclusive (Ante-priority) • Special Original - Long Original *2
Post-priority • Simplex/Duplex - Single Sided
(Ante-input items are released.) • Simplex/Duplex - Cover + 2 Sided
Others • Scan Mode - Platen *1
Cover + 2 Sided Exclusive (Ante-priority) • Special Original - Long Original *2
• Number of Original
• Quick Memory TX *2
• Polling RX
Post-priority • Simplex/Duplex - Single Sided
(Ante-input items are released.) • Simplex/Duplex - Double Sided
Others • Scan Mode - Platen *1
• *1: When it is recognized that an original is being read by the platen to start a job while in the double sided or cover + 2 sided setting, this
results in a setting in which the double sided or cover + 2 sided is released.
• *2: The long original, Z-folded original, TX stamp, sharpness and quick memory TX functions are available or not depending on models.
9.1.4 Resolution
Standard Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Resolution - Fine
(Ante-input items are released.) • Resolution - Super Fine
• Resolution - Ultra Fine
Fine Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Resolution - Standard
(Ante-input items are released.) • Resolution - Super Fine
• Resolution - Ultra Fine
Super Fine Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Resolution - Standard
(Ante-input items are released.) • Resolution - Fine
• Resolution - Ultra Fine
Ultra Fine Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Resolution - Standard
(Ante-input items are released.) • Resolution - Fine
• Resolution - Super Fine
I-158
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS
I-159
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS
I-160
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS
I-161
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS
9.1.11 TX Stamp
TX Stamp * Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority • Scan Mode - Platen
(Ante-input items are released.)
• *: The long original, Z-folded original, TX stamp, sharpness and quick memory TX functions are available or not depending on models.
9.1.12 Sharpness
Sharpness *1 *2 Exclusive (Ante-priority) -
Post-priority -
(Ante-input items are released.)
• *1: The long original, Z-folded original, TX stamp, sharpness and quick memory TX functions are available or not depending on models.
• *2: In the color transmission mode of the IP address fax, it is not possible to specify density and sharpness.
I-162
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS
9.2.4 F-Code TX
Polling TX Exclusive (Ante-priority) • Number of Original
• Quick Memory TX *
• F-Code TX
• Polling RX
• Timer TX
• Password TX
• Oversea TX
• ECM OFF
• V34 OFF
• Line Selection
• Multiple Destination Select
• Scan To E-Mail
• Scan To Box
Post-priority -
(Ante-input items are released.)
• *: The long original, Z-folded original, TX stamp, sharpness and quick memory TX functions are available or not depending on models.
9.2.5 Polling RX
Polling RX Exclusive (Ante-priority) • Simplex/Duplex - Cover + 2 Sided
• Special Original - Long Original *
• Special Original - Z-Folded Original *
• Special Original - Mixed Original
• Bind Position
• Number of Original
• Scan Size - A3 Length
• Scan Size - B4 Length
• Scan Size - A4 Length
• Scan Size - A4 Width
• Scan Size - B5 Length
• Scan Size - B5 Width
• Scan Size - A5 Width
• Scan Size - B6 Length
• Scan Size - 8.5*11 Length
• Scan Size - 8.5*11 Width
• Scan Size - 8.5*14 Length
• Scan Size - 11*17 Length
• Frame Erase
• Quick Memory TX *
• F-Code TX
• Polling TX
• Password TX
I-163
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS
• Oversea TX
• ECM OFF
• V34 OFF
• Separate Scan
• Scan To E-Mail
• Scan To Box
Post-priority -
(Ante-input items are released.)
• *: The long original, Z-folded original, TX stamp, sharpness and quick memory TX functions are available or not depending on models.
9.2.6 Timer TX
Timer TX Exclusive (Ante-priority) • Number of Original
• Quick Memory TX *
• Polling TX
• Scan To E-Mail
• Scan To Box
Post-priority -
(Ante-input items are released.)
• *: The long original, Z-folded original, TX stamp, sharpness and quick memory TX functions are available or not depending on models.
9.2.7 Password TX
Password TX Exclusive (Ante-priority) • F-Code TX
• Polling TX
• Polling RX
Post-priority -
(Ante-input items are released.)
9.2.8 Oversea TX
Oversea TX Exclusive (Ante-priority) • Polling TX
• Polling RX
Post-priority -
(Ante-input items are released.)
9.3 Others
9.3.1 Separate Scan
Separate Scan Exclusive (Ante-priority) • Special Original - Long Original *
• Special Original - Z-Folded Original *
• Bind Position
• Number of Original
• Quick Memory TX *
• Polling RX
I-164
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 9. INHIBITED COMBINATIONS
Post-priority -
(Ante-input items are released.)
• *: The long original, Z-folded original, TX stamp, sharpness and quick memory TX functions are available or not depending on models.
9.4 Caution when using prefix/suffix auto setting (North American users only)
When turning ON the [Prefix/Suffix Auto Setting], following settings are required in the service mode.
• Select [System 2]-[Option Board Status] and set the fax to [Unset].
• Select [System 1]-[Marketing Area] and set the [Marketing Area] and [Fax Target] to the place of installation of the unit.
I-165
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE
I-166
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE
I-167
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE
I-168
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE
10.2.4 System 1
10.2.5 System 2
I-169
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE
10.2.6 Counter
I-170
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE
I-171
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE
10.2.10 ADF
I-172
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE
10.2.11 FAX
10.2.12 Finisher
I-173
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 10. LIST OF SERVICE MODE
I-174
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(1) Procedure
1. Press the Utility/Counter key.
2. Touch [Details] on meter count display.
3. Press the following keys in this order.; Stop → 0 → 0 → Stop → 0 → 1
NOTE
• When selecting [CE Authentication] under [Enhanced Security] available from Service Mode, authentication by CE password
is necessary. Enter the 8 digits CE password, and touch [END]. (The initial setting for CE password is “92729272.”)
• When the following setting is set to “ON”, CE password authentication is necessary; [Administrator Settings] → [Security
Settings] → [Enhanced Security Mode]
• If a wrong CE password is entered, re-enter the right password. The machine will not enter Service Mode unless the CE
password is entered correctly. To return to the basic screen, turn OFF the sub power switch and turn it ON again. When the
following setting is set to “Mode 2”, operation will be prohibited since it indicates authentication failure by failing to enter
the correct CE password within the specified number of times.
• If the access lock is activated, the lock release timer starts to operate by input the Stop → 0 → 9 → 3 → 1 → 7 in [Meter
Count] → [Check Details] → [Coverage Rate] after the main power switch is turned OFF and On. When the timer reaches the
time specified in this setting, the access lock is released.
• The service code entered is displayed as “ * ”
NOTE
• Be sure to change the CE password from its default value.
• For the procedure to change the CE password, see the Enhanced Security.
11.2.2 Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Press the following keys in this order.
• Stop → 1 → 1 → 4 → 4 → Clear
3. Enter year, month, day, hour, and minute, in that order, from 10-key pad.
• Year 4 digits → Month 2 digits → Day 2 digits → Hour 2 digits → Minute 2 digits
NOTE
• Before entering date and time, press the Clear key to delete the present time from the place where data and time is entered.
• When setting the month, day, hour, or minute, enter “0” first if the data one digit.
I-175
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
4. Make sure that correct figures have been entered and then touch [Entry].
5. Touch [END] to return to the Service Mode.
11.3 Machine
Machine 1/2
Machine 2/2
I-176
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Fusing Temperature].
3. Select the paper type.
4. Enter the new setting from the [+] / [-] key.
• If fusing performance is poor, increase the setting.
• If wax streaks occur, decrease the setting.
• If offset is poor, decrease the setting.
• If curling of the paper occurs, decrease the setting.
5. Touch [END] to validate the adjustment value.
6. Return to the basic screen.
7. Output two or three test printing and check to see whether the image has any problem.
8. Make the adjustment for each type of paper.
(2) Procedure
1. Place a blank sheet of A3 or 11 x 17 paper on the original glass and lower the original cover.
2. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
3. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Org. Size Detecting Sensor Adj.].
4. Press the Start key.
If the adjustment has been successfully made, it completes the adjustment procedure.
If the adjustment has turned out to be unsuccessful, check the optional original size sensors for correct installation and change the defective
sensor or harness.
I-177
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• Width A on the test pattern produced should fall within the following range.
Specifications 4.2 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (in 0.2 mm increments)
(c) Procedure
1. Place A3 paper on the manual bypass tray.
2. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
3. Touch [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Leading Edge Adjustment].
4. Select the [Plain Paper].
5. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
6. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
7. If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
8. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
9. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
10. If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check again.
11. If width A falls within the specified range, touch [END].
12. Following the same procedure, adjust for Thick 1/2, OHP film, and Envelope.
• Width A on the test pattern produced should fall within the following range.
Specifications 3.0 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (in 0.2 mm increments)
(c) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Printer Image Centering Side 1].
3. Select the paper source to be adjusted.
4. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
5. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
6. If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
7. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
8. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
9. If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check again.
10. If width A falls within the specified range, touch [END].
11. Following the same procedure, adjust for all other paper sources.
(Use A4 or 8 1/2 x 11 plain paper for the bypass.)
I-178
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• The adjustment is made for the paper feed from the manual bypass tray, but the changes made with this adjustment are applied to
every paper feed tray.
• This adjustment is made when the image on the 2nd side of paper deviates from the original position in the sub scan direction.
Backside
• Width A on the test pattern produced should fall within the following range.
• For measurement, use the image produced on the backside of the test pattern.
Specifications 4.2 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (in 0.2 mm increments)
(c) Procedure
1. Place A3 paper on the tray.
2. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
3. Touch [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Leading Edge Adj. Side 2 (Duplex)].
4. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
5. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
6. If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
7. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
8. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
9. If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check again.
10. If width A falls within the specified range, touch [END].
Backside
• Width A on the test pattern produced should fall within the following range.
• For measurement, use the image produced on the backside of the test pattern.
Specifications 3.0 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (in 0.2 mm increments)
(c) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Prt. Image Center. Side 2 (Dup)].
3. Select the paper source to be adjusted.
4. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
5. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
6. If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
7. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
8. Check the dimension of width A on the test print on the backside of the copy.
9. If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check again.
10. If width A falls within the specified range, touch [END].
11. Following the same procedure, adjust for all other paper sources.
(Use A4 or 8 1/2 x 11 plain paper for the manual bypass tray.)
I-179
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• Width A and width B on the test pattern produced should fall within the following ranges.
NOTE
• Width A: equivalent to one grid
• Width B: equivalent to 48 grids
Specifications A: 8.13 ± 0.2 mm
B: 390.14 ± 2.0 mm
Setting range A: -7 to +7
B: -7 to +7
(c) Procedure
1. Load manual bypass tray with A3 or 11 x 17 plain paper.
2. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
3. Touch [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Paper Feed Direction Adj.].
4. Select [Plain Paper].
5. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
6. Check width A (equivalent to one grid) and width B (equivalent to 48 grids) on the test print.
7. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Paper Feed Direction Adj].
8. If width of A or B falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] keys.
• If width A or B is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A or B is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
9. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print again.
10. Check width A and width B on the test print.
11. If width A or B falls outside the specified range, change the setting value and make a check again.
12. If width A or B falls within the specified range, touch [END].
13. Following the same procedure, adjust for thick paper and envelope.
• Width A on the test pattern produced should fall within the following range.
Specifications 4.2 ± 1.0 mm
I-180
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Tray Printing Position: Tip].
3. Set plain paper to the targeted tray, and select the feed tray.
4. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
5. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
6. If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the current one.
7. Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test print.
8. Check the dimension of width A on the test print.
9. If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check again.
10. If width A falls within the specified range, touch [END].
A=20 mm
• A width on the test chart and one on the test print are measured and adjusted so that the difference of A width satisfies the
specifications shown below.
• An adjustment must have been completed correctly of [Leading Edge Adjustment] of [Printer Area].
Specifications A: ± 1.5 mm (10 ± 1.5 mm if a scale is used)
Setting range -3.0 to +3.0 (in 0.1 mm increments)
(c) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Scan Area] → [Image Position: Leading Edge].
I-181
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
3. Position the test chart correctly so that the original reference point is aligned with the scale.
4. Press the Start key to make a copy.
5. Check point A on the test print.
6. If width A on the test print falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If the test print is less than the specified length, increase the setting value.
• If the test print exceeds the specified length, decrease the setting value.
7. Press the Start key to make another test print.
8. Check the image on the test print to see if the specifications are met.
9. Make adjustments until the specifications are met.
B=20 mm
• B width on the test chart and one on the test print are measured and adjusted so that the difference of B width satisfies the
specifications shown below.
• An adjustment must have been completed correctly of [Printer Image Centering Side 1] of [Printer Area].
Specifications B: ± 1.5 mm
Setting range -5.7 to +5.7 (in 0.1 mm increments)
(c) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Scan Area] → [Scanner Image Centering].
3. Position the test chart correctly so that the original reference point is aligned with the scale.
4. Press the Start key to make a copy.
5. Check point B on the image of the test print.
6. If the test print falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If the test print is less than the specified length, increase the setting value.
• If the test print exceeds the specified length, decrease the setting value.
7. Press the Start key to make a test print.
8. Check point B of the image on the test print to see if the specifications are met.
9. Make adjustments until the specifications are met.
౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧝౮⌀
౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧝౮⌀ᬀሼ
౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧝౮⌀ᬀሼශሼഀઃ㧞౮
8pt.
9pt.
10pt.
12pt.
14pt.
18pt.
C
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
• Measure C width on the test chart and on the test print, and adjust the gap to be within the following specification.
• An adjustment must have been completed correctly of “Paper Feed Direction Adj.” of [Printer Area].
Specifications C: ± 2.0 mm
Setting range 0.990 to 1.010 (in 0.001 increments)
I-182
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(c) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Scan Area] → [Main Scan Zoom Adj.].
3. Position the test chart correctly so that the original reference point is aligned with the scale.
4. Press the Start key to make a test print.
5. Check the C width on the image of the copy.
6. If the test print falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If the C width on the test print is less than one on test chart, increase the setting.
• If the C width on the test print exceeds one on test chart, decrease the setting.
7. Press the Start key to make another test print.
8. Check the image on the test print to see if the specifications are met.
9. Make adjustments until the specifications are met.
• Measure D width on the test chart and on the test print, and adjust the gap to be within the following specification.
• An adjustment must have been completed correctly of “Paper Feed Direction Adj.” of [Printer Area].
Specifications D: ± 3.0 mm
Setting range 0.990 to 1.010 (in 0.001 increments)
* Standard size when using a scale: 300.0 mm
(c) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Scan Area] → [Sub Scan Zoom Adj.].
3. Position the test chart correctly so that the original reference point is aligned with the scale.
4. Press the Start key to make a test print.
5. Check the D width on the image of the test print.
6. If the test print falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
• If the D width on the test print is less than one on test chart, increase the setting.
• If the D width on the test print exceeds one on test chart, decrease the setting.
7. Press the Start key to make another test print.
8. Check the image on the test print to see if the specifications are met.
9. Make adjustments until the specifications are met.
(3) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
I-183
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Printer Reg. Loop Adj.].
3. Select a paper source where the settings are made by touching the corresponding keys.
4. Enter the new setting from the 10-key pad.
• To decrease the loop amount: Decrease the setting value
• To increase the loop amount: Increase the setting value
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Manual Bypass Tray Width Adj].
3. Touch [Max. Width].
4. Load the bypass tray with paper having a width of 297 mm.
5. Press the Start key and check that the results are [OK].
6. Touch [Min. Width.].
7. Load the bypass tray with paper having a width of 100 mm.
8. Press the Start key and check that the results are [OK].
* Make the adjustment again if the results are [NG].
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [ADF Scan Glass Contamination].
3. Press the start key to start the pre-detection.
4. Check to make sure that “OK” is displayed for the result.
* When the result says “NG”, clean the glass and check again.
• Use this feature when installing a new machine or reinstalling a machine in a new place.
• Use this feature when the non-image area erase function fails to work properly due to the changes of the surrounding environment at the
installation site.
I-184
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Non-Image Area Erase Check].
3. Press the Start key to start a check.
NOTE
• Before the check, make sure that the ADF or original cover is completely opened. In addition, make sure that no scratch or
stain exists on the original glass.
(4) Procedure
• 0 to 15 (minutes) can be entered with the ten-key pad.
NOTE
• When this setting is set to 0 (minute), the fan motor runs for 20 seconds before it stops.
I-185
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-186
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.4.1 Use
• To check the firmware version.
• Use when the firmware is upgraded.
• When the firmware is upgraded or PWB is replaced.
11.4.2 Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Firmware Version].
3. Select the appropriate key from 1 to 3 to check the Firmware Version.
I-187
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(1) Procedure
1. Load plain paper of A3/11 x 17 or A4/8 1/ x 11 into the paper feed tray.
2
2. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
3. Touch these keys in this order: [Image Process Adjustment] → [Gradation Adjust].
4. Touch [Maximum Density Adjustment], select the paper size, and press the Start key.
A test pattern is output.
5. Place the test pattern produced on the original glass.
• A3/11 x 17
• A4/8 1/ x 11
2
I-188
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
6. Place ten blank paper on the test pattern and close the original cover.
7. Press the Start key. (The machine will then start scanning the test pattern.)
8. After original scan is completed, confirm that “OK” is shown for “Maximum Density Adjustment” on the top right of the screen.
9. Touch [Gradation Adjustment], select the paper size, and press the Start key.
10. Place the test pattern produced on the original glass.
• A3/11 x 17
• A4/8 1/ x 11
2
11. Place ten blank paper on the test pattern and close the original cover.
12. Press the Start key. (The machine will then start scanning the test pattern.)
13. Repeat steps from 9 through 12 twice (a total of three times).
14. Touch [Gradation Adjust] to display the Adj. Values and Conv. Values for Dark and Highlight.
15. Use the following procedures to check the Conv. Value.
NOTE
• Dark: 0 ± 100 and Highlight: 0 ± 60: It completes the adjustment procedure.
• If neither Dark nor Highlight falls outside the ranges specified above: Perform steps from 9 to 12.
• If the convergence falls within the specified range after the second Gradation Adjustment, further adjustment may not be
necessary.
• If a fault is detected, “0” is displayed for all values. In that case, after turning off the main power switch, turn it on again more than 10
seconds after and then make the gradation adjustment again.
• If a total of four sequences of gradation adjust do not bring the values into the specified range, check the image.
• If the image is faulty, perform the troubleshooting procedures for image problems.
I-189
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(4) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Max Image Density Adj].
3. Enter the new setting from the 10-key pad or [+/-].
• To increase the maximum amount of toner sticking, increase the setting value.
• To decrease the maximum amount of toner sticking, decrease the setting value.
4. Check the print image for any image problem.
(4) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Process] → [TCR Level Setting].
3. Select the color to be adjusted.
4. Enter the new setting from the 10-Key pad and [+/-] key.
• To increase T/C, increase the setting value.
• To decrease T/C, decrease the setting value.
5. Touch [END] to validate the adjustment value.
6. Check the print image for any image problem.
(4) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Image Background Adj].
3. Select the color to be adjusted.
4. Enter the new setting from the 10-key pad.
• To make the background level foggier, decrease the setting value.
• To make the background level less foggy, increase the setting value.
5. Check the print image for any image problem.
I-190
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(4) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Transfer Voltage Fine Adj].
3. Select the side of the image (1st side or 2nd side), on which the transfer failure occurs.
NOTE
• For thick 1, thick 2, envelopes and OHP film only 1st side can be selected.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [TCR Sensor Adjust].
3. Touch [Black], and press the Start key.
NOTE
• After pressing the Start key, wait 1 minute without touching any keys. The Start key lights up in red.
(d) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Paper Separation Adjustment] → [Paper separation adjustment].
3. Select [First Side] or [Second Side].
4. Use the [+] or [-] key to change the setting value.
• Priority on paper separation performance: Increase the setting value.
• Priority on image transfer performance: Decrease the setting value.
5. Touch [OK] and determine the adjustment value.
6. Make a print and check the produced image.
I-191
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(d) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Paper Separation Adjustment] → [Paper Separation Voltage Adjust].
3. Select the paper type.
4. Use the [+] or [-] key to change the setting value.
• Priority to separating ability: Increase the setting value.
• Priority to transferring ability: Decrease the setting value.
NOTE
• If the paper separation voltage that is calculated based on the fine-adjusted value is not between the lower limit (500 V)
and the upper limit (2000 V), the lower limit value or the upper limit value is used as the paper separation voltage.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Manual Toner Add].
3. Touch [Black].
4. Pressing the Start key will let the machine detect the current toner density and; if the density is lower than a reference value, a toner
replenishing sequence and then a developer agitation sequence are run.
5. When toner supply is completed, the Start key lights up in blue.
6. Touch [END] to complete toner supply.
• CS Remote Care enables the machine and the computer at CS Remote Care center to exchange data through telephone/fax line in order to
control the machine.
• CS Remote Care enables the machine to call the computer at the center when trouble occurs. It also enables the computer at the center to
contact the machine for the necessary data.
• Data which CS Remote Care handles can be divided into the following groups.
• Data which show the status of use of the machine such as total count, PM count.
• Data which show the abnormal situation on the machine such as where and how often errors occur.
• Data on adjustment
• Data on setting
NOTE
• It cannot be set when the following setting is set to “ON”.
I-192
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-193
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
NOTE
• The initial connection is not available unless the device ID is registered.
2. Rmove the telephone line modem
• Be sure to remove the telephone line modem when the fax line is used.
3. Inputting the ID code
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care] → [ID Code], and touch [ID Code].
2. Input the seven digits ID of the service person, and touch [ID Code] again.
4. Clearing the RAM
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remove Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [RAM Clear].
3. Select Set, and touch [OK].
5. Selecting the CS Remote Care function
• Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remove Care] → [System Selection], and touch [Fax].
6. Inputting the ID code
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care] → [ID Code], and touch [ID Code].
2. Input the seven digits ID of the service person, and touch [ID Code] again.
7. Setting the date and time for CS Remote Care
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [Date & Time Setting].
3. Input the date, time and the time zone using the 10-key pad, and touch [Set].
8. Setting the Center ID
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [Machine Setting] → [Center ID], and input the Center ID (five digits).
9. Confirm the Device ID
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [Machine Setting] → [Device ID], and input Device ID (13 digits).
NOTE
• [Device ID] displays the serial number that is entered in [Service Mode]→[System 1]→[Serial Number].
10. Setting the telephone number of the Center
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [Machine Setting] → [Center Telephone Number].
3. Input the telephone number of the center using the 10-keys pad and [P], [T], [W], [-].
11. Inputting the device telephone number
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [Machine Setting] → [Device Telephone Number].
3. Input the Device telephone number using the 10-key pad and [P], [T], [W], [-].
12. Setting the DIPSW for CS Remote Care
NOTE
• This setting is not normally necessary. Take this step only when necessary in a specific connecting condition.
I-194
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
NOTE
• [Device ID] displays the serial number that is entered in [Service Mode]→[System 1]→[Serial Number].
10. Encryption setting
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [Basic Setting] and select either Encryption or No Encryption.
11. Retransmission interval on e-mail delivery error
• When selecting [E-mail2], set the retransmission interval on e-mail delivery error in software SW setting.
12. Setting the Respond Timeout
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [Respond Timeout] and enter the response timeout using the 10-key pad.
NOTE
• Under normal conditions, there is no need to change the default setting.
13. Setting the E-mail address
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Server Set].
2. Touch [Server for RX], and set POP3 server address, POP3 login name, POP3 password and POP3 port number.
3. Press [Receive], and set the E-Mail address, Mail Check, Connection Time Out and APOP Authentication.
4. Touch [Send], and set the SMTP server address, SMTP port number, Connection Time Out, and APOP Authentication.
5. Touch [TX/RX Test], and press Start key to carry out a transmission/reception test. If it fails to exchange messages, see the error
message to take necessary measure, and try again.
14. When selecting [E-Mail2]:
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [Schedule] and set the schedule of periodic transmission.
3. Touch [Center Notifi. Item] and set items that will be reported to the Center.
15. Receiving the initial connection E-mail message
• Sending the initial connection E-mail message from the center to the address of the copier.
NOTE
• When receiving the initial connection E-mail message from the center while CS Remote Care-related screen is being
displayed, the current setting information will be deleted, and CS Remote Care setting will be displayed.
• For sending the initial connection E-mail, see the manual for CS Remote Care center.
• Messages can be exchanged only between the center with initial connection and the copier.
• The initial connection from the center will be carried out, and the E-mail address of the center will be stored in the copier.
• When the initial registration is complete, the E-mail address of the center will be displayed by selecting [Service Mode] →
[CS Remote Care] → [Detail Setting], [Basic Setting] → [E-Mail address].
I-195
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
NOTE
• Heart Beat is a feature that uploads a Heart Beat file to the registered web server at a specified interval to report that the
device is operating. Heart Beat files include total counter and status information.
12. Setting the http server
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Server Set].
2. Touch [HTTP Server Settings] and set a URL address, account, password, and port number.
3. Touch [Proxy/SSL] and make proxy server and SSL settings.
13. Setting the DIPSW for CS Remote Care
NOTE
• This setting is not normally necessary. Take this step only when necessary in a specific connecting condition.
3. When the machine is properly connected with the center, CS Remote Care setting screen will be displayed.
• If communication error between the machine and Center occurs, check the error code that appears.
I-196
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and touch [Detail Setting].
2. Touch [initial transmission] key on the right bottom of the screen to start initial transmission.
NOTE
• The initial transmission key at the right bottom of the screen will be displayed only when the center ID and the URL
address have been input.
3. When the machine is properly connected with the center, CS Remote Care setting screen will be displayed.
• If communication error between the machine and Center occurs, check the error code that appears.
11.8.3 SW No. 01
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
I-197
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
HEX 81
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Baud rate 0110 9600 bps
6 0111 19.2 Kbps
5 “1000” 38.4 Kbps
4 Other Not available
3 Reservation
2
1 Line for send only “Disable” Enable
0 Dial Mode Pulse “Tone”
11.8.4 SW No. 02
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
HEX FF
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
Auto call on the zero reset of the fixed parts
7 Disable “Enable”
replacement
6 Auto call of the IR shortage Disable “Enable”
5 Auto call on the IC Life Disable “Enable”
4 Call regular service date(PM) Disable “Enable”
3 Call drum replace date Disable “Enable”
2 Call parts replace date Disable “Enable”
1 Date specified transmission Disable “Enable”
0 Emergency transmission Disable “Enable”
11.8.5 SW No. 03
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
HEX 0A
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Reservation
6
5
4
3 Reservation
2 Reservation
1 Auto call on the toner empty Disable “Enable”
0 Trouble Display setting Select the type of
message to be displayed
at the time of automatic
trouble notification made
“When the CSRC is not When the CSRC is when the CSRC is
connected” connected connected, either the
message when the CSRC
is connected or that when
the CSRC is not
connected.
I-198
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.8.6 SW No. 04
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
HEX 02
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Reservation
6
5
4
3
2
1 CS Remote Care communication mode 00 DATA
01 FAX
0 “10” E-mail
11 Not available
11.8.7 SW No. 05
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
HEX 03
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Reservation
6
5
4 Modem redial interval 00001 1 minute
3 00010 2 minutes
2 “00011” 3 minutes
1 00100 4 minutes
00101 5 minutes
00110 6 minutes
00111 7 minutes
0 01000 8 minutes
01001 9 minutes
01010 10 minutes
Others Not available
11.8.8 SW No. 06
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
HEX 0A
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Modem redial times 0000 0000 0 time
6 0000 0001 1 time
5 : :
4 “0000 1010” 10 times
3 : :
I-199
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
2 0110 0010 98 times
1 0110 0011 99 times
0 Others Not available
11.8.9 SW No. 07
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
HEX 01
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Redial for response time out 0000 0000 0 time
6 “0000 0001” 1 time
5
4
3
Others Not available
2
1
0
11.8.10 SW No. 08
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
HEX 06
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Retransmission interval on E-mail/http 0000 0000 0 minute
6 delivery error 0000 0001 10 minutes
5 : :
4 “0000 0110” 60 minutes
3 : :
2 0000 1011 110 minutes
1 0000 1100 120 minutes
0 Others Not available
11.8.11 SW No. 09
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
HEX 0A
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Retransmission times on E-mail/http delivery 0000 0000 0 time
6 error 0000 0001 1 time
5 : :
4 “0000 1010” 10 times
3 : :
2 0110 0010 98 times
1 0110 0011 99 times
I-200
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
0 Others Not available
11.8.12 SW No. 10
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
HEX 00
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Time zone settings “0000 0000” -12 hours
6 0000 0001 -11 hours
5 : :
4 0110 0010 +12 hours
3 0001 1010 +13 hours
2
1 Others Not available
0
11.8.13 SW No. 11
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
HEX 20
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Timer 1 0000 0000 0 sec
6 RING reception → CONNECT reception 0000 0001 1 sec
5 : :
4 “0010 0000” 32 sec
3 : :
2 1111 1110 254 sec
1
1111 1111 255 sec
0
11.8.14 SW No. 12
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
HEX 40
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Timer 2 0000 0000 0 sec
6 Dial request completed → CONNECT 0000 0001 1 sec
reception
5 : :
4 “0100 0000” 64 sec
3 : :
2 1111 1110 254 sec
1
1111 1111 255 sec
0
I-201
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.8.15 SW No. 14
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
HEX 20
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Timer 4 0000 0000 0 msec
6 Line connection → Start request telegram 0000 0001 100 msec
delivery
5 : :
4 “0010 0000” 3,200 msec
3 : :
2 1111 1110 25,400 msec
1
1111 1111 25,500 msec
0
11.8.16 SW No. 15
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
HEX 1E
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Timer 5 0000 0000 0 msec
6 Wait time for other side’s response 0000 0001 1 sec
5 : :
4 “0001 1110” 30 sec
3 : :
2 1111 1110 254 sec
1
1111 1111 255 sec
0
11.8.17 SW No. 18
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
HEX 01
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Reservation
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 Attention display
To set weather to give the alarm display when
OFF “ON”
using the modem but the power for the
modem is OFF.
I-202
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.8.18 SW No. 21
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
HEX 00
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Reservation
6
5
4
3
Automatic transmission of chronological
2 misfeed data at the time of transmission of “OFF” ON
misfeed frequent occurrence warning
Original-based misfeed frequent occurrence If the number of jams
1 “OFF” ON
threshold value exceeds the threshold
0 Paper-based misfeed frequent occurrence specified per day (0:00 to
threshold value 23:59), Jam Frequent
Occurrence Warning is
“OFF” ON sent. At 12 a.m. of the
next day, the counter is
reset.
11.8.19 SW No. 22
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
HEX 05
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Paper-based misfeed frequent occurrence 0000 0001 1
6 threshold value 0000 0010 2
5 : :
4 “0000 0101” 5
3 : :
2 0000 1110 14
1 0000 1111 15
0 Others Not available
11.8.20 SW No. 23
(1) Default
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
HEX 05
(2) Functions
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
7 Original-based misfeed frequent occurrence 0000 0001 1
6 threshold value 0000 0010 2
5 : :
4 “0000 0101” 5
3 : :
2 0000 1110 14
1 0000 1111 15
I-203
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Logic
Bit Functions Description
0 1
0 Others Not available
(3) Procedure
• Select E-Mail, Modem, or Fax.
• Fax is available only when the optional fax kit is being installed.
11.9.2 ID Code
(1) Use
• To register the service ID.
• Use when registering and changing service ID.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [ID code] and enter the service ID.
• Enter a 7-digit code from the 10-key pad. (0000001 to 9999999)
2. Touch [ID code] to register the ID.
3. The [Detail Setting] will appear when the ID has been registered.
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [CS Remote Care].
3. Touching the [Detail Setting] will display the primary setting.
<Center Setting>
• Set the center ID, Device ID, and the phone No.
• When e-mail is selected for system and all setup procedures are completed, e-mail address of the center is displayed.
* When entering the phone number, 10-keys and keys on the screen have following meanings.
[-] Pose Waits to start transmitting after dialing
[W] Wait Detects the dial tone of the other end
[T] Tone dial Carry out tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial Carry out pulse dialing
[*], [#] To be used as necessary
<Schedule (Only when the [E-Mail2] is selected)>
• Set the schedule of notification to the center.
• Up to three different notification schedules can be registered.
• Select the notification cycle from [Day], [Week], or [Month].
When selecting [Day] for the notification cycle, set the Day Frequency.
When selecting [Week] for the notification cycle, set the Week Frequency and day of the week.
When selecting [Month], set the Month Frequency and the date of the month.
<Center Notification (Only when the [E-Mail2] is selected)>
• Select the items of data that will be sent to the center in one-way transmission through E-Mail2.
• The following table shows each of the notification item keys and corresponding data.
[1] Sales count data [7] EKC data
[2] Error count data [8] Adjustment data
[3] Service count data [9] Coverage data
[4] Life count data [10] Not used
I-204
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [CS Remote Care].
3. Touching the [Detail Setting] will display the primary setting.
<Center Setting>
• Set the center ID.
• Display the device ID.
<Client Setting>
• To set whether or not to encrypt communication.
<Heart Beat>
• To make Heart Beat related settings.
• Heart Beat is a feature that uploads a Heart Beat file to the registered web server at a specified interval to report that the device is
operating. Heart Beat files include total counter and status information.
<Initial Transmission>
• Touching the Initial Transmission key will sent the information to the CS Remote Care center to register the machine.
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [CS Remote Care].
3. Touch [Detail Setting] to access Date & Time Setting.
4. Enter the date (month, day and year), time-of-day, and the time zone from the 10-key pad.
5. Touch [SET] to start the clock.
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode on the screen.
2. Touch [CS Remote Care].
I-205
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
• Refer to “I.11.8 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care” for the setting.
(8) AT Command
(a) Use
• To set the command to be issued at the time of modem initialization.
• This setting is available only when [Modem] is selected for the system setting.
(b) Procedure
• Enter the command and touch [SET] to register.
(b) Procedure
<Schedule>
• Set the schedule of notification to the center.
• Up to three different notification schedules can be registered.
• Select the notification cycle from [Day], [Week], or [Month].
When selecting [Day] for the notification cycle, set the Day Frequency.
When selecting [Week] for the notification cycle, set the Week Frequency and day of the week.
When selecting [Month], set the Month Frequency and the date of the month.
<Center Notifi. Item>
• The following table shows each of the notification item keys and corresponding data.
[1] Sales count data [7] EKC data
[2] Error count data [8] Adjustment data
[3] Service count data [9] Coverage data
[4] Life count data [10] Not used
Life cycle data
[5] CSRC-System data [11] Not used
Device config data
[6] History data [12] Not used
NOTE
• Multiple items of data can be selected and sent at one time. However, be sure that only EKC data cannot be sent together
with other items of data.
I-206
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
<Input IP Address>
• IP address version 4 format
[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255]
<Input FQDN>
• Enter the domain name.
(b) Procedure
• Up to 64 characters (alphanumeric characters and symbols) can be used.
(b) Procedure
• Up to 15 characters (alphanumeric characters and symbols) can be used.
(b) Procedure
• Up to 129 characters (alphanumeric characters and symbols) can be used.
I-207
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
<Input IP Address>
• IP address version 4 format
[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255]
<Input FQDN>
• Enter the domain name.
I-208
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
1. Press the Start key to let the machine start the transmission and reception test.
2. The test procedure and result will be displayed on the screen.
(b) Procedure
<URL>
• To set the address of the http server.
<Account>
• To set an account that is used to access the http server.
<Password>
• To set a password that is used to access the http server.
<Port Number>
• To set a port number that is used to access the http server.
(2) Proxy/SSL
(a) Use
• To make proxy/SSL settings of the http server at the other end that is used in CS Remote Care.
(b) Procedure
<Proxy Server>
• To set whether or not to use a proxy server.
<SSL Settings>
• To set whether or not to use SSL communication.
I-209
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.10 System 1
(2) Procedure
Marketing Area
• Select the applicable marketing area and touch [END] to set the marketing area.
I-210
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Marketing area
JAPAN US Europe Others1 Others2 Others3 Others4 Others5
Setting item
French Italian Italian Spanish Spanish English English Spanish
Italian German German Japanese Traditional Hangul
German Spanish Spanish Chinese
Spanish Japanese Japanese
Additional selectable Simplified Simplified Simplified Italian Italian French French Italian
language when the Chinese Chinese Chinese German German Italian Italian German
UK-203 is installed. Traditional Traditional Traditional Simplified Japanese German German Japanese
Chinese Chinese Chinese Chinese Simplified Spanish Spanish Simplified
Hangul Hangul Hangul Traditional Chinese Japanese Japanese Chinese
Chinese Hangul Traditional Simplified Traditional
Hangul Chinese Chinese Chinese
Hangul Hangul
Foolscap size 8 x 13 8 x 13 8 x 13 8 x 13 8 x 13 8 x 13 8 x 13 8 x 13
LCT size A4 LEF Letter LEF A4 LEF A4 LEF A4 LEF A4 LEF A4 LEF A4 LEF
Unit Metric Inch Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric
Total counter mode Mode1 Mode2 Mode2 Mode2 Mode2 Mode2 Mode2 Mode2
Size counter No count A3, 11x17 A3, B4, A3, B4, A3, B4, A3, B4, A3, B4, A3, B4,
11x17, 11x17, 11x17, 11x17, 11x17, 11x17,
8 1/2x14 8 1/2x14 8 1/2x14 8 1/2x14 8 1/2x14 8 1/2x14
Unit Change Japan US Europe Europe Europe Europe Europe Europe
NOTE
• The language used in the service mode depends on the Language Selection setting, and changes to the language as following
table.
Language Selection Service Mode
Japanese Japanese
Simplified Chinese Simplified Chinese
Traditional Chinese Traditional Chinese
Hangul Hangul
Language other than listed above English
(2) Procedure
• Enter the tel/fax number (19 digits) from the 10-key pad.
• Use Interrupt key to enter “-.”
(2) Procedure
• Type the serial numbers.
Printer, Scanner, ADF, LCT, Sorter/FN, Duplex, Vendor, Fax1, Fax2, RU, ZU (Not used)
I-211
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
NOTE
• The sleep mode will begin in 48 hours even if it sets it to “OFF.”
I-212
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode on the screen.
2. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Install Date].
3. Enter the date (Year 4 digit → Month 2 digit → date 2 digit) from the 10-key pad.
4. Touch [Entry] to set the date of installation.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Initialization] → [Clear All Data].
3. Press the Start key.
4. When [OK] is displayed, turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode on the screen.
2. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Initialization] → [Copy Program Data].
3. Press the Start key.
4. When [OK] is displayed, turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(b) Procedure
1. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Initialization] → [Address Registration Data].
2. Press the Start key.
3. When [OK] is displayed, turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(b) Procedure
1. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Initialization] → [Fax Setting Data].
2. Press the Start key.
3. When [OK] is displayed, turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
I-213
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
1. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Initialization] → [All History Data].
2. Press the Start key.
3. When [OK] is displayed, turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(b) Procedure
1. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Initialization] → [Network Setting Data].
2. Press the Start key.
3. When [OK] is displayed, turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Initialization] → [System Error Clear].
3. Press the Start key.
4. When [OK] is displayed, turn off the main power switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
• This function can be selected for the following units and options.
Tray 1, Tray 2, Tray 3, Tray 4, LCT, manual, Half-Fold/Tri-Fold Center Stapling, Staple, Scanner, ADF
• Though Problem Unit Isolation Set. is not selected, if the specified malfunctions occur on the above listed units or options, an alert screen
appears and asks users whether to isolate the units or options where malfunction occurs.
See the “TROUBLESHOOTING” section for the corresponding trouble codes.
I-214
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.11 System 2
System2 1/2
I-215
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
System2 2/2
11.11.1 HDD
• Making this setting is necessary only on the machine models and in the marketing areas where the hard disk is set as an option. If the hard
disk is standard on the machine or in the marketing area, changing this setting is unnecessary.
(1) Use
• To set whether the machine has the hard disk or not.
• Use this setting when installing the optional hard disk HD-516.
• After installing the hard disk HD-516, if you change this setting from [Not Installed] to [Installed], the machine backs up the authentication
related data stored in NVRAM to SSD as a preparation of transferring data stored in SSD to the hard disk.
The backup data is restored when [SSD -> HDD Data Copy] is performed.
(b) Procedure
• Select the controller to be used.
I-216
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• Applicable units:
Fusing unit, ozone filter, transfer roller unit, developing unit, drum unit, developer
• Use to select not to give the display of PM parts lifetime.
Yes A malfunction code and an entire screen warning appear on the control panel when the life value is reached.
No A malfunction code appears at a lower portion of the screen and a one-line message appears at the upper
portion of the screen when the life value is reached.
I-217
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Software Switch Setting].
2. Touch [Switch No.] and enter the intended switch number with the ten-key pad.
3. Touch [Bit Assignment].
4. Use [←] or [→] to select a bit. To set the bit, enter 0 or 1 with the ten-key pad.
5. To set the bit in hex, touch [HEX Assignment] and use the ten-key pad and [A] to [F] keys to enter numbers and characters.
6. Touch [Fix].
(3) Printing on paper of nonstandard size fed from the bypass tray (AnySize mode)
(a) Use
• To enable printing only by the setting made on the printer driver when printing is attempted on paper of nonstandard size fed by way of
the bypass tray (the default setting is the conventional operation).
bit0-0 Conventional operation
bit0-1 The print cycle is initiated for the paper specified on the printer driver regardless of the bypass tray paper
setting.
(b) Procedure
1. Touch [Software Switch Setting].
2. Touch [Switch No.] and enter “69” with the ten-key pad.
3. Touch [BIT Assignment] and select “bit0” with [←]/[→] key.
4. Enter “0” or “1” with the 10-key pad.
5. Touch [Fix].
I-218
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
NOTE
• When the setting is changed, the function becomes available by turning the main power switch OFF and ON again.
(2) Procedure
NOTE
• The following conditions are necessary for this function.
When selecting [Security Setting] → [Security Details] → [Print Data Capture] in Administrator Settings, [Allow] must be set.
• The hard disk must be mounted to the machine.
• When selecting [Administrator Settings] → [Network Settings] → [FTP Settings], [FTP Server Settings: ON] must be set.
1. Select [Service Mode] → [System 2], and touch [Data Capture]. Select [ON].
(While the Data Capture setting is [ON], the print job data from the PC will be stored in the hard disk.)
NOTE
• Maximum 5 print job data can be stored, and the data will be overwritten beginning with the chronologically oldest one.
I-219
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
6. Using the “ls” command, display the list of the file available for capture.
7. Using the “binary” command, set the File transfer mode to the binary transfer.
8. Using the “get” command, transfer the data for capture to PC.
I-220
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.11.12 Stamp
(1) Use
• To set the mounting status of the optional stamp unit SP-501.
• To use when setting up the stamp unit SP-501.
I-221
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Select the key as follows.
[System 2] → [ ] → [User Paper Settings].
3. Select the desired key from [User Paper 1] to [User Paper 4] to register user paper.
4. Select [Basic Weight] and enter a value with the [ + ]/[ - ] key.
5. Select [Heating Side] and enter a fusing temperature with the [ + ]/[ - ] key.
The setting range is -20 °C to +10 °C. (1 step: 5 °C)
6. Select [Print Interval], and set the print interval setting.
7. Select one from the following: [Front] or [Back]. Enter an image transfer output fine adjustment value with the [ + ]/[ - ] key.
The setting rage is -7 to +8. (1 step: 1 increment or decrement)
8. Set paper of A4S or 8 1/ x 11S on the manual tray.
2
9. Select [1-side] (only front side) or [Front side] (only back side) and press the Start key.
10. Check the image of the output test pattern.
If the image is not acceptable, adjust the settings and output the test pattern again.
I-222
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
A +600 V
A +400 V
A +200 V
A 0V
A -200 V
A -400 V
A -600 V
(2) Procedure
1. Save logo data that conforms to the above specifications in the root directory of a USB memory device.
NOTE
• Be sure to save data in the root directory as the machine cannot detect data saved in other directories.
I-223
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
* To delete registered data, touch [Delete] and check result “OK” is displayed.
(2) Procedure
NOTE
• To use OCR function, the optional i-Option LK-105 must be activated.
1. Save data (*.tar) into the root directory of a USB memory device.
2. Connect the USB memory device to the machine USB port.
3. Select the key as follows.
[System 2] → [ ] → [Install Data].
4. Touch [Movie Data] or [OCR Dictionary].
You can select the above two types of data at a time and install them.
5. Touch [Set].
6. Press the Start key to install the data.
7. Check result “OK” is displayed and touch [END].
NOTE
• If data is already installed, it is necessary to delete old data before installing new one.
* To delete registered data, select the data to be deleted and touch [Delete]. Check result “OK” is displayed.
I-224
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.12 Counter
Counter 1/2
Counter 2/2
• The counter displays the counts of various counters to allow the technical representative to check or set as necessary.
11.12.2 Life
(1) Use
• To check the number of hours or times each of the different maintenance parts has been used.
• To clear the count of each counter.
• To check how many times maintenance parts have been used.
• When each of the maintenance parts is replaced.
(2) Procedure
(a) Counter clear
• To clear the count of a counter, select the specific part and press the Clear key.
• If a counter is cleared mistakenly, press the Interrupt key, which will undo the clearing operation.
• For the count method of each counter, see the table “Count method of each life counter.”
Count method of each life counter
Counter item Counting method
Fusing Unit Rotation Time • Counts how many hours the fusing roller (transport motor) has turned.
I-225
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.12.5 Warning
(1) Use
• To count and display how many times warning code has been detected on a warning code type basis.
• To check the number of warning conditions detected according to the warming type.
(2) Procedure
• To clear the count of a counter, select the specific part and press the Clear key.
• If a counter is cleared mistakenly, press the Interrupt key, which will undo the clearing operation.
• When a warning condition occurs, an oil mark appears at the lower left corner of the basic screen.
• Touching the oil mark will display the warning code screen.
11.12.6 Maintenance
(1) Use
• To set a count value for maintenance of any given part.
• When any given part is replaced.
(2) Procedure
Maint.-Set
• Enter the maintenance counter value from the 10-key pad.
Maint.-Count
• The number of sheets that have been ejected is counted up. (1 sided: 1 count, 2 sided: 2 count)
• Pressing the Clear key will clear the count.
• If the count is cleared mistakenly, press the Interrupt key, which will undo the clearing operation.
I-226
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
• Service Total: No. of pages printed by user mode and Service Mode.
• Service Total (Duplex): No. of pages printed by user mode and Service Mode in duplex.
I-227
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
• To clear each counter value, select the items to be cleared, and press the Clear key. (When selecting [Pre-detect Large Size] or [Pre-
detect Small Size] is selected, both values will be cleared.)
• If the count is cleared mistakenly, press the Interrupt key, which will undo the clearing operation.
11.12.14 Jam
(1) Use
• To count and display how many times jam has been detected on a jam location basis.
I-228
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [List Output].
3. Insert the USB memory device to the USB port (for user).
4. Touch [USB save] displayed in the Batch List CSV Output.
Then, List data are transferred to the USB memory device.
5. Confirm that “OK” is displayed as the result of data saving.
<File names of lists data>
• Each list data has its file name in accordance with the following file name rule.
[2-digit data symbol that corresponds to each list (see the above table)] + [_(underscore)] + [13-digit serial number] + [6-digit date (year,
month, and day)] + [2-digit hour] + [2-digit minute].csv
(2) Procedure
• Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
• Press the Start key, which will let the machine produce the list.
• The time-of-day and date will also be printed.
(2) Procedure
• Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
• Press the Start key, which will let the machine produce the list.
• The time-of-day and date will also be printed.
(2) Procedure
• Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
• Press the Start key, which will let the machine produce the list.
• The time-of-day and date will also be printed.
I-229
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
• Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
• Press the Start key, which will let the machine produce the list.
• The time-of-day and date will also be printed.
I-230
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
• Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
• Press the Start key, which will let the machine produce the list.
• The time-of-day and date will also be printed.
I-231
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
• Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
• Press the Start key, which will let the machine produce the list.
• The time-of-day and date will also be printed.
I-232
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-233
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-234
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
• Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
• Press the Start key, which will let the machine produce the list.
• The time-of-day and date will also be printed.
I-235
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
• The operation of each of the switches and sensors can be checked on a real-time basis.
• It can be checked as long as the 5-V power line remains intact even when a door is open.
I-236
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-237
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-238
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
NOTE
• “Tray 1” indicates the tray 2 (lower) and “Tray 2” is the tray 1 (upper) shown on the panel.
Sensor monitor 4 (FS-527/SD-509/PK-517/JS-603)
Operation characteristics/panel display
Symbol Panel display Part/signal name
1 0
Finisher 2
SW1 Front Door Open Front door switch Closed Open
Detection
PS14 Upper Door Open Upper door sensor Closed Open
Detection
PS5 Horizontal transport Horizontal conveyance cover sensor Closed Open
Open
Tray 1
PS24 Upper position Tray 2 upper position sensor Top detected Other than top
Detection detected
Tray 2
PS22 Full detection Tray 1 full sensor Full Other than full
PS300 Punch pulse Punch pulse sensor/1 ON OFF
PS200 Punch Cam Position Punch cam position sensor At home Not at home
PS100 Punch Home Punch home sensor/1 At home Not at home
PS30 Punch Hole Full Detect Punch hole full sensor Full Other than full
- Punch Unit Set - Set Other than set
PS45 Edge Stopper M Home Leading edge stopper home sensor At home Not at home
I-239
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-240
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-241
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Sensor monitor 7
Operation characteristics/panel display
Symbol Panel display Part/signal name
1 0
Scanner
PS201 Home Sensor Scanner home sensor At home Out of home
Org. Detecting Sensor
RS201 Original Cover Original cover switch Lowered Raised
PS202 20 Degree Angle sensor Less than 20 20 degree or more
degree *1 *1
PS204 Original Size Detection Original size detection 1 sensor Original loaded, Original not loaded
1 not mounted
PS205 Original Size Detection Original size detection 2 sensor Original loaded, Original not loaded
2 not mounted
- Original Size Detection Not used - -
3
- Original Size Detection Not used - -
4
- Original Size Detection Not used - -
5
- Original Size Detection Not used - -
6
- Original Size Detection Not used - -
7
- Original Size Detection Not used - -
8
(2) Procedure
• If the value is high, correct so that the image density becomes low.
• If the value is low, correct so that the image density becomes high.
(2) Procedure
TCR-K Shows the T/C output reading taken last.
Fusing Temperature (Main) Shows the last temperature detected by the heating roller thermistor (center).
I-242
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Fusing Temperature (Sub) Shows the last temperature detected by the heating roller thermistor (edge).
Drum Temperature Shows the last temperature detected by the PC thermistor of the drum unit.
“Reading taken last” means
• Density of toner of the latest image
• When a test print is produced by pressing the Start key while level history 1 is being displayed.
(2) Procedure
ATVC Shows the second image transfer ATVC adjustment value (300 to 5000 V).
(2) Procedure
Temp-Inside 0 to 100 °C in 1 °C increments
Humidity 0 to 100 % in 1 % increments
Absolute Humidity 0 to 100 in 1 increments
(2) Procedure
• Use the following guidelines on the correct range of values.
<CCD>
• CLAMP:The maximum value and the minimum value of the output value should be within the range shown below.
Acceptable clamping rage Minimum value Maximum value
R 600 1500
G 600 1700
B 600 1600
• GAIN :The maximum value and the minimum value of the output value should be within the range shown below.
Acceptable gain rage Minimum value Maximum value
R 20 238
G 10 222
B 70 247
11.14.7 Memory
(1) HDD Adj.- Memory Check
(a) Use
• To check correspondence of data written to and that read from memory through write/ read check.
• If the copy image is faulty.
• The following shows the memory names that correspond to each memory where check is made.
WORK0 Standard memory (DIMM0)
WORK1 Expanded memory (DIMM1)
FILE0, 1 Memory of ASIC200 installed in the MFP board
FILE2, 3 Not used.
FILE4, 5 Not used.
I-243
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Typical rough check result display: Exemplary display when all memories have been checked okay
• The progress of the check sequence is displayed in percentage. (calculated based on all checks from WORK0 to FILE1 constituting
100%)
NOTE
• The check progress status display is 100% when one cycle of the check sequence is completed.
• The check progress status display is automatically reset to 0% and restarted as soon as a new check sequence is started.
• The detail check of all memories (one cycle) is completed in about 3 min.
• The press of the Stop key will terminate the detail check.
• If a write/read error is detected, NG appears beside the memory display and the check sequence is automatically terminated.
6. If the check results for WORK0 to 1 are NG, check the memory for connection or replace the memory with a new one.
If the check results for FILE0 to 1 are NG, replace the MFP board with a new one.
6. Press the Stop key at any timing to terminate the detail check procedure.
7. If the check results for WORK0 to 1 are NG, check the memory for connection or replace the memory with a new one.
If the check results for FILE0 to 1 are NG, replace the MFP board with a new one.
I-244
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [Compress / Decompression Check].
3. Pressing the Start key will automatically start to complete a compression/decompression check sequence.
4. The check result will be displayed.
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [Memory Bus Check].
3. Select either [Scanner → Memory], [Memory → PRT], or both.
4. Pressing the Start key will start the memory bus check and be terminated automatically.
5. The check result will be displayed, [OK] or [NG].
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [DSC Bus Check].
3. Touch [Scanner → DSC].
4. Pressing the Start key will start the DSC bus check and be terminated automatically.
5. The check result will be displayed.
(a) Use
• To check to see if the hard disk is connected properly, and if read/write operation of the hard disk is correctly performed.
• When the hard disk is mounted.
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [HDD R/ W Check].
3. Pressing the Start key will start the hard disk R/W check sequence and be terminated automatically.
4. The check result will be displayed, [OK] or [NG].
(a) Use
• To check to see if the SSD is connected properly, and if read/write operation of the SSD is correctly performed.
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [SSD R/ W Check].
3. Pressing the Start key will start the SSD R/W check sequence and be terminated automatically.
4. The check result will be displayed, [OK] or [NG].
(a) Use
• To format the hard disk.
• The function proceeds in the order of physical format to logical format.
I-245
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• If the hard disk is yet to be formatted, the malfunction code “C-D010” will appear. Ignore this code and continue with the formatting
procedure.
• When the hard disk is mounted.
• When the hard disk is to be initialized. (Physical format to logical format)
NOTE
• As formatting of HDD deletes movie data and OCR dictionary data, after formatting HDD, you need to reinstall these data as
necessary.
(a) Use
• To format the SSD.
• The function proceeds in the order of physical format to logical format.
• When the hard disk is to be initialized. (Physical format to logical format)
(a) Use
• To copy the machine data stored in SSD to the hard disk.
• To restore the authentication related data that is backed up to NVRAM when the setting of HDD installation is changed from [Not
Installed] to [Installed].
• Use this function when installing the optional hard disk HD-516.
• The data to be copied to the hard disk is as follows:
User management data/account track data/authentication device management data/Address Book/Group data/Program data/created
Personal User Box/setting values of System User Box
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [SSD -> HDD Data Copy].
3. Press the Start key to start the copying sequence.
I-246
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
NOTE
• If the hard disk has data, the data is overwritten and deleted.
(b) Procedure
• When the encryption board is mounted, the machine automatically recognizes it and displays [Set].
• To check the image on the printer side by letting the machine produce various types of test pattern. It also tests the printing operation in
Paper Passage Test, as well as the fax transmission.
• The machine searches through the paper sources in the order of tray 2, tray 3, tray 4, LCT and tray 1 for paper of the maximum size for
printing.
e.g.
• SINGLE
• HYPER
• 256 gradations
• Gradation
I-247
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• Black (1PC)
(2) Procedure
• # of Print (“1” to 999)
• Select “SINGLE” (single copy) or MULTI (multi copy).
• Select FEET or “HYPER”.
• Select “1-Sided”, 2-Side1 or 2-Side2.
• 2-Side1: The same pattern is printed on both front and back sides.
• 2-Side2: The front side is blank and the pattern is printed on the back side.
• Select “Gradation”, Resolution or Error diffusion if HYPER has been selected.
• Select “12 Gradations”, 24 Gradations or 256 Gradations.
e.g.
• SINGLE
• HYPER
• Gradation
• Black (1PC)
• Density: 255
(2) Procedure
• # of Print (“1” to 999)
• Select “SINGLE” (single copy) or MULTI (multi copy).
• Select FEET or “HYPER.”
• Select “Gradation”, Resolution or Error diffusion if HYPER has been selected.
• Select “1-Sided”, 2-Side1 or 2-Side2.
• 2-Side1: The same pattern is printed on both front and back sides.
• 2-Side2: The front side is blank and the pattern is printed on the back side.
• Select a printable area from [Full Bleed] or [Front Half].
NOTE
• [Front Half] is selectable only for one-side printing.
e.g.
• SINGLE
• FEET
• Black (1PC)
• CD Width: 5
• FD Width: 5
• Density: 255
• Normal
I-248
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
• # of Print (“1” to 999)
• Select “SINGLE” (single copy) or MULTI (multi copy).
• Select “FEET” or HYPER.
• Select “Gradation”, Resolution or Error diffusion if HYPER has been selected.
• Select”1-Sided”, 2-Side1 or 2-Side2.
• 2-Side1: The same pattern is printed on both front and back sides.
• 2-Side2: The front side is blank and the pattern is printed on the back side.
• Select Gradation or Resolution. (Only select HYPER)
• Enter CD width and FD width (0 to 191 dots).
• Type the density level (0 to “255”).
• Select “Normal” or Reverse.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch these keys in this order: [Test Mode] → [Running Mode].
3. Touch [Pattern Printing] and select [Yes] or [No].
4. Touch [Select Tray] and select the paper feed tray to be tested.
5. When feeding paper from the manual bypass tray, touch [Paper Size]/[Paper Kind] and select paper size and type.
6. Press the Start key to start the paper passage test.
7. Pressing the Stop key will stop operation.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Service Mode] → [Test Mode] → [FAX Test], in that order.
2. Select the [Line1] or [Line2], and touch the [Signal Send Test].
3. Select a test item.
4. Select the parameter you would like to test.
5. Press the [Start] key.
(In order to move to another test, select the next test item after pressing the [Stop] key.)
• Signal is output from pressing [Start] to pressing [Stop].
(5) V8
(a) Default setting
• CM
I-249
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(6) V17
(a) Default setting
• 14,400bps
(7) V29
(a) Default setting
• 9,600bps
(8) V27ter
(a) Default setting
• 4,800bps
(9) PB
(a) Default setting
• 0
(10) DP
(a) Default setting
• 0
I-250
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• 1,633Hz
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Service Mode] → [Test Mode] → [FAX Test], in that order.
2. Select the [Line1] or [Line2], and touch the [Signal Receive Test].
3. Select a test item.
4. Select the parameter you would like to test.
5. Press the [Start] key.
(In order to move to another test, select the next test item after pressing the [Stop] key.)
• Signal is output from pressing [Start] to pressing [Stop].
• The status of testing or results of tests are shown in the title line as follows
RCV Waiting signals
OK/NG Results of signal reception
(3) V17
(a) Default setting
• 14,400bps
(4) V29
(a) Default setting
• 9,600bps
(5) V27ter
(a) Default setting
• 4,800bps
(6) PB
(a) Default setting
• 0
I-251
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Service Mode] → [Test Mode] → [FAX Test], in that order.
2. Select the [Line1] or [Line2], and touch the [NCU TEST].
3. Select a test item.
4. Press the [Start] key.
(In order to move to another test, select the next test item after pressing the [Stop] key.)
NOTE
• When CML / CTL / TEL relay test is selected and the [Start] is pressed, ON is displayed in the parameter and relay is turned to
ON. When [Stop] is pressed, relay is turned OFF.
• When the DC-LOOP detection test is selected and [Start] is pressed, DT=0001 is shown in the title row in case of detecting the
DC-LOOP. If not detected, DT=0000 is displayed.
• When the speaker test is selected and [Start] is pressed, ON is displayed in the parameter and the speaker is turned ON. When
[Stop] is pressed, the speaker is turned OFF.
Contents of test Device to be tested
CML Relay IC201, IC202
CTL Relay RL201
TEL Relay RL501
DC-LOOP Detect
Speaker
Outside Ring Send
Audio Response Send
• * RL501 mounts only the Japanese.
11.16 ADF
I-252
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• When the result is Unable in the automatic adjustment of the original stop position.
(2) Procedure
(a) Sub Scanning Direction 1-Side / Sub Scanning Direction 2-Side
NOTE
• Before performing this adjustment, the feed zoom adjustment needs to be complete.
B
• The difference in the widths of B between the chart and the copy sample should fall within the following range.
Specifications 0 ± 2.0 mm
Setting range -4.0 mm to +4.0 mm (1 step: 0.1 mm)
1. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
2. Make a full size copy of the chart.
NOTE
• In the same way place the chart with the blank side facing up in the document feed tray in the duplex mode and make a
copy. Check the difference in the widths of a between the chart and the second sided surface of the copy sample.
3. Check that the difference in the widths of B between the chart and the copy sample falls within the specified range.
4. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
5. Touch [ADF] → [Original Stop Position].
6. Touch [Sub Scanning Direction 1-Side] or [Sub Scanning Direction 2-Side].
7. Enter the value from the ten-key pad. (Press the [+/-] key to change the +/- code.)
• If the difference in the widths of B is greater than the specifications, enter the + value.
• If the difference in the widths of B is smaller than the specifications, enter the - value.
8. Touch [END].
9. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
10. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
11. Make a copy of the chart again and check that the difference in the widths of B falls within the specified range.
• The difference in the widths of A between the chart and the copy sample should fall within the following range.
Specifications 0 ± 2.0 mm
Setting range -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm (1 step: 0.1 mm)
1. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
2. Make a full size copy of the chart.
NOTE
• In the same way place the chart with the blank side facing up in the document feed tray in the duplex mode and make a
copy. Check the difference in the widths of a between the chart and the second sided surface of the copy sample.
3. Check that the difference in the widths of A between the chart and the copy sample falls within the specified range.
4. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
5. Touch [ADF] → [Original Stop Position].
6. Touch [Main Scanning (Front)] or [Main Scanning (Back)].
7. Enter the value from the ten-key pad. (Press the [+/-] key to change the +/- code.)
• If the difference in the widths of A is greater than the specifications, enter the + value
• If the difference in the widths of A is smaller than the specifications, enter the - value.
8. Touch [END].
9. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
10. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
11. Make a copy of the chart again and check that the difference in the widths of A falls within the specified range.
I-253
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [Registration Loop Adj].
3. Select either [1-Side] or [Second Side] for the adjustment.
4. Press the clear key and change the setting value using the 10-key pad. (Press the [+/-] key to change the +/- code.)
The amount of loop increases by the amount of positive (+) value and decreases by the amount of negative (-) value.
5. Touch [END].
6. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
7. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
(2) Procedure
(a) Sub Scanning Direction 1-Side
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [Auto Stop Position Adjustment].
3. Touch [Sub Scanning Direction 1-Side].
4. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
5. Press the Start key.
6. Make sure that result is OK. Then, touch [SET].
7. Touch [END].
8. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
9. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
NOTE
If the result is Unable:
• Check and correct the skew of the document.
• Manually correct the value of [Original Stop Position].
I-254
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [Paper Passage].
3. Select a paper passage mode to be tested from [1-Sided No Detect], [1-Sided Mixed Org.], [2-Sided], or [AMS Mixed Org.].
4. Set the original in the feed tray.
5. The Start key changes from red to blue.
6. Press the Start key. The operation starts.
NOTE
• After starting the operation by pressing the Start key, if the Start key is pressed during the operation, the operation will be
suspended. Then, if the Start key is pressed again during the suspension, the operation will be resumed.
• If the Stop key is pressed during the test operation, the test will be forced to end.
• If there is no Original set in the feed Tray, the Start key will not work.
• All Originals set in the feed Tray are passed through. Upon the completion of all Originals passed through, the Paper Through
Test ends.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [Sensor Check].
3. Operate the sensor to check by using paper or the like, and check the screen display.
(Paper detected: 1, No paper detected: 0)
I-255
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [Original Tray Width].
3. Widen the width across the edge guides [1] by sliding them to the
[1] “A3” position.
I-256
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
(a) Auto Adjust
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [Read Pos Adj].
3. Touch [Auto Adjust].
4. Open the ADF.
5. Place the ADF reading chart [1] so that a triangular mark may
become the original glass side (downward) and the pointed tip of
the triangle points toward the black sheet on the left side.
6. Press the Start key.
NOTE
• Be sure that the ADF reading chart is in position.
• Keep the automatic document feeder open while making
the adjustment.
[1]
• The difference in the widths of B between the chart and the copy sample should fall within the following range.
Specifications 0 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -89 mm to +89 mm (1 step: 1 mm)
1. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
2. Make a full size copy of the chart.
3. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
4. Touch [ADF] → [Read Pos Adj].
5. Touch [Read Pos Adj].
6. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
• If the difference in the widths of B is greater than the specifications, enter the - value.
• If the difference in the widths of B is smaller than the specifications, enter the + value.
7. Touch [END].
8. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
9. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
I-257
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
10. Make a copy of the chart again and check that the difference in the widths of B falls within the specified range.
(2) Procedure
(a) Auto Adjust
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [Feed Zoom].
3. Touch [Auto Adjust].
4. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
5. Press the Start key.
6. Make sure that result is OK. Then, touch [SET].
7. Touch [END].
8. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
9. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
c
• The difference in the widths of C between the chart and the copy sample should fall within the following range.
Specifications 0 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -2.00% to +2.00% (1 step: 0.1%)
1. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
2. Make a full size copy of the chart.
3. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
4. Touch [ADF] → [Feed Zoom].
5. Touch [Orig. Feed Zoom Ad].
6. Enter the value using the [-] / [+] keys.
• If the difference in the widths of C is greater than the specifications, enter the - value.
• If the difference in the widths of C is smaller than the specifications, enter the + value.
7. Touch [END].
8. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
9. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
10. Make a copy of the chart again and check that the difference in the widths of C falls within the specified range.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [Scanning Light Adjustment].
3. Select a color by pressing [Red], [Green], or [Blue].
4. Press the value using the [+] / [-] key.
NOTE
• It is recommended that the scanning light adjustment should be made by the same steps for all the three colors of red,
green, and blue.
5. Touch [END].
6. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
7. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
I-258
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [Mixed original Size adjustment].
3. Place the chart in the document feed tray (with the side having an arrow facing up).
4. Press the Start key.
5. Make sure that result is OK. Then, touch [SET].
6. Touch [END].
7. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
8. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
(2) Procedure
(a) Auto Adjust
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [ADF] → [FD-Mag. Adj. (B)].
3. Touch [Auto Adjust].
4. Place the chart in the document feed tray (Set the chart with its blank side facing upward).
5. Press the Start key.
6. Make sure that result is OK. Then, touch [SET].
7. Touch [END].
8. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
9. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
D
• The difference in the widths of D between the chart and the copy sample should fall within the following range.
Specifications 0 ± 1.0 mm
Setting range -2.00% to +2.00% (1 step: 0.1%)
1. Place the chart in the document feed tray (Set the chart with its blank side facing upward).
2. Make a full size copy of the chart.
3. D width on the chart and one on the copy sample are measured and adjusted so that the difference of D width satisfies the
specifications shown below.
4. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
5. Touch [ADF] → [FD-Mag. Adj. (B)].
6. Touch [Orig. Feed Zoom Ad].
7. Enter the value using the [-] / [+] keys.
• If the difference in the widths of D is greater than the specifications, enter the - value.
• If the difference in the widths of D is smaller than the specifications, enter the + value.
8. Touch [END].
9. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
10. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
11. Make a copy of the chart again and check that the difference in the widths of D falls within the specified range.
I-259
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• Settings are available only when the optional fax kit (FK-508) is mounted.
• The line 1/2 can be specified. When the Line 2 is specified, only the Modem/NCU, Communication, Network and Initialization items are
displayed.
11.17.1 Modem/NCU
(1) V34:1/2 : RX Max. Bit Speed
(a) Use
• To set the max. bit speed for reception in V.34.
I-260
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-261
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• V27-2400bps
(b) Procedure
• The setting value are different depending on the country.
(b) Procedure
• The setting value are different depending on the country.
(b) Procedure
• The setting value are different depending on the country.
I-262
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
4
Gain (dB)
2
0 dB
4 dB
0
8 dB
-2 12 dB
-4
-6
-8
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Frequency (Hz)
4
Gain (dB)
2
0 dB
4 dB
0
8 dB
-2 12 dB
-4
-6
-8
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Frequency (Hz)
11.17.2 Network
(1) Network Setting 1: Receive Signal Detection Mode
(a) Use
• To set whether to detect the receive signal by the number of times or by time.
• Sets to “Time” when ringer can not be detected by the number.
I-263
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-264
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
a b a
11.17.3 System
(1) Display Setting: Closed area Rx
(a) Use
• To set whether or not to use the menu display for closed reception by using F-code for junk fax messages.
I-265
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• Erases the outer lines to prevent black lines from appearing. Effective in the book transmission.
I-266
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• OFF
Flash memory
Application
program area
ISW program
BOOT BLOCK System initialization
program
I-267
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(1) Procedure
1. Display the [Service Mode] screen.
2. Touch the [FAX] key.
3. Touch the [Fax File Format] key.
4. Press [START] key.
5. The Fax File Format is executed.
11.17.5 Communication
(1) Protocol: V8 / V34 Protocol
(a) Use
• To set whether to use the V.8/V.34 protocol or not.
I-268
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(7) Int’l Comm. Function: No. of DIS Waiting Times at Foreign Communication
(a) Use
• To set the number of DIS waiting times.
I-269
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(11) TIMER 1: T1
(a) Use
T1 timer (T.30 standard) Calling Designate by the response waiting timer
Called Starts after DIS is output. The waiting time until DCS is received.
Response waiting timer (55sec) Calling Starts after dialing. Until CED is received.
I-270
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-271
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Display the [Service Mode] screen.
2. Touch the [FAX] key.
3. Touch the [Function Parameter] key.
4. Select the address and then, enter the address using [A] to [F] key or keypad.
* A Cursor is movable if or is pushed.
5. Next, select the data and enter a value using binary numbers with keypad.
6. When the address and the value are correct, touch the [Apply] key.
7. After the settings have been completed, touch the [END] key.
I-272
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-273
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
bit Contents
1
0
I-274
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
bit Contents
6 STOP is effected for printing after reception
5 Inched paper priority
4 Paper tray fixing
3 000: Tray 1, 001: Tray 2, 010: Tray 3, 011: Tray 4, 100: LCT, 101: Auto
2
1 LG is used.
0 LT is used.
I-275
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-276
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-277
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
bit Contents
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
(x) Address: 0b0032: I-Fax encoding system capability (default for auto transmission capability)
Default CSRC
Setting
Japan North America Europe Command Parameter
Utility Mode (0) 0x04 0x04 0x04 X0 32
bit Contents
7
I-278
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
bit Contents
6
5
4
3
2 000: (Setting prohibited), 001: MH, 010: MR/MH, 100: MMR/MR/MH
1
0
I-279
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.17.8 Initialization
(1) Use
• The following data can be initialized. Select data you want to initialize and touch the [Yes].
Fax Function Parameter The function set condition is initialized into the Factory Default condition.
Communication Journal Data All of the Communication Journal is erased.
NOTICE
• For the formats of the Abbreviated Registration Data, the Program Registration Data, The Group Registration Data, and the F-code
Box Data, seeI.11.17.4 Fax File Format.
I-280
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(2) Procedure
1. Display the [Service Mode] screen.
2. Touch the [FAX] key.
3. Touch the [Initialization] key.
4. Select data you want to initialize.
Supplement: Two or more selections are possible for data.
5. Touch the [Yes].
6. When a verification message is displayed, touch the [Yes].
7. The data selected is initialized.
• Settings are available only when the optional fax kit (FK-508) is mounted.
• The line 1/2 can be specified. When the Line 2 is specified, only the Modem/NCU, Communication, Network and Initialization items are
displayed.
11.18.1 Modem/NCU
(1) V34:1/2 : RX Max. Bit Speed
(a) Use
• To set the max. bit speed for reception in V.34.
I-281
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• 2400 bps
I-282
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
• The setting value are different depending on the country.
(b) Procedure
• The setting value are different depending on the country.
(b) Procedure
• The setting value are different depending on the country.
I-283
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
4
Gain (dB)
2
0 dB
4 dB
0
8 dB
-2 12 dB
-4
-6
-8
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Frequency (Hz)
4
Gain (dB)
2
0 dB
4 dB
0
8 dB
-2 12 dB
-4
-6
-8
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Frequency (Hz)
11.18.2 Network
(1) Network Setting 1: Receive Signal Detection Mode
(a) Use
• To set whether to detect the receive signal by the number of times or by time.
I-284
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-285
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
a b a
11.18.3 Communication
(1) Protocol: V8 / V34 Protocol
(a) Use
• To set whether to use the V.8/V.34 protocol or not.
(2) Int’l Comm. Function: No. of DIS Waiting Times at Foreign Communication
(a) Use
• To set the number of DIS waiting times.
I-286
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• 2
(6) TIMER 1: T1
(a) Use
T1 timer (T.30 standard) Calling Designate by the response waiting timer
Called Starts after DIS is output. The waiting time until DCS is received.
Response waiting timer (55sec) Calling Starts after dialing. Until CED is received.
I-287
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• “256”
11.18.4 Initialization
(1) Use
• The following data can be initialized. Select data you want to initialize and touch the [Yes].
Fax Function Parameter The function set condition is initialized into the Factory Default condition.
Communication Journal Data All of the Communication Journal is erased.
NOTICE
• For the formats of the Abbreviated Registration Data, the Program Registration Data, The Group Registration Data, and the F-code
Box Data, seeI.11.17.4 Fax File Format.
(2) Procedure
1. Display the [Service Mode] screen.
2. Touch the [FAX] key.
3. Touch the [Initialization] key.
4. Select data you want to initialize.
Supplement: Two or more selections are possible for data.
5. Touch the [Yes].
6. When a verification message is displayed, touch the [Yes].
7. The data selected is initialized.
11.19 FAX setting (Address parameter list: for main line and sub line)
11.19.1 0b000*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0b0000 Redial interval 7 Default Utility Mode 0x03 0x03 0x03 X0 00
6 (0-3)
5
4
3 Redial interval (min, HEX,
2 0 - 15)
1
0
0b0001 No. of busy redials 7 Utility Mode 0x03 0x01 0x03 X0 01
6 (0-2)
5
4
3 No. of busy redials (No,
2 HEX, 0 - 15)
1
0
0b0002 No. of error redials 7 Utility Mode 0x03 0x01 0x03 X0 02
6 Special Setting
(0-2)
5
4
3 No. of error redials (No,
2 HEX, 0 - 15)
1
0
I-288
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0b0003 Setting related to 7 Utility Mode 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 03
FAX memory 6 V34 mode at the time of (0-2)
error page redial Utility Mode
(0: Inhibited, 1: Enabled) Special Setting
(0-2,4)
5
4 Resend from the first page
at the time of error page
redial
0: Retransmitted from error
page
1: Retransmitted from
initial page
3 Call acceptance operation
with toner empty
(0: Refused, 1: Permitted)
2
1
0
0b0004 FAX 7 Utility Mode 0x05 0x05 0x05 X0 04
communication HP 6 (3-5)
Utility Mode
5 Quick memory Special Setting
transmission (2,6,7)
(0: OFF, 1: ON)
4 File deleted after polled
transmission
(0: Yes, 1: No)
3 Reception mode
(0: Auto, 1: Manual)
2 V.34
0: OFF
1: ON
1 International transmission
(0: OFF, 1: ON)
0 ECM transmission
(0: OFF, 1: ON)
0b0005 Forward TX 7 Utility Mode 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 05
Setting 6 Two-sided recording of (0,1,6)
FAX
(0: Possible. 1: Impossible)
5
4
3 Default transfer FAX
2 setting
(00: Not specified, 01: Line
1, 10: Line 2)
1 Forward TX Setting
0 00: No forwarding
01: Forwarding + Always
(print)
10: Forwarding + Only
when not delivered (print)
11: Not defined
0b0006 FAX reception 7 Two-sided recording Utility Mode 0x01 0x01 0x01 X0 06
automatic output 6 2in1 recording (0,1,2,4,6,7)
setting
5 Inched recording paper
selection
4 Fax Output Setting (only
for color MFP)
0: Batch Print
1: Page Print
NOTE
In the case of B&W MFP,
only “Batch Print” can be
supported. Therefore,
always set the value to “0”.
3 Face-up output
I-289
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
2 Page division recording
1 Output tray HP
0 00:Tray 1
01:Tray 2
10:Tray 3
11:Tray 4
0b0007 FAX reception 7 STOP is effected for Utility Mode 0xd4 0xf4 0xd4 X0 07
automatic output printing during reception (2-5)
setting 2 6 STOP is effected for Utility Mode
printing after reception Special Setting
(6,7)
5 Inched paper priority
4 Paper tray fixing
3 000: Tray 1 001: Tray 2
010: Tray 3 011: Tray 4
2 100: LCT 101: Auto
1 LG is used.
0 LT is used.
0b0008 Setting of 7 Selection without A5R Utility Mode 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 08
recording paper 0: A4->B5 (0,1)
for reception 1: B5->A4
Only when all of the
following conditions are
met:
A. Destination is “Japan” or
“Europe”.
B. Fax reception print is set
as follows: [“Split print ON”
or “Split print OFF”] and
[Paper tray/paper size is
auto]
C. “Letter/Ledger over A4/
A3 OFF”
6
5
4
3
2
1 Paper select mode
0 00: APS
01: Recording paper
designation mode 1
10: Recording paper
designation mode 2
0b0009 Setting of 7 Utility Mode 0x0f 0x1f 0x0f X0 09
recording paper 6
size for reception
5
4 01000: A3R
3 01001: B4R
01111: A4
2 10001: 8.5 x 14R
1 11000: 11 x 17R
0 11111: 8.5 x 11
0b000a Target reduction 7 - 0x5a 0x5a 0x5a X0 0A
rate when A4/LTR 6
is used
5
4
3
2
1
0
0b000b Other target 7 - 0x5d 0x5d 0x5d X0 0B
reduction rate 6
5
4
I-290
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
3
2
1
0
0b000c BOOT rewrite on 7 Utility Mode 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 0C
FAX ISW 6 Special Setting
(0)
5
4
3
2
1
0 Boot area rewrite
0: No
1: Yes
0b000d Reduction rate 7 Received image reduction - 0x5d 0x5d 0x5d X0 0D
used in APS 6 rate at APS
5
4
3
2
1
0
0b000e Minimum 7 Received image reduction Utility Mode 0x60 0x60 0x60 X0 0E
reduction rate 6 rate at APS (A3/B4 width)
5
4
3
2
1
0
0b000f Incomplete TX 7 Debug mode Utility Mode 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 0F
hold 0: OFF (0-3)
1: ON (3min)
6
5
4
3 File holding time
2 0000: 12 hours
0001: 24 hours
1 0010: 48 hours
0 0011: 72 hours
11.19.2 0b001*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0b0010 Inter- 7 HEX (unit: second)(00 - ffh)(00 means 03) - 0x03 0x03 0x03 X0 10
station 6
timer
5
4
3
2
1
0
0b0012 - Reserved 7 0xff 0xff 0xff X0 12 - 15
0b0015 area 6
5
4
I-291
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
3
2
1
0
0b0016 PC-FAX 7 TSI routing function Utility 0x10 0x10 0x10 X0 16
RX 0: OFF Mode
1: ON (0-5)
6 At operation with PC-FAX Rx code unspecified
0: PC Reception
1: Print
5 PC-FAX Rx print
0: No
1: Yes
4
3 PC-FAX reception mode
2 000: OFF
001: ON + Received at fixed box
1 010: Dialin + Received at fixed box
011: ON + Received at specified box
100: Dialin + Reception at specified box
0 Password check
0: OFF
1: ON
0b0017 - PC-FAX 7 ASCII 20 digits Utility ALL ALL 0x20 ALL X0 17 – 1F
0b001f reception 6 Mode 0x20 0x20
password
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.19.3 0b002*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0b0020 - PC-FAX 7 ASCII 20 digits Utility ALL ALL 0x20 ALL X0 20 - 2A
0b002a reception 6 Mode 0x20 0x20
password
5
4
3
2
1
0
0b002b FAX 7 Utility 0x01 0x01 0x01 X0 2B
reception 6 Mode
automatic (0-3)
output 5
setting 3 4
3 Output No. of copies
2 Setting range:0 - (15)
1
0
0b002c Setting for 2 7 Line 2 transmission setting Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 2C
lines 6 (00: Transmission/Reception, Mode
01: Reception only, (0)
10: Transmission only)
5 Default Ext/Out setting for PC-FAX
transmission
(0: Out, 1: Extension)
4 Default Ext/Out setting for Forward TX:
(0: Out, 1: Extension)
I-292
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
3 Default Ext/Out setting
(0: Out, 1: Extension)
2 Setting using Line 1
(0: Out, 1: Extension)
1 Setting using multiple lines
(0: Normal, 1: Ext/Out)
0
0b002d PC-FAX 7 Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 2D
Setting 6 Mode
(0-1)
5
4
3
2
1 PC-FAX transmission line specification
0 (00: Not specified, 01: Line 1,
10: Line 2, 11: Reserved)
11.19.4 0b003*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0b0032 I-Fax encoding 7 Utility 0x04 0x04 0x04 X0 32
system capability 6 Mode
(default for auto (0)
transmission 5
capability) 4
3
2 000: (Setting prohibited)
1 001: MH
010: MR/MH
0 100: MMR/MR/MH
0b0039 Communication 7 Interception of 1-address transmission in Utility 0x44 0x44 0x44 X0 39
function broadcasting transmission Mode
(0: Permitted, 1: Prohibited) (0-3)
6 ITI printing, unit ID preference function
(0: Not preferred, 1: Preferred)
5 Dial number duplication check during
broadcasting transmission
0: Checked
1: Not checked
4 F code transmission function
0: No
1: Yes
3 Abandoning error pages during
transmission
0: Not abandoned
1: Abandoned
2 Incomplete TX hold function
0: Yes
1: No
1 Relay reception function
0: Yes
1: No
0 Confidential reception function
0: Yes
1: No
0b003a - Character ID [46] 7 ASCII [46] When ID is less than 46 digits, Utility ALL ALL ALL X0 3A – 3F
0b003f 6 justify to the left and insert space at the Mode 0x00 0x00 0x00
top. (With NULL terminators) Service
5 Mode
4
3
2
1
I-293
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0
11.19.6 0b006*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0b0060 - Character ID 7 ASCII [46] When ID is less than 46 digits, Utility ALL ALL ALL X0 60 - 67
0b0067 [46] 6 justify to the left and insert space at the top. Mode 0x00 0x00 0x00
(With NULL terminators) Service
5 Mode
4
3
2
1
0
0b0068 Reception 7 Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 68
refuse 6 Mode
(0)
5
4
3
2
1
0 Call acceptance rejected - Number display
0: Disconnected line
1: No response
0b0069 Recording 7 Utility X0 69
paper priority 6 Mode
selection
5
4
3
2
1 00: Automatic selection
0 01: Fixed size
10: Priority
0b006a Box number 7 Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 6A
error 6 Mode
operation
5
4 Print or not print the images received when
the TSI transfer terminates normally.
0:OFF
1:ON
3 Operation with no routing registration or no
registered BOX upon the TSI routing turned
ON
(0: Print output, 1: Saved in forced memory
reception BOX)
2 Reception of unregistered box sub No.
I-294
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
1 00: Print
01: Main line
10: Sub line
0
0b006b Transmission 7 Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 6B
line 6 Mode
specification
5
4
3
2
1 Transmission line specification
0 00: Not specified, 01: Main line, 10: Sub line
0b006c Reserved 7 Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 X0 6C
area 6 Mode
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.19.7 0e000*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e0000 Error line processing/ 7 RTP transmission - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X1 00
judgment 6
5 Error line recirculation
4 Addition of error sign
3
2 Judgment of No. of sequential error
lines
1 Error line rate judgment
0 Judgment of No. of error lines
0e0001 No. of error lines-very 7 No. of very good judgment lines - 0x10 0x10 0x10 X1 01
good 6 (HEX) No. of error
linesVeryGoodErrorNum, MCF is
5 transmitted.
4
3
2
1
0
0e0002 No. of error lines-good 7 No. of good judgment error lines - 0x40 0x40 0x40 X1 02
6 (HEX)
VeryGoodErrorNum<No. of error
5 linesGoodErrorNum, RTP is
4 transmitted
3
2
1
0
0e0003 No. of error lines-bad 7 No. of bad judgment error lines - 0x80 0x80 0x80 X1 03
6 (HEX)
GoodErrorNum<No. of error lines
5 BadErrorNum, RTN is transmitted.
4 No. of error lines>BadErrorNum, it is
3 considered to be error line over.
2
1
I-295
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0
0e0004 Rate of error lines-very 7 Rate of very good judgment error - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X1 04
good 6 lines (HEX, %)
Rate of error
5 linesVeryGoodErrorPercent, MCF is
4 transmitted.
3
2
1
0
0e0005 Rate of error lines- 7 Rate of good judgment error lines - 0x0a 0x0a 0x0a X1 05
good 6 (HEX, %)
VeryGoodErrorPercent<Rate of error
5 linesGoodErrorPercent, RTP is
4 transmitted.
3 Rate of error
lines>GoodErrorPercent, RTN is
2
transmitted.
1
0
0e0006 No. of continuous error 7 No. of bad judgment sequential error - 0x03 0x03 0x03 X1 06
lines-bad 6 lines (HEX) Normal
No. of sequential error
5 linesErrorContNormal, MCF is
4 transmitted.
3 No. of sequential error
lines>ErrorContNormal, RTN is
2
transmitted.
1
0
0e0007 No. of continuous error 7 No. of bad judgment sequential error - 0x06 0x06 0x06 X1 07
lines-bad 6 lines (HEX) Fine
No. of sequential error
5 linesErrorContNormal, MCF is
4 transmitted.
3 No. of sequential error
lines>ErrorContNormal, RTN is
2
transmitted.
1
0
0e0008 No. of continuous error 7 No. of bad judgment sequential error - 0x09 0x09 0x09 X1 08
lines-bad 6 lines (HEX) 300dpi
No. of sequential error
5 linesErrorContNormal, MCF is
4 transmitted.
3 No. of sequential error
lines>ErrorContNormal, RTN is
2
transmitted.
1
0
0e0009 No. of continuous error 7 No. of bad judgment sequential error - 0x0c 0x0c 0x0c X1 09
lines-bad 6 lines (HEX) Super fine
No. of sequential error
5 linesErrorContNormal, MCF is
4 transmitted.
3 No. of sequential error
lines>ErrorContNormal, RTN is
2
transmitted.
1
0
0e000a EP tone addition 7 - 0x06 0x06 0x06 X1 0A
6
5
4
3
2 V.17
1 V.33
I-296
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0 V.29
0e000b CED detection- 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X1 0B
transmission frequency 6
5
4
3
2
1 CED detection
0: Detect
1: Not detect
0 CED transmission frequency
0: 2100Hz
1: 1100Hz
0e000c TSI/CSI/CIG 7 TSI transmission - 0xe0 0xe0 0xe0 X1 0C
parameter 0: No
1: Always
6 CSI transmission
0: No
1: Always
5 CIG transmission
0: No
1: Always
4
3
2
1
0 Character ID is put on CSI.
0e000d G3ModeError 7 Ph-C8 min. limit timer at Non-ECM - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X1 0D
0: No
1: Yes
6 Selection of “-”at dial top
0: OFF
1: ON
5 RTN reception
0: step down
1: Line
disconnect.
4 Remote reception
ID received
1: No limit
3 DIS retransmission interval in
manual reception
0: 4.5 sec.
1: 3.0 sec.
2 DCN transmission at T200
1 DIS length at reception limited to
4byte
0: No limit
1: Limit
0 DCN transmitted at stop of ph.C
0e000e Step up/down 7 Strict TCF check - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X1 0E
0: Normal
1: Strict check
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 The PC/BC of the PostMsg is
checked while in the ECM reception.
0: Yes
1: No
I-297
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e000f Delay timer between 7 DCS - TCF delay timer Unit: (10 ms, - 0x08 0x08 0x08 X1 0F
DCS-TCF 6 HEX)
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.19.8 0e001*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e0010 Delay timer 7 PIX - PMC delay timer Unit: (10 ms, HEX) - 0x08 0x08 0x08 X1 10
between PIX- 6
PMC
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0011 Delay timer 7 CED - DIS delay timer (Unit: 10 ms, HEX) - 0x08 0x08 0x08 X1 11
between CED- 6
DIS
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0012 T1 timer for 7 T1 timer for transmission (Unit: 1sec, HEX) - 0x23 0x23 0x23 X1 12
calling 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0013 T1 timer for 7 T1 timer for reception (Unit: 1 sec, HEX) - 0x23 0x23 0x23 X1 13
called 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0014 ph.C reception 7 Max. reception time per page (Unit: min, - 0x0f 0x0f 0x0f X1 14
limited time 6 HEX) 1 to 255 min.
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0015 Timer between 7 EOL - EOL timer (Unit: 100 ms, HEX) - 0x82 0x82 0x82 X1 15
EOLs 6
5
I-298
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
4
3
2
1
0
0e0016 Timer between 7 Timer between frames (Unit: 1 sec, HEX) - 0x23 0x23 0x23 X1 16
frames 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0017 ANSam signal 7 ANSam signal transmission time (Unit: 100 - 0x28 0x28 0x28 X1 17
transmission 6 ms, HEX)
time
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0018 Ci signal 7 Ci signal transmission time (Unit: 100 ms, - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X1 18
transmission 6 HEX)
time
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0019 High-speed 7 High-speed signal transmission waiting - 0x37 0x37 0x37 X1 19
signal 6 delay timer
transmission (Unit: 10 ms, HEX) (Between CFR-PIX/
waiting delay 5 MPS-PIX/CTR-PIX)
timer 4
3
2
1
0
0e001a ph.C top dummy 7 ph.C top dummy data transmission time - 0x04 0x04 0x04 X1 1A
data transmitting 6 (Unit: 100 ms, HEX) (Dummy data for non-
time ECM /Preamble at ECM)
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e001b RTC Counter 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X1 1B
6
5
4
3
2 The EOL counter judged to be RTC
1 000: EOL*2 001: EOL*3 010: EOL*4
011: EOL*5 100: EOL*6
0
0e001c Closed area 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X1 1C
communication 6
5
I-299
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
4
3
2 Polling TX
1 Polling RX
0
0e001d - Machine 7 ASCII [20] When ID is less than 20 digits, - ALL ALL ALL X1 1D – 1F
0e001f password [20] 6 justify to the left and insert space at the 0x20 0x20 0x20
top. (No NULL terminators)
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.19.9 0e002*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e0020 - Machine 7 ASCII [20] When ID is less than 20 digits, - ALL ALL ALL X1 20 – 2F
0e002f password [20] 6 justify to the left and insert space at the 0x20 0x20 0x20
top. (No NULL terminators)
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.19.10 0e003*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e0030 Machine 7 ASCII [20] When ID is less than 20 digits, justify - ALL ALL 0x20 ALL X1 30
password 6 to the left and insert space at the top. (No NULL 0x20 0x20
[20] terminators)
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0031 - CSRC 7 ASCII [20] When ID is less than 20 digits, justify - ALL ALL 0x20 ALL X1 31 – 3F
0e003f password 6 to the left and insert space at the top. (No NULL 0x20 0x20
[20] terminators)
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.19.11 0e004*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e0040 - CSRC password 7 ASCII [20] When ID is less than 20 digits, - ALL ALL ALL X1 40 - 44
0e0044 [20] 6 justify to the left and insert space at the 0x20 0x20 0x20
top. (No NULL terminators)
5
4
I-300
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
3
2
1
0
0e0045 Watch dog 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X1 45
6
5
4
3
2
1
0 Watch dog
0: OFF
1: ON
0e0046 T2 timer after 7 T2 timer value after CFR x100ms (HEX) - 0x3c 0x3c 0x3c X1 46
CFR 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0047 T2 timer after 7 T2 timer after EOM x100ms (HEX) - 0x37 0x37 0x37 X1 47
EOM 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0048 JIM waiting timer 7 JM waiting timer value x100ms (HEX) - 0x5A 0x5A 0x5A X1 48
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0049 Destination 7 0: US 1: Canada 2: Japan 3: Australia 4: - 0x02 0x00 0x05 X1 49
6 New Zealand 5: Europe 6: Germany 7: UK
8: France 9: Switzerland 10: Netherlands
5 11: Belgium 12: Austria 13: Norway 14:
4 Sweden 15: Finland 16: Ireland 17:
3 Denmark 18: Italy 19: Spain 20: Portugal
21: Poland 22: South Africa 23: Taiwan 24:
2
Saudi Arabia 25: China 26: Malaysia 27:
1 Singapore 28: Korea 29: Hong Kong 30:
0 General purpose (OT) 31: Argentina 32:
Brazil 33: Vietnam 34: Philippines 35:
Russia
0e004a Function when 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X1 4A
DIS signal is 6
created
5
4
3
2
1 Change-over of the silent interval between
ANSam and DIS (For revision T.30)
0: Silent interval of 450 ms
1: 75 ms
I-301
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0 V8 capability, if available, of DIS to
transmit with V.21
0: V8bitON
1: V8bitOFF
0e004b Signal check at 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X1 4B
the time of F 6
code
communication 5
4
3
2
1
0 Check of PWD and SID received signal in
F code communication
0: Signal checked
1: PWD and SID not distinguished
0e004c No. of CI signal 7 CI signal repetitive transmission frequency - 0x03 0x03 0x03 X1 4C
transmission in 6 when no ANSam received after CI
manual transmission (times, HEX)
transmission 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e004d Tone detection 7 PB OFF time integration - 0x55 0x55 0x55 X1 4D
time (PB) 6 0 to 15 (x10ms) (50ms if 0)
5
4
3 PB ON time integration
2 0 to 15 (x10ms) (50ms if 0)
1
0
0e004e Time for modem 7 Waiting event from modem/Response - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X1 4E
response waiting 6 waiting timeout time (x10sec, HEX)
timeout (0 counted as 90 sec.)
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e004f Continuous CRP 7 Sequential CRP reception frequency - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X1 4F
reception 6 resulting in error (x1 time, HEX)
frequency (0 counted as 3 times)
resulting in an 5
error 4
3
2
1
0
11.19.12 0e005*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e0050 1300Hz line 7 1300Hz tone detection time for no-ringing - 0x17 0x17 0x17 X1 50
seizure 6 reception (x100ms, HEX)
parameter
detection time 5
4
3
2
I-302
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
1
0
0e0051 1300Hz line 7 1300Hz tone detection frequency upper - 0x85 0x85 0x85 X1 51
seizure 6 limit for no-ringing reception (x10Hz, HEX)
parameter
detection 5
frequency upper 4
limit 3
2
1
0
0e0052 1300Hz line 7 1300Hz tone detection frequency lower - 0x7f 0x7f 0x7f X1 52
seizure 6 limit for no-ringing reception (x10Hz, HEX)
parameter
detection 5
frequency lower 4
limit 3
2
1
0
0e0053 German 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X1 53
specifications 6
5
4
3 ERR transmission (DTS sequence)
2 DCN reception error ignored
1 Line disconnected within 6 sec. after CD
OFF in ph.C
0 Line disconnected upon reception of DIS to
DTC
0e0054 Retransmission 7 DIS re-transmission interval in automatic - 0x1e 0x1e 0x1e X1 54
intervals of DIS 6 reception (x0.1 sec.)
(Auto reception)
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0055 TTI for 7 - 0x03 0x03 0x03 X1 55
transmission 6
5
4
3
2
1 TTI in transmission TTI added
0 00: OFF 01: (OFF)
10: INSIDE 11: OUTSIDE
0e0056 Image reduction 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X1 56
parameter 6
5
4
3
2
1
0 Reduction parameter in main scanning
direction
0: Thick line kept
1: Thick line not kept
0e0057 Main body 7 Timer for waiting a transmission command - 0x08 0x08 0x08 X1 57
polling 6 (+FDT) from the main body during
I-303
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
transmission 5 turnaround of polling transmission
command wait (x100ms, HEX) (0 is defaulted to 8 sec.)
4
timer
3
2
1
0
0e0058 - Reserved area 7 - ALL ALL ALL X1 58 -
6 0x00 0x00 0x00
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.19.13 12000*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
120000 TTI/RTI 7 Utility 0x03 0x03 0x03 X2 80
setting 6 SW for prohibiting the printing of the TTI Mode
address (0,1,4)
0: Printing of the address allowed
1: Printing of the address not allowed
5 RTI addition
4 00:OFF
01: (OFF)
10: INSIDE
11: OUTSIDE
3 TTI denominator display
0: Total
1: Individual
2 Inhibition of TTI setting menu INSIDE display
0: No
1: Yes
1
0
120001 Report 7 Utility 6c 6c 6c X2 81
setting 1 6 Addition of image Mode
0: No, 1: Yes (2 - 5)
Utility
5 Automatic output of reserved report Mode
0: No, 1: Yes Special
4 TX result report Setting
3 00: Not output (6)
01: Output only at errors
10: Always output
11: (Normal output)
2 Automatic output of sequential communication
report
0: No, 1: Yes
1
0
120002 Report 7 The FAX CSRC communication log is printed Utility 0x04 0x04 0x04 X2 82
setting 2 on the Activity Report Mode
0: No, 1: Yes (0 - 2)
6 Utility
Mode
5 Special
4 Abbreviation List Setting
0: numerical order (0,1)
1: sorted order
I-304
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
3 Automatic daily output of journal
0: No
1: Yes
2 Automatic output of journal 100 communication
0: No
1: Yes
1 Automatic output or error trace list
0: No
1: Yes
0 Automatic output of trace list
0: No
1: Yes
120003 Output 7 Designation of 24 hours ASCII four-digit - 0x30 0x30 0x30 X2 83
time of 6
daily
automati 5
c output 4
of journal 3
(hour:
2
grade of
10) 1
0
120004 Output 7 Designation of 24 hours ASCII four-digit - 0x39 0x39 0x39 X2 84
time of 6
daily
automati 5
c output 4
of journal 3
(hour:
2
grade of
1) 1
0
120005 Output 7 Designation of 24 hours ASCII four-digit - 0x30 0x30 0x30 X2 85
time of 6
daily
automati 5
c output 4
of journal 3
(minute:
2
grade of
10) 1
0
120006 Output 7 Designation of 24 hours ASCII four-digit - 0x30 0x30 0x30 X2 86
time of 6
daily
automati 5
c output 4
of journal 3
(minute:
2
grade of
1) 1
0
120007 Output 7 Setting of daily difference for daily mode set for Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 X2 87
setting automatic output Mode
0: Daily difference not limited (3 - 5)
1: Daily difference limited Utility
6 Mode
Special
5 Transmission result report selection screen Setting
0: Not displayed (0)
1: Displayed
4 Broadcast result report output method
0: All destinations
1: 1Each destination
3 Printing during auxiliary power OFF
0: No
1: Yes
I-305
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
2 Output order of journal transmission result
reservation report
0: From old one
1: From new one
1
0
120008 Invisible 7 - 0 0 0 X2 88
mode 6
5
4
3
2 Display of PCFAX TX [PC] in Note of report
0: No
1: Yes
1
0 Details of remote station display during program
direct registered calls and abbreviated dialing
0: Display of registered name
1: Display of number
120009 Reserve 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X2 89
d area 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
12000b F code 7 Utility 0x0f 0x0f 0x0f X2 8B
report 6 Mode
setting (0 - 3)
5
4
3 Relay request report output
0: No
1: Yes
2 Relay TX result report output
0: No
1: Yes
1 Bulletin polling transmission report output
0: No
1: Yes
0 Confidential reception report output
0: No
1: Yes
12000c Internet 7 Utility 0x61 0x61 0x61 X2 8C
Fax 6 Network Fax RX Error Report Mode
report (0: OFF, 1: ON)
Setting
5 Internet Broadcast Fax Result Report
(0: OFF, 1: ON)
4
3 E-Mail Message Body printing
(0: ON, 1: OFF)
2 TX Error Report printing
(0: ON, 1: OFF)
1 MDN Message printing
(0: ON, 1: OFF)
0 DSN Message printing
(0: ON, 1: OFF)
12000d FAX 7 Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 X2 8D
report 6 Mode
setting
5
4
I-306
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
3
2
1 PC-Fax Error report output
0: No, 1: Yes
0 Relay print
0: No, 1: Yes
12000e - Reserve 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X2 8E - 9F
12000f d area 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.19.14 13000*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
130000 Reserve 7 Utility 0x11 0x11 0x11 XE 00
d area 6 Mode
5
4
3
2
1
0
130001 FAX 7 Frame erasure HP Utility 0x41 0x41 0x41 XE 01
scan 6 01: 5mm 10: 10mm 11: 15mm Mode
HP2 Special
5 Setting
4 (6,7)
3
2
1
0
130002 FAX 7 Utility 0x04 0x04 0x04 XE 02
scan 6 Mode
HP3 Special
5 Setting
4 (0,1,2)
3
2 Original reading mode
1 00: Normal
01: Mixed size
10: ADF irregular
0 Scanned from the right side at book
transmission
130003 Reserve 7 - 0x06 0x06 0x06 XE 03
d area 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
130004 Reserve 7 - 0x09 0x09 0x09 XE 04
d area 6
5
4
I-307
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
3
2
1
0
130005 Reserve 7 - 0x05 0x05 0x05 XE 05
d area 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
130006 Reserve 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 XE 06
d area 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
130007 HP for 7 FAX main screen selection Utility 0x09 0x09 0x09 XE 07
FAX 6 0000: Program Mode
main 0001: Group (2 - 7)
screen 5 0010: Abbreviation
4 0011: Keypad
3 Automatic screen switching at the time of
reception
0: ON
1: OFF
2
1
0
130008 Rotation 7 Utility 0x03 0x03 0x03 XE 08
setting 6 Mode
HP Special
5 Setting
4 (0,1)
3
2 B5R
0: No
1: Yes
1 Letter
0: No
1: Yes
0 A4
0: No
1: Yes
130009 Reserve 7 Time until auto reset - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XE 09
d area 6 0: OFF, 1-9 min.
5
4
3
2
1
0
13000a Not 7 - XE 0A
used. 6
5
4
3
I-308
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
2
1
0
13000b Error 7 10 - 250 seconds, 0: Error display HOLD Utility 0x14 0x14 0x14 XE 0B
display 6 Mode
time Special
5 Setting
4
3
2
1
0
13000c Reserve 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XE 0C
d area 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
13000d Reserve 7 - 0x05 0x05 0x05 XE 0D
d area 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
13000e Reserve 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XE 0E - 34
d area 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.19.15 13003*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
130035 Utility 7 Relay display Utility 0x00 0x0b 0x0b XE 35
Mode 0: Yes Mode
display 1: No Special
setting 6 Setting
5 Incomplete TX hold display
0: Yes
1: No
4 Compulsory memory reception display
0: Yes
1: No
3 Caller No./Name display
0: Yes
1: No
2 Closed communication display
0: Yes
1: No
1 Remote reception display
0: Yes
1: No
I-309
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.19.16 13004*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
130040- Reserved 7 Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 XE 40 - 44
130044 area 6 Mode
5
4
3
2
1
0
130045 – DialIn 7 ASCII 11 digits + NULL Utility ALL ALL 0x00 ALL XE 45 – 4F
13004f additional 6 Mode 0x00 0x00
No.
(FAX) 5
4
3
2
I-310
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
1
0
11.19.17 13005*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
130050 DialIn 7 ASCII 11 digits + NULL Utility ALL ALL 0x00 ALL XE 50
additional 6 Mode 0x00 0x00
No. (FAX)
5
4
3
2
1
0
130051 - DialIn 7 ASCII 11 digits + NULL ALL Utility ALL ALL 0x00 ALL XE 51 - 5C
13005c additional 6 Mode 0x00 0x00
No. (PC-
FAX) 5
4
3
2
1
0
13005d DialIn 7 ASCII 11 digits + NULL ALL Utility ALL ALL 0x00 ALL XE 5D – 5F
– 13005f additional 6 Mode 0x00 0x00
No.
(telephone 5
) 4
3
2
1
0
11.19.18 13006*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
130060 - DialIn 7 ASCII 11 digits + NULL ALL Utility ALL ALL ALL XE 60 - 68
130068 additional 6 Mode 0x00 0x00 0x00
No.
(telephone) 5
4
3
2
1
0
130069 Upper limit 7 (-dBm) Switched according to destination of Utility 0x0a 0x0a 0x08 XE 69
for signal 6 FAX Mode
transmissio Special
n level 5 Setting
setting 4
3
2
1
0
13006a Lower limit 7 (No. of times) Switched according to Utility 0x00 0x00 0x00 XE 6A
for call 6 destination of FAX Mode
termination
frequency 5
setting 4
range
I-311
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.19.19 13007*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting Japa North
o Europe Command Parameter
n America
130070 Telephone- 7 Utility 0x7f 0x00 0x00 XE 70
related 6 Remote reception Mode( 0,1)
function 0: OFF Utility
setting 1: ON Mode
menu Special
display (1)
I-312
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-313
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.19.20 13008*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
130080 - Reserved 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XE 80 - 82
130082 area 6
5
4
I-314
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-315
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-316
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-317
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.20.2 0e00a*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e00a0 V34 7 No. of frame errors subjected to fallback (HEX) - 0x03 0x03 0x03 XB 10
primary 6
channel
fallback 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00a1 V34 7 EQMVAL value for fallback (HEX) - 0x40 0x40 0x40 XB 11
control 6
channel
fallback 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00a2 V34 off 7 Timer value after V34 reception error used to - 0x0a 0x0a 0x0a XB 12
Rx-V34 6 reset V34 off reception (min, HEX)
off time (Valid only when transmission side cannot be
after 5 specified)
error 4
3
2
1
0
0e00a3 V34 off 7 No. of continuous success of V17 receptions - 0x0a 0x0a 0x0a XB 13
Rx-V17 6 used to reset V34 off reception after V34
OK Rx reception error (times, HEX)
times to 5 (Valid only when transmission side can be
reset V34 4 specified with Caller ID)
off Rx 3
2
1
0
0e00a4 (Inhibit 7 V34off function for manual reception - 0x00 0x02 0x02 XB 14
of) V34 0: Enable
off Rx- 1: Disable
Function 6
ON/OFF
5
4
3
2
1 V.34 OFF reset mode = No. of successful
consecutive V.17 reception times (ID specified)
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
0 V.34 OFF reset mode = time (ID cannot be
specified)
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
0e00a5 JBIG 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 XB 15
paramete 6
r
I-318
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
5
4
3
2
1 Use of following FP JBIG option LO size at
reduction
0: No, 1: Yes
0 JBIG optional L0 capacity
0: No, 1: Yes
0e00a6 - JBIG LO 7 JBIG optional LO size used for reduction (HEX) - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XB 16 - 19
0e00a9 size 6 (setting range:0x01to0xffffffff) 0x00 0x00 0x00
[0] = HH, [1] = HL, [2] = LH, [3] = LL 0x00 0x00 0x00
5 0x80 0x80 0x80
4
3
2
1
0
0e00aa (Inhibit 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XB 1A
of) JBIG 6
off Rx-
Function 5
ON/OFF 4
3
2
1 JBIG off function at A3 high-definition reception
(DIS re-transmission)
0: OFF, 1: ON
0 JBIG off function after JBIG reception error
0: Enable
1: Disable
0e00ab JBIG off 7 Timer value after JBIG reception error to reset - 0x0a 0x0a 0x0a XB 1B
Rx-JBIG 6 JBIG off reception (min, HEX)(10 min. if 0)
off time
after 5
error 4
3
2
1
0
0e00ac PBX dial 7 PBX dial tone detection frequency upper limit - 0x31 0x00 0x00 XB 1C
tone 6 (unit: 10 Hz, HEX)
detection
frequenc 5
y upper 4
limits 3
2
1
0
0e00ad PBX dial 7 PBX dial tone detection frequency lower limit - 0x1f 0x00 0x00 XB 1D
tone 6 (unit: 10 Hz, HEX)
detection
frequenc 5
y lower 4
limits 3
2
1
0
0e00ae PBX dial 7 PBX dial tone detection time or max. ON time - 0x32 0x00 0x00 XB 1E
tone 6 value (unit: 20 ms, HEX)
detection
time 5
4
3
I-319
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
2
1
0
0e00af PBX dial 7 PBX dial tone ON time min. value (unit: 20ms, - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XB 1F
tone ON 6 HEX)
time min.
value 5
4
3
2
1
0
11.20.3 0e00b*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e00b0 PBX dial 7 PBX dial tone OFF time max. value (unit: 20 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XB 20
tone OFF 6 ms, HEX)
time max.
value 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00b1 PBX dial 7 PBX dial tone OFF time min. value (unit: 20 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XB 21
tone OFF 6 ms, HEX)
time min.
value 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00b2 PBX dial 7 PBX dial tone waiting time or pre-pause time - 0x03 0x03 0x03 XB 22
tone waiting 6 (unit: 1 sec, HEX)
time
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00b3 PBX dial 7 Instantaneous shutdown time (unit: 20 ms, - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XB 23
tone 6 HEX) or tone detection frequency (times, HEX)
instantaneou
s break 5
detection 4
time 3
2
1
0
0e00b4 1st dial tone 7 1st dial tone detection frequency upper limit - 0x31 0x35 0x34 XB 24
detection 6 (unit: 10 Hz, HEX)
frequency
upper limits 5
4
3
2
1
0
I-320
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-321
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.20.4 0e00c*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e00c0 2nd dial tone 7 2nd dial tone OFF time max. value (unit: 20 - 0x0a 0x00 0x00 XB 30
OFF time 6 ms, HEX)
max. value
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00c1 2nd dial tone 7 2nd dial tone OFF time min. value (20 ms, - 0x04 0x00 0x00 XB 31
OFF time 6 HEX)
min. value
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00c2 2nd dial tone 7 2nd dial tone waiting time or pre-pause time - 0x03 0x03 0x03 XB 32
waiting time 6 (unit: 1 sec, HEX)
5
I-322
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-323
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-324
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.20.5 0e00d*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e00d0 Ringer OFF 7 Ringer OFF time max. value (unit: 100 ms, - 0x3c 0x3c 0x46 XB 40
time max. 6 HEX)
value
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00d1 Ringer OFF 7 Ringer OFF time min. value (unit: 100 ms, - 0x02 0x00 0x00 XB 41
time max. 6 HEX)
value
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00d2 PB dial 7 PB dial signal transmission time (unit: 5 ms, - 0x15 0x19 0x15 XB 42
signal 6 HEX)
transmission
time 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00d3 PB dial inter 7 PB dial inter digit pause time (unit: 5 ms, HEX) - 0x11 0x15 0x11 XB 43
digit pause 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00d4 10pps pulse 7 10pps pulse dial break rate (%, HEX) - 0x44 0x3d 0x3d XB 44
dial break 6
rate
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00d5 10pps pulse 7 10pps pulse dial inter digit pause (unit: 10 ms, - 0x68 0x68 0x5e XB 45
dial inter 6 HEX)
digit pause
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e00d6 20pps pulse 7 20pps pulse dial brake rate (%, HEX) - 0x44 0x3d 0x3d XB 46
dial break 6
rate
5
4
3
2
1
I-325
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-326
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.20.6 0e00e*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e00e0 DCLOOP 7 DCLOOP instantaneous shutdown allowable - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XB 50
instantaneou 6 time (unit: 10ms, HEX) (after completion of
s shutdown dialing and after CML ON at the time of
allowed time 5 reception)
(ph.B) 4
3
2
1
0
0e00e1 Dial mode 7 - 0x12 0x10 0x10 XB 51
RING DET 6
mode
5 RING detection mode
4 01: No. of times
10: TIme
3 Pulse format
2 00: General
01: SW 10: NO
1 Dialing method
0 00: PB 01: 10pps
10: 20pps 11: 16pps
0e00e2 1st/2nd DT 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XB 52
detection 6
parameter
5
4
3 At 2nd DT detection DP dialing only
2
1
0 1st DT2 type
0e00e3 Tone 7 - 0x11 0x01 0x01 XB 53
detection 6
5 1300Hz
0: No
1: Yes
I-327
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-328
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.20.7 0e00f*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting Japa North
o Europe Command Parameter
n America
0e00f0 CAR signal 7 CAR (information receiving terminal start - 0x01 0x00 0x00 XB 60
detection 6 signal) detection frequency (times, HEX)
frequency
5
I-329
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.20.8 0e010*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e0100 - Numeric 7 ASCII [20] When ID is less than 20 digits, justify - ALL ALL 0x20 ALL XB 70 - 78
0e0108 ID [20] 6 to the left and insert space at the top (no NULL 0x20 0x20
terminator).
5
4
I-330
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-331
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.20.9 0e011*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting Japa North
o Europe Command Parameter
n America
0e0110 Max. size of 7 When the resolution for reception is 600 dpi, - 0x64 0x64 0x64 XB 80
long original 6 the size of a long original received that is
received regarded as an error
(In the case 5 (The maximum length is a decimal value x 10
of 600 dpi or 4 mm. 0 is regarded as the same as a value less
less) 3 than 400 dpi above.)
2
1
0
0e0111 Voice 7 - 0x0E 0x0E 0x0E XB 81
response 6
output level
adjustment 5
4
3 Voice response volume (HEX)
2 0000: min - 1111: max
1
0
0e0112 Monitor 7 - 0x14 0x14 0x14 XB 82
speaker 6
(Received
signal sound) 5
4 Speaker volume (HEX) (0-1F)
3
2
1
0
0e0113 - Reserved 7 - ALL ALL ALL XB 83 - 8D
0e011d area 6 0x00 0x00 0x00
5
4
3
2
1
0
I-332
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.20.10 0f000*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0f0000 Receptio 7 400dpi - 0xaa 0xaa 0xaa X2 00
n main 6 300dpi
scan line
resolutio 5 200dpi
n ability 4
[0] 3 16pels/mm
2
1 8pels/mm
0
0f0001 Receptio 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 01
n main 6
scan line
resolutio 5
n ability 4
[0] 3
2 (1200dpi)
1 (800dpi)
0 600dpi
0f0002 Receptio 7 400dpi - 0xbb 0xbb 0xbb X2 02
n sub 6 300dpi
scannin
g 5 200dpi
resolutio 4 100dpi
n ability 3 15.4 l/mm
[0]
2
1 7.7 l/mm
0 3.85 l/mm
0f0003 Receptio 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 03
n sub 6
scannin
g 5
resolutio 4
n ability 3
[1]
2 (1200dpi)
1 (800dpi)
0 600dpi
0f0004 Receptio 7 - 0x1f 0x1f 0x1f X2 04
n coding 6
method
ability 5 (JPEG)
4 JBIG
3 MMR
2 MR
1 MH
0 THRU
0f0005 Receive 7 - 0x0e 0x0e 0x0e X2 05
d 6
docume
5 (Legal)
I-333
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
nt width 4 (Letter)
ability
3 A3
2 B4
1 A4
0 (A5)
0f0006 Receive 7 - 0x46 0x46 0x46 X2 06
d 6 Unlimited
docume
nt length 5 (Legal)
ability 4 (Letter)
3
2 B4
1 A4
0 (A5)
0f0007 Receptio 7 - 0x1b 0x1b 0x1b X2 07
n speed 6
ability [0]
5
4 V.29-96
3 V.29-72
2
1 V.27-48
0 V.27-24
0f0008 Receptio 7 V.17-144 - 0xfc 0xfc 0xfc X2 08
n speed 6 V.17-120
ability [1]
5 V.17-96
4 V.17-72
3 V.33-144
2 V.33-120
1 (TCM-96)
0 (TCM-72)
0f0009 Receptio 7 V.34-192 - 0xff 0xff 0xff X2 09
n speed 6 V.34-168
ability [2]
5 V.34-144
4 V.34-120
3 V.34-96
2 V.34-72
1 V.34-48
0 V.34-24
0f000a Receptio 7 - 0x3f 0x3f 0x3f X2 0A
n speed 6
ability [3]
5 V.34-336
4 V.34-312
3 V.34-288
2 V.34-264
1 V.34-240
0 V.34-216
0f000b Receptio 7 T3.85 or 200*100dpi (0-40) ms unit - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 0B
n MSLT 6
ability
5
4
3
2
1
0
0f000c Receptio 7 T7.7 or 200*200dpi (0-40) ms unit - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 0C
n MSLT 6
ability
5
I-334
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
4
3
2
1
0
0f000d Receptio 7 T11.55 or 300*300dpi (0-40) ms unit - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 0D
n MSLT 6
ability
5
4
3
2
1
0
0f000e Receptio 7 T15.4 or 400*400dpi or 600*600dpi (0-40) ms - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 0E
n MSLT 6 unit
ability
5
4
3
2
1
0
0f000f Receptio 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 0F
n ECM 6
ability
5
4
3
2
1
0 ECM reception capability
0: OFF
1: ON
11.20.11 0f001*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0f0010 Receptio 7 - 0x39 0x39 0x39 X2 10
n 6
protocol
ability 5 FAX-CSRC
4 V8/V34
3 DIAG
2
1
0 G3S
0f0011 Receptio 7 - 0x07 0x07 0x07 X2 11
n option 6
frame
ability 5
4 (BFT)
3 (BTM)
2 PWD
1 (SEP)
0 SUB
0f0012 - Reserve 7 - ALL ALL 0x00 ALL X2 12 - 1F
0f001f d area 6 0x00 0x00
5
4
3
I-335
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
2
1
0
11.20.12 10000*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
100000 Transmissio 7 400dpi - 0x22 0x22 0x22 X2 40
n main scan 6 300dpi
line
resolution 5 200dpi
instruction 4
[0] 3 16pels/mm
2
1 8pels/mm
0
100001 Transmissio 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 41
n main scan 6
line
resolution 5
instruction 4
[1] 3
2 (1200dpi)
1 (800dpi)
0 600dpi
100002 Transmissio 7 400dpi - 0x11 0x11 0x11 X2 42
n sub 6 300dpi
scanning
resolution 5 200dpi
instruction 4 100dpi
[0] 3 15.4 l/mm
2
1 7.7 l/mm
0 3.85 l/mm
100003 Transmissio 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 43
n sub 6
scanning
resolution 5
instruction 4
[1] 3
2 (1200dpi)
1 (800dpi)
0 600dpi
100004 Transmissio 7 - 0x1f 0x1f 0x1f X2 44
n coding 6
method
instruction 5 (JPEG)
4 JBIG
3 MMR
2 MR
1 MH
0 THRU
100005 Transmissio 7 - 0x0e 0x0e 0x0e X2 45
n document 6
width
instruction 5 (Legal)
4 (Letter)
3 A3
2 B4
1 A4
0 (A5)
I-336
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-337
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.20.13 10001*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
100010 Transmissi 7 - 0x11 0x11 0x11 X2 50
on 6
protocol
instruction 5 FAX-CSRC
4 V8/V34
3 DIAG
2
1
0 G3S
100011 Transmissi 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X2 51
on option 6
frame
instruction 5
4 (BFT)
3 (BTM)
2 PWD
1 (SEP)
0 SUB
100012 - Reserved 7 - ALL ALL 0x00 ALL X2 52 - 5F
10001f area 6 0x00 0x00
5
4
3
2
1
I-338
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-339
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-340
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.21.2 0e01b*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e01b0 V34 7 No. of fall back frame errors (Hex) - 0x03 0x03 0x03 XC 10
primary 6
channel
fall back 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e01b1 V34 7 Fall back EQMVAL value (HEX) - 0x40 0x40 0x40 XC 11
control 6
channel
fall back 5
4
3
2
1
I-341
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-342
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.21.3 0e01c*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e01c0 PBX dial 7 PBX dial tone OFF time max. value (unit: 20 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XC 20
tone OFF 6 ms, HEX)
time max.
value 5
4
3
2
I-343
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-344
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-345
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.21.4 0e01d*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e01d0 2nd dial tone 7 2nd dial tone OFF time max. value (unit: 20 - 0x0a 0x00 0x00 XC 30
OFF time 6 ms, HEX)
max. value
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e01d1 2nd dial tone 7 2nd dial tone OFF time min. value (unit: 20 ms, - 0x04 0x00 0x00 XC 31
OFF time 6 HEX)
min. value
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e01d2 2nd dial tone 7 2nd dial tone waiting time or pre-pause time - 0x03 0x03 0x03 XC 32
waiting time 6 (unit: 1 sec, HEX)
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e01d3 2nd dial tone 7 Instantaneous break detection time (unit: 20 - 0x03 0x00 0x00 XC 33
instantaneou 6 ms, HEX) or tone detection frequency (times,
s break HEX)
detection 5
time 4
3
2
1
0
0e01d4 3rd dial tone 7 3rd dial tone detection frequency upper limit - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XC 34
detection 6 (unit: 10 Hz, HEX)
frequency
upper limit 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e01d5 3rd dial tone 7 3rd dial tone detection frequency lower limit - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XC 35
detection (unit: 10 Hz, HEX)
I-346
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-347
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.21.5 0e01e*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e01e0 Ringer OFF 7 Ringer OFF time max. value (unit: 100 ms, - 0x3c 0x3c 0x46 XC 40
time max. 6 HEX)
value
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e01e1 Ringer OFF 7 Ringer OFF time min. value (unit: 100 ms, - 0x02 0x00 0x00 XC 41
time min. 6 HEX)
value
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e01e2 PB dial 7 PB dial signal transmission time (unit: 5 ms, - 0x15 0x19 0x15 XC 42
signal 6 HEX)
transmission
time 5
4
I-348
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-349
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-350
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.21.6 0e01f*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0e01f0 DC-LOOP 7 DC-LOOP instantaneous break allowable time - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XC 50
instantaneou 6 (unit: 10ms, HEX) (after completion of dialing
s break and after CML ON at the time of reception)
allowable 5
time (ph.B) 4
3
2
1
0
0e01f1 Dial mode 7 - 0x12 0x10 0x10 XC 51
RING DET 6
mode
5 RING detection mode
4 01: No. of times, 10: Time
3 Pulse format
2 00: General, 01: SW, 10: NO
1 Dialing method
0 00: PB, 01: 10pps, 10: 20pps, 11: 16pps
0e01f2 1st/2nd DT 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XC 52
detection 6
parameter
5
4
3 At 2nd DT detection DP dialing only
2
1
0 1st DT2 type
0e01f3 Tone 7 - 0x11 0x01 0x01 XC 53
detection 6
5 1300Hz
0: No,
1: Yes
4 BusyTone
0: No,
1: Yes
3 PBX DT
0: No,
1: Yes
2 3rd Dt
0: No,
1: Yes
1 2nd DT
0: No,
1: Yes
0 1st DT
0: No,
1: Yes
0e01f4 No. of busy 7 No. of busy tone detection times (HEX) - 0x02 0x00 0x00 XC 54
tone 6
detection
times 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e01f5 No. of RING 7 No. of RING detection times (times, HEX) - 0x02 0x02 0x02 XC 55
detection 6
times
5
4
3
2
I-351
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-352
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.21.7 0e020*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting Japa North
o Europe Command Parameter
n America
0e0200 No. of CAR 7 No. of CAR (information reception terminal - 0x01 0x00 0x00 XC 60
signal detection 6 start signal) detection times (times, HEX)
times
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0201 Caller ID signal 7 ID waiting time after Caller ID/DIAL IN primary - 0x05 0x00 0x00 XC 61
waiting time 6 response (unit 1000 ms, HEX)
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0202 Remote 7 Password signal (DTMF) detection waiting - 0x14 0x14 0x14 XC 62
reception 6 time (unit: 100 ms, HEX)
password entry
waiting time 5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0203 Normal/number 7 Automatic distinction function - 0x83 0x00 0x00 XC 63
display 0: OFF,
automatic line 1: ON
distinction 6
function
5
4
3 V23 signal detection waiting time when
2 distinguished (x1 sec, HEX)
1
I-353
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.21.8 0e021*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting Japa North
o Europe Command Parameter
n America
0e0210 Numeric ID [20] 7 ASCII [20] When ID is less than 20 digits, left- - ALL ALL ALL XC 70 - 78
- 6 justify and insert a space at the head. (No 0x20 0x20 0x20
0e0218 NULL terminator)
5
4
3
2
1
0
0e0219 PBX 7 - 0x0f 0x0f 0x0f XC 79
connection 6
mode
5
4
3 PBX call
2 0000 - 1001: Ten-key, 1011: Reserved, 1100:
Reserved, 1101: Reserved
1 1110: Reserved, 1111: PBX unconnected
0
0e021a Protocol 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 XC 7A
monitor 6 Speaker selection
0: FK-102 side
1: FL-102 side
5 TEL/FAX switching RBT monitor sound
0: OFF,
1: ON
4 Speaker sounding disabled when off-hook
button is pressed
1: Disabled,
0: Not disabled
3
2
1
0
0e021b Reception 7 - 0x3f 0x3f 0x3f XC 7B
function 6
(disabled)
I-354
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.21.9 0e022*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting Japa North
o Europe Command Parameter
n America
0e0220 Max. size of 7 When the resolution for reception is 600 dpi, - 0x64 0x64 0x64 XC 80
long original 6 the size of a long original received that is
received regarded as an error
5
I-355
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
11.21.10 0f002*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0f0020 Recepti 7 400dpi - 0xaa 0xaa 0xaa X2 20
on main 6 300dpi
scan
resolutio 5 200dpi
n 4
capacity 3 16pels/mm
[0]
2
1 8pels/mm
0
0f0021 Recepti 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 21
on main 6
scan
resolutio 5
n 4
capacity 3
[1]
2 (1200dpi)
I-356
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
1 (800dpi)
0 600dpi
0f0022 Recepti 7 400dpi - 0xbb 0xbb 0xbb X2 22
on sub 6 300dpi
scan
resolutio 5 200dpi
n 4 100dpi
capacity 3 15.4 l/mm
[0]
2
1 7.7 l/mm
0 3.85 l/mm
0f0023 Recepti 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 23
on sub 6
scan
resolutio 5
n 4
capacity 3
[1]
2 (1200dpi)
1 (800dpi)
0 600dpi
0f0024 Recepti 7 - 0x1f 0x1f 0x1f X2 24
on 6
coding
system 5 (JPEG)
capacity 4 JBIG
3 MMR
2 MR
1 MH
0 THRU
0f0025 Recepti 7 - 0x0e 0x0e 0x0e X2 25
on 6
original
width 5 (Legal)
capacity 4 (Letter)
3 A3
2 B4
1 A4
0 (A5)
0f0026 Recepti 7 - 0x46 0x46 0x46 X2 26
on 6 Unlimited
original
length 5 (Legal)
capacity 4 (Letter)
3
2 B4
1 A4
0 (A5)
0f0027 Recepti 7 - 0x1b 0x1b 0x1b X2 27
on 6
speed
capacity 5
[0] 4 V.29-96
3 V.29-72
2
1 V.27-48
0 V.27-24
0f0028 Recepti 7 V.17-144 - 0xfc 0xfc 0xfc X2 28
on 6 V.17-120
speed
capacity 5 V.17-96
[1] 4 V.17-72
3 V.33-144
2 V.33-120
I-357
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
1 (TCM-96)
0 (TCM-72)
0f0029 Recepti 7 V.34-192 - 0xff 0xff 0xff X2 29
on 6 V.34-168
speed
capacity 5 V.34-144
[2] 4 V.34-120
3 V.34-96
2 V.34-72
1 V.34-48
0 V.34-24
0f002a Recepti 7 - 0x3f 0x3f 0x3f X2 2A
on 6
speed
capacity 5 V.34-336
[3] 4 V.34-312
3 V.34-288
2 V.34-264
1 V.34-240
0 V.34-216
0f002b Recepti 7 T3.85 or 200*100 dpi (0-40) ms unit - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 2B
on 6
MSLT
capacity 5
4
3
2
1
0
0f002c Recepti 7 T7.7 or 200*200 dpi (0-40) ms unit - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 2C
on 6
MSLT
capacity 5
4
3
2
1
0
0f002d Recepti 7 T11.55 or 300*300 dpi (0-40) ms unit - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 2D
on 6
MSLT
capacity 5
4
3
2
1
0
0f002e Recepti 7 T15.4 or 400*400 dpi or 600*600 dpi (0-40) ms - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 2E
on 6 unit
MSLT
capacity 5
4
3
2
1
0
0f002f Recepti 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 2F
on ECM 6
capacity
5
4
3
2
I-358
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
1
0 ECM reception capacity
0: OFF,
1: ON
11.21.11 0f003*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting North
No Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
0f0030 Recepti 7 - 0x11 0x11 0x11 X2 30
on 6
protocol
capacity 5
4 V8/V34
3
2
1
0 G3S
0f0031 Recepti 7 - 0x07 0x07 0x07 X2 31
on 6
option
frame 5
capacity 4 (BFT)
3 (BTM)
2 PWD
1 (SEP)
0 SUB
0f0032 - Reserve 7 - ALL ALL 0x00 ALL X2 32 - 3F
0f003f d area 6 0x00 0x00
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.21.12 10002*
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting Japa North
No Europe Command Parameter
n America
100020 Transmission 7 400dpi - 0x22 0x22 0x22 X2 60
main scan 6 300dpi
line
resolution 5 200dpi
instruction [0] 4
3 16pels/mm
2
1 8pels/mm
0
100021 Transmission 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 61
main scan 6
line
resolution 5
instruction [1] 4
3
2 1200dpi
1 800dpi
0 600dpi
100022 Transmission 7 400dpi - 0x11 0x11 0x11 X2 62
sub scanning 6 300dpi
resolution
instruction [0] 5 200dpi
I-359
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting Japa North
No Europe Command Parameter
n America
4 100dpi
3 15.4 l/mm
2
1 7.7 l/mm
0 3.85 l/mm
100023 Transmission 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 63
sub scanning 6
resolution
instruction [1] 5
4
3
2 1200dpi
1 800dpi
0 600dpi
100024 Transmission 7 - 0x1f 0x1f 0x1f X2 64
coding 6
method
instruction 5 (JPEG)
4 JBIG
3 MMR
2 MR
1 MH
0 THRU
100025 Transmission 7 - 0x0e 0x0e 0x0e X2 65
document 6
width
instruction 5 (Legal)
4 (Letter)
3 A3
2 B4
1 A4
0 (A5)
100026 Transmission 7 - 0x46 0x46 0x46 X2 66
document 6 Unlimited
length
instruction 5 (Legal)
4 (Letter)
3
2 B4
1 A4
0 (A5)
100027 Transmission 7 - 0x1b 0x1b 0x1b X2 67
speed 6
instruction [0]
5
4 V.29-96
3 V.29-72
2
1 V.27-48
0 V.27-24
100028 Transmission 7 V.17-144 - 0xf0 0xf0 0xf0 X2 68
speed 6 V.17-120
instruction [1]
5 V.17-96
4 V.17-72
3 V.33-144
2 V.33-120
1 (TCM-96)
0 (TCM-72)
100029 Transmission 7 V.34-192 - 0xff 0xff 0xff X2 69
speed 6 V.34-168
instruction [2]
5 V.34-144
I-360
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting Japa North
No Europe Command Parameter
n America
4 V.34-120
3 V.34-96
2 V.34-72
1 V.34-48
0 V.34-24
10002a Transmission 7 - 0x3f 0x3f 0x3f X2 6A
speed 6
instruction [3]
5 V.34-336
4 V.34-312
3 V.34-288
2 V.34-264
1 V.34-240
0 V.34-216
10002b Transmission 7 T3.85 or 200*100dpi (0-40) ms unit - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 6B
MSLT 6
instruction
5
4
3
2
1
0
10002c Transmission 7 T7.7 or 200*200dpi (0-40) ms unit - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 6C
MSLT 6
instruction
5
4
3
2
1
0
10002d Transmission 7 T11.55 or 300*300dpi (0-40) ms unit - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 6D
MSLT 6
instruction
5
4
3
2
1
0
10002e Transmission 7 T15.4 or 400*400dpi or 600*600dpi (0-40) ms - 0x05 0x05 0x05 X2 6E
MSLT 6 unit
instruction
5
4
3
2
1
0
10002f Transmission 7 - 0x01 0x01 0x01 X2 6F
ECM 6
instruction
5
4
3
2
1 ECM transmission frame size
0: 256
1: 64
I-361
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
Default CSRC
Bit
Address Items Contents Setting Japa North
No Europe Command Parameter
n America
0 ECM transmission instruction
0: OFF
1: ON
11.21.13 10003*
Bit Default CSRC
Address Items N Contents Setting North
o Japan Europe Command Parameter
America
100030 Transmissi 7 - 0x11 0x11 0x11 X2 70
on 6
protocol
instruction 5
4 V8/V34
3
2
1
0 G3S
100031 Transmissi 7 - 0x00 0x00 0x00 X2 71
on option 6
frame
instruction 5
4 (BFT)
3 (BTM)
2 PWD
1 (SEP)
0 SUB
100032 - Reserved 7 - ALL ALL 0x00 ALL X2 72 - 7F
10003f area 6 0x00 0x00
5
4
3
2
1
0
11.22 Finisher
I-362
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(c) Procedure
NOTE
• After [Half-Fold Position] adjustment, make this [Center Staple Position] adjustment.
1. Place five sheets of originals on the ADF.
2. Make a set of copy in the saddle stitching mode.
3. Check the amount of horizontal deviation (width A) between the staple and the half fold positions on the set of copy.
4. If width A is out of the specified range, make the following adjustment.
5. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
6. Touch [Finisher] → [FS-FN adjustment] → [Center Staple Position].
7. Touch the paper size where staple position is adjusted.
8. Look at the copy and adjust the staple position with the [+] / [-] key.
Exit direction
(c) Procedure
1. Place two sheets of originals on the ADF.
2. Make a copy in the folding mode.
3. Fold the copies along the crease.
4. Measure the amount of width A.
5. If width A is out of the specified range, make the following adjustment.
6. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
7. Touch [Finisher] → [FS-FN adjustment] → [Half-Fold Position].
8. Touch the paper size where half-fold position is adjusted.
9. Look at the copy and adjust the half-fold position with the [+] / [-] key.
I-363
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(c) Procedure
1. Make a copy sample in the punch mode.
2. Make an adjustment so that the width B is within the following range. The width B is the width from the paper end to the center of the
punch hole in the copy sample.
3. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
4. Touch [Finisher] → [FS-FN adjustment] → [Punch Edge Adj].
5. Touch the paper type where punch horizontal position is adjusted.
6. Look at the copy and adjust the punch horizontal position with the [+] / [-] key.
• To make width B greater: Enter the value of [+]
• To make width B smaller: Enter the value of [-]
(c) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Finisher] → [FS-FN adjustment] → [Punch Regist Loop Size].
3. Touch the paper size where punch regist loop size is adjusted.
I-364
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Finisher] → [FS-FN adjustment] → [Finisher Components Test Mode].
3. Touch [1] or [2] to select a mode.
4. Press the Start key to start finisher operation.
5. Press the Stop key to stop ongoing finisher operation.
(b) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Finisher] → [FS-FN adjustment] → [Load Data].
3. Select a mode from the following.
I-365
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• Present adjusted value enrollment: Registers values adjusted for the finisher at the installation.
• Enrollment lingua set point call: Calls values adjusted for the finisher at the installation.
4. Press the Start key.
5. Check that [OK] is displayed.
6. Touch [END].
7. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
8. Turn OFF the main power switch. Then, wait for 10 sec. or more and turn ON the main power switch.
(d) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Finisher] → [FS-FN adjustment] → [Alignment Plate Position].
3. Select the [Alignment Plate Position (Back)] or [Alignment Plate Position (Side)].
4. Set and adjust a value with the [+] / [-] key.
5. Touch [OK].
6. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
7. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
(d) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Finisher] → [FS-FN adjustment] → [Paper Alignment Guides W. Adj.].
3. Select a mode from the following.
4. Set and adjust a value with the [+] / [-] key.
5. Press the Reset key.
6. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
7. Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec., then turn the switch ON.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Finisher] → [Punch Option Setting].
3. Touch [PK-517].
4. Touch [2-Holes/3-Holes], [EU4 holes] or [SWE4 holes].
5. Touch [decision].
6. Touch [END].
7. Touch [Exit] on the Service Mode screen.
8. Turn OFF the main power switch. Then, wait for 10 sec. or more and turn ON the main power switch.
(2) Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Touch [Finisher] → [Job Separator].
I-366
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
• By using this setting, the firmware stored in the server can be downloaded over internet for upgrading.
• For details for upgrading the firmware, refer to “J.3.1 Preparations for firmware rewriting”.
I-367
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
I-368
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
(b) Procedure
1. Select [User ID].
2. Enter the user ID (up to 64 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
(2) Password
(a) Use
• To register the password for accessing the program server where firmware is to be stored.
(b) Procedure
1. Select [Password].
2. Enter the password (up to 64 characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
(3) URL
(a) Use
• To register the address and directory of the program server where the firmware is to be stored in URL.
(b) Procedure
1. Select [URL].
2. Enter the URL (up to 256 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
I-369
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 11. SERVICE MODE
NOTE
• Enter the URL which format suits the protocol to be used.
When connecting to http http:// (Host name or IP address)/ directory name or https:// (Host name or IP address)/directory
name.
When connecting to ftp ftp:// (Host name or IP address) / directory name.
(4) FileName
(a) Use
• To register the file name of the firmware data to be downloaded.
(b) Procedure
1. Select [FileName].
2. Enter the file name (up to 63 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
11.23.4 Download
(1) Use
• Access the program server according to the Internet ISW setting, and download the firmware.
• To use when updating the firmware via network.
(2) Procedure
1. Select [Download].
2. Touch [ISW Start] to start downloading the firmware.
3. The message to show the status will be displayed on the screen while connecting and transferring data.
NOTE
• When it failed to connect to the program server, or failed to download, the error code and the message will be displayed.
Check the cause of the error by the error code, and follow the message for resetting.
Refer to “Error code list” for the error codes.
• When the firmware is normally upgraded, the main body will automatically be restarted to complete the Internet ISW.
I-370
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 12. ENHANCED SECURITY
12.2 Starting/Exiting
12.2.1 Starting procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Press the following keys in this order.
• Stop → 0→ Clear
3. Enhanced Security menu will appear.
I-371
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 12. ENHANCED SECURITY
12.3.1 CE Password
(1) Use
• To set and change the CE password.
(3) Procedure
• Enter the CE password (8 digits) on the on-screen keyboard.
1. Current Password: Enter the currently using CE password.
2. New Password: Enter the new CE password.
3. Re-Input Password: Enter the new CE password again.
NOTE
• When the following setting leads to the Password Rules [ON], the password with the same letters as well as the password which
is same as the previous one cannot be changed.
[Administrator Settings] → [Security Settings]
• NEVER forget the CE password. When forgetting the CE password, call responsible person of KM.
(3) Procedure
• Enter the administrator password (8 digits) on the on-screen keyboard.
1. New Password: Enter the new administrator password.
2. Re-Input Password: Enter the new administrator password again.
NOTE
• When the following setting leads to the Password Rules [ON], the password with the same letters, the password which is same
as the previous one and the password of less than eight digits cannot be changed.
[Administrator Settings] → [Security Settings]
I-372
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 12. ENHANCED SECURITY
12.3.4 CE Authentication
• It will not be displayed when the following settings are set to “ON”.
[Administrator Settings] → [Security Setting] → [Enhanced Security Mode] or [Password Rules].
(1) Use
• To determine whether or not to authenticate CE password as entering Service Mode.
• Use when authenticating CE password as entering Service Mode.
NOTE
• For setting the following setting to “ON”, set the CE Authentication to “ON” and change the initial CE password beforehand.
[Administrator Settings] → [Security Setting] → [Enhanced Security Mode] or [Password Rules]
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [NVRAM Data Backup].
2. Touch [Start] to start making a backup.
3. Check the message [Backup is completed.], and turn main power switch OFF. Wait for ten seconds or more and turn main power switch
back ON.
I-373
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 12. ENHANCED SECURITY
• To set the period of time that elapses before the machine releases the access lock, which aims to prevent the unintentional release of the
access lock.
• After the CE password authentication, if the access lock is activated, the lock release timer starts to operate by input the Stop → 0 → 9 →
3 → 1 → 7 in [Meter Count] → [Check Details] → [Coverage Rate] after the main power switch is turned OFF and ON.
When the timer reaches the time specified in this setting, the access lock is released.
(2) Procedure
1. Touch [Administrator unlocking].
2. Touch [unlocking] to release an access lock.
3. When [OK] is displayed, touch [OK].
I-374
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
• When using i-Option LK-101 v2/102/103 v2/105, license management is done with the following procedures. [Service Mode] → [Billing
Setting] → [License Management]
• [License Management] can set Activation/Deactivation of each i-Option functions, Repair/Initialize of functions for troubleshooting, or etc.
13.2 Starting/Exiting
13.2.1 Starting procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Press the following keys in this order.
• Stop → 9
3. Billing Setting menu will appear.
I-375
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
I-376
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
(2) Device 2
(a) Use
• To set whether or not the authentication device 2 is installed.
• Set when the authentication unit (biometric type or card type) is mounted.
Card 1 Uses IC card authentication system (AU-201)
Card 2 Uses loadable device card authentication system
Bio1 Uses biometrics (finger vein) authentication system (AU-101)
Bio2 Uses biometrics (finger vein) authentication system (AU-102)
I-377
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
[1]
[2] [3]
NOTE
• USB memory must be connected with the main power switch/sub power switch off.
• When updating the firmware, use the service port. It cannot be updated when connected to another USB port.
6. Turn ON the main power switch and the sub power switch.
7. Select [Yes] on the loadable device driver installation screen.
8. Press the [START] to start installing the driver. (At this time, the Start key starts blinking red.)
9. Check that the control panel shows the message indicating that the data has been installed correctly ([Downloading Completed]).
Check also the check sum value ([Check Sum ####]) shown on the control panel. (The Start key lights blue.)
10. Turn OFF the main power switch.
11. Remove the USB memory device from the port.
12. Turn ON the main power switch and sub power switch.
(3) Message
(a) Use
• Select the message type when the administrative unit is mounted.
Type 1 Message for key counter
Type 2 Message for card scanning
Type 3 Message for ID management
Type 4 Message for remote SW
I-378
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
(2) Device 2
(a) Use
• To set whether or not the management device 2 is installed.
• Select the Management Setting Mode
Mode 1 Use contact type device (Logout with ID key is not allowed.)
Mode 2 Use non-contact type device (Logout with ID key is allowed.)
I-379
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
(2) Procedure
• Select message of key counter. (Only for key counter, the type of the message is same after mounting.)
I-380
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
I-381
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
(2) When the key counter IF vendor or management device 1/2 is mounted
Setting Item Key counter IF Vendor Management Device 1 Management Device 2
Default Copy Settings Factory Default - -
Default Scan/Fax Settings Factory Default - -
Copy Operating Screen [Yes] - -
Utility Fax Active Screen Tx/Rx Display [Yes] - -
Scan/Fax Settings Default
Direct Input - -
Tab
Left Panel Display Default [Job List] - -
Each Function Setting Copy, PC print will be set to Copy will be set to “ON”. Copy, PC print, Send
“ON”. PC print, Send Data, and Data, and Print others
Send Data, Print others will Print others will be set to will be set to “ON”.
be set to “OFF”. “OFF”.
Network Function Usage
OFF
Settings
Administrator Security Level Prohibit - -
Weekly Timer ON/OFF
OFF - -
Setting
Application Key Settings When Key 1 is set to My
Panel, reset the setting
and assign Key 1 to
[FAX/SCAN].
- -
When Key 2 is set to My
Panel, reset the setting
and assign Key 2 to
[Copy].
Restrict Access to Job Changing Job Priority,
Settings Deleting Other User’s Jobs,
Registering and Changing - -
Addresses, Changing Zoom
Ratio will be set to “Restrict”.
Administrator External Memory Function
- - -
Settings Settings
Forward TX Setting OFF -
Memory RX Setting Password for Memory RX
Setting is set to the default
- -
value of the administrator
password
PC-Fax RX Setting Restrict - -
TSI User Box Setting No -
OpenAPI Setting Access Setting will be set to
“Restrict” and Authentication
- -
will be changed to “OFF”
setting.
Apply Stamps/Stamp No - -
Apply Stamps/Copy Protect No - -
Apply Stamps/Stamp Repeat No - -
Apply Stamps/Copy Protect No - -
Apply Stamps/Page Number No - -
Apply Stamps/Date/Time No - -
Web Service Settings
Printer setting/Scanner Printer Setting and Scanner setting will be set to “OFF”.
setting
I-382
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
(2) Procedure
• Touching [END] key will clear the coverage rate.
(2) Use
• To activate i-Option functions with CE.
• The functions can be activated by selecting the desired function and enter the appropriate license code and function code.
• Administrators also can activate i-Option functions through Administrator Settings.
(3) Procedure
NOTE
• You need to access License Management System (LMS) to implement each function setting.
• Before accessing the LMS, CE are required to register the E-mail address and the password in the LMS. To register, click [CE
Initial Registration] that is located in the upper right of CE Login screen.
1. Prepare “token certification.”
2. Access the following URL using the PC connected to the Internet.
https://lms.konicaminolta.com/license/KM/support.aspx
3. Click [CE Login].
I-383
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
6. Enter the serial number of the target MFP, and click [Next].
NOTE
• Make sure to enter alphabet letters of the serial number in all capital letters.
7. Click [Next].
I-384
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
8. Enter the token number written in the token certification, and select the product description.
9. Click [Add].
I-385
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
14. Select [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [License Management].
15. Select [Activation] -> [Function Code] or [License Code], and enter the function code and the license code confirmed at Step13.
16. Touch [Apply].
I-386
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
17. Follow the massage appearing on the screen and turn OFF and ON the main power switch and the sub power switch.
18. Select [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [License Management] -> [Function List], and confirm that the activated function is displayed
at the list.
(2) Use
• To deactivate i-Option functions due to registration error, expiration of lease term, change to other MFP or etc.
• The functions can be deactivated by selecting the desired function and enter the appropriate deactivation code.
(3) Procedure
NOTE
• You need to access License Management System (LMS) to implement each function setting.
• Before accessing the LMS, CE are required to register the E-mail address and the password in the LMS. To register, click [CE
Initial Registration] that is located in the upper right of CE Login screen.
1. Check the serial number of the target MFP.
2. Access the following URL using the PC connected to the Internet.
https://lms.konicaminolta.com/license/KM/support.aspx
3. Click [CE Login].
I-387
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
6. Enter the serial number of the target MFP, and click [Retrieve].
NOTE
• Make sure to enter alphabet letters of the serial number in all capital letters.
I-388
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
10. Select [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [License Management].
11. Select [Deactivation] -> [Function Code] or [Deactivation Code], and enter the function code and the deactivation code confirmed at
Step9.
12. Touch [Apply].
I-389
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
13. Write down or print out the serial number and deactivation complete code.
NOTE
• When A4S or 8 1/2 x 11S is set to the paper feed tray, the above-mentioned serial number and deactivation complete code
can be printed out by pressing the start key.
• Serial number and deactivation complete code can be confirmed in [List] available from [License Management].
14. Follow the message appearing on the screen and turn OFF and ON the main power switch and the sub power switch.
15. Access to the LMS and login again.
For detail of the login method, refer to step 2 to step4.
16. Click [Deactivate License Code in LMS].
17. Enter the serial number and the deactivation complete code confirmed at step13.
NOTE
• Make sure to enter alphabet letters of the serial number in all capital letters.
I-390
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
(2) Use
• To be used when license management information is lost due to replacement of NVRAM board (NRB) or EEPROM (IC51) or any other
trouble.
• License management information can be repaired by acquiring repair code with repair request code, and entering the repair code.
(3) Procedure
NOTE
• You need to access License Management System (LMS) to implement each function setting.
• Before accessing the LMS, CE are required to register the E-mail address and the password in the LMS. To register, click [CE
Initial Registration] that is located in the upper right of CE Login screen.
• When the message “License management error occurred.” is displayed, carry out the repair operation with the following steps.
I-391
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
Repair
Request Code
Repair Code
Repair
3. Write down or print out the serial number, repair request code and request code.
NOTE
• When A4S or 8 1/2 x 11S is set to the paper feed tray, the above-mentioned serial number and repair request code can be
printed out by pressing the start key.
I-392
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
11. Select [Service Mode] -> [Billing Setting] -> [License Management].
I-393
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
12. Select [Repair] -> [Repair Code], and enter the repair code confirmed at step10.
Repair
Request Code
Repair Code
Repair
Repair
Request Code
Repair
14. Follow the massage appearing on the screen and turn OFF and ON the main power switch and the sub power switch.
NOTE
• When carrying out the repair operation after NVRAM board replacement, it is necessary to reactivate the i-Option license.
(2) Use
• To be used when license management information cannot be repaired.
• License management information should be initialized when the machine fails to generate request code or repair request code due to any
trouble and the information cannot be repaired.
(3) Procedure
NOTE
• You need to access License Management System (LMS) to implement each function setting.
• When license management information cannot be repaired, initialize the information with the following procedure.
I-394
bizhub 423/363/283/223 I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 13. BILLING SETTING
1. Contact the license management section of sales company to report the information necessary to issue the initialize code.
2. The license management section of sales company supplies the initialize code.
3. Call the Billing Setting to the screen.
4. Touch [License Management] → [Initialize].
5. Enter the initialize code issued by call center using the keyboard on the screen, and touch [Apply].
6. After completing the initialization, follow the message appearing on the screen and turn OFF and ON the main power switch.
(1) Functions
• To display and print request code and serial number.
(2) Use
• To check the request code and serial number.
(3) Procedure
• Set A4S or 8 1/ x 11S paper to the tray, and press start key at request code screen to print.
2
(2) Use
• To display and print deactivation complete code and serial number.
(3) Procedure
• Set A4S or 8 1/ x 11S paper to the tray, and press start key at deactivation complete code screen to print.
2
I-395
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 14. CONTENTS TO BE CLEARED BY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 RESET FUNCTION
I-396
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 15. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 bizhub 223/283/363/4...
(2) Procedure
1. Temporarily secure the scanner motor assy [1] with three screws
[2] [2].
[2] [2]
[1]
2. With the scanner drive gear set screw [1] located on the right-hand
[1] [4] side as shown on the left, slide the scanner motor assy [2] to the
left and check that it is returned to the original position by the
tension of the spring [3].
Perform this step three times.
3. Tighten the three screws [4] to fix the scanner motor assy into
position.
[3]
[4] [4]
[2]
15.1.2 Positioning of the exposure unit/LED exposure unit and mirrors unit
(1) Purpose
This adjustment must be made in the following case:
• The scanner drive cables have been rewound
(2) Procedure
1. While temporarily attaching the exposure unit/LED exposure unit to
[2]
the scanner drive cables, move the mirrors unit [1] to the center
and hit the mirrors unit against the side of the rails [2].
[2]
[1]
I-397
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 15. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 bizhub 223/283/363/4...
2. While keeping the mirrors unit hit against the side of the rail, move
[1] the temporarily attached exposure unit/LED exposure unit [1] to
the right on the scanner frame as far as the exposure unit/LED
exposure unit will go.
3. Slowly move the exposure unit/LED exposure unit [1] and the
[3]
mirrors unit [2] until they reach the position [3] where you can
insert the screws into the exposure unit/LED exposure unit.
[3] NOTE
• Be careful so that the temporarily attached exposure unit/
LED exposure unit and the mirrors unit do not become out
of position.
4. Tighten the screws to fix the exposure unit/LED exposure unit [1].
[1] [2]
(2) Procedure
1. Pull out the tray where this adjustment is made.
2. Load the tray with the paper.
3. Move the set of the paper guides [1] until no gap is produced
between the both ends of paper and the paper guides.
[1]
[1]
I-398
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 15. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 bizhub 223/283/363/4...
(2) Procedure
1. Make a test print and check the amount of misalignment.
2. Pull out the tray where this adjustment is made.
3. Stretch the paper guides [1] to the maximum size position.
[1]
[1]
4. Loosen two screws [1].
[2] [1] 5. Move the paper guides [1] complete according to the amount of
the mis-centering you checked in step 1 and adjust the center
position of it.
6. Tighten two screws [2].
7. Make another test print and check the amount of misalignment.
[1]
(2) Procedure
[1] 1. Align the match mark [1] on the bypass guide rack gear with the
[2]
groove on the gear rim at two places and install two bypass guide
rack gears [2].
[2]
[1]
I-399
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 15. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 bizhub 223/283/363/4...
2. When installing the manual CD size sensor assy [3], make sure
that the part [1] (pointed by the arrow) on the bypass guide rack
gear and the gear’s hole [2] on the manual CD size sensor assy
are placed in a straight line.
3. Secure the manual CD size sensor assy with two screws.
[3]
[2]
[1]
4. After the bypass paper size unit base has been mounted, check that the lever of the bypass paper size unit moves smoothly in a manner
operatively connected to the bypass guide.
5. Call the Service Mode to the screen and select [Machine] → [Manual Bypass Tray Width Adj]. Then, carry out manual bypass tray width
adjustment.
I-400
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 16. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DF-621
(2) Procedure
1. Remove the document pad [1].
NOTE
• When removing the document pad [1], pull apart the hook
and loop fastener one by one. Pulling the mall at once
may damage the sponge.
[1]
2. Check the clearance between the upper face [1] of scanner and
the protrusion on the reverse automatic document feeder side. (2
spots, front/back)
NOTE
• There must be no clearance between the protrusion on the
reverse automatic document feeder and the upper face [1]
of scanner.
[1]
[1]
[1]
I-401
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 16. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DF-621
X X
[1] 2. Place the chart [1] in the document feed tray (with the side having
an arrow facing up).
8. Loosen the mounting screw [1] on the right hinge viewed from the
front.
[1]
I-402
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 16. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DF-621
9. Loosen the nut [1].
[1]
10. When the difference of the deviation is + (plus), turn the screw [1]
counterclockwise to adjust.
NOTE
[2] • Look at the guide lines [2] when making the adjustment.
• When turning the screw, be sure not to raise the reverse
automatic document feeder until in an upright position.
• To prevent the adjustment screw [2] breakage, be sure to
follow the above instructions.
[1]
11. When the difference of the deviation is - (minus), turn the screw [1]
clockwise to adjust.
NOTE
[2] • Look at the guide lines [2] when making the adjustment.
• When turning the screw, be sure not to raise the reverse
automatic document feeder until in an upright position.
• To prevent the adjustment screw [2] breakage, be sure to
follow the above instructions.
[1]
12. After completing the adjustment, tighten the nut loosened in step 9.
13. After completing the adjustment, tighten the screw loosened in step 8.
14. Attach the two supplied hinge covers.
I-403
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 17. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 PC-109/PC-208
17.1.2 Procedure
1. Measure the width of printed reference line A.
Specification: 3.0 mm ± 1.0 mm
A
[2] 2. Slide out the drawer [1] and unload paper from it.
3. Loosen two screws [2] at the center of the paper lifting plate.
[1]
4. Watching the graduations [1] provided in the drawer, move the edge
[2] guide [2] in the rear.
• If width A is greater than the specified value, move the edge
guide toward the front.
• If width A is smaller than the specified value, move the edge
guide toward the rear.
[1]
I-404
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 18. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 PC-409
18.1.2 Procedure
1. Measure the width of printed reference line A.
Specification: 3.0 mm ± 1.0 mm
A
2. Press the drawer release button [1] and then slide out the drawer [2]
[1]
from the paper feed cabinet.
[2]
[1]
[2] [3]
[1]
[2]
I-405
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 18. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 PC-409
6. Loosen the adjustment screw [1] and turn screw [2] to make the
[1] adjustment.
NOTICE
• Do not damage the passage surface of the right door.
[2]
NOTICE
• If width A is greater than the specified value: Turn screw [1]
[1] counterclockwise.
NOTICE
• If width A is smaller than the specified value: Turn screw
[1] [1] clockwise.
[2]
3. While raising the main tray [1], remove two screws [2] that hold the
[1] shift tray in position.
NOTE
• When reinstalling, use caution because the wire of the
main tray [1] comes off easily.
[2]
[2]
I-406
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 18. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 PC-409
4. Remove two screws [1] and remove the shifter [2].
[2]
[1]
5. Push the tab [1] of the shift tray [2] as shown on the left and release
[2]
the lock.
6. Remove the shift tray [2].
[1]
7. Loosen the screw [1] fixing the tension pulley assy as shown on the
left and move it in the direction of the arrow.
8. After moving the shifter, tighten the fixing screw [1].
[1]
I-407
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 19. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 PK-517
(2) Procedure
B 1. Make a 1sided copy sample in the punch mode.
Face the printed surface upward.
• [A]: The distance between holes
a • [B]: Paper feeding direction
• [a]: Upper punch hole
A • [b]: Lower punch hole
b
2. Fold the paper in half along the center in the paper feeding
a direction.
b
3. Measure the deviation amount [C] between punch holes [a] and
[b].
Target: D = 0 ± 3.0 mm
a CA
b CB
Ex.1 4. If the deviation between the punch holes [a] and [b] is [CA], the
DA punch holes deviate upward in the figure relative to the paper
a folding line [F] (center in the paper feeding direction).
Ex.1: Punch hole deviation amount [DA] = Measured value [CA]
A (-7 mm) ÷ 2 = -3.5 mm (hole positions deviate upward)
F
b
Ex.2 5. If the deviation between the punch holes [a] and [b] is [CB], the
punch holes deviate downward in the figure relative to the paper
folding line [F] (center in the paper feeding direction).
a Ex.2: Punch hole deviation amount [DB] = Measured value [CB]
F (+7 mm) ÷ 2 = +3.5 mm (hole positions deviate downward)
A
DB b
Ex.3 6. Complete the adjustment, if the deviation amount [D] between
1
2 A punch holes [a] and [b] falls within the target (±3.0 mm or less).
Ex.3: Punch hole deviation amount [D] = Measured value [C] (0
mm) ÷ 2 = 0 mm (punch hole deviation amount falls within the
A target)
1
2 A
7. In case the figure exceeds the above mentioned target, follow the
[1]
procedures shown below.
8. Open the upper cover [1].
I-408
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 19. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 PK-517
9. Loosen two screws [1].
[1]
10. Move the punch unit forward or backward for adjustment referring
[1]
the mark-off line [1].
I-409
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 20. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SD-509
(2) Procedure
1. Make a copy in the half-fold mode.
2. Unfold the paper that exits the machine and lay the paper with the
ridge facing up.
Exit direction
3. Confirm the skew of the fold line [1] of the output copy sample
[A1] [1] (Widths of A1 and A2)
Standard value: A1-A2=±1.0 mm
4. In case the figure exceeds the above mentioned standard value,
follow the adjustment procedures below.
[A2]
5. Open the front door of the finisher.
6. Pull the saddle unit.
7. Remove the screw [1], and pull the saddle unit out completely.
[1]
8. Slide down the movable part [1] of the right rail and remove the
[1]
screw [2].
[2]
I-410
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 20. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SD-509
9. Push down the right rail [2] until the two notches [1] are visible as
[1] [2]
shown in the illustration below.
10. Loosen two screws [3].
[3]
[3] [1]
12. Incline the stopper [2] forward or backward according to the skew
of the crease using the shoulder screw [1] as the supporting point.
NOTE
• Push the driver or equivalent into the cover hole [3] to
incline the stopper [2].
[2]
In case the cease [1] skews as the right side: • In case the cease [1] skews as shown in the illustration:
Incline the stopper backward.
[1] • In case the cease [1] skews as shown in the illustration:
Incline the stopper forward.
[1]
I-411
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 20. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SD-509
13. Move the stopper [1] up and down to confirm that the stopper’s
light blocking plate [2] does not touch the inner surfaces of the
sensor slit [3].
14. In case of <NG>, take the following step.
[3]
[1]
<OK> [2]
[3]
<NG>
<NG>
[1] 15. Raise the stopper [1] and loosen the screw [2] that holds the
sensor mounting plate.
[2]
[2] 16. To make the light blocking plate pass the center of the sensor slit
[1], move the sensor mounting plate [2] from side to side and
adjust the mounting plate’s position.
[1]
I-412
I ADJUSTMENT/SETTING > 20. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 SD-509
17. Lower the stopper [1] and confirm that the state is that of <OK>.
[1]
[1] 18. Raise the stopper [1] again and tighten the screw [2] that was
loosened in step 15.
19. Make the copy sample again to confirm the cease skew.
20. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
[2]
I-413
bizhub 423/363/283/223
J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE
• There are two ways to update the firmware: One is by directly connecting with the main body using the USB memory device, and the
other is by downloading over a network using the Internet ISW.
NOTE
• The settings in the "Utility" mode and the "Service Mode" will not be changed, when the firmware is updated.
J-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE > 1. Confirming the firmware version
1.1 Procedure
1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
2. Select the [Firmware Version].
3. Check if the firmware version is updated.
NOTE
• After conducting firmware updating, check the firmware version No. and confirm that the firmware has been normally updated.
J-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE > 2. USB memory
2. USB memory
NOTE
• USB memory must be connected with the main power switch/sub power switch off.
• When updating the firmware, use the service port for the service.
It cannot be updated when connected to another service port.
2.1 Preparation
Conditions for USB memory which can be used for updating the firmware are as follows:
• Without security function added (security function can be turned off)
• Memory with 1 GB to 2 GB are recommended (One with 4 GB or more may not operate)
• Corresponds to USB 2.0
• Formatted with FAT32 type
• A USB flash memory that appears as multiple drives on a computer cannot be used.
2.2 Procedure
1. Connect the USB to the PC, and copy the firmware data to the USB memory.
NOTE
• The firmware data to be updated must be copied to the root directory with the file name “A1UDFW. tar.”
• More than one firmware data with a single model or multiple models can be stored in the USB memory. (Maximum of fifteen
files)
When storing more than one firmware data, make a folder with a name “(model code) FW” (“A1UDFW” for this machine) right
under the root directory. (File names can be set arbitrarily)
• When making a folder and storing more than one firmware data, it is also necessary to copy the firmware data “A0EDFW. Tar”
to the root directly.
2. Turn OFF the main power switch and the sub power switch.
3. Remove the screw [1].
4. Lift up the cover [2] of the service port.
5. Insert the USB memory device to the service port [3] for service.
J-3
bizhub 423/363/283/223 J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE > 2. USB memory
[1]
[2] [3]
NOTE
• USB memory must be connected with the main power switch/sub power switch off.
• When updating the firmware, use the service port for the service.
It cannot be updated when connected to another service port.
6. Turn ON the main power switch and the sub power switch.
7. Control panel shows F/W items to be updated, and select the particular type of F/W to be updated. (Select [YES].)
8. Press the [START]. (At this time, the Start key starts blinking red.)
9. Check that the control panel shows the message indicating that the data has been rewritten correctly ([Downloading Completed]). Check
also the check sum value ([Check Sum ####]) shown on the control panel. (The Start key lights blue.)
10. Turn OFF the main power switch and the sub power switch.
11. Remove the USB memory device, and fix the cover of the USB port using a screw.
12. Turn ON the main power switch and the sub power switch.
NOTE
• When turning the main power switch ON for the first time after the firmware is updated, data may sometimes be internally
updated.
In that case, the following message will be displayed. Never turn the main power switch OFF until either the serial number
input screen or the trouble code screen is displayed.
J-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE > 2. USB memory
J-5
bizhub 423/363/283/223 J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE > 3. Internet ISW
3. Internet ISW
3.1 Preparations for firmware rewriting
3.1.1 Outline
• [Internet ISW] is the system which gives the instruction for updating the firmware with the control panel of the main body, so the main body
will automatically receive the firmware from the program server over a network for updating. With the Internet ISW, the firmware can be
updated when the CE is at the user’s without firmware data.
J-6
bizhub 423/363/283/223 J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE > 3. Internet ISW
6. Connection Time-Out
• Select [Connection Time-Out], and set the time for the connection time out between 30 and 300 seconds.
3. Select [User ID], and enter the user ID which is necessary for connecting to the program server on the on-screen keyboard, and touch
[END].
4. Select [Password], and enter the password which is necessary for connecting to the program server on the on-screen keyboard, and
touch [END].
5. Select [URL], and enter the directory which stores the program server address and the firmware on the on-screen keyboard by URL
method, and touch [END].
NOTE
• Enter the URL which matches to the protocol to be used.
When connecting to http://(host name or IP address)/directory name or https://(host name or IP address)/directory
http name
When connecting to ftp://(host name or IP address)/directory name
ftp
6. Select [File Name], and enter the file name of the firmware data to be downloaded on the on-screen keyboard, and touch [END].
7. Touch [END] to finish setting.
J-7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE > 3. Internet ISW
3. The main body will automatically start running, and it starts accessing the server.
4. Control panel shows F/W items to be updated, and select the particular type of F/W to be updated. (Select [YES].)
J-8
bizhub 423/363/283/223 J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE > 3. Internet ISW
2. When updating on the control panel, touch [settings] on the standby screen, and check the Network settings again.
Touch [Download], and restart the Internet ISW.
NOTE
• Return to the standby screen without fail after turning the main power switch OFF/ON if the firmware is not updated.
• Firmware can be updated with the USB memory with the main power switch OFF.
J-9
bizhub 423/363/283/223 J REWRITING OF FIRMWARE > 4. CS Remote Care
4. CS Remote Care
4.1 Firmware rewriting from the CS Remote Care
• For detailed error information relating to CS Remote Care, refer to “I.11.7 Setting up the CS Remote Care”
• For the firmware update procedure using CS Remote Care, refer to CS Remote Care Center Manual.
J-10
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
K TROUBLESHOOTING
1. JAM CODE
JAM DISPLAY
(1) JAM DISPLAY
• When the paper jam occurred, the message, the position jam occurred (number blinks), position of the remaining paper (number lights
up), and the JAM code are displayed.
NOTE
• JAM code is displayed on the jam warning screen only when the following setting is set to “Display.”
[Service Mode] → [System 2] → [JAM Code Display Setting]
K-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
K-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
K-3
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[1] Paper exit sensor (PS3) [2] Duplex unit upper transport sensor (PS92)
[3] Registration sensor (PS1) [4] Duplex unit lower transport sensor (PS93)
[5] Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS28)
1.3.2 DF-621
[2] [1]
[3] [4]
[1] Separation roller sensor (PS2) [2] Document registration sensor (PS3)
[3] Reading roller sensor (PS4) [4] Document exit sensor (PS5)
K-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
1.3.3 PC-109/PC-208
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[1] Registration sensor (PS1) [2] Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS28)
[3] Tray 3 vertical transport sensor (PS36) [4] Tray 3 paper feed sensor (PS35)
[5] Tray 4 vertical transport sensor (PS46) [6] Tray 4 paper feed sensor (PS45)
K-5
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
1.3.4 PC-409
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1] Registration sensor (PS1) [2] Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS28)
[3] Vertical transport sensor (PS52) [4] Paper feed sensor (PS51)
1.3.5 JS-505
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1] Paper exit sensor (PS3) [2] Lower tray exit sensor (PS1)
[3] Upper tray exit sensor (PS2)
K-6
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
1.3.6 FS-529
[3] [2]
[1]
[1] Paper passage sensor/1 (PS1) [2] Paper passage sensor/2 (PS10)
[3] Paper empty sensor (PS7)
1.3.7 FS-527/SD-509/PK-517/JS-603
[4]
[3] [1]
[2]
[10]
[9]
[5]
[8]
[6]
[7]
[1] Paper passage sensor/1 (PS1) [2] Paper passage sensor/2 (PS2)
[3] Registration sensor (PS10) [4] Tray 1 path sensor (PS6)
[5] Saddle path sensor (PS11) [6] Paper detection sensor/1 (PS43)
[7] Paper detection sensor/2 (PS44) [8] Lower path sensor (PS9)
[9] Tray 2 paper detection sensor (PS16) [10] Upper path sensor (PS8)
K-7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
1.5 1*-**
1.5.1 10-01, 10-40
(1) Contents
JAM type Misfeed at manual bypass feed section
JAM code 10-01, 10-40
Detection timing The leading edge of the paper does not unblocked or turn ON the tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS28)
10-01
even after the lapse of a given period of time after the manual bypass starts to feed paper.
For paper fed from the manual bypass, the image write start signal permit continues to be disabled for a
10-40
predetermined period of time after the timing of the image write start signal output.
In case paper position is detected as locating properly after main power switch is turned ON, door and
- cover are opened / closed or jam/trouble reset is done, it is regarded as paper jam at manual bypass
feed section.
Misfeed processing • Right door
location
Relevant parts • Transport motor (M1)
• Manual paper feed clutch (CL81)
• Manual pick-up solenoid (SD81)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
• Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS28)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS28 I/O check, sensor check C-17
2 PRCB CN23-16 (ON)
C-19
3 CL81 operation check PRCB CN9-2 (ON) C-10
4 SD81 operation check PRCB CN9-4 (ON) C-10
M1 operation check PRCB CN3-4 (REM)
5 C-16
PRCB CN3-7 (LOCK)
6 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS1 I/O check, sensor check C-17 to 18
2 PRCB CN23-9 (ON)
C-20
3 CL11 operation check PRCB CN13-2 (ON) C-1
K-8
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS28 I/O check, sensor check C-17
2 PRCB CN23-16 (ON)
C-19
CL21 operation check C-4
3 PRCB CN14-2 (ON)
C-6
CL22 operation check C-17
4 PRCB CN23-13 (ON)
C-19
M1 operation check PRCB CN3-4 (REM)
5 C-16
PRCB CN3-7 (LOCK)
6 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
K-9
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS1 I/O check, sensor check C-17 to 18
2 PRCB CN23-9 (ON)
C-20
3 PS36 I/O check, sensor check PCCB31 CN6-11 (ON) PC-208 B-2
PS28 I/O check, sensor check C-17
4 PRCB CN23-16 (ON)
C-19
5 M31 operation check PCCB31 CN5-1 to 4 PC-208 B-3
6 M32 operation check PCCB31 CN5-5 to 8 PC-208 B-3
7 PCCB ICP1, ICP3 conduction check - -
8 Change PCCB31 - -
9 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram of bizhub 223/283/363/423 (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of PC-208 (PDF format, 1.2MB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS1 I/O check, sensor check C-17 to 18
2 PRCB CN23-9 (ON)
C-20
3 PS46 I/O check, sensor check PCCB31 CN11-2 (ON) PC-208 G-5
4 PS36 I/O check, sensor check PCCB31 CN6-11 (ON) PC-208 B-2
PS28 I/O check, sensor check C-17
5 PRCB CN23-16 (ON)
C-19
6 M41 operation check PCCB31 CN9-1 to 4 PC-208 G-5 to 6
7 M42 operation check PCCB31 CN9-6 to 9 PC-208 G-6
8 PCCB ICP1, ICP2 conduction check - -
9 Change PCCB31 - -
10 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram of bizhub 223/283/363/423 (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of PC-208 (PDF format, 1.2MB)
K-10
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
There is no response to the paper feed command sent to the LCT even after the set period of time has
15-43
elapsed.
The paper feed sensor (PS51) is turned ON when the main power switch is set to ON, a door or cover is
-
opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
In case paper position is detected as locating properly after main power switch is turned ON, door and
-
cover are opened / closed or jam/trouble reset is done, it is regarded as paper jam at LCT feed section.
Misfeed processing • Right door
location
Relevant parts • Paper feed sensor (PS51)
• Vertical transport sensor (PS52)
• Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS28)
• Registration sensor (PS1)
• PC Control board (PCCB51)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
• Paper feed motor (M51)
• Vertical transport motor (M52)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS51 I/O check, sensor check PCCB51 PJ5-2 (ON) PC-409 G-9
3 PS52 I/O check, sensor check PCCB51 PJ5-5 (ON) PC-409 G-9
PS28 I/O check, sensor check C-17
4 PRCB CN23-16 (ON)
C-19
PS1 I/O check, sensor check C-17 to 18
5 PRCB CN23-9 (ON)
C-20
6 M51 operation check PCCB51 PJ6-1 to 4 PC-409 G-10
7 M52 operation check PCCB51 PJ6-5 to 8 PC-409 G-9
8 PCCB ICP1, ICP2 conduction check - -
9 Change PCCB51 - -
10 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram of bizhub 223/283/363/423 (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of PC-409 (PDF format, 1.2MB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS51 I/O check, sensor check PCCB51 PJ5-2 (ON) PC-409 G-9
3 PS52 I/O check, sensor check PCCB51 PJ5-5 (ON) PC-409 G-9
K-11
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
1.6 2*-**
1.6.1 20-01, 20-11
(1) Contents
JAM type Misfeed at vertical transport section
JAM code 20-01, 20-11
Detection timing The registration sensor (PS1) is not unblocked even after the lapse of a given period of time after the
20-01
tray 2, tray 3 or tray 4 starts to feed paper.
The tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS28) is not unblocked or turned OFF even after the lapse of a
20-11
given period of time after the paper has been blocked or turn ON the PS28.
Misfeed processing • Right door
location
Relevant parts • Transport motor (M1)
• Tray 2 vertical transport clutch (CL22)
• Registration clutch (CL1)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
• Registration sensor (PS1)
• Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS28)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS1 I/O check, sensor check C-17 to 18
2 PRCB CN23-9 (ON)
C-20
PS28 I/O check, sensor check C-17
3 PRCB CN23-16 (ON)
C-19
CL22 operation check C-17
4 PRCB CN23-13 (ON)
C-19
CL1 operation check C-17 to 18
5 FREYB CN23-11 (ON)
C-20
M1 operation check PRCB CN3-4 (REM)
6 C-16
PRCB CN3-7 (LOCK)
7 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
K-12
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS1 I/O check, sensor check C-17 to 18
2 PRCB CN23-9 (ON)
C-20
3 PS36 I/O check, sensor check PCCB31 CN6-11 (ON) PC-208 B-2
PS28 I/O check, sensor check C-17
4 PRCB CN23-16 (ON)
C-19
5 M31 operation check PCCB31 CN5-1 to 4 PC-208 B-3
6 M32 operation check PCCB31 CN5-5 to 8 PC-208 B-3
7 PCCB ICP1, ICP3 conduction check - -
8 Change PCCB31 - -
9 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram of bizhub 223/283/363/423 (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of PC-208 (PDF format, 1.2MB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS1 I/O check, sensor check C-17 to 18
2 PRCB CN23-9 (ON)
C-20
3 PS46 I/O check, sensor check PCCB31 CN11-2 (ON) PC-208 G-5
4 PS36 I/O check, sensor check PCCB31 CN6-11 (ON) PC-208 B-2
PS28 I/O check, sensor check C-17
5 PRCB CN23-16 (ON)
C-19
6 M41 operation check PCCB31 CN9-1 to 4 PC-208 G-5 to 6
7 M42 operation check PCCB31 CN9-6 to 9 PC-208 G-6
8 PCCB ICP1, ICP2 conduction check - -
9 Change PCCB31 - -
10 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram of bizhub 223/283/363/423 (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of PC-208 (PDF format, 1.2MB)
1.7 3*-**
1.7.1 30-01, 30-03
(1) Contents
JAM type Misfeed at image transfer section
JAM code 30-01, 30-03
Detection timing A sheet of paper does not block the registration sensor (PS1) after a predetermined period of time has
30-01
elapsed since the sheet unblocks PS1.
30-03 The leading edge of paper does not block the paper exit sensor (PS3) since the paper feeding is started.
The registration sensor (PS1) is unblocked when the main power switch is turned ON, a door or cover is
-
opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
K-13
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
In case paper position is detected as locating properly after main power switch is turned ON, door and
- cover are opened / closed or jam/trouble reset is done, it is regarded as paper jam at image transfer
section.
Misfeed processing • Right door
location
Relevant parts • Transport motor (M1)
• Registration clutch (CL1)
• Paper exit sensor (PS3)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
• Registration sensor (PS1)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS1 I/O check, sensor check C-17 to 18
2 PRCB CN23-9 (ON)
C-20
3 PS3 I/O check, sensor check - -
CL1 operation check C-17 to 18
4 FREYB CN23-11 (ON)
C-20
M1 operation check PRCB CN3-4 (REM)
5 C-16
PRCB CN3-7 (LOCK)
6 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS3 I/O check, sensor check - -
M1 operation check PRCB CN3-4 (REM)
3 C-16
PRCB CN3-7 (LOCK)
4 M91 operation check PRCB CN18-4 to 7 C-13
5 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
1.8 6*-**
1.8.1 66-01, 66-11, 66-21
(1) Contents
JAM type ADF turnover section
JAM code 66-01, 66-11, 66-21
Detection timing The document registration sensor (PS3) is not turned ON after a lapse of a given time after the reverse
66-01
motion is started.
The document registration sensor (PS3) is not turned OFF after a lapse of a given time after the reverse
66-11
registration motion is started.
K-14
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
The reading roller sensor (PS4) is not turned ON after a lapse of a given time after the document
66-21
registration sensor (PS3) is turned ON during reverse transportation.
Misfeed processing • Left cover
location
Relevant parts • Document reading motor (M1)
• Document registration sensor (PS3)
• Reading roller sensor (PS4)
• Document exit roller release solenoid (SD1)
• DF control board (DFCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS3 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J10-12 (ON) DF-621 G-5
3 PS4 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J11-3 (ON) DF-621 G-3
4 M1 operation check DFCB J6-1 to 4 DF-621 B-2
5 SD1 operation check DFCB J14-1 (ON) DF-621 B-4
6 DFCB F6 conduction check - -
7 Change DFCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS2 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J10-8 (ON) DF-621 G-5
3 PS6 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J7-6 (ON) DF-621 G-4
4 PS7 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J7-5 (ON) DF-621 G-3
5 PS8 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J7-7 (ON) DF-621 G-4
6 CL1 operation check DFCB J17-1 (ON) DF-621 B-4
7 CL2 operation check DFCB J16-1 (ON) DF-621 B-4
8 M2 operation check DFCB J3-1 to 4 DF-621 B-2
9 DFCB F2 conduction check - -
10 DFCB F9 conduction check - -
11 Change DFCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
K-15
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
The document registration sensor (PS3) is not turned OFF after a lapse of given time after the
66-23
separation roller sensor (PS2) is turned OFF.
The reading roller sensor (PS4) is not turned ON after a lapse of a given time after the document
66-33
registration sensor (PS3) is turned ON.
Misfeed processing • Left cover
location
Relevant parts • Document registration sensor (PS3)
• Separation roller sensor (PS2)
• Reading roller sensor (PS4)
• DF control board (DFCB)
• Document reading motor (M1)
• Document feed motor (M2)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS2 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J10-8 (ON) DF-621 G-5
3 PS3 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J10-12 (ON) DF-621 G-5
4 PS4 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J11-3 (ON) DF-621 G-3
5 M1 operation check DFCB J6-1 to 4 DF-621 B-2
6 M2 operation check DFCB J3-1 to 4 DF-621 B-2
7 Change DFCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS4 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J11-3 (ON) DF-621 G-3
3 PS5 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J11-4 (ON) DF-621 G-3
4 M1 operation check DFCB J6-1 to 4 DF-621 B-2
5 Change DFCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
K-16
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
The reading roller sensor (PS4) is not turned OFF after a lapse of a given time after the document
66-15
registration sensor (PS3) is turned OFF after the reverse registration motion is started.
Misfeed processing • Left cover
location
Relevant parts • Document registration sensor (PS3)
• Reading roller sensor (PS4)
• DF control board (DFCB)
• Document reading motor (M1)
• Reading roller release motor (M3)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 Make the adjustment of original stop position. - -
3 PS3 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J10-12 (ON) DF-621 G-5
4 PS4 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J11-3 (ON) DF-621 G-3
5 M1 operation check DFCB J6-1 to 4 DF-621 B-2
6 M3 operation check DFCB J15-4 to 5 DF-621 G-2
7 DFCB F4, F5 conduction check - -
8 Change DFCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
1.9 7*-**
1.9.1 72-14
(1) Contents
JAM type FS transport section
JAM code 72-14
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
72-14 The saddle path sensor (PS11) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
lower path sensor (PS9) is turned ON by the paper.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location
Relevant parts • Lower path sensor (PS9)
• Saddle path sensor (PS11)
• Conveyance motor (M4)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS9 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ16-5 (ON) FS-527 J-4
3 PS11 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ13-6 (ON) FS-527 B to C-5
4 M4 operation check FSCB PJ10-5 to 8 FS-527 B to C-3
5 FSCB F7 conduction check - -
6 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
1.9.2 72-15
(1) Contents
JAM type FS transport section
JAM code 72-15
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
72-15 The saddle path sensor (PS11) is not turn OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after it turns
ON.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location
Relevant parts • Saddle path sensor (PS11)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
K-17
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
1.9.3 72-16
(1) Contents
JAM type FS transport section, Job separator transport section
JAM code 72-16
Detection timing <When FS-527/FS-529 is installed>
• The paper passage sensor/1 (PS1) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed
after the copier’s exit sensor (PS3) is turned ON by the paper.
• The paper passage sensor/1 (PS1) is not turned OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed
after it is turned ON by the paper.
<When JS-505 is installed>
• The lower tray exit sensor (PS1) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after
the copier’s paper exit sensor (PS3) is turned ON by the paper.
• The upper tray exit sensor (PS2) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after
72-16 the copier’s paper exit sensor (PS3) is turned ON by the paper.
• The lower tray exit sensor (PS1) is not turned OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after
the copier’s paper exit sensor (PS3) is turned OFF by the paper.
• The upper tray exit sensor (PS2) is not turned OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after
the copier’s paper exit sensor (PS3) is turned OFF by the paper.
• The paper exit sensor (PS25) is not turned OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
copier’s paper exit sensor (PS3) is turned ON by the paper.
• The lower tray exit sensor (PS1) is turned ON when the power switch is set to ON, a door or cover is
opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
• The upper tray exit sensor (PS2) is turned ON when the power switch is set to ON, a door or cover is
opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
Misfeed processing • Horizontal conveyance cover <When FS-527 is installed>
location • Front cover <When FS-529 is installed>
• Misfeed clearing cover <When JS-505 is installed>
Relevant parts <When FS-527 is installed>
• Paper exit sensor (PS3)
• Paper passage sensor/1 (PS1)
• Paper passage motor/1 (M1)
• Paper passage motor/2 (M3)
• FS control board (FSCB)
<When FS-529 is installed>
• Paper exit sensor (PS3)
• Paper passage sensor/1 (PS1)
• FS control board (FSCB)
<When JS-505 is installed>
• Paper exit sensor (PS3)
• Lower tray exit sensor (PS1)
• Upper tray exit sensor (PS2)
• Transport motor (M1)
• JS control board (JSCB)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS3 I/O check, sensor check - -
3 PS1 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ11-2 (ON) FS-527 I-11 to 12
4 M1 operation check FSCB PJ28-1 to 4 FS-527 I-12
5 M3 operation check FSCB PJ7-1 to 4 FS-527 C to B-3
6 FSCB F5, F6 conduction check - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
When FS-529 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS3 I/O check, sensor check - -
3 PS1 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN3-3 (ON) FS-529 B-3
4 Change FSCB - -
K-18
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
1.9.4 72-17
(1) Contents
JAM type FS transport section
JAM code 72-17
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
• The paper passage sensor/2 (PS2) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed
after the paper passage sensor/1 (PS1) is turned ON by the paper.
• The paper passage sensor/2 (PS2) is not turn OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after
it turns ON.
72-17
<When FS-529 is installed>
• The paper passage sensor/2 (PS10) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed
after the paper passage sensor/1 (PS1) is turned ON by the paper.
• The paper passage sensor/2 (PS10) is not turned OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed
after the paper passage sensor/2 (PS10) is turned ON by the paper.
Misfeed processing • Horizontal conveyance cover <When FS-527 is installed>
location • Front door <When FS-529 is installed>
Relevant parts <When FS-527 is installed>
• Paper passage sensor/1 (PS1)
• Paper passage sensor/2 (PS2)
• FS control board (FSCB)
<When FS-529 is installed>
• Paper passage sensor/1 (PS1)
• Paper passage sensor/2 (PS10)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS1 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ11-2 (ON) FS-527 I-11 to 12
3 PS2 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ11-8 (ON) FS-527 I-11
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
When FS-529 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS1 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ11-2 (ON) FS-527 I-11 to 12
3 PS10 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN7-3 (ON) FS-529 B-4 to 5
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram of FS-527 (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of FS-529 (PDF format, 1MB)
1.9.5 72-18
(1) Contents
JAM type FS transport section
JAM code 72-18
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
• The registration sensor (PS10) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
72-18 paper passage sensor/2 (PS2) is turned ON by the paper.
• The registration sensor (PS10) is not turn OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after it
turns ON.
K-19
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS2 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ11-8 (ON) FS-527 I-11
3 PS10 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ13-8 (ON) FS-527 B to C-5
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
1.9.6 72-19
(1) Contents
JAM type FS transport section
JAM code 72-19
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
• The lower path sensor (PS9) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
registration sensor (PS10) is turned ON by the paper.
• The lower path sensor (PS9) is not turn OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after it turns
ON.
• The upper path sensor (PS8) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
registration sensor (PS10) is turned ON by the paper.
72-19
• The upper path sensor (PS8) is not turn OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after it
turns ON.
• The lower path sensor (PS9) is not turned ON by the paper even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the switchback operation caused by the conveyance motor (M4) is completed.
• After the switchback operation caused by the conveyance motor (M4) is completed, the lower path
sensor (PS9) is not turned OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after PS9 is turn ON by
the paper.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location
Relevant parts • Conveyance motor (M4)
• Upper path sensor (PS8)
• Lower path sensor (PS9)
• Registration sensor (PS10)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS8 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ14-12 (ON) FS-527 J-5
3 PS9 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ16-5 (ON) FS-527 J-4
4 PS10 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ13-8 (ON) FS-527 B to C-5
5 M4 operation check FSCB PJ10-5 to 8 FS-527 B to C-3
6 FSCB F7 conduction check - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
1.9.7 72-21
(1) Contents
JAM type FS transport section
JAM code 72-21
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
The tray 2 paper detection sensor (PS16) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed
after the lower path sensor (PS9) is turned ON by the paper.
72-21 <When FS-529 is installed>
• The paper empty sensor (PS7) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
paper passage sensor/2 (PS10) is turned ON by the paper.
• The paper empty sensor (PS7) is not turned OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after
the paper empty sensor (PS7) is turned ON by the paper.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location
K-20
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
(2) Procedure
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS9 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ16-5 (ON) FS-527 J-4
3 PS16 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ17-8 (ON) FS-527 B to C-8
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
When FS-529 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS10 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN7-3 (ON) FS-529 B-4 to 5
3 PS7 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN6-3 (ON) FS-529 B-1 to 2
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
1.9.8 72-22
(1) Contents
JAM type FS transport section
JAM code 72-22
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
• The tray 1 path sensor (PS6) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
72-22 registration sensor (PS10) is turned ON by the paper.
• The tray 1 path sensor (PS6) is not turn OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after it turns
ON.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location
Relevant parts • Registration sensor (PS10)
• Tray 1 path sensor (PS6)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS10 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ13-8 (ON) FS-527 B to C-5
3 PS6 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ14-9 (ON) FS-527 J-5
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
1.9.9 72-26
(1) Contents
JAM type SD paper exit section
JAM code 72-26
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
72-26 The paper detection sensor/2 (PS44) is not turn OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after
it turns ON.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location • Stacker unit
Relevant parts • Paper detection sensor/2 (PS44)
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
K-21
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS44 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ13-2 (ON) SD-509 G-3
3 Change SDDB - -
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
1.9.10 72-43
(1) Contents
JAM type PK JAM
JAM code 72-43
Detection timing <When FS-527+PK-517 is installed>
72-43 Though the punch home sensor/1 (PS100) is not turned ON after the punch motor/1 (M100) starts
rotating forward, PS100 is turned ON after M100 starts rotating backward.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location
Relevant parts • Punch motor/1 (M100)
• Punch home sensor/1 (PS100)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS100 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ19-8 (ON) FS-527 (PK-517) J-9
M100 operation check FSCB PJ19-1 (CW)
3 FS-527 (PK-517) J-8
FSCB PJ19-3 (CCW)
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
1.9.11 72-81
(1) Contents
JAM type FS staple section
JAM code 72-81
Detection timing Though the stapler sensor is not turned ON after the stapler motor starts rotating forward, the stapler
72-81
sensor is turned ON after the stapler motor starts rotating backward.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location • Front cover
Relevant parts • Stapler unit
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 Change stapler unit - -
3 Change FSCB - -
1.9.12 72-85
(1) Contents
JAM type SD staple section
JAM code 72-85
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
Though the saddle stapler home sensor is not turned ON after the saddle stapler motor starts rotating
72-85
forward, the saddle stapler home sensor is turned ON after the saddle stapler motor starts rotating
backward.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location • Stacker unit
Relevant parts • Saddle stapler unit
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
K-22
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 Change saddle stapler unit - -
3 Change SDDB - -
4 Change FSCB - -
1.9.13 72-86
(1) Contents
JAM type SD transport section
JAM code 72-86
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
72-86 The paper detection sensor/1 (PS43) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after
the saddle path sensor (PS11) is turned ON by the paper.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location • Stacker unit
Relevant parts • Saddle path sensor (PS11)
• Paper detection sensor/1 (PS43)
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS11 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ13-6 (ON) FS-527 B to C-5
3 PS43 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ9-8 (ON) SD-509 G-1
4 SDDB F1 conduction check - -
5 Change SDDB - -
6 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram of FS-527 (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of SD-509 (PDF format, 1MB)
1.9.14 72-87
(1) Contents
JAM type SD transport section
JAM code 72-87
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
72-87 The paper detection sensor/2 (PS44) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed after
the saddle path sensor (PS11) is turned ON by the paper.
Misfeed processing • Front door
location • Stacker unit
Relevant parts • Saddle path sensor (PS11)
• Paper detection sensor/2 (PS44)
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS11 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ13-6 (ON) FS-527 B to C-5
3 PS44 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ13-2 (ON) SD-509 G-3
4 SDDB F1 conduction check - -
5 Change SDDB - -
6 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram of FS-527 (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of SD-509 (PDF format, 1MB)
1.10 9*-**
1.10.1 92-01, 92-40
(1) Contents
JAM type Misfeed at duplex pre-registration section
JAM code 92-01, 92-40
K-23
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
Detection timing The registration sensor (PS1) is not unblocked even after the lapse of a given period of time after a
92-01
duplex paper feed sequence has been started.
For the second-side feed of paper in the duplex mode, the image write start signal permit continues to be
92-40
disabled for a predetermined period of time after the timing of the image write start signal output.
In case paper position is detected as locating properly after main power switch is turned ON, door and
- cover are opened / closed or jam/trouble reset is done, it is regarded as paper jam at duplex pre-
registration section.
Misfeed processing • Right door
location
Relevant parts • Transport motor (M1)
• Switchback motor (M91)
• Duplex transport motor (M92)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
• Registration sensor (PS1)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
PS1 I/O check, sensor check C-17 to 18
2 PRCB CN23-9 (ON)
C-20
M1 operation check PRCB CN3-4 (REM)
3 C-16
PRCB CN3-7 (LOCK)
4 M91 operation check PRCB CN18-4 to 7 C-13
5 M92 operation check PRCB CN5-4 to 7 C-22
6 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
1.10.2 93-01
(1) Contents
JAM type Misfeed at duplex transport section
JAM code 93-01
Detection timing The paper does not unblock the duplex unit upper transport sensor (PS92) even after lapse of a given
93-01
period of time after the paper has blocked the PS92.
The paper does not unblock the duplex unit lower transport sensor (PS93) even after lapse of a given
-
period of time after the paper has blocked the duplex unit upper transport sensor (PS92).
The paper does not unblock the duplex unit lower transport sensor (PS93) even after lapse of a given
-
period of time after the paper has blocked the PS93.
In case the duplex unit upper transport sensor (PS92) or the duplex unit lower transport sensor (PS93) is
- blocked after main power switch is turned ON, door and cover are opened /closed or jam/trouble reset is
done, it is regarded as paper jam at duplex transport section.
In case paper position is detected as locating properly after main power switch is turned ON, door and
- cover are opened / closed or jam/trouble reset is done, it is regarded as paper jam at duplex transport
section.
Misfeed processing • Duplex door
location
Relevant parts • Switchback motor (M91)
• Duplex transport motor (M92)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
• Duplex unit upper transport sensor (PS92)
• Duplex unit lower transport sensor (PS93)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical component
1 Initial check items - -
2 PS92 I/O check, sensor check PRCB CN5-10 (ON) C-22
3 PS93 I/O check, sensor check PRCB CN5-13 (ON) C-21
4 M91 operation check PRCB CN18-4 to 7 C-13
5 M92 operation check PRCB CN5-4 to 7 C-22
6 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
1.10.3 99-01
(1) Contents
JAM type Controller JAM
K-24
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 1. JAM CODE
K-25
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 2. MALFUNCTION CODE
2. MALFUNCTION CODE
2.1 Display procedure
• The machine’s CPU performs a self-diagnostics function that, on detecting a malfunction, gives the corresponding warning code and
maintenance call mark on the control panel.
• Touching the maintenance call mark will display the corresponding warning code on the state confirm screen.
Maintenance mark
2.3 S-1
2.3.1 Contents
Malfunction type CCD gain adjustment failure
Malfunction code S-1
Description timing It is detected that the CCD clamp gain adjustment value is faulty.
Relevant parts • Exposure unit/LED exposure unit
• CCD board (CCDB)
• MFP board (MFPB)
K-26
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 2. MALFUNCTION CODE
2.3.2 Procedure
1. Correct the harness connection between CCDB and MFPB if faulty.
2. Check for possible extraneous light and correct as necessary.
3. Clean the lens, mirrors, CCD surface, and shading sheet if dirty.
4. Correct reflective mirror of the scanner if faulty, or change scanner.
5. Change CCD sensor unit.
6. Change MFPB.
2.4 D-1
2.4.1 Contents
Malfunction type Split line detect
Malfunction code D-1
Description timing • When the main/sub power switches are turned ON or when the machine is recovering from the power save
mode, if the original cover is not open, the cleaning brush rotates 360 degrees to detect whether or not
stain exists in the original reading section. This warning will be displayed if the original is set to ADF when
stain exist.
• The thin line detection level and the warning display can be changed by the following setting.
[Service Mode] → [System 2] → [Split Line Detect. Setting]
Relevant parts • Glass cleaning roller home sensor (PS13)
• Glass cleaning motor (M4)
• DF control board (DFCB)
2.4.2 Procedure
1. Wipe clean the glass surface of the DF original glass.
2. Check the glass cleaning roller unit for proper installation and correct if necessary.
3. Select [Service Mode] → [System 2] → [ADF Scan Glass Contamin. Set.], and change the setting.
4. Check the DFCB connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
5. M4 operation check.
6. Change glass cleaning brush.
7. Change DFCB.
2.5 P-27
2.5.1 Contents
Malfunction type Transfer ATVC failure
Malfunction code P-27
Description timing An abnormal average value is detected during an adjustment of the image transfer ATVC value.
Relevant parts • High voltage unit (HV)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
• 2nd image transfer assy
2.5.2 Procedure
1. Check that the spring does not come off during the pressure operation of the transfer roller and correct if necessary.
2. Check the contact at the joint of the transfer roller unit and HV. Clean the joint or correct if necessary.
3. Change HV.
4. Change PRCB.
2.6 L-4
2.6.1 Contents
Malfunction type Drum unit rotation time excess warning
Malfunction code L-4
Description timing • PC drum rotation time count value used for the life judgment of drum unit (the value for PC drum rotation
distance calculated into the rotation time) is above the threshold value for the excess warning.
• Printing with this warning being displayed is not included in the image warranty.
2.7 L-6
2.7.1 Contents
Malfunction type Warning of excess hours of developer use
Malfunction code L-6
Description timing • The count of hours the developer has been used (PC motor rotation time), which is used to judge the life of
the developer, exceeds the excess warning threshold.
• Printing with this warning being displayed is not included in the image warranty.
2.8 L-7
2.8.1 Contents
Malfunction type Warning of ozone filter’s excess number of prints
K-27
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 2. MALFUNCTION CODE
2.9 L-8
2.9.1 Contents
Malfunction type Paper dust remover excess warning
Malfunction code L-8
Description timing • The paper dust remover’s count (PC motor rotation time), which is used to judge the life of the paper dust
remover, exceeds the excess warning threshold.
• Printing with this warning being displayed is not included in the image warranty.
2.10 L-9
2.10.1 Contents
Malfunction type Developing unit rotation time excess warning
Malfunction code L-9
Description timing • The count of hours the developing unit has been rotated (PC motor rotation time), which is used to judge
the life of the developing unit, exceeds the excess warning threshold.
• Printing with this warning being displayed is not included in the image warranty.
2.11 L-10
2.11.1 Contents
Malfunction type Warning of transfer roller unit’s excess number of prints
Malfunction code L-10
Description timing • The transfer roller unit’s count of sheets printed, which is used to judge the life of the transfer roller unit,
exceeds the excess warning threshold.
• Printing with this warning being displayed is not included in the image warranty.
2.12 L-11
2.12.1 Contents
Malfunction type Fusing unit rotation time excess warning
Malfunction code L-11
Description timing • The count of hours the fusing unit has been rotated (main motor rotation time), which is used to judge the
life of the fusing unit, exceeds the excess warning threshold.
• Printing with this warning being displayed is not included in the image warranty.
K-28
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3. TROUBLE CODE
3.1 Display procedure
• The machine’s CPU performs a self-diagnostics function that, on detecting a malfunction, gives the corresponding malfunction code on the
control panel.
(2) Procedure
1. Turn OFF the main power switch.
2. Turn main power switch ON while pressing the Utility/Counter key.
3. Touch [Trouble Reset].
4. Check to make sure that [OK] is displayed and it has been reset.
5. After turning off the main power switch, turn it on again more than 10 seconds after and check if the machine starts correctly.
K-29
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
NOTE
• The malfunction detection mechanism is not applied to units and options that are being isolated.
K-30
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
K-31
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
K-32
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
K-33
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.5 C0***
3.5.1 C0001
(1) Contents
Trouble type LCT communication error
Trouble code C0001
Rank B
Detection timing Due to malfunctioning of the software or other causes, the watchdog timer triggers a reset when time is up.
Trouble isolation -
K-34
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec. or more,
1 - -
and turn ON the main power switch.
2 PCCB51 replacement - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.1. C0001)
3.5.2 C0202
(1) Contents
Trouble type Tray 1 feeder up/down abnormality
Trouble code C0202
Rank B
Detection timing The paper feed tray 1 upper limit sensor (PS12) is not blocked even after the lapse of a given period of time
after the lifting motion has been started.
Trouble isolation • Tray 1
Relevant electrical parts • Tray 1 lift-up motor (M11)
• Tray 1 upper limit sensor (PS12)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M11-PRCB CN12 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M11 for proper drive coupling and
2 - -
correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS12-relay CN1-PRCB CN13
3 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
PS12 I/O check, sensor check C-2
4 PRCB CN13-5 (ON)
C-3
5 M11 operation check PRCB CN12-18 to 19 K-8
6 Change M11 - -
7 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.2. C0202)
3.5.3 C0204
(1) Contents
Trouble type Tray 2 feeder up/down abnormality
Trouble code C0204
Rank B
Detection timing The paper feed tray 2 upper limit sensor (PS22) is not blocked even after the lapse of a given period of time
after the lifting motion has been started.
Trouble isolation • Tray 2
Relevant electrical parts • Tray 2 lift-up motor (M21)
• Tray 2 upper limit sensor (PS22)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M21-PRCB CN11 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M21 for proper drive coupling and
2 - -
correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS22-relay CN6-PRCB CN14
3 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
PS22 I/O check, sensor check C-4 to 5
4 PRCB CN14-5 (ON)
C-6
5 M21 operation check PRCB CN11-18 to 19 K-5
6 Change M21 - -
7 Change PRCB - -
K-35
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M33-PCCB31 CN4 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M43-PCCB31 CN8 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS33-relay CN18-PCCB31
3 - -
CN6 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS43-relay CN38-PCCB31
4 - -
CN10 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of each motor for proper drive
5 - -
coupling, and correct as necessary.
6 PS33 I/O check, sensor check PCCB31 CN6-3 (ON) PC-208 B-1
7 PS43 I/O check, sensor check PCCB31 CN10-3 (ON) PC-208 G-4
8 M33 operation check PCCB31 CN4-4 (ON) PC-208 B-4
9 M43 operation check PCCB31 CN8-12 (ON) PC-208 G-1
10 Change PCCB31 - -
11 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.2MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.4. C0206, C0208)
3.5.5 C0209
(1) Contents
Trouble type LCT elevator motor failure
Trouble code C0209
Rank B
Detection timing The elevator motor sensor (PS5A) cannot detect both edges of H/L even after the set period of time has
elapsed while the elevator motor (M55) is turning backward/forward (raise/lower).
Trouble isolation • LCT
Relevant electrical parts • Elevator motor (M55)
• Elevator motor sensor (PS5A)
• PC relay board (PCREYB)
• PC control board (PCCB51)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M55-PCREYB CN2 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS5A-PCREYB CN2 for
2 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M55 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS5A I/O check, sensor check PCREYB CN2<A>-5 (ON) PC-409 K-5
K-36
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.5.6 C0210
(1) Contents
Trouble type LCT lift failure
Trouble code C0210
Rank B
Detection timing • The lift-up upper limit sensor (PS54) is not blocked even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
paper lift-up operation began.
• The lift-up upper limit sensor (PS54) is not blocked even after the set pulse is detected by the elevator motor
sensor (PS5A) after the paper lift-up operation began.
• The lift-down lower limit sensor (PS5D) is not unblocked even after the set pulse is detected by the elevator
motor sensor (PS5A) after the paper lift-up operation began.
• The lift-up upper limit sensor (PS54) is not blocked even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
paper lift-up operating.
• The lift-down lower limit sensor (PS5D) is not blocked even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
paper lift-down operation began.
• The lift-down lower limit sensor (PS5D) is not blocked even after the set pulse is detected by the elevator
motor sensor (PS5A) after the paper lift-down operation began.
• The lift-up upper limit sensor (PS54) is not unblocked even after the set pulse is detected by the elevator
motor sensor (PS5A) after the paper lift-down operation began.
• The lift-down over run sensor (PS57) is blocked while the paper lift-down operating.
Trouble isolation • LCT
Relevant electrical parts • Lift-up upper limit sensor (PS54)
• Lift-down lower limit sensor (PS5D)
• Elevator motor sensor (PS5A)
• Lift-down over run sensor (PS57)
• PC control board (PCCB51)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between PS54-relay CN20-PCCB51
1 - -
PJ5 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS5D-PCREYB CN2 for
2 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS5A-PCREYB CN2 for
3 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS57-PCREYB CN2 for
4 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
5 PS54 I/O check, sensor check PCCB51 PJ5-12 (ON) PC-409 G-8
6 PS5D I/O check, sensor check PCREYB CN2<A>-9 (ON) PC-409 K-3 to 4
7 PS5A I/O check, sensor check PCREYB CN2<A>-5 (ON) PC-409 K-5
8 PS57 I/O check, sensor check REYB CN2<A>-2 (ON) PC-409 K-6
9 Change PCCB51 - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.2MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.6. C0210)
3.5.7 C0211
(1) Contents
Trouble type Manual feed up/down abnormality
Trouble code C0211
Rank B
Detection timing • Paper does not unblock the manual lift-up position sensor (PS83) even after the transport motor (M1) rotates
for a given period of time after the position is switched from stand by position at lift-up plate to the feed
position.
• The manual lift-up position sensor (PS83) is not blocked even after the transport motor (M1) rotates for a
given period of time after the position is switched from stand by position at lift-up plate to the feed position.
Trouble isolation • Manual
Relevant electrical parts • Transport motor (M1)
• Manual pick-up solenoid (SD81)
• Manual lift-up position sensor (PS83)
K-37
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M1-PRCB CN3 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M1 for proper drive coupling and
2 - -
correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS83-PRCB CN9 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between SD81-relay CN99-relay
4 CN15-PRCB CN9 for proper connection and correct as - -
necessary.
5 PS83 I/O check, sensor check PRCB CN9-7 (ON) C-10
6 SD81 operation check PRCB CN9-4 (ON) C-10
M1 operation check PRCB CN3-4 (REM)
7 C-16
PRCB CN3-7 (LOCK)
8 Change M1 - -
9 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.7. C0211)
3.5.8 C0212
(1) Contents
Trouble type LCT lock release failure
Trouble code C0212
Rank B
Detection timing The drawer cannot be determined to be out of position even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
tray lock solenoid (SD51) is energized after the lowering operation is finished.
Trouble isolation • LCT
Relevant electrical parts • Tray lock solenoid (SD51)
• PC control board (PCCB51)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between SD51-PCCB51 PJ7 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
2 SD51 operation check PCCB51 PJ7-4 (ON) PC-409 G-10
3 Change PCCB51 - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.2MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.8. C0212)
3.5.9 C0213
(1) Contents
Trouble type LCT shift gate operation failure
Trouble code C0213
Rank B
Detection timing The division board position sensor (PS5E) cannot be set to L even after the set period of time has elapsed after
the operation of the division board position motor (M53) began with the division board position sensor (PS5E)
set to L.
Trouble isolation • LCT
Relevant electrical parts • Division board position sensor (PS5E)
• Division board position motor (M53)
• PC control board (PCCB51)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between PS5E-PCREYB CN2<B> for
1 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M53-PCREYB CN2<B> for
2 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M53 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
K-38
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.5.10 C0214
(1) Contents
Trouble type LCT shift failure
Trouble code C0214
Rank B
Detection timing • The shifter stop position sensor (PS5B) is not blocked even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
shift operation began (shift to the right).
• The shifter stop position sensor (PS5B) is not blocked even after the set pulse is detected by the shift motor
sensor (PS58) after the shift operation began (shift to the right).
• The shifter home position sensor (PS5C) is not unblocked even after the set pulse is detected by the shift
motor pulse sensor (PS58) after the shift operation began (shift to the right).
• The shifter home position sensor (PS5C) is not blocked even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
return operation began (shift to the left).
• The shifter home position sensor (PS5C) is not blocked even after the set pulse is detected by the shift motor
pulse sensor (PS58) after the return operation began (shift to the left).
• The shifter stop position sensor (PS5B) is not unblocked even after the set pulse is detected by the shift
motor pulse sensor (PS58) after the return operation began (shift to the left).
Trouble isolation • LCT
Relevant electrical parts • Shift motor sensor (PS58)
• Shifter stop position sensor (PS5B)
• Shifter home position sensor (PS5C)
• PC control board (PCCB51)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between PS58-PCREYB CN2<A> for
1 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS5B-PCREYB CN2<A> for
2 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS5C-PCREYB CN2<A> for
3 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
4 PS58 I/O check, sensor check PCREYB CN2<A>-3 (ON) PC-409 K-6
5 PS5B I/O check, sensor check PCREYB CN2<A>-7 (ON) PC-409 K-4
6 PS5C I/O check, sensor check PCREYB CN2<A>-8 (ON) PC-409 K-4
7 Change PCCB51 - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.2MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.10. C0214)
3.5.11 C0215
(1) Contents
Trouble type LCT shift motor failure
Trouble code C0215
Rank B
Detection timing The shift motor sensor (PS58) cannot detect both edges of H/L even after the set period of time has elapsed
while the shift motor (M54) is turning backward/forward (raise/lower).
Trouble isolation • LCT
Relevant electrical parts • Shift motor (M54)
• Shift motor sensor (PS58)
• PC control board (PCCB51)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M54-PCREYB CN2<B> for
1 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS58-PCREYB CN2<A> for
2 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M54 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
K-39
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.6 C1***
3.6.1 C1004
(1) Contents
Trouble type FNS communication error
Trouble code C1004
Rank C
Detection timing When the FS control board (FSCB) is receiving data, a communication error is detected.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Disconnect and then connect the power cord. Turn OFF the
1 main power switch, wait for 10 sec. or more, and turn ON the - -
main power switch.
2 Rewrite the firmware. - -
3 JSCB F1 conduction check - -
4 JSCB F2 conduction check - -
5 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.12. C1004, CC155)
3.6.2 C1081
(1) Contents
Trouble type SD communication error
Trouble code C1081
Rank C
Detection timing When a communication error is detected between the FS control board (FSCB) and the SD control board
(SDCB).
Trouble isolation • Half-Fold/Tri-Fold/Center Stapling
Relevant electrical parts • SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Disconnect and then connect the power cord. Turn OFF the
1 main power switch, wait for 10 sec. or more, and turn ON the - -
main power switch.
2 Rewrite the firmware. - -
3 Change SDDB - -
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.13. C1081, C11B5)
3.6.3 C1113
(1) Contents
Trouble type Center-staple lead edge stopper motor malfunction
Trouble code C1113
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
The leading edge stopper home sensor (PS45) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time
has elapsed after the leading edge stopper motor (M20) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Staple
• Half-Fold/Tri-Fold Center Stapling
Relevant electrical parts • Leading edge stopper motor (M20)
• Leading edge stopper home sensor (PS45)
K-40
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M20-SDDB PJ8 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS45-SDDB PJ10 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M20 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS45 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ10-3 (ON) SD-509 G-6
5 M20 operation check SDDB PJ8-1 to 4 SD-509 B-5
6 Change M20 - -
7 Change SDDB - -
8 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.14. C1113)
3.6.4 C1114
(1) Contents
Trouble type Center-staple front adjust drive motor malfunction
Trouble code C1114
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
The center staple alignment home sensor/F (PS42) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of
time has elapsed after the center staple alignment motor/F (M24) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Half-Fold/Tri-Fold Center Stapling
Relevant electrical parts • Center staple alignment motor/F (M24)
• Center staple alignment home sensor/F (PS42)
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M24-SDDB PJ7 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS42-SDDB PJ9 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M24 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS42 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ9-6 (ON) SD-509 G-2
5 M24 operation check SDDB PJ7-1 to 4 SD-509 G-3
6 Change M24 - -
7 Change SDDB - -
8 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.15. C1114)
3.6.5 C1115
(1) Contents
Trouble type Center-staple knife drive motor malfunction
Trouble code C1115
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
The center fold plate home sensor (PS47) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the center fold plate motor (M26) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Half-Fold/Tri-Fold Center Stapling
Relevant electrical parts • Center fold plate motor (M26)
• Center fold plate home sensor (PS47)
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
K-41
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M26-SDDB PJ2 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M26-relay CN21-SDDB PJ2
2 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS47-SDDB PJ10 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M26 for proper drive coupling, and
4 - -
correct as necessary.
5 PS47 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ10-6 (ON) SD-509 G-6
M26 operation check SDDB PJ2-1 (CW)
6 SD-509 B-4
SDDB PJ2-3 (CCW)
7 Change M26 - -
8 Change SDDB - -
9 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.16. C1115)
3.6.6 C1116
(1) Contents
Trouble type Center-staple transfer motor malfunction
Trouble code C1116
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
The center fold roller motor (M25) does not reach the specified speed even after the set period of time has
elapsed after it starts to operate.
Trouble isolation • Half-Fold/Tri-Fold Center Stapling
Relevant electrical parts • Center fold roller motor (M25)
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M25-SDDB PJ4 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M25 for proper drive coupling, and
2 - -
correct as necessary.
3 M25 operation check SDDB PJ4-1 to 11 SD-509 B-3
4 Change M25 - -
5 Change SDDB - -
6 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.17. C1116)
3.6.7 C1150
(1) Contents
Trouble type Center-staple rear adjust drive motor malfunction
Trouble code C1150
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
The center staple alignment home sensor/R (PS41) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of
time has elapsed after the center staple alignment motor/R (M23) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Half-Fold/Tri-Fold Center Stapling
Relevant electrical parts • Center staple alignment motor/R (M23)
• Center staple alignment home sensor/R (PS41)
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M23-SDDB PJ7 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
K-42
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.6.8 C1156
(1) Contents
Trouble type Center-staple paddle roller motor malfunction (trailing edge)
Trouble code C1156
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
Even after the set period of time has elapsed after the upper paddle motor (M21) starts running, a change of
motor lock signal is not detected and neither the paper detection sensor/1 (PS43) nor the paper detection
sensor/2 (PS44) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Half-Fold/Tri-Fold Center Stapling
Relevant electrical parts • Upper paddle motor (M21)
• Paper detection sensor/1 (PS43)
• Paper detection sensor/2 (PS44)
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M21-SDDB PJ5 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS43-SDDB PJ9 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS44-SDDB PJ13 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS44-relay CN137-SDDB
4 - -
PJ13 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M21 for proper drive coupling, and
5 - -
correct as necessary.
6 PS43 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ9-8 (ON) SD-509 G-1
7 PS44 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ13-2 (ON) SD-509 G-3
8 M21 operation check SDDB PJ5-6 to 10 SD-509 B-3
9 Change M21 - -
10 Change SDDB - -
11 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.19. C1156)
3.6.9 C1158
(1) Contents
Trouble type Center-staple paddle roller motor malfunction (leading edge)
Trouble code C1158
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
Even after the set period of time has elapsed after the lower paddle motor (M22) starts running, a change of
motor lock signal is not detected and neither the paper detection sensor/1 (PS43) nor the paper detection
sensor/2 (PS44) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Half-Fold/Tri-Fold Center Stapling
Relevant electrical parts • Lower paddle motor (M22)
• Paper detection sensor/1 (PS43)
K-43
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the motor and sensor connectors for proper
1 - -
connection, and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M22 for proper drive coupling, and
2 - -
correct as necessary.
3 PS43 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ9-8 (ON) SD-509 G-1
4 PS44 I/O check, sensor check SDDB PJ13-2 (ON) SD-509 G-3
Check the connector between PS44-relay CN137-SDDB
5 - -
PJ13 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
6 M22 operation check SDDB PJ5-1 to 5 SD-509 B-4
7 Change M22 - -
8 Change SDDB - -
9 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.20. C1158)
3.6.10 C1181
(1) Contents
Trouble type Malfunctioning of belt up/down movement
Trouble code C1181
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-529 is installed>
• The belt position sensor (PS13) is not turned OFF after the set period of time has elapsed after the belt
retract solenoid (SD5) is turned ON.
• The belt position sensor (PS13) is not turned ON after the set period of time has elapsed after the
conveyance motor/1 (M5) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Staple
Relevant electrical parts • Conveyance motor/1 (M5)
• Belt retract solenoid (SD5)
• Belt position sensor (PS13)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M5-FSCB CN17 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between SD5-FSCB CN19 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS13-FSCB CN7 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M5 for proper drive coupling, and
4 - -
correct as necessary.
5 PS13 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN7-12 (ON) FS-529 B-5 to 6
6 M5 operation check FSCB CN17-3 to 6 FS-529 G-6
7 Change M5 - -
8 SD5 operation check FSCB CN19-5 (ON) FS-529 G-4
9 Change SD5 - -
10 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.21. C1181)
3.6.11 C1182
(1) Contents
Trouble type Shift motor drive malfunction
Trouble code C1182
Rank B
Detection timing <When JS-505 is installed>
• The shift home sensor (PS6) is not blocked after the set period of time has elapsed after the shift motor (M2)
is turned ON (start of moving to the home position.)
K-44
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
• The shift home sensor (PS6) is not unblocked twice in a row after the set period of time has elapsed after the
shift motor (M2) is turned ON (start of moving to the shift position.)
<When FS-527 is installed>
• When moving to the front (home) position: The tray 2 shift home sensor (PS25) is not turned ON even after
the set period of time has elapsed after the tray 2 shift motor (M16) is turned ON.
• When moving to the rear (shift) position: The tray 2 shift home sensor (PS25) is not turned OFF even after
the set period of time has elapsed after the tray 2 shift motor (M16) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Staple
Relevant electrical parts <When JS-505 is installed>
• Shift motor (M2)
• Shift home sensor (PS6)
• JS control board (JSCB)
<When FS-527 is installed>
• Tray 2 shift motor (M16)
• Tray 2 shift home sensor (PS25)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
When JS-505 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M2-JSCB PJ4 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS6-JSCB PJ7 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M2 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS6 I/O check, sensor check JSCB PJ7-18 (ON) JS-505 F-3
5 M2 operation check JSCB PJ4-1 to 4 JS-505 F-6
6 Change M2 - -
7 JSCB F6 conduction check - -
8 Change JSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 0.2MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.22. C1182)
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M16-FSCB PJ5 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS25-FSCB PJ21 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M16 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS25 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ21-6 (ON) FS-527 J-3
5 M16 operation check FSCB PJ5-5 (REM) FS-527 B to C-9
6 Change M16 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.22. C1182)
3.6.12 C1183
(1) Contents
Trouble type Elevate drive malfunction
Trouble code C1183
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
• During downward movement, the tray 2 upper limit sensor (PS24) is turned OFF and the tray 2 lower limit
sensor (PS21) is turned ON.
• The elevate motor (M15) lock signal remains set to H for a set period of time while the elevate motor (M15) is
turning.
• The tray 2 upper position switch (SW2) is turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed while the
elevate motor (M15) is energized.
• The tray 2 lower position switch (SW3) is turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed while the
elevate motor (M15) is energized.
K-45
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M15-FSCB PJ4 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS21-FSCB PJ21 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS24-FSCB PJ16 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS24-relay CN164-FSCB
4 - -
PJ16 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between SW2-FSCB PJ3 for proper
5 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between SW3-FSCB PJ3 for proper
6 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M15 for proper drive coupling, and
7 - -
correct as necessary.
8 PS21 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ21-3 (ON) FS-527 J-3
9 PS24 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ16-9 (ON) FS-527 J-4
10 SW2 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ3-2 (ON) FS-527 B to C-10
11 SW3 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ3-2 (ON) FS-527 B to C-10
12 M15 operation check FSCB PJ4-1 to 11 FS-527 B to C-4
13 Change M15 - -
14 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.23.1 FS-527)
When FS-529 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M2-FSCB CN12 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS6-FSCB CN5 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS2-FSCB CN4 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS3-FSCB CN4 for proper
4 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M2 for proper drive coupling, and
5 - -
correct as necessary.
6 PS6 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN5-9 (ON) FS-529 B-2
7 PS2 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN4-3 (ON) FS-529 B-3
8 PS3 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN4-6 (ON) FS-529 B-2
9 M2 operation check FSCB CN12-1 to 2 FS-529 G-2
10 Change M2 - -
11 Change FSCB - -
K-46
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.6.13 C1190
(1) Contents
Trouble type Alignment plate motor drive malfunction <When FS-527 is installed>
Alignment plate R drive malfunction <When FS-529 is installed>
Trouble code C1190
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
The alignment plate home sensor (PS17) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the alignment plate motor (M13) is turned ON.
<When FS-529 is installed>
The alignment plate home sensor/R (PS9) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the alignment motor/R (M4) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts <When FS-527 is installed>
• Alignment plate motor (M13)
• Alignment plate home sensor (PS17)
• FS control board (FSCB)
<When FS-529 is installed>
• Alignment motor/R (M4)
• Alignment plate home sensor/R (PS9)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M13-FSCB PJ8 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M13-relay CN81-FSCB PJ8
2 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS17-FSCB PJ17 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M13 for proper drive coupling, and
4 - -
correct as necessary.
5 PS17 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ17-3 (ON) FS-527 B to C-8
6 M13 operation check FSCB PJ8-1 to 4 FS-527 B to C-7
7 Change M13 - -
8 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.24.1 FS-527)
When FS-529 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M4-FSCB CN14 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS9-FSCB CN6 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M4 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS9 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN6-9 (ON) FS-529 B-1
5 M4 operation check FSCB CN14-5 to 8 FS-529 G-3
6 Change M4 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.24.2 FS-529)
3.6.14 C1191
(1) Contents
Trouble type Alignment plate F drive malfunction
Trouble code C1191
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-529 is installed>
The alignment plate home sensor/F (PS8) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the alignment motor/F (M3) is turned ON.
K-47
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Alignment motor/F (M3)
• Alignment plate home sensor/F (PS8)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M3-FSCB CN14 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS8-FSCB CN6 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M3 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS8 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN6-6 (ON) FS-529 B-1
5 M3 operation check FSCB CN14-1 to 4 FS-529 G-2
6 Change M3 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.25. C1191)
3.6.15 C1194
(1) Contents
Trouble type Leading edge stopper motor drive malfunction
Trouble code C1194
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
The leading edge stopper home sensor (PS20) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time
has elapsed after the leading edge stopper motor (M14) is turned ON.
<When FS-529 is installed>
The leading edge stopper home sensor (PS14) is not turned OFF after the set period of time has elapsed after
the stapler motor (M8) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Staple
Relevant electrical parts <When FS-527 is installed>
• Leading edge stopper motor (M14)
• Leading edge stopper home sensor (PS20)
• FS control board (FSCB)
<When FS-529 is installed>
• Stapler motor (M8)
• Leading edge stopper home sensor (PS14)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M14-FSCB PJ8 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M14-relay CN83-FSCB PJ8
2 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS20-FSCB PJ17 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M14 for proper drive coupling, and
4 - -
correct as necessary.
5 PS20 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ17-6 (ON) FS-527 B to C-8
6 M14 operation check FSCB PJ8-9 to 12 FS-527 B to C-6
7 Change M14 - -
8 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.26.1 FS-527)
When FS-529 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M8-FSCB CN20 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS14-FSCB CN8 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
K-48
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.6.16 C11A1
(1) Contents
Trouble type Tray 2 exit roller pressure/ retraction malfunction <When FS-527 is installed>
Exit roller pressure/ retraction malfunction <When FS-529 is installed>
Trouble code C11A1
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
The exit roller pressure sensor (PS12) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the exit roller retraction motor (M9) is turned ON.
<When FS-529 is installed>
The pick up roller position sensor (PS12) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the pick up roller position motor (M1) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts <When FS-527 is installed>
• Exit roller retraction motor (M9)
• Exit roller pressure sensor (PS12)
• FS control board (FSCB)
<When FS-529 is installed>
• Pick up roller position motor (M1)
• Pick up roller position sensor (PS12)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M9-FSCB PJ9 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS12-FSCB PJ16 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M9 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS12 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ16-12 (ON) FS-527 J-4
5 M9 operation check FSCB PJ9-5 (REM) FS-527 J-1
6 Change M9 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.27.1 FS-527)
When FS-529 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M9-FSCB CN11 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS12-FSCB CN7 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M1 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS12 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN7-9 (ON) FS-529 B-5
5 M1 operation check FSCB CN11-3 to 6 FS-529 G-1
6 Change M1 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.27.2 FS-529)
K-49
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.6.17 C11A2
(1) Contents
Trouble type Accommodation roller pressure/ retraction malfunction
Trouble code C11A2
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
The accommodation roller pressure sensor (PS13) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of
time has elapsed after the accommodation roller retraction motor (M10) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Accommodation roller retraction motor (M10)
• Accommodation roller pressure sensor (PS13)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M10-FSCB PJ9 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS13-FSCB PJ16 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M10 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS13 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ16-15 (ON) FS-527 J-3
5 M10 operation check FSCB PJ9-8 (REM) FS-527 J-1
6 Change M10 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.28. C11A2)
3.6.18 C11A7
(1) Contents
Trouble type Tray 3 exit roller pressure/ retraction malfunction
Trouble code C11A7
Rank B
Detection timing <When JS-603 is installed>
The tray 3 exit roller retraction sensor (PS35) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the tray 3 exit roller retraction motor (M17) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Tray 3 exit roller retraction motor (M17)
• Tray 3 exit roller retraction sensor (PS35)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M17-FSCB PJ30 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS35-FSCB PJ12 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M17 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS35 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ12-6 (ON) FS-527 (JS-603) L-10
5 M17 operation check FSCB PJ30-2 (REM) FS-527 (JS-603) L-9
6 Change M17 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.29. C11A7)
3.6.19 C11B0
(1) Contents
Trouble type Stapler movement drive malfunction
Trouble code C11B0
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
K-50
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
During home position search, neither the stapler home sensor/1 (PS18) nor the stapler home sensor/2 (PS19)
is turned ON or OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after the stapler movement motor (M11) is
turned ON.
<When FS-529 is installed>
During the home position search, the stapler home sensor (PS11) is not turned ON or OFF even after the set
period of time has elapsed after the stapler movement motor (M7) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Staple
Relevant electrical parts <When FS-527 is installed>
• Stapler home sensor/1 (PS18)
• Stapler home sensor/2 (PS19)
• FS control board (FSCB)
• Stapler movement motor (M11)
<When FS-529 is installed>
• Stapler movement motor (M7)
• Stapler home sensor (PS11)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M1-FSCB PJ8 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS18-FSCB PJ17 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS19-FSCB PJ17 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M11 for proper drive coupling, and
4 - -
correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M11-relay CN82-FSCB PJ8
5 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
6 PS18 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ17-12 (ON) FS-527 B to C-7
7 PS19 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ17-15 (ON) FS-527 B to C-7
8 M11 operation check FSCB PJ8-5 to 8 FS-527 B to C-6
9 Change M11 - -
10 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.30.1 FS-527)
When FS-529 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M7-FSCB CN18 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS11-FSCB CN7 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M7 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS11 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN7-6 (ON) FS-529 B-5
5 M7 operation check FSCB CN18-1 to 4 FS-529 G-5
6 Change M7 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.30.2 FS-529)
3.6.20 C11B2
(1) Contents
Trouble type Staple drive malfunction
Trouble code C11B2
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
The stapler home sensor is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
stapler motor is turned ON.
<When FS-529 is installed>
• During the initial operation, the stapler home sensor is not turned ON even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the stapler movement motor (M7) is turned ON.
• The stapler home sensor is not turned ON after the set period of time has elapsed after the stapler motor
(M8) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Staple
K-51
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the motor and sensor connectors for proper
1 - -
connection, and correct as necessary.
2 Change stapler unit - -
3 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.31. C11B2, C1402)
3.6.21 C11B5
(1) Contents
Trouble type Saddle stapler drive malfunction
Trouble code C11B5
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527+SD-509 is installed>
The center stapler home sensor is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has elapsed
after the center stapler motor is turned ON.
Trouble isolation • Half-Fold/Tri-Fold Center Stapling
Relevant electrical parts • Saddle stapler unit
• SD drive board (SDDB)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the motor and sensor connectors for proper
1 - -
connection, and correct as necessary.
2 Change saddle stapler unit - -
3 Change SDDB - -
4 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.13. C1081, C11B5)
3.6.22 C11C0
(1) Contents
Trouble type Punch motor drive malfunction
Trouble code C11C0
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527+PK-517 is installed>
The punch home sensor/1 (PS100) is not turned ON even after the set period of time has elapsed while the
punch motor/1 (M100) is energized.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Punch motor/1 (M100)
• Punch home sensor/1 (PS100)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M100-FSCB PJ19 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M100-relay CN191-FSCB
2 - -
PJ27 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS100-FSCB PJ19 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS100-relay CN191-FSCB
4 - -
PJ19 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M100 for proper drive coupling, and
5 - -
correct as necessary.
6 PS100 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ19-8 (ON) FS-527 (PK-517) J-9
M100 operation check FSCB PJ19-1 (CW)
7 FS-527 (PK-517) J-8
FSCB PJ19-3 (CCW)
8 Change M100 - -
9 Change FSCB - -
K-52
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.6.23 C11E0
(1) Contents
Trouble type Duplex path switching motor drive malfunction <When FS-527 is installed>
Finisher route change malfunction <When JS-505 is installed>
Trouble code C11E0
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
The duplex path switching sensor (PS3) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the duplex path switching motor (M2) is turned ON.
<When JS-505 is installed>
• The route change home sensor (PS4) is not blocked after the set period of time has elapsed after the route
change motor (M3) is turned ON (start of shifting to the lower tray route.)
• The route change home sensor (PS4) is not unblocked after the set period of time has elapsed after the route
change motor (M3) is turned ON (start of shifting to the upper tray route.)
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts <When FS-527 is installed>
• Duplex path switching motor (M2)
• Duplex path switching sensor (PS3)
• FS control board (FSCB)
<When JS-505 is installed>
• Route change motor (M3)
• Route change home sensor (PS4)
• JS control board (JSCB)
(2) Procedure
When FS-527 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M2-FSCB PJ29 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M2-relay CN111-FSCB PJ29
2 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS3-FSCB PJ11 for proper
3 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS3-relay CN111-FSCB PJ11
4 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M2 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS3 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ11-6 (ON) FS-527 I-11
5 M2 operation check FSCB PJ29-1 to 3 FS-527 I-12
6 Change M2 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.33.1 FS-527)
When JS-505 is installed
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M3-JSCB PJ6 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS4-JSCB PJ7 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M3 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS4 I/O check, sensor check JSCB PJ7-15 (ON) JS-505 F-4
5 M3 operation check JSCB PJ6-1 to 2 JS-505 F-6
6 Change M3 - -
7 Change JSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 0.2MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.33.2 JS-505)
3.6.24 C11E1
(1) Contents
Trouble type Upper lower path switching motor drive malfunction
Trouble code C11E1
K-53
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
The upper lower path switching sensor (PS26) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time
has elapsed after the upper lower path switching motor (M6) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Upper lower path switching motor (M6)
• Upper lower path switching sensor (PS26)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M6-FSCB PJ9 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS26-FSCB PJ21 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M6 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS26 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ21-9 (ON) FS-527 J-2
5 M6 operation check FSCB PJ9-1 (REM) FS-527 J-2
6 Change M6 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.34. C11E1)
3.6.25 C11E2
(1) Contents
Trouble type Tray 1 path switching motor drive malfunction
Trouble code C11E2
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-527 is installed>
The tray 1 path switching home sensor (PS7) is turned neither ON nor OFF even after the set period of time has
elapsed after the tray 1 path switching motor (M8) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Tray 1 path switching motor (M8)
• Tray 1 path switching home sensor (PS7)
• FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M8-FSCB PJ9 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS7-FSCB PJ16 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M8 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS7 I/O check, sensor check FSCB PJ16-3 (ON) FS-527 J-5
5 M8 operation check FSCB PJ9-4 (REM) FS-527 J-2
6 Change M8 - -
7 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.35. C11E2)
3.6.26 C1301
(1) Contents
Trouble type Fan motor drive malfunction
Trouble code C1301
Rank B
Detection timing <When FS-529 is installed>
While the motor is rotating, the fan lock signal remains L for the set period of time.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Fan motor (FM1)
• FS control board (FSCB)
K-54
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between FM1-FSCB CN19 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of FM1 for proper drive coupling, and
2 - -
correct as necessary.
3 FM1 operation check FSCB CN19-2 (LOCK) FS-529 G-4
4 Change FM1 - -
5 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.36. C1301)
3.6.27 C1402
(1) Contents
Trouble type FS NVRAM memory error
Trouble code C1402
Rank -
Detection timing <When FS-529 is installed>
When the main power switch is turned ON, malfunctioning of the non-volatile memory on the FS control board
(FSCB) is detected.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Disconnect and then connect the power cord. Turn OFF the
1 main power switch, wait for 10 sec. or more, and turn ON the - -
main power switch.
2 Rewrite the firmware. - -
3 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.31.2 FS-529)
3.7 C2***
3.7.1 C2201
(1) Contents
Trouble type Toner bottle motor’s turning at abnormal timing
Trouble code C2201
Rank B
Detection timing • The toner bottle home sensor (PS4) is not blocked even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
toner bottle motor (M3) starts rotating.
• The toner bottle home sensor (PS4) is not unblocked even after the set period of time has elapsed after the
toner bottle motor (M3) starts rotating.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Toner bottle motor (M3)
• Toner bottle home sensor (PS4)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M3-PRCB CN8 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS4-PRCB CN15 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the M3 connector for proper drive coupling and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS4 I/O check, sensor check FSCB CN15-10 (ON) C-24
5 M3 operation check PRCB CN8-5 to 6 C-7
6 Change M3 - -
7 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.37. C2201)
K-55
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M2-PRCB CN4 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the M2 connector for proper drive coupling and
2 - -
correct as necessary.
M2 operation check PRCB CN4-4 (REM)
3 C-15
PRCB CN4-7 (LOCK)
4 Change M2 - -
5 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.38. C2253, C2254)
3.7.3 C2350
(1) Contents
Trouble type Toner suction fan motor’s turning at abnormal timing
Trouble code C2350
Rank B
Detection timing The motor lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the motor is turning.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Toner suction fan motor (FM4)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between FM4-relay CN43-PRCB CN6
1 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the fan for possible overload and correct as
2 - -
necessary.
FM4 operation check PRCB CN6-14 (REM)
3 C-9
PRCB CN6-15 (LOCK)
4 Change FM4 - -
5 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.39. C2350)
K-56
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Developing unit
• Toner bottle
• Toner near empty switch (RS1)
• Toner bottle motor (M3)
• Toner supply motor (M4)
• TCR sensor board (TCRSB)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
Trouble type Abnormally high toner density detected TCR sensor
Trouble code C2558
Rank B
Detection timing TC ratio in the developing unit, which is determined by toner replenishing amount control mechanism, is a
predetermined value or more for a given number of times consecutively.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Developing unit
• Toner bottle
• Toner near empty switch (RS1)
• Toner bottle motor (M3)
• Toner supply motor (M4)
• TCR sensor board (TCRSB)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Make sure that the following counter is cleared at the
developer replacing.
1 - -
[Service Mode] → [Counter] → [Life] → [Developer Use
Time]
Perform image troubleshooting procedure if image density is
2 - -
low.
3 Reinstall developing unit - -
4 Reinstall toner bottle - -
Check the contact of developing unit for proper connection
5 - -
and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between TCRSB CN29-relay CN28-
6 PRCB CN24 for proper connection and correct as - -
necessary.
Check the connector between M3-PRCB CN8 for proper
7 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M4-relay CN13-PRCB CN8
8 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between RS1-relay CN38-PRCB CN15
9 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
10 M3 operation check PRCB CN8-5 to 6 C-7
11 M4 operation check PRCB CN8-1 to 4 C-7
12 Change developing unit - -
13 Change TCRSB - -
14 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.40. C2557, C2558, C255C, C2564)
K-57
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Reinstall developing unit - -
2 Reinstall toner bottle - -
Check the contact of developing unit for proper connection
3 - -
and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between TCRSB CN29-relay CN28-
4 PRCB CN24 for proper connection and correct as - -
necessary.
Check the connector between M3-PRCB CN8 for proper
5 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between M4-relay CN13-PRCB CN8
6 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
7 M3 operation check PRCB CN8-5 to 6 C-7
8 M4 operation check PRCB CN8-1 to 4 C-7
9 Change developing unit - -
10 Change TCRSB - -
11 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.40. C2557, C2558, C255C, C2564)
3.7.6 C2650
(1) Contents
Trouble type Main backup media access error
Trouble code C2650
Rank C
Detection timing • When an error is detected at the data reading process.
• The machine writes and reads data, and judges that the data has error. Then the machine performs the same
process and judges again that the data has error.
• When counter values are read, error is detected.
• The machine detects that it does not have EEPROM.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • EEPROM (IC51 on the printer control board)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Reboot the machine. - -
Check the EEPROM on the PRCB for proper connection
2 - -
and correct as necessary.
3 Change PRCB - -
4 Change EEPROM - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.41. C2650, C5601, C5602, CC163, CEEE3)
3.8 C3***
3.8.1 C3421, C3423
(1) Contents
Trouble type Fusing heaters trouble (center)
Trouble code C3421
Rank A
K-58
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
Detection timing • Detected temperature of the heating roller thermistor (TH2; center) does not go up a given range of
temperature even after a lapse of given period of time at warm up.
• The warm-up is not completed even after the set period of time has elapsed after the warm-up is started.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Fusing unit
• DC power supply (DCPU)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
Trouble type Fusing heaters trouble (edge)
Trouble code C3423
Rank A
Detection timing • Detected temperature of the heating roller thermistor (TH2; edge) does not go up a given range of
temperature even after a lapse of given period of time at warm up.
• The warm-up is not completed even after the set period of time has elapsed after the warm-up is started.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Fusing unit
• DC power supply (DCPU)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the fusing unit for correct installation (whether it is
1 - -
secured in position).
2 Check the open/close operation of the right door. - -
Check the fusing unit CN30-PRCB CN16, fusing unit-relay
3 CN4AC-DCPU CN2 for proper connection and correct or - -
change as necessary.
4 Change fusing unit - -
5 Change PRCB - -
6 Change DCPU - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.42. C3421, C3423, C3721, C3723, C3821, C3823, C5501)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the fusing unit for correct installation (whether it is
1 - -
secured in position).
2 Check the open/close operation of the right door. - -
Check the fusing unit CN30-PRCB CN16, fusing unit-relay
3 CN4AC-DCPU CN2 for proper connection and correct or - -
change as necessary.
4 Change fusing unit - -
5 Change PRCB - -
6 Change DCPU - -
K-59
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.42. C3421, C3423, C3721, C3723, C3821, C3823, C5501)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the fusing unit for correct installation (whether it is
1 - -
secured in position).
2 Check the open/close operation of the right door. - -
Check the fusing unit CN30-PRCB CN16, fusing unit-relay
3 CN4AC-DCPU CN2 for proper connection and correct or - -
change as necessary.
4 Change fusing unit - -
5 Change PRCB - -
6 Change DCPU - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.42. C3421, C3423, C3721, C3723, C3821, C3823, C5501)
3.9 C4***
3.9.1 C4101
(1) Contents
Trouble type Polygon motor rotation trouble
Trouble code C4101
Rank B
Detection timing • The polygon motor (M5) fails to turn stably even after the lapse of a given period of time after activating the
polygon motor.
• Motor lock signal detects HIGH for a given period time consecutively during the polygon motor (M5) is
rotating.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • PH unit
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between PH unit-PRCB CN19, CN20
1 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Change PH unit - -
3 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.43. C4101, C4501)
3.9.2 C4501
(1) Contents
Trouble type Laser malfunction
Trouble code C4501
K-60
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
Rank B
Detection timing • SOS signal is not detected even after the lapse of a given period of time after starting the laser output.
• SOS signal is not detected for a given period of time during printing.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • PH unit
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between PH unit-PRCB CN19, CN20
1 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Change PH unit - -
3 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.43. C4101, C4501)
3.10 C5***
3.10.1 C5102, C5103
(1) Contents
Trouble type Transport motor’s failure to turn
Trouble code C5102
Rank B
Detection timing The motor lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the motor remains
stationary.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Transport motor (M1)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
Trouble type Transport motor’s turning at abnormal timing
Trouble code C5103
Rank B
Detection timing The motor lock signal remains LOW for a predetermined continuous period of time while the motor remains
stationary.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Transport motor (M1)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M1-PRCB CN3 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check M1 for proper drive coupling and correct as
2 - -
necessary.
M1 operation check PRCB CN3-4 (REM)
3 C-16
PRCB CN3-7 (LOCK)
4 Change M1 - -
5 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.44. C5102, C5103)
3.10.2 C5351
(1) Contents
Trouble type Power supply cooling fan motor’s failure to turn
Trouble code C5351
Rank B
Detection timing The fan lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the motor remains
stationary.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Power supply cooling fan motor (FM1)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
K-61
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between FM1-relay CN95-PRCB CN3
1 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the fan for possible overload and correct as
2 - -
necessary.
FM1 operation check PRCB CN8-8 (REM)
3 C-7
PRCB CN8-9 (LOCK)
4 Change FM1 - -
5 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.45. C5351)
3.10.3 C5356
(1) Contents
Trouble type Cooling fan motor’s failure to turn
Trouble code C5356
Rank B
Detection timing The fan lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the motor remains
stationary.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Cooling fan motor (FM2)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between FM2-relay CN44 relay CN46-
1 - -
PRCB CN5 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the fan for possible overload and correct as
2 - -
necessary.
FM2 operation check PRCB CN5-2 (REM)
3 C-22 to 23
PRCB CN5-3 (LOCK)
4 Change FM2 - -
5 PRCB ICP6 conduction check - -
6 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.46. C5356)
3.10.4 C5370
(1) Contents
Trouble type MFP control board cooling fan motor’s failure to turn
Trouble code C5370
Rank C
Detection timing The fan lock signal remains HIGH for a predetermined continuous period of time while the motor remains
stationary.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board cooling fan motor (FM5)
• MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between FM5-relay CN61-MFPB PJ26
1 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the fan for possible overload and correct as
2 - -
necessary.
3 FM5 operation check MFPB PJ26-3 (LOCK) X-17
4 Change FM5 - -
5 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.47. C5370)
K-62
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.10.5 C5501
(1) Contents
Trouble type AC signal abnormality
Trouble code C5501
Rank C
Detection timing Zero cross signal is not detected for a given period of interval when AC frequency is measured with the power
switch ON or when fusing heater is turned ON/OFF.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Fusing unit
• DC power supply (DCPU)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the fusing unit for correct installation (whether it is
1 - -
secured in position).
Check the fusing unit CN30-PRCB CN16, fusing unit-relay
2 CN4AC-DCPU CN2 for proper connection and correct or - -
change as necessary.
3 Change fusing unit - -
4 Change PRCB - -
5 Change DCPU - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.42. C3421, C3423, C3721, C3723, C3821, C3823, C5501)
3.10.6 C5601
(1) Contents
Trouble type Engine control malfunction
Trouble code C5601
Rank C
Detection timing Engine control malfunction is detected with port monitor control.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connectors on the PRCB for proper connection
1 - -
and correct or change as necessary.
2 Rewrite the firmware. - -
3 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.41. C2650, C5601, C5602, CC163, CEEE3)
3.10.7 C5602
(1) Contents
Trouble type FPGA configuration error
Trouble code C5602
Rank C
Detection timing When a configuration check is performed on the extended IC chip (FPGA) located on the printer control board
(PRCB), error is detected.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Reboot the machine. - -
2 Rewrite the firmware. - -
3 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.41. C2650, C5601, C5602, CC163, CEEE3)
K-63
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.11 C6***
3.11.1 C6102, C6103
(1) Contents
Trouble type Drive system home sensor malfunction
Trouble code C6102
Rank B
Detection timing • The scanner home sensor (PS201) is unable to detect the scanner located at its home position.
• The scanner home sensor (PS201) is unable to detect a scanner even when the scanner motor has been
driven to move the scanner over the maximum travelling distance.
• The scanner home sensor (PS201) detects the scanner when the scanner has moved the maximum travelling
distance from the position, at which it blocks the scanner home sensor.
Trouble isolation • Scanner
Relevant electrical parts • Scanner home sensor (PS201)
• Scanner motor (M201)
• Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN)
• MFP board (MFPB)
Trouble type Slider over running
Trouble code C6103
Rank B
Detection timing The scanner home sensor (PS201) detects the scanner at its home position during a period of time that begins
with the time when a pre-scan command and a scan preparation command are executed and ends when a
home return command is executed.
Trouble isolation Scanner
Relevant electrical parts • Scanner home sensor (PS201)
• Scanner motor (M201)
• Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN)
• MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Correct or change the scanner drive (cable, pulley, gear,
1 - -
belt) if it is faulty.
2 Correct the scanner motor set screw if loose. - -
Adjust [Image Position Leading Edge] and [Feed Direction
3 - -
Adjustment].
Check the connector between M201-REYB/SCAN PJ5 for
4 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS201-REYB/SCAN PJ8 for
5 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between REYB/SCAN PJ2-MFPB
6 - -
PJ14 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
7 PS201 I/O check, sensor check REYB/SCAN PJ8-3 (ON) S-12
8 M201 operation check REYB/SCAN PJ5-1 to 4 S-9
• Change REYB/SCAN (for fluorescent lamp)
9 - -
• Change REYB/SCAN (for LED lamp)
10 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.48. C6102, C6103)
3.11.2 C6704
(1) Contents
Trouble type Image input time out
Trouble code C6704
Rank C
Detection timing Image data is not input from the scanner to the MFP board (MFPB).
Trouble isolation • Scanner
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• CCD board (CCDB)
K-64
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Select [Service Mode] → [State Confirmation] → [Memory/
1 HDD Adj.] → [Memory Bus Check] → [Scanner → Memory], - -
and conduct the memory bus function.
Check the connectors between scanner section and MFPB
2 - -
for proper connection and correct as necessary.
3 Change MFPB - -
4 Change CCDB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.49. C6704)
3.11.3 C6751
(1) Contents
Trouble type CCD clamp/gain adjustment failure
Trouble code C6751
Rank B
Detection timing • The adjustment value is 0 or 255 during a CCD clamp adjustment.
• The peak value of the output data is 64 or less during a CCD gain adjustment.
Trouble isolation • Scanner
Relevant electrical parts • Exposure unit/LED exposure unit
• CCD board (CCDB)
• MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between CCDB PJ2-MFPB PJ01 for
1 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check for possible extraneous light and correct as
2 - -
necessary.
Clean the lens, mirrors, CCD surface, and shading sheet if
3 - -
dirty.
Correct reflective mirror of the scanner if faulty, or change
4 - -
scanner.
5 Change CCDB - -
6 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.50. C6751)
3.11.4 C6752
(1) Contents
Trouble type ASIC clock input error
Trouble code C6752
Rank C
Detection timing When starting the scanner, verification on reading and writing the predetermined value for image processing
ASIC on CCD board (CCDB) was conducted, and verification failure was detected.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Exposure unit/LED exposure unit
• CCD board (CCDB)
• Printer control board (PRCB)
• MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Correct the harness connection of CCDB if faulty. - -
2 Change CCDB - -
3 Change PRCB - -
4 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.51. C6752)
K-65
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
Rank C
Detection timing When MFP detects that DSC board is not properly installed.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • DSC board (SC-507)
• MFP board (MFPB)
Trouble type DSC board bus check NG1-1, DSC board bus check NG1-2
Trouble code C6902, C6903
Rank C
Detection timing When DSC bus check detects an error.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • DSC board (SC-507)
• MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Correct the harness connection of DSC board if faulty. - -
2 Change DSC board - -
3 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.11.6 C6F01
(1) Contents
Trouble type Scanner sequence trouble 1
Trouble code C6F01
Rank C
Detection timing The original transport interval becomes shorter than the designed value due to an original transport control error
in original reading in ADF.
Trouble isolation • Scanner
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• DF control board (DFCB)
• Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Correct the harness connection between main body and
1 - -
ADF if faulty.
• Change REYB/SCAN (for fluorescent lamp)
2 - -
• Change REYB/SCAN (for LED lamp)
3 Change DFCB - -
4 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.53. C6F01)
3.12 C8***
3.12.1 C8101
(1) Contents
Trouble type Before reading pressure welding alienation mechanism trouble
Trouble code C8101
Rank B
Detection timing • During a pressure motion being performed, the reading roller release position sensor (PS12) output does not
change from H to L.
• During a retraction motion being performed, the reading roller release position sensor (PS12) output does not
change from L to H.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Reading roller release motor (M3)
• Reading roller release position sensor (PS12)
• DF control board (DFCB)
K-66
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M3-relay CN5-DFCB J15 for
1 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS12-DFCB J15 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M3 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS12 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J15-3 (ON) DF-621 G-1
5 M3 operation check DFCB J15-4 to 5 DF-621 G-2
6 Change M3 - -
7 DFCB F8 conduction check - -
8 Change DFCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.54. C8101)
3.12.2 C8107
(1) Contents
Trouble type Glass cleaning mechanism trouble
Trouble code C8107
Rank B
Detection timing The glass cleaning roller home sensor (PS13) is not turned ON after the set period of time has elapsed after the
glass cleaning motor (M4) is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Glass cleaning motor (M4)
• Glass cleaning roller home sensor (PS13)
• DF control board (DFCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between M4-DFCB J1 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between PS13-DFCB J8 for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector of M4 for proper drive coupling, and
3 - -
correct as necessary.
4 PS13 I/O check, sensor check DFCB J8-3 (ON) DF-621 G-2
5 M4 operation check DFCB J1-1 to 4 DF-621 B-2
6 Change M4 - -
7 DFCB F1 conduction check - -
8 Change DFCB - -
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.55. C8107)
3.12.3 C8302
(1) Contents
Trouble type Cooling fan trouble
Trouble code C8302
Rank B
Detection timing The lock signal continues to detect H during a given time while the DF cooling fan motor (FM1) is spinning.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • DF cooling fan motor (FM1)
• DF control board (DFCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between FM1-DFCB J13 for proper
1 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
Check the fan for possible overload and correct as
2 - -
necessary.
FM1 operation check DFCB J13-1 (ON)
3 DF-621 B-3
DFCB J13-3 (LOCK)
K-67
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.13 C9***
3.13.1 C9401, C9402
(1) Contents
Trouble type Exposure turning on the lamp trouble detection
Trouble code C9401
Rank A
Detection timing The output from the CCD sensor is a predetermined value or less during CCD sensor gain adjustment.
Trouble isolation • Scanner
Relevant electrical parts • Exposure unit/LED exposure unit
• Flat cable
• Inverter board (INVB)
• LED exposure drive board (LEDEDB)
• CCD board (CCDB)
• Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN)
• MFP board (MFPB)
Trouble type Exposure turning on the lamp abnormally detection
Trouble code C9402
Rank A
Detection timing The average output value of the CCD sensor with the scanner at its standby position is a predetermined value
or more at the end of a scan job.
Trouble isolation • Scanner
Relevant electrical parts • Exposure unit/LED exposure unit
• Flat cable
• Inverter board (INVB)
• LED exposure drive board (LEDEDB)
• CCD board (CCDB)
• Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN)
• MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connection between the lamp harness and the
1 - -
inverter board, and correct if necessary.
• Check the connector between INVB CN1-REYB/SCAN
PJ7 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 - -
• Check the connector between LEDEDB CN1-REYB/SCAN
PJ7 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between REYB/SCAN PJ2-MFPB
3 - -
PJ14 for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the connector between CCDB PJ2-MFPB PJ01 for
4 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
• Change INVB
5 - -
• Change LEDEDB
• Change exposure unit
6 - -
• Change LED exposure unit
7 Change CCDB - -
• Change REYB/SCAN (for fluorescent lamp)
8 - -
• Change REYB/SCAN (for LED lamp)
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.57. C9401, C9402)
3.14 CA***
3.14.1 CA051, CA052, CA053
(1) Contents
Trouble type Standard controller configuration failure
Trouble code CA051
Rank C
Detection timing The controller of the MFP board (MFPB) is faulty.
K-68
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
Trouble type Controller hardware error
Trouble code CA052
Rank C
Detection timing A controller hardware error is detected in the network I/F.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
Trouble type Controller start failure
Trouble code CA053
Rank C
Detection timing A controller start failure is detected in the controller interface.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check to see if the following setting has been correctly
made: [Service Mode] → [System 2] → [Image Controller
1 Setting]. - -
If changing the setting, turn OFF the main power switch and
turn it ON again after 10 seconds or more.
Check the connectors of the MFP board (MFPB) for proper
2 - -
connection and correct as necessary.
3 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.15 CC***
3.15.1 CC001
(1) Contents
Trouble type Vendor connection failure
Trouble code CC001
Rank C
Detection timing It is detected that communications with the vendor are interrupted for a given period of time or more with
“Installed” selected for the setting of vendor installation.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Printer control board (PRCB)
• Coin vendor (Japan)
• Coin vendor kit (North America, Europe)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between vendor-PRCB CN17 for
1 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Change PRCB - -
3 Change vendor - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.58. CC001)
K-69
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
Rank C
Detection timing A fault is detected in a sequence of ROM contents check of the MFPB during starting.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts -
Trouble type ROM contents error upon startup (PRT)
Trouble code CC153
Rank C
Detection timing A fault is detected in a sequence of ROM contents check of the PRCB during starting.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts -
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Check the ROM version. - -
2 Rewrite the firmware. - -
Replace the appropriate board.
MSC: MFP board (MFPB)
3 - -
IR: MFP board (MFPB)
PRT: Printer control board (PRCB)
3.15.3 CC155
(1) Contents
Trouble type Finisher ROM error
Trouble code CC155
Rank C
Detection timing Data of flash ROM of the finishing options is determined to be faulty when the power is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • FS control board (FSCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Disconnect and then connect the power cord. Turn OFF the
1 main power switch, wait for 10 sec. or more, and turn ON the - -
main power switch.
2 Rewrite firmware. - -
3 Change FSCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.12. C1004, CC155)
3.15.4 CC156
(1) Contents
Trouble type ADF ROM error
Trouble code CC156
Rank C
Detection timing Upgrade of the firmware has not been successful.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • DF control board (DFCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Disconnect and then connect the power cord. Turn OFF the
1 main power switch, wait for 10 sec. or more, and turn ON the - -
main power switch.
2 Rewrite the firmware - -
3 Change DFCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.59. CC156, CC165)
K-70
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
Rank C
Detection timing A fault is detected in a sequence of ROM contents check of the DSC board during starting.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • DSC board (SC-507)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the DSC board connector for proper connection and
1 - -
correct as necessary.
Disconnect and then connect the power cord. Turn OFF the
2 main power switch, wait for 10 sec. or more, and turn ON the - -
main power switch.
3 Rewrite the firmware. - -
4 Change DSC board - -
3.15.6 CC15B
(1) Contents
Trouble type Flash ROM error (saddle)
Trouble code CC15B
Rank C
Detection timing Data of flash ROM of the saddle is determined to be faulty when the power is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts -
3.15.7 CC163
(1) Contents
Trouble type ROM contents error (PRT)
Trouble code CC163
Rank C
Detection timing The wrong model of firmware is detected in the engine during the initial connection to the engine is being
checked.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Unplug and plug the power cord from/into the outlet, turn the
1 main power switch OFF, wait 10 seconds or more, and turn - -
it ON.
2 Rewrite the firmware. - -
3 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.41. C2650, C5601, C5602, CC163, CEEE3)
3.15.8 CC164
(1) Contents
Trouble type ROM contents error (MSC)
Trouble code CC164
Rank C
Detection timing The wrong model of firmware is detected in the MFP board when the main power switch is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Check the ROM version. - -
2 Rewrite the firmware. - -
3 Change MFPB - -
When not reviving even if the above-mentioned procedure is
4 - -
done, contact the responsible people of KM.
K-71
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.15.9 CC165
(1) Contents
Trouble type ROM contents error (ADF)
Trouble code CC165
Rank C
Detection timing When the power is turned ON, DF control board or firmware error is detected.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • DF control board (DFCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Disconnect and then connect the power cord. Turn OFF the
1 main power switch, wait for 10 sec. or more, and turn ON the - -
main power switch.
2 Rewrite the firmware. - -
3 Change DFCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.59. CC156, CC165)
3.15.10 CC170, CC171, CC172, CC173, CC174, CC180, CC181, CC182, CC183, CC184, CC185, CC186
(1) Contents
Trouble type Dynamic link error during starting (AP0)
Dynamic link error during starting (AP1)
Dynamic link error during starting (AP2)
Dynamic link error during starting (AP3)
Dynamic link error during starting (AP4)
Dynamic link error during starting (LDR)
Dynamic link error during starting (IBR)
Dynamic link error during starting (IID)
Dynamic link error during starting (IPF)
Dynamic link error during starting (IMY)
Dynamic link error during starting (SPF)
Dynamic link error during starting (OAP)
Trouble code CC170
CC171
CC172
CC173
CC174
CC180
CC181
CC182
CC183
CC184
CC185
CC186
Rank C
Detection timing A dynamic link error occurs in the program on the MFP board due to an insufficient memory space available, a
ROM fault, or other reason when the main power switch is turned ON.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• NVRAM board (NRB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
If the malfunction code “C-C172” has occurred, access
[Service Mode] → [System 2] → [Image Controller Setting]
1 - -
and check to see if “Controller 1,” “Controller 2,” “Controller
3,” or “Others” is set for [Image Controller Setting].
K-72
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.15.11 CC190
(1) Contents
Trouble type Outline font load error
Trouble code CC190
Rank C
Detection timing An error occurred while loading the outline font.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• Hard disk
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between hard disk-MFPB PJ11 for
1 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Format hard disk. - -
3 Change hard disk. - -
4 Change MFPB. - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.15.12 CC191
(1) Contents
Trouble type Setting parameter load error (LDR)
Trouble code CC191
Rank C
Detection timing Upon startup, the processing of the loadable device driver setting data file failed.
• RAM disk file creation failed.
• Reading from the flash ROM failed.
• An error occurred in API of the authentication module.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Turn OFF the main power switch, wait for 10 sec. or more,
1 - -
and turn ON the main power switch.
2 Reinstall the loadable device driver. - -
3 Rewrite the firmware. - -
4 Change MFPB. - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.16 CD***
3.16.1 CD002
(1) Contents
Trouble type JOB RAM save error
Trouble code CD002
Rank C
Detection timing The error in save of job data to the memory/ hard disk and its read error are detected.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• Hard disk
K-73
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between hard disk-MFPB PJ11 for
1 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Format hard disk. - -
3 Change hard disk. - -
4 Change MFPB. - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connector between hard disk-MFPB PJ11 for
1 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Reinstall the hard disk. - -
3 Change hard disk. - -
4 Change MFPB. - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.16.3 CD010
(1) Contents
Trouble type Hard disk unformat
Trouble code CD010
Rank C
Detection timing Unformatted hard disk is connected.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• Hard disk
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Select [Service Mode] → [State Confirmation] → [Memory/
1 HDD Adj.] → [HDD Format], and conduct the HDD format - -
function.
K-74
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.16.4 CD011
(1) Contents
Trouble type Hard disk out of specifications mounted
Trouble code CD011
Rank C
Detection timing A hard disk that falls outside the specifications is connected.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Hard disk
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Check the hard disk specifications. - -
2 Change the hard disk. - -
3.16.5 CD030
(1) Contents
Trouble type Hard disk management information reading error
Trouble code CD030
Rank C
Detection timing The machine fails to read administrative information data saved in the hard disk.
Trouble isolation -
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Check the hard disk specifications. - -
2 Format hard disk. - -
3 Change the hard disk. - -
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Check the hard disk specifications. - -
2 Format hard disk. - -
K-75
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Check to see if the memory on MFPB is installed correctly. - -
2 Change the memory on MFPB. - -
3 Change MFPB. - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.61. CD201 - CD203)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Change MFPB. - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
K-76
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
3.16.10 CD231
(1) Contents
Trouble type No FAX memory at FAX board mounting
Trouble code CD231
Rank C
Detection timing • The DIMM for FAX is not mounted during the FAX board is mounting.
• The FAX board is not mounted when the FAX board mounting is set ON at Service Mode.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• FAX board
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Check to see if the FAX board is installed correctly. - -
2 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the MFP board connector for proper connection and
1 - -
correct as necessary.
2 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.16.12 CD261
(1) Contents
Trouble type USB host board failure
Trouble code CD261
Rank C
Detection timing • When a failure is detected in USB host board included in the local interface kit.
• Non-standard USB device is connected.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• USB host board (EK-604)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
1 Check the operation with another USB device. - -
Check the USB host board connector for proper connection
2 - -
and correct as necessary.
3 Change USB host board - -
4 Change MFPB - -
K-77
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.16.13 CD271
(1) Contents
Trouble type i-Option activated and additional memory not installed
Trouble code CD271
Rank C
Detection timing While the i-Option is activated, the additional memory included in UK-203 is not installed.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• Memory for i-Option (UK-203)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the memory (UK-203) for proper connection and
1 - -
correct as necessary.
2 Change memory (UK-203) - -
3 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.16.14 CD272
(1) Contents
Trouble type i-Option activated and additional memory and HDD not installed
Trouble code CD272
Rank C
Detection timing While the i-Option is activated, the additional memory included in UK-203 and the HDD are not installed.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• Hard disk
• Memory for i-Option (UK-203)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the memory (UK-203) for proper connection and
1 - -
correct as necessary.
Check the HDD for proper connection and correct as
2 - -
necessary.
3 Change memory (UK-203) - -
4 Change HDD - -
5 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.16.15 CD3##
(1) Contents
Trouble type NVRAM data error
Trouble code CD3##
Rank -
Detection timing Abnormality is detected by the abnormal check of each NVRAM data.
Trouble isolation -
• When the data stored due to the NVRAM trouble is lost, backup data can be used for restoration.
• Trouble code [C-D370] will be displayed when multiple errors (over 5) of NVRAM data are detected, which can be restored with one
restoration command.
• Data backup will be automatically performed every hour. Backup can also be performed manually with the following setting.
[Service Mode] → [Enhanced Security] → [NVRAM Data Back Up]
1. When a trouble caused by NVRAM data error occurs, the screen below appears.
K-78
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
4. Check the message which indicates that the data restoration was successfully conducted. Turn OFF the main power switch and turn it ON
again more than 10 seconds after.
NOTE
• In case it failed to restore data, return to the trouble code screen.
3.16.16 CD370
(1) Contents
Trouble type NVRAM data multiple errors
Trouble code CD370
Rank -
Detection timing Multiple errors (Over 5) are detected by the abnormal check of each NVRAM data.
Trouble isolation -
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check whether there is a strong electromagnetic noise
1 - -
source near the main body.
Check the connectors on MFPB for proper connection and
2 - -
correct as necessary.
3 Change MFPB - -
K-79
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.16.18 CDC##
(1) Contents
Trouble type Trouble related to security
Trouble code CDC##
Rank -
Detection timing Contact the responsible people of KM before taking some countermeasures.
Trouble isolation -
3.17 CE***
3.17.1 CE001, CE003, CE004, CE005, CE006, CE007
(1) Contents
Trouble type Abnormal message queue
Task error
Event error
Memory access error
Header access error
DIMM initialize error
Trouble code CE001
CE003
CE004
CE005
CE006
CE007
Rank C
Detection timing MFP board (MFPB) is faulty.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connectors on MFPB for proper connection and
1 - -
correct as necessary.
2 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.17.2 CE002
(1) Contents
Trouble type Message and method parameter failure
Trouble code CE002
Rank C
Detection timing MFP board (MFPB) is faulty.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• Hard disk
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Turn OFF the main power switch and turn it ON again, and
1 conduct the following setting. [Service Mode] → [System 1] - -
→ [Initialization] → [Data Clear].
2 Format hard disk - -
3 Change hard disk - -
4 Change MFPB - -
K-80
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 3. TROUBLE CODE
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.17.3 CEEE1
(1) Contents
Trouble type MFP board malfunction
Trouble code CEEE1
Rank C
Detection timing MFP board (MFPB) is faulty.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the connectors on MFPB for proper connection and
1 - -
correct as necessary.
2 Change MFPB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.52. C6901 - C6903, CA051 - CA053, CC164, CC190, CC191, CC211
- CC214, CC216, CD002, CD004, CD00F, CD010, CD020, CD211, CD212, CD231, CD241, CD242, CD261, CD271, CD272, CD401 -
CD407, CE001 - CE007, CEEE1)
3.17.4 CEEE2
(1) Contents
Trouble type Scanner section malfunction
Trouble code CEEE2
Rank A
Detection timing A scanner part is faulty.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Exposure unit/LED exposure unit
• CCD board (CCDB)
• Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Correct the connector connection between CCDB and
1 - -
REYB/SCAN if faulty.
• Change REYB/SCAN (for fluorescent lamp)
2 - -
• Change REYB/SCAN (for LED lamp)
3 Change CCDB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.62. CEEE2)
3.17.5 CEEE3
(1) Contents
Trouble type Printer control board malfunction
Trouble code CEEE3
Rank A
Detection timing Printer control board (PRCB) is faulty.
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • Printer control board (PRCB)
(2) Procedure
Step Action Control signal Location of electrical components
Check the PRCB connector for proper connection and
1 - -
correct as necessary.
2 Change PRCB - -
• Link to the layout drawings for related parts by each trouble code (S.41. C2650, C5601, C5602, CC163, CEEE3)
K-81
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. ABORT CODE
4. ABORT CODE
Abort code
• The machine displays an abort code (CF###) on the control panel as it becomes unable to process tasks properly through its software
control.
• When the system program is aborted, check the electrical component, unit, option, and connection relating to the specific type of the abort
condition.
(1) Contents
Trouble type Abort code
Trouble code CFB00 to CFF5E
Rank C
Detection timing -
Trouble isolation -
Relevant electrical parts • MFP board (MFPB)
• DIMM0/DIMM1
(2) Procedure
Location of electrical
Step Action Control signal
components
Check the MFPB connector for proper connection and
1 - -
correct as necessary.
Conduct the following setting.
[Service Mode] → [Memory/HDD Adj.] → [Memory Check]
→ [Detail Check].
When “NG” is displayed, replace the appropriate memory or
2 - -
PWB.
WORK0: DIMM0
WORK1: DIMM1
FILE0,1: MFP board
3 Change MFPB - -
4.1 CF0**
Code Item Component Rank
CF001 CT_singleList table abnormal An exceptional instance occurred • MFP board (MFPB) C
CF004 CT_queue full abnormal due to the unexpected parameter
in the system F/W.
CF011 Array link abnormal
CF012 FAT link abnormal
CF013 File size abnormal
CF021 setDelayMessage Table
OverFlow
CF023 MsgQue OverFlow
CF033 setDivTbl() limitation over
4.2 CF1**
Code Item Component Rank
CF112 Compress table OverFlow Compression malfunctions • MFP board (MFPB) C
CF113 Compress table check
4.3 CF2**
Code Item Component Rank
CF211 setParameterBandColorPlane() An exceptional instance occurred • MFP board (MFPB) C
Table OverFlow due to the unexpected parameter
in the system F/W.
4.4 CF3**
Code Item Component Rank
CF300 IR Bus Check Timeout Image transfer error on IR input • MFP board (MFPB) C
bus
K-82
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. ABORT CODE
4.5 CF4**
Code Item Component Rank
CF411 Parity error Communication error (between • MFP board (MFPB) C
CF421 Overrun error IR-systems)
CF431 Parity error + Overrun error
CF441 Framing error
CF451 Parity error + Framing error
CF461 Overrun error + Framing error
CF471 Parity error + Overrun error +
Framing error
CF412 Parity error
CF422 Overrun error
CF432 Parity error + Overrun error
CF442 Framing error
CF452 Parity error + Framing error
CF462 Overrun error + Framing error
CF472 Parity error + Overrun error +
Framing error
4.6 CF5**
Code Item Component Rank
CF510 Parity error Communication error (between • MFP board (MFPB) C
IR-systems)
CF520 Framing error Communication error (IR
CF530 Parity error + Framing error detected)
CF540 Overrun error
CF550 Parity error + Overrun error
CF560 Overrun error + Framing error
CF570 Parity error + Overrun error +
Framing error
CF580 Frame distortion of ADF
4.7 CF6**
Code Item Component Rank
CF600 Report receiving of print start that An exceptional instance occurred • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
is out of sequence due to the unexpected parameter Engine
CF601 Report receiving of paper feeding in the system F/W.
that is out of sequence
CF604 Outside IF/Command queue • MFP board (MFPB)
CF614 “Output sequence” queue
CF624 Panel LCD date queue
4.8 CF7**
Code Item Component Rank
CF704 Common data “Delete-waiting An exceptional instance occurred • MFP board (MFPB) C
HDD accumulated job ID” queue due to the unexpected parameter
CF714 IRC/Command queue in the system F/W.
CF724 Engine/Command queue • MFP board (MFPB)/
Engine
CF734 Panel/Command queue • MFP board (MFPB)/
Control Panel
CF744 File memory transfer start-waiting • MFP board (MFPB)
command queue
CF754 File memory compression
requesting command queue
CF764 Panel instruction delete job queue
CF774 Warning delete job queue
CF784 Application instruction delete job
queue
CF794 Output page information for
duplex back side queue
K-83
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. ABORT CODE
4.9 CF8**
Code Item Component Rank
CF802 SIO sending port...ENG • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
Engine
CF806 SIO sending port...IRC • MFP board (MFPB)
CF807 SIO sending port...ADF
CF808 Transmission buffer overflow (DSC1) • MFP board (MFPB)/
DSC board (SC-507)
CF809 Unsupported option trouble - -
CF812 Unsupported option trouble
CF815 SIO sending port...PIC/PIC terminal • MFP board (MFPB) C
CF8ED SIO sending port...EPNet
4.10 CF9**
Code Item Component Rank
CF902 SIO receiving port...ENG • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
Engine
CF906 SIO receiving port...IRC • MFP board (MFPB)
CF907 SIO receiving port...ADF
CF908 Reception buffer overflow (DSC1) • MFP board (MFPB)/
DSC board (SC-507)
CF909 Unsupported option trouble - -
CF912 Unsupported option trouble
CF915 SIO receiving port...PIC/PIC terminal • MFP board (MFPB) C
CF9ED SIO receiving port...EPNet
4.11 CFA**
Code Item Component Rank
CFA01 getOneImgTransInfoFromTh() No An exceptional instance occurred • MFP board (MFPB) C
applied thread due to the unexpected parameter
CFA03 setTransBandAndRepeatNum() in the system F/W.
error
CFA06 getOneImgIndexNumFromTh()
No applied thread
CFA11 cancelTransExec() No applied
thread
CFA12 ImgTransInfo No space
CFA13 Clear Buffer Sequence error
CFA14 Thread software error • Whole electrical
components, units, and
options
CFA15 Global semaphore time out (ten seconds) • MFP board (MFPB)
CFA16 Thread software error (upper parameter error)
CFA50 IGC control error DB error
CFA51 IGC internal error
K-84
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. ABORT CODE
4.12 CFB**
4.12.1 CFB0*
Code Item Component Rank
CFB00 ASIC200 first sheet DMA00 • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFB01 ASIC200 first sheet DMA01 DIMM0/DIMM1
CFB02 ASIC200 first sheet DMA02
CFB03 ASIC200 first sheet DMA03
CFB04 ASIC200 first sheet DMA04
CFB05 ASIC200 first sheet DMA05
CFB06 ASIC200 first sheet DMA06
CFB07 ASIC200 first sheet DMA07
CFB08 ASIC200 first sheet DMA08
CFB09 ASIC200 first sheet DMA09
CFB0A ASIC200 first sheet DMA10
CFB0B ASIC200 first sheet DMA11
CFB0C ASIC200 first sheet DMA12
CFB0D ASIC200 first sheet DMA13
CFB0E ASIC200 first sheet DMA14
CFB0F ASIC200 first sheet DMA15
4.12.2 CFB1*
Code Item Component Rank
CFB10 ASIC200 first sheet DMA16 • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFB11 ASIC200 first sheet DMA17 DIMM0/DIMM1
CFB12 ASIC200 first sheet DMA18
CFB13 ASIC200 first sheet DMA19
CFB14 ASIC200 first sheet DMA20
CFB15 ASIC200 first sheet DMA21
CFB16 ASIC200 first sheet DMA22
CFB17 ASIC200 first sheet DMA23
CFB18 ASIC200 first sheet DMA24
CFB19 ASIC200 first sheet DMA25
CFB1A ASIC200 first sheet DMA26
CFB1B ASIC200 first sheet DMA27
CFB1C ASIC200 first sheet DMA28
CFB1D ASIC200 first sheet DMA29
CFB1E ASIC200 first sheet DMA30
CFB1F ASIC200 first sheet DMA31
4.12.3 CFB7*
Code Item Component Rank
CFB70 ASIC200 first sheet interruption • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
DIMM0/DIMM1
4.12.4 CFB8*
Code Item Component Rank
CFB80 ASIC200 first sheet common register setting • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
DIMM0/DIMM1
4.12.5 CFBA*
Code Item Component Rank
CFBA0 ASIC200 first sheet BTC compression/extension unit • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
DIMM0/DIMM1
4.13 CFC**
4.13.1 CFC0*
Code Item Component Rank
CFC00 ASIC200 first sheet DMA00 error interruption • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
DIMM0/DIMM1
K-85
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. ABORT CODE
4.13.2 CFC1*
Code Item Component Rank
CFC10 ASIC200 first sheet DMA16 error interruption • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFC11 ASIC200 first sheet DMA17 error interruption DIMM0/DIMM1
CFC12 ASIC200 first sheet DMA18 error interruption
CFC13 ASIC200 first sheet DMA19 error interruption
CFC14 ASIC200 first sheet DMA20 error interruption
CFC15 ASIC200 first sheet DMA21 error interruption
CFC16 ASIC200 first sheet DMA22 error interruption
CFC17 ASIC200 first sheet DMA23 error interruption
CFC18 ASIC200 first sheet DMA24 error interruption
CFC19 ASIC200 first sheet DMA25 error interruption
CFC1A ASIC200 first sheet DMA26 error interruption
CFC1B ASIC200 first sheet DMA27 error interruption
CFC1C ASIC200 first sheet DMA28 error interruption
CFC1D ASIC200 first sheet DMA29 error interruption
CFC1E ASIC200 first sheet DMA30 error interruption
CFC1F ASIC200 first sheet DMA31 error interruption
4.13.3 CFC2*
Code Item Component Rank
CFC20 ASIC200 watchdog timer error interruption • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFC21 ASIC200 first sheet image output interface 1 had underrun DIMM0/DIMM1
CFC22 ASIC200 first sheet image input interface had overflow
CFC23 ASIC200 first sheet LCD output interface had underrun
CFC24 ASIC200 first sheet JBIG core detected unknown marker
CFC25 ASIC200 first sheet JBIG core detected SC count overflow
CFC26 ASIC200 first sheet SDC slave illegal access error occurred
CFC27 ASIC200 first sheet memory master access had Completer Abort
CFC28 ASIC200 first sheet memory master access had Unsupported
Request
CFC29 ASIC200 first sheet memory master access had Completion Timeout
CFC2A ASIC200 first sheet memory master access had Poisoned TLP
CFC2B ASIC200 first sheet memory target access had Unsupported Request
CFC2C ASIC200 first sheet memory target access had Poisoned TLP
CFC2D ASIC200 first sheet config target access had Unsupported Request
CFC2E ASIC200 first sheet config target access had Poisoned TLP
4.13.4 CFCC*
Code Item Component Rank
CFCC0 CPS2007 PCI slave ileagal access error occurred • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFCC1 CPS2007 watchdog timer error occurred DIMM0/DIMM1
K-86
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. ABORT CODE
4.13.5 CFCD*
Code Item Component Rank
CFCD0 PIC2007 PCI slave illegal access error occurred • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFCD1 PIC2007 address parity error occurred DIMM0/DIMM1
CFCD2 PIC2007 slave write data parity error occurred
CFCD3 PIC2007 slave read data parity error occurred
4.13.6 CFCE*
Code Item Component Rank
CFCE0 ASIC22 watchdog timer error occurred • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFCE1 ASIC22 local bus error occurred DIMM0/DIMM1
CFCE2 ASIC22 another type of error occurred
4.14 CFD**
4.14.1 CFD0*
Code Item Component Rank
CFD00 ASIC200 first sheet DMA00 time out • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFD01 ASIC200 first sheet DMA01 time out DIMM0/DIMM1
CFD02 ASIC200 first sheet DMA02 time out
CFD03 ASIC200 first sheet DMA03 time out
CFD04 ASIC200 first sheet DMA04 time out
CFD05 ASIC200 first sheet DMA05 time out
CFD06 ASIC200 first sheet DMA06 time out
CFD07 ASIC200 first sheet DMA07 time out
CFD08 ASIC200 first sheet DMA08 time out
CFD09 ASIC200 first sheet DMA09 time out
CFD0A ASIC200 first sheet DMA10 time out
4.14.2 CFD1*
Code Item Component Rank
CFD10 ASIC200 first sheet DMA16 time out • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFD11 ASIC200 first sheet DMA17 time out DIMM0/DIMM1
CFD12 ASIC200 first sheet DMA18 time out
CFD13 ASIC200 first sheet DMA19 time out
CFD14 ASIC200 first sheet DMA20 time out
CFD15 ASIC200 first sheet DMA21 time out
CFD16 ASIC200 first sheet DMA22 time out
CFD17 ASIC200 first sheet DMA23 time out
CFD18 ASIC200 first sheet DMA24 time out
CFD19 ASIC200 first sheet DMA25 time out
CFD1A ASIC200 first sheet DMA26 time out
CFD1B ASIC200 first sheet DMA27 time out
CFD1C ASIC200 first sheet DMA28 time out
CFD1D ASIC200 first sheet DMA29 time out
CFD1E ASIC200 first sheet DMA30 time out
CFD1F ASIC200 first sheet DMA31 time out
4.15 CFE**
4.15.1 CFE0*
Code Item Component Rank
CFE00 ASIC200 first sheet DMA00 time out • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFE01 ASIC200 first sheet DMA01 time out DIMM0/DIMM1
CFE02 ASIC200 first sheet DMA02 time out
K-87
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. ABORT CODE
4.15.2 CFE1*
Code Item Component Rank
CFE10 ASIC200 first sheet DMA16 time out • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFE11 ASIC200 first sheet DMA17 time out DIMM0/DIMM1
CFE12 ASIC200 first sheet DMA18 time out
CFE13 ASIC200 first sheet DMA19 time out
CFE14 ASIC200 first sheet DMA20 time out
CFE15 ASIC200 first sheet DMA21 time out
CFE16 ASIC200 first sheet DMA22 time out
CFE17 ASIC200 first sheet DMA23 time out
CFE18 ASIC200 first sheet DMA24 time out
CFE19 ASIC200 first sheet DMA25 time out
CFE1A ASIC200 first sheet DMA26 time out
CFE1B ASIC200 first sheet DMA27 time out
CFE1C ASIC200 first sheet DMA28 time out
CFE1D ASIC200 first sheet DMA29 time out
CFE1E ASIC200 first sheet DMA30 time out
CFE1F ASIC200 first sheet DMA31 time out
4.16 CFF**
4.16.1 CFF0*
Code Item Component Rank
CFF00 ASIC200 first sheet DMA00 time out • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFF01 ASIC200 first sheet DMA01 time out DIMM0/DIMM1
CFF02 ASIC200 first sheet DMA02 time out
CFF03 ASIC200 first sheet DMA03 time out
CFF04 ASIC200 first sheet DMA04 time out
CFF05 ASIC200 first sheet DMA05 time out
CFF06 ASIC200 first sheet DMA06 time out
CFF07 ASIC200 first sheet DMA07 time out
CFF08 ASIC200 first sheet DMA08 time out
CFF09 ASIC200 first sheet DMA09 time out
CFF0A ASIC200 first sheet DMA10 time out
CFF0B ASIC200 first sheet DMA11 time out
CFF0C ASIC200 first sheet DMA12 time out
CFF0D ASIC200 first sheet DMA13 time out
CFF0E ASIC200 first sheet DMA14 time out
CFF0F ASIC200 first sheet DMA15 time out
4.16.2 CFF1*
Code Item Component Rank
CFF10 ASIC200 first sheet DMA16 time out • MFP board (MFPB)/ C
CFF11 ASIC200 first sheet DMA17 time out DIMM0/DIMM1
K-88
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 4. ABORT CODE
K-89
K TROUBLESHOOTING > 5. ERROR CODE FOR THE INTERNET
bizhub 423/363/283/223 ISW
NOTE
• When a code other than the error code list is displayed, contact KM and inform the error code.
5.2 0x0*
Error code Description Countermeasure
0x00000001 Illegal error on the control • Check if the following setting is set to “Valid”. [Service Mode] → [Internet
ISW] → [Internet ISW setting]
• Check the status of the following setting. [Service Mode] → [Internet ISW]
→ [Transfer access setting]
• If the above process does not solve the problem, inform the corresponding
error code to the KONICA MINOLTA.
0x00000010 Parameter error • Check if the following setting is set to “Valid”. [Service Mode] → [Internet
ISW] → [Internet ISW setting]
• If the above process does not solve the problem, inform the corresponding
error code to KONICA MINOLTA.
0x00111000 Error concerning the network • Check the User’s network environment. (LAN cable’s connection)
• Connection has been completed. • Check the status of the following setting. [Service Mode] → [Internet ISW]
→ [Transfer access setting]
• Check to see if the FTP server operates normally.
0x00111001 Error concerning the network • Check the network environment of the User.
• It cannot be connected to the server. • Check to see if the FTP server operates normally.
0x00111100 Error concerning the network
• Communication timeout.
0x00111101 Error concerning the network • Check the network environment of the User.
• Disconnection occurred. • Check to see if the FTP server operates normally.
0x00111110 Error concerning the network
• The network is not connected.
0x00110010 Error concerning the network
• Others
0x00001### FTP error • Check to see if FTP server normally operates.
• Reply code when it failed to be • Check the IP address, user’s name, etc.
connected.
0x00002### FTP error • Check to see if FTP server operates normally.
• Error reply code for the user command
or pass command.
0x00003### FTP error
• Error reply code for CWD command.
0x00004### FTP error • Check to see if FTP server operates normally.
• Error reply code for the TYPE
command.
0x00005### FTP error
• Error reply code for the PORT
command.
0x00006### FTP error • Check to see if FTP server operates normally.
• Error reply code for the PASV • Set the PASV mode to “Invalid”, and try it again.
command.
0x00007### FTP error • Check to see if FTP server operates normally.
K-90
K TROUBLESHOOTING > 5. ERROR CODE FOR THE INTERNET
bizhub 423/363/283/223 ISW
5.3 0x1*
Error code Description Countermeasure
0x10000100 • It cannot be accepted because of the • Wait for the current job to be completed and try it again.
job currently being executed.
• ISW being executed by other method.
0x10000101 It cannot be accepted because the sub • Turn sub power switch ON and try it again.
power switch is OFF.
0x10000102 The Internet ISW is already being • Wait for the current Internet ISW to be completed.
executed.
0x10000103 It failed to prohibit the job. (It failed to • Check if the following setting is set to “Valid.” [Service Mode] → [Internet
lock the operation.) → It failed to lock the ISW] → [Internet ISW setting]
job because the operation is already • If the above process does not solve the problem, inform the corresponding
locked with PSWC, etc. error code to the KONICA MINOLTA.
0x10000104 There is no space for F/W data to be
downloaded.
0x10000106 Check sum error
0x10000107 File access error • Check to see if the downloaded F/W is of the correct type.
• The file downloaded has an error.
• The header of the file which has been
read has an error.
• The size of the file to be downloaded is
too large.
• When it is identified to be the different
type of F/W.
0x10000108 The area F/W is stored is destroyed, and • Wait until ISW is automatically executed on MFP side.
another ISW is necessary.
5.4 0x2*
Error code Description Countermeasure
0x20000000 The temporary error when running the • Wait until ISW is automatically executed on MFP side.
subset
• When starting the Internet ISW in a
normal program, the rebooting will start
and the Internet ISW will be executed
with the subset program. During the
process by the subset program, it has
to be in the “Failed” status unless the
Internet ISW is successfully conducted.
This code is used temporarily to make
it in error status.
K-91
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 6. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE
K-92
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 6. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE
(1) 0***
Error code Error Solution
0001 Connection timeout during transmission • Check the SMTP server on User side.
0### Transmission error • Check the SMTP server on User side.
###: SMTP responding code (hexadecimal)
For SMTP responding code, see RFC issued by IETF after
converting hexadecimal number into decimal one.
0003 Connection timeout when receiving • Check the POP3 server on User side.
0005 Receiving error • Check the POP3 server on User side.
0020 SMTP communication error • Check SMTP authentication setting.
(2) 1***
Error code Error Solution
1030 Machine ID mismatching • Check the machine ID setting.
• Received an e-mail which tells that machine ID mismatches. • Check the machine ID setting on host side.
1050 Grammar error • Check mail content.
• Received mail did not define the CS Remote Care command (2
digits).
• The Type of Subject and the command of attached file are not
consistent.
1061 Modifying not allowed • Ask the host to send another instruction mail for
• The host sent a command mail that asked modifying data of item modifying.
where setting change is not allowed.
1062 Modifying not available due to the copy job currently performing • Ask the host to send another instruction mail for
• When informing the host that it cannot be modified due to the copy modifying.
job currently performing.
1080 Data length problem • Ask the host to send another instruction mail for
• LEN value of TEXT data and actual data length are not consistent. modifying.
1081 Frame No. error • Check the status of the machine registration on host
• The last frame has not been received. side.
• There are missing frame No.
1082 Subject Type problem • Ask the host to send another instruction mail for
• Received code did not define the Type of Subject. modifying.
1084 Date expired • Ask the host to send another instruction mail for
• Expiration date for data modification command has passed. modifying.
1091 Oversized command • Ask the host to send another instruction mail for
• Received attached file exceeds the machine’s receive buffer size. modifying.
1092 Received an error mail when center setup is not complete • Check the status of the machine registration on host
side.
K-93
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 6. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE
(3) 2***
Error code Error Solution
2039 Socket is not connected • Check the SMTP server and POP3 server on user
• LAN cable on the copier side is detached. side.
203C Connection timeout • Check timeout setting.
203E Network is down • Check the connection between the copier on the
• LAN cable on the copier side is detached. user’s side and the network connector.
• Check the network environment on the user’s side.
(4) 3***
Error code Error Solution
3000 POP3_AUTHORIZATION_ERR • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
3001 POP3_TRANSACTION_ERR • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
3002 POP3_CONNECT_ERR • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
3003 POP3_TIMEOUT_ERR • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
3004 POP3_FORMAT_ERR • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
3005 POP3_MEMORY_ERR • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
3006 POP3_JOBID_ERR • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
3007 POP3_NO_DATA_ERR • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
3008 POP3_DELETE_FAIL_ERR • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
3009 POP3_MAILBOX_FULL • Check the POP3 server environment on user’s side.
(5) 4***
Error code Error Solution
4103 During polling from MFP, MIO is not active and MFP cannot start • Wait for a while and try transmitting again.
communication.
4104 During e-mail transmission from MFP to the center, the SMTP • Wait for a while and try transmitting again.
channel is not in the “Ready” status and MFP cannot send e-mail.
4105 During polling from MFP, the POP3 channel is not in the “Ready” • Wait for a while and try transmitting again.
status and MFP cannot receive e-mail.
4106 During e-mail transmission from MFP to the center, MIO is not active • Wait for a while and try transmitting again.
and MFP cannot start communication.
41F9 Control error • Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON.
• In the CS Remote Care’s internal sequence, message transfer
failed.
41FA Control error • Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON.
• MIO response timed out.
41FB Control error • Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON.
• As the file descriptor of the e-mail that MFP receives from MIO is
invalid, MFP cannot receive the e-mail.
41FC Control error • Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON.
• During the creation of data to be sent by e-mail, the CS Remote
Care’s internal status error occurs or the data that need to be sent
has not been created.
41FD Control error • Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON.
• During e-mail reception, the parameter sent from MIO to the CS
Remote Care is invalid and MFP cannot receive the e-mail.
41FE Control error • Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON.
• After the completion of e-mail transmission, MFP received the
transmission completion message from MIO. However, the CS
Remote Care’s internal status was not the status of transmission
completion.
41FF Control error • Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON.
• During e-mail reception, MIO became inactive.
4210 Control error • Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON.
• E-mail sent from MIO could not be properly handled in the CS
Remote Care.
(6) 5***
Error code Error Solution
5*** MIO detects error when sending an attached file. • Check the SMTP server /POP3 server environment
on user’s side.
K-94
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 6. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE
(7) 6***
Error code Error Solution
6*** MIO detects error during a sending sequence. • Check the SMTP server /POP3 server environment
on user’s side.
(1) 0***
Error code Error Solution
0001 Connection timeout during transmission • Check the http server.
0*** Transmission error • Check the http server.
###: http responding code (hexadecimal)
For http responding code, see RFC issued by IETF after converting
hexadecimal number into decimal one.
0003 Connection timeout when receiving • Check the http server.
0005 Receiving error • Check the http server.
(2) 1***
Error code Error Solution
1030 Machine ID mismatching • Check the machine ID setting.
• Received file which tells that machine ID mismatches. • Check the machine ID setting on host side.
1050 Grammar error • Check file content.
• Received file did not define the CS Remote Care command (2
digits).
• The Type of Subject and the command of file are not consistent.
1061 Modifying not allowed • Ask the host to send another instruction file for
• The host sent a command file that asked modifying data of item modifying.
where setting change is not allowed.
1062 Modifying not available due to the copy job currently performing • Ask the host to send another instruction file for
• When informing the host that it cannot be modified due to the copy modifying.
job currently performing.
1080 Data length problem • Ask the host to send another instruction file for
• LEN value of TEXT data and actual data length are not consistent. modifying.
1081 Frame No. error • Check the status of the machine registration on host
• The last frame has not been received. side.
• There are missing frame No.
1082 Subject Type problem • Ask the host to send another instruction file for
• Received code did not define the Type of Subject. modifying.
1084 Date expired • Ask the host to send another instruction file for
• Expiration date for data modification command has passed. modifying.
1091 Oversized command • Ask the host to send another instruction file for
• Received file exceeds the machine’s receive buffer size. modifying.
(3) 2***
Error code Error Solution
2001 http request result problem • Check user network environment.
• Internal status error • Check http server environment.
2002 http request result problem
• File list acquisition result problem
2003 http request result problem
• Request header transmission failure
2004 http request result problem
• Request body transmission failure
2005 http request result problem
• Response header receive response failure
2006 http request result problem
• Response body receive response failure
2007 http request result problem
• Session ID inconsistent
(4) 3***
Error code Error Solution
3002 http request result problem • Check user network environment.
K-95
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 6. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE
(5) 4***
Error code Error Solution
4106 When data is uploaded from MFP to the web server, the network • Wait for a while and try transmitting again.
connection is not enabled and MFP cannot start communication.
41FA Control error • Turn the main power switch OFF and then ON.
• MIO response timed out.
(6) 5***
Error code Error Solution
5*** MIO detects error at file sending. • Check the http server environment.
(7) 6***
Error code Error Solution
6*** MIO detects error at sending sequence. • Check the http server environment.
K-96
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 6. CS Remote Care ERROR CODE
K-97
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. NETWORK ERROR CODE
7.2 IEEE802.1X
Code Description
1 • Connection has already been established.
2 • Parameter error.
3 • Unable to find the destination AP (SSID).
4 • The authentication mode does not match the AP (IEEE8021X/WPA-EAP/WPA-PSK/NONE).
5 • Negotiation of the EAP method failed.
6 • The EAP authentication failed (user ID, password, certificate, etc.)
7 • Encryption negotiation with the AP failed (TKIP/CCMP).
8 • Failed to retrieve the client certificate.
9 • The client certificate has expired.
10 • Verification error of the server certificate (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
11 • Although the WPA-PSK mode is selected, the Pre-Shared Key is not specified.
12 • An authentication error occurred in the WPA-PSK mode (un-matched Pre-Shared Key).
13 • The phase 2 method is not specified (PEAP).
14 • Negotiation of the phase 2 method failed (PEAP).
15 • Response from the server has timed out.
16 • Failed to allocate memory.
17 • Failed to start the supplicant task.
18 • The driver does not work.
19 • The server certificate has expired (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
20 • CA verification error of the server certificate (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
21 • Server ID verification error of the server certificate (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
22 • The CA certificate is not specified (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
23 • The server ID is not specified (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
24 • The setting combination is correct.
25 • Connection and authentication are complete.
26 • The server certificate does not have the expected usage (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
27 • The server certificate has expired (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
28 • Access to the server to check for expiration of the server certificate is rejected (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
29 • Access to the server to check for expiration of the server certificate has timed out (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
30 • Unable to check for expiration because the CRL size that has been retrieved to check for the expiration of the server
certificate exceeds the maximum capacity that can be retained (1MB) (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
31 • Incorrect format of the server certificate (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
32 • Verification of the server certificate is invalid (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
33 • Although the environment is configured to use the HDD, it is unable to perform verification because the HDD path has not
been specified (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
34 • Unable to perform verification because there are too many certificates to be verified (the maximum number of certificates that
can be verified at a time is 20) (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
35 • Parameter error of the certificate (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
36 • Internal error of the certificate verification (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP).
7.3 LDAP
Code Description
1 • An invalid operation occurred.
4 • The number of search results has exceeded the maximum number of items allowed.
7 • The LDAP server does not support SASL.
10 • Unable to trace the link although Referral is specified.
32 • Cannot find the search route.
49 • Failed to log in to the LDAP server.
80 • An unexpected error occurred.
85 • The connection has timed out.
86 • The supported SASL does not match the LDAP server side.
K-98
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. NETWORK ERROR CODE
Code Description
88 • Cancelled by the user.
90 • A memory shortage occurred.
91 • Unable to connect to the LDAP server.
92 • The supported LDAP version does not match the LDAP server side.
128 • Failed to resolve the LDAP server name using the DNS server.
129 • The certificate of the LDAP server has expired.
130 • Mutual authentication using GSS-SPNEGO (Kerberos v5) failed.
131 • The search result remains.
2238 • The CN field of the LDAP server certificate does not match the server address.
2239 • The LDAP server certificate does not have the expected usage for a server.
2240 • The LDAP server certificate is not trusted.
• To trust the certificate, the certificate must be registered to the system.
2241 • The LDAP server certificate has expired.
2242 • The CA server rejected the connection.
2243 • The connection to the server that checks for expiration of the certificate has timed out.
2244 • Unable to check for expiration because the CRL size exceeds the maximum capacity that can be retained (1MB).
2261 • The format of the LDAP server certificate is invalid.
2263 • Although the environment is configured to use the HDD, it is unable to perform verification because the HDD path has not
been specified.
2264 • Unable to perform verification because there are too many certificates to be verified (the maximum number of certificates that
can be verified at a time is 20).
2266 • Internal error of the certificate verification.
2267 • The device certificate does not exist.
2268 • No certificate is sent from the server.
K-99
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. NETWORK ERROR CODE
K-100
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. NETWORK ERROR CODE
Code Description
12267 • The device certificate does not exist.
12268 • No certificate is sent from the server.
K-101
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. NETWORK ERROR CODE
Code Description
2264 • Unable to perform verification because there are too many certificates to be verified (the maximum number of certificates that
can be verified at a time is 20).
2266 • Internal error of the certificate verification.
2267 • The device certificate does not exist.
2268 • No certificate is sent from the server.
3000 • An unexpected error occurred.
3001 • An unexpected error occurred within the library being used.
3002 • An invalid channel is specified.
3003 • SMTP server address is invalid.
3004 • Parameter error (MIMEBodyHeader).
3005 • Parameter error (DisplayName).
3006 • Parameter error (character set).
3007 • Parameter error (From address).
3008 • Parameter error (To address).
3009 • Parameter error (CC address).
3010 • Parameter error (BCC address).
3011 • Parameter error (pEmailSet is NULL).
3012 • Parameter error (destination certificate is NULL).
3013 • Parameter error (E-mail body).
3014 • The HDD is disabled.
3015 • The S/MIME function is disabled.
3016 • The device certificate cannot be used in S/MIME (e.g. self-signed certificate error, the private key type is not RSA).
3018 • An invalid encryption algorithm is specified.
3019 • An invalid signature algorithm is specified.
3020 • The E-mail address included in the destination certificate does not match the destination address (To/Cc/Bcc).
3021 • The E-mail address included in the certificate does not match the sender (From) address.
3022 • Format error of the certificate.
3023 • Parameter error (Disposition-Notification-To).
3024 • Message syntax error of the receiver side.
3025 • The SMTP server does not support the STARTTLS command.
K-102
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. NETWORK ERROR CODE
Code Description
1098 • Failed in chunk TX to SharePoint Server.
1099 • Other internal error occurred (e.g. memory shortage).
2236 • The certificate has expired, or the validity period has not yet started.
2238 • The CN field of the certificate does not match the server address.
2239 • The certificate does not have the expected usage.
2240 • The certificate is not trusted.
• To trust the certificate, the certificate must be registered to the system.
2241 • The certificate has expired.
2242 • The CA server rejected the connection.
2243 • The connection to the server that checks for expiration of the certificate has timed out.
2244 • Unable to check for expiration because the CRL size exceeds the maximum capacity that can be retained (1MB).
2261 • The format of the certificate is invalid.
2263 • Failed to initialize the certificate verification.
2264 • Unable to perform verification because there are too many certificates to be verified (the maximum number of certificates that
can be verified at a time is 20).
2266 • Internal error of the certificate verification.
2267 • The device certificate does not exist.
2268 • No certificate is sent from the server.
K-103
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. NETWORK ERROR CODE
Code Description
12267 • The device certificate does not exist.
12268 • No certificate is sent from the server.
K-104
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 7. NETWORK ERROR CODE
Code Description
2261 • The format of the certificate is invalid.
2263 • Failed to initialize the certificate verification.
2264 • Unable to perform verification because there are too many certificates to be verified (the maximum number of certificates that
can be verified at a time is 20).
2266 • Internal error of the certificate verification.
2267 • The device certificate does not exist.
2268 • No certificate is sent from the server.
7.12 WS scan
Code Description
1 • The specified client is not registered.
2 • Parameter is invalid.
3 • The Web service or WS scan function is disabled.
4 • The device is not connected to the network.
5 • Waiting for connection from CP.
6 • The certificate of the destination computer is not valid when the validity period of a certificate is checked.
22 • Invalid argument.
42 • The specified protocol is unavailable.
52 • The connection aborted by the network.
53 • The connection has been interrupted.
55 • A buffer shortage occurred.
57 • The socket is not connected.
60 • The operation has timed out.
70 • The operation is expected to be blocked.
72 • The RetrieveImage waiting period has timed out.
2236 • The certificate has expired, or the validity period has not yet started.
2238 • The CN field of the certificate does not match the server address.
2239 • The certificate does not have the expected usage.
2240 • The certificate is not trusted.
• To trust the certificate, the certificate must be registered to the system.
2241 • The certificate has expired.
2242 • The CA server rejected the connection.
2243 • The connection to the server that checks for expiration of the certificate has timed out.
2244 • Unable to check for expiration because the CRL size exceeds the maximum capacity that can be retained (1MB).
2261 • The format of the certificate is invalid.
2263 • Although the environment is configured to use the HDD, it is unable to perform verification because the HDD path has not
been specified.
2264 • Unable to perform verification because there are too many certificates to be verified (the maximum number of certificates that
can be verified at a time is 20).
2265 • Parameter of the certificate verification is invalid.
2266 • Internal error of the certificate verification.
2267 • The device certificate does not exist.
2268 • No certificate is sent from the server.
K-105
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. FAX TROUBLE CODE
8.1 B0-**
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
FAX board B0-01 FAX board error 1 (FAX ROM check sum Pull out and insert the Fax board to check its installation.
error error) If the trouble is not yet corrected, hardware of the fax board may be
B0-02 FAX board error 2 (DPRAM check error) defective.
Replace the fax board in such a case.
B0-03 FAX board error 3 (FAX Initialization NG)
B0-51 FAX board installation error (Line 1). Pull out and insert the fax board to check its installation.
If the trouble is not yet corrected, check if the fax (main) is set to
[Unset] on the [System 2]-[Option board Status] screen in the service
mode.
If it is set to [Unset], set to [Set].
B0-52 FAX board installation error (Line 2). Pull out and insert the FAX board to check its installation.
If the trouble is not yet corrected, check if the fax (Sub) is set to
[Unset] on the [System 2]-[Option board Status] screen in the service
mode.
If it is set to [Unset], set to [Set].
8.2 B1-1*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
FAX driver B1-10 Instance generation error or observer Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
error registration error
B1-11 Configuration space initialization NG
B1-12 Semaphore acquisition, release error
B1-13 Sequence error among main body tasks
B1-14 Message queue control error
B1-15 Main body - sequence error among FAX Pull out and insert the FAX board to check its installation.
boards
B1-16 FAX board nonresponse (Nonresponse
after initialization)
B1-17 ACK waiting timeout error
B1-18 Receiving undefined frame
B1-19 DMA transfer error
8.3 B1-2*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
JC B1-20 Soft error (Fax board side) Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
B1-22 Device error (GA LOCAL SRAM) Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
B1-23 Device error (DRAM) If the trouble is not yet corrected, hardware of the fax board may be
defective. Replace the fax board in such a case.
B1-25 Device error (GA)
B1-26 Timeout error due to nonresponse from Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
codec control during suspension process
B1-27 Timeout error due to nonresponse from
communication control during suspension
process
B1-28 Timeout error due to nonresponse from
LINE control during suspension process
B1-29 Timeout error due to non-response from
the modem to voice response
8.4 B1-3*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Driver error B1-30 Driver soft error Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
(Fax board B1-31 Reception frame length error from main
side)
B1-32 Reception frame header error from main
B1-33 232C i/f sequence error
K-106
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. FAX TROUBLE CODE
8.5 B1-4*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Soft error B1-40 MSG I/F error with job control Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
(Fax board
side)
Soft error B1-41 I/F error with driver
I/F error with B1-42 Undefined command reception
main B1-43 Command frame length error
B1-44 Command parameter length error
B1-45 Undefined parameter
B1-46 Command/response sequence error
8.6 B1-5*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Line control B1-50 External class instance acquisition error Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
B1-51 Job start error (starting job parameter
error/child job generation error)
B1-52 Doc access error (report buf access
error)
B1-53 Response wait timeout from external task
B1-54 Internal que table control error (create/
enque/deque)
8.7 B1-6*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
1 B1-60 Instance generation error Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
destination B1-61 Timeout error
control
B1-62 Interface error
B1-63 Message que control error
B1-64 Semaphore acquisition
release error
B1-65 Observer registration error
B1-66 Reception resource check error
B1-67 Deployment error of sending image
information
B1-68 Serialization error of receiving image
B1-69 Access error to quick memory data
8.8 B1-7*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Page control B1-70 Internal que table control error (create/ Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
enque/deque)
B1-71 Instance generation error
B1-72 Timeout error
B1-73 Interface error
B1-74 Semaphore acquisition release error
B1-75 Observer registration error
B1-76 Unable to check TTI domain
B1-77 Error return from TTI rasterizer
B1-78 Receiving job generation error
B1-79 Sequence control error (line specification
fault, status mismatch, event mismatch)
K-107
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. FAX TROUBLE CODE
8.9 B1-8*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Page control B1-80 Access error to quick sending memory Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
data
B1-81 BlockBuff acquisition error
B1-82 Sending block image error (Req, restore)
B1-83 Receiving block image error (Req, store)
B1-84 Storage error of receiving image
information
B1-85 Receiving data size logic error (Receiving
data are not multiples of dotline)
B1-86 ImageBuf acquisition (alloc) error
B1-87 Error return from
compressor
B1-88 BandBuf control error (newInstance/get/
free)
8.10 B1-9*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
USB B1-90 USB IF error (OS notifies an error during Turn OFF/ON the main power switch.
configuration setting after recovery from
the sleep or attach.)
B1-91 USB IF error (EndPoint1: Bulk Out
(command, transmitted image data))
(error retry 1 min. timeout)
B1-92 USB IF error (EndPoint2: Bulk In
(response, received image data)) (error
retry 5 sec. timeout)
B1-93 USB IF error (EndPoint3: Interrupt In (fax
board status)) (error retry 1 min. timeout)
B1-94 USB IF error (EndPoint4: Bulk Out (main
body status)) (error retry 3 sec. timeout)
B1-95 USB IF error (Attach not detected for 1
min. after recovery from sleep)
B1-96 USB IF error (Detach not detected for 1
min. after recovery from sleep)
8.11 T0*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Sending T00 T1 timeout. no response obtained from Check that the address number is correct.
the machine on the other end of the line.
(35 second)
T01 T1 over after the mode has been -
changed (35 seconds)
T02 DCN reception in DIS waiting The remote station may not receive the data due to paper shortage,
full memory, etc.
T03 Unexpected command reception in DIS -
waiting
- T04 Not used
Sending T05 FIF not matching with the remote station -
(remote station without the function).
T06 DCN reception in CFR/FTT waiting -
- T07 Not used
Sending T08 Training failure at 2400bps The line may be in trouble. Check the line noise.
T09 No response to DCS The line may be disabled because the user on the remote station
disconnected it.
8.12 T1*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
- T10 Not used
Sending T11 DCN reception while waiting for post The remote station may not receive the data due to paper shortage,
message responses full memory, etc.
T12 Unexpected command reception while -
waiting for post message responses
K-108
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. FAX TROUBLE CODE
8.13 T2*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
- T20 Not used
- T21 Not used
- T22 Not used
- T23 Not used
- T24 Not used
- T25 Not used
- T26 Not used
- T27 Not used
ECM T28 Timeout by RR/RNR (60 seconds) -
sending
- T29 Not used
8.14 T3*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
- T30 Not used
- T31 Not used
ECM T32 Fall back over by CTC The line may be in trouble. Check the line noise.
sending
- T33 Not used
- T34 Not used
ECM T35 No responses to RR -
transmissio T36 DCN reception to RR -
n
- T37 Not used
F code T38 SID is received when SEP is received -
polling tx
- T39 Not used
8.15 T4*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Calling T40 Software error at calling -
- T41 Not used
Sending T42 RTN/PIN reception -
T43 Three continuous CRP signal reception -
T44 Time error between frames at -
transmission
- T45 Not used
- T46 Not used
- T47 Not used
Check T48 Line disconnected due to no match as a Telephone number may not be set on the remote station. Check the
Destination result of CSI check. CSI signal of the remote station in the protocol trace list.
- T49 Not used
8.16 T5*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
FAX-CSRC T50 Host terminal ID inconsistency -
- T51 Not used
K-109
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. FAX TROUBLE CODE
8.17 T6*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Polling T60 Received the polling transmission Polling original may not be set on your machine. Polling TX is enabled
transmissio request (DTC), but there are no polling only when the polling transmission original is registered.
n transmission documents
F-code T61 Unsatisfactory conditions for receive Bulletin board original may not be set. Bulletin board TX is enabled
polling polling tx request. only when the bulletin board transmission original is registered.
transmissio
n
F-code T62 Box number specified by SEP is not Bulletin board box number from the remote station may be incorrect.
polling valid.
transmissio
n
- T63 Not used
- T64 Not used
- T65 Not used
- T66 Not used
- T67 Not used
- T68 Not used
- T69 Not used
8.18 T7*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
- T70 Not used
- T71 Not used
- T72 Not used
Transmissio T73 Modem response waiting T.0 (60 -
n seconds)
V34 T74 No changes in the V34 modem status -
T75 V34 signal sending error -
T76 CS2 is not turned to ON -
- T77 Not used
Transmissio T78 Codec control soft ware error -
n T79 Job control soft error at transmission -
8.19 T8*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Call control T80 LOOP current detection NG when CML is • The line may not be connected.
turned ON at calling • Check the line connection status.
T81 Dial Tone detection NG when CML is
turned ON at calling
T82 Answer tone (CED/DIS) waiting timeout -
after dialing at calling
T83 Busy tone detection at calling -
T84 Line control dial error -
T85 Short disconnection was detected after -
LOOP current detection at calling
- T86 Not used
- T87 Not used
- T88 Not used
K-110
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. FAX TROUBLE CODE
8.20 T9*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
- T90 Not used
- T91 Not used
- T92 Not used
- T93 Not used
- T94 Not used
Call control T95 When called, short disconnection of -
LOOP current was detected during a call
- T96 Not used
Transfer T97 Transmission request was received with -
no fax board installed. *
T98 Transmission request of images that -
cannot be transmitted were received. *
(Color images)
Call control T99 Remote stations number is deleted while -
waiting for abbreviated or one-touch re-
dialing (redial / transmission / polling
reception) *
* The corresponding error code is not displayed on the control panel even if the error occurs.
8.21 R0*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Reception R00 DCS was not received within 35 seconds The dialed telephone number may be incorrect.
(T1 over)
R01 T1 timeout after EOM sending -
R02 DCN reception in DCS waiting The line may be disabled because the user on the remote station
disconnected it.
R03 Unexpected command reception in DCS -
waiting
R04 FIF error of DCS -
- R05 Not used
- R06 Not used
Reception R07 Image information does not come in The line may be disabled because the user on the remote station
image information waiting disconnected it.
R08 CD OFF while receiving image
information
R09 DCN reception in post message waiting
8.22 R1*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Reception R10 Unexpected command reception in post -
message waiting
R11 Command was not received which The line may be disabled because the user on the remote station
waiting for post message disconnected it.
R12 Timeout during EOL-EOL -
- R13 Not used
- R14 Not used
- R15 Not used
- R16 Not used
- R17 Not used
Reception R18 Resource check error (line disconnected Space in the hard disk may become short. Unnecessary data should
due to ongoing communication) be deleted to secure the space in the hard disk.
- R19 Not used
K-111
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. FAX TROUBLE CODE
8.23 R2*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Reception R20 Line disconnection by receive reject Call was received from a user who is in the register of addresses to be
function rejected.
CUG R21 No match of password in the closed Check the password.
reception network RX setting
R22 No password received in the closed Check the setting of closed network RX.
network RX setting
- R23 Not used
ECM R24 RR-RNR repeats for 2 minutes -
reception R25 Command was not received while waiting -
for responses to RNR
R26 Unexpected command was received -
while waiting for responses to RNR
R27 DCN reception while waiting for -
responses to RNR
R28 The counter is abnormal of the post -
messages received (PC/BC).
R29 Timeout (35 seconds) between frames -
occurred
8.24 R3*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
- R30 Not used
- R31 Not used
Reception R32 Line disconnected because there is no Confidential box No. received from the remote station may be
appropriate confidential user box while incorrect.
automatic user box generation is
inhibited.
R33 DIS reception to DTC (German -
specifications only)
F code R34 PWD was received when SUB was -
confidential received.
reception
- R35 Not used
- R36 Not used
V34 R37 CS2 is not turned to ON. -
R38 No change in V34 modem and status -
- R39 Not used
8.25 R4*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
When called R40 Soft error when called -
- R41 Not used
- R42 Not used
- R43 Not used
- R44 Not used
Reception R45 Phase C timeout (NonECM reception -
only)
- R46 Not used
- R47 Not used
- R48 Not used
Reception R49 DCN reception while waiting for image The line may be disabled because the user on the remote station
information disconnected it.
8.26 R5*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Reception R50 No. of error lines exceeds. • The line may be in trouble.
• Check the line noise.
- R51 Not used
- R52 Not used
- R53 Not used
K-112
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. FAX TROUBLE CODE
8.27 R6*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
Reception R60 Reception image error (RTN/PIN • The line may be in trouble.
sending) • Check the line noise.
- R61 Not used
- R62 Not used
Reception R63 Three continuous CRP signal reception -
- R64 Not used
- R65 Not used
SEP polling R66 SEP polling transmission request was -
received without SEP polling
transmission ability
SUB R67 SUB was directed without SUB reception -
reception ability
- R68 Not used
ECM R69 Communications are cut when EOR is • The line may be in trouble.
reception received. • Check the line noise.
8.28 R7*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
ECM R70 Decode error occurred in ECM -
reception
Reception R71 RTC detection error (No. of EOL is -
smaller than FP.)
R72 Long original longer than a Longer original than specified is received from the remote station.
predetermined length value is received
(1000 mm).
R73 Modem response waiting T.0 (60 -
seconds)
R74 Reception byte size error -
V34 R75 V34 signal sending error -
R76 Unexpected command was received in -
V34 mode phase C reception
Reception R77 Codec control error -
R78 Codec control software error -
R79 Job control soft error during reception -
8.29 R8*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
- R80 Not used
- R81 Not used
- R82 Not used
- R83 Not used
- R84 Not used
- R85 R-ISW request received when a machine -
is running in case of either reserved job
exists, image exists in memory, or jam
happened.
- R86 Not used
- R87 Not used
- R88 Not used
- R89 Not used
K-113
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 8. FAX TROUBLE CODE
8.30 R9*
Category Code No. Contents of error How to correct
- R90 Not used
- R91 Not used
Turnaround R92 When the turnaround function is not -
provided, the line is disconnected if a
turnaround order (DTC) is received.
F-code R93 Unsatisfactory conditions for confidential Check the Confidential password.
reception Rx request
R94 Unsatisfactory conditions for relay Check the Relay password.
request
R95 Unsatisfactory conditions for forwarding -
request
R96 Confidential box number specified by Confidential box No. received from the remote station may be
SUB is not valid. incorrect.
R97 Unsatisfactory conditions for PC-FAX RX -
request (Function, PW unmatching)
- R98 Not used
Others R99 Reception command was received from -
the whole control side before reception
signals were detected.
K-114
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. DIAGNOSTIC CODES
9. DIAGNOSTIC CODES
9.1 Outline
• The diagnostic code is a 22-digit hexadecimal code indicating a communication conditions and status.
• The diagnostic code is printed on the activity report.
• The purpose of the diagnostic code is to obtain detailed information of communication results and conditions so as to analyze
communication troubles.
9.2 Explanation
9.2.1 The diagnostic code
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
K-115
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 9. DIAGNOSTIC CODES
Description
Item
bit7 Bit6 Bit5 Bit4 Bit3 Bit2 Bit1 Bit0
parameter
(capability)
(21) BOX no (4th & BOX No. 4th digit [BCD] BOX No. 3rd digit [BCD]
3rd digit)
(22) BOX no. (2nd & BOX No. 2nd digit [BCD] BOX No. 1st digit [BCD]
1st digits)
K-116
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 10. NETWORK FAX ERROR CODE
K-117
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 10. NETWORK FAX ERROR CODE
K-118
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 11. Open API RELATED TROUBLE
11.4 Solution
• The below describes the OpenAPI certification related trouble messages displayed on the control panel of the machine and actions, dividing
them by possible situation.
K-119
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 11. Open API RELATED TROUBLE
K-120
K TROUBLESHOOTING > 12. TROUBLES THAT DO NOT DISPLAY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 THE TROUBLE CODE
12.1.2 Procedure
Location of
Step Check item electrical Result Action
components
Is a power voltage supplied across CN1-1, 3 on DCPU? S-2 NO Check the WIRING from the wall outlet to
1
SW1 CN1.
2 Are the fuses on DCPU conducting? - NO Change DCPU.
3 Is DC24 V being output from CN5-7, 8 on DCPU? P-4 NO Change DCPU.
4 Is DC5 V being input to CN4-5 to 7 on DCPU? P-3 NO Change DCPU.
Is DC5 V being input to CN2-3 on PRCB? (LED on PRCB does I-21 NO Change DCPU.
5 not blink.) YES Change PRCB.
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
12.2.2 Procedure
Location of
Step Check item electrical Result Action
components
Is the power source voltage applied across CN6-1, 6 on F-26 NO Check wiring from power outlet to SW1 to
1 DCPU? DCPU to CN5 to SW2 to PRCB CN16.
During this time, the right door should be closed.
Is the power source voltage applied across CN30-4 and 9? D-26 YES Change fusing unit.
2
NO Change DCPU.
• Link to the wiring diagram (PDF format, 3.6MB)
K-121
K TROUBLESHOOTING > 12. TROUBLES THAT DO NOT DISPLAY
bizhub 423/363/283/223 THE TROUBLE CODE
12.3.2 PC-109/PC-208/PC-409
(1) Procedure
Location of
Step Check item electrical Result Action
components
1 Is DC24 V being applied to CN84-1? L-25 NO Malfunction in cabinet.
Is DC24 V being output from CN6-3 on DCPU? P-6 NO Check wiring from DCPU to CN6 to
2
cabinet.
Is the fuse on DCPU conducting? - YES Change DCPU.
3
NO Malfunction in cabinet.
• Link to the wiring diagram of PC-109 (PDF format, 1MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of PC-208 (PDF format, 1.2MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of PC-409 (PDF format, 1.2MB)
12.3.3 FS-527/FS-529
(1) Procedure
Location of
Step Check item electrical Result Action
components
1 Are DC24 V being applied to CN83L-1? L-23 NO Malfunction in finisher.
2 Are DC24 V being applied to CN6-2 on DCPU? P-5 NO Check wiring from DCPU to finisher.
Is the fuse on DCPU conducting? - YES Change DCPU.
3
NO Malfunction in finisher.
• Link to the wiring diagram of FS-527 (PDF format, 1.8MB)
• Link to the wiring diagram of FS-529 (PDF format, 1MB)
K-122
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 13. TROUBLESHOOTING OF i-Option
K-123
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
Vdc-K • Shows the developing bias value of toner when an image is produced.
• Standard values: around 400 V (100 V to 750 V)
• Relevant components: Developing unit, drum unit, high voltage unit (HV)
Vg-K • Shows the grid voltage value of toner when an image is produced.
• Standard values: around 500 V (200 V to 900 V)
• Relevant components: Developing unit, drum unit, high voltage unit (HV)
K-124
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
• Drum temperature • Shows the temperature of the drum unit (in 1 °C increments).
• Relevant components: Drum unit
ATVC • Shows the latest ATVC level (which varies according to the paper type, environment or durability).
• 300 V to 3800 V (ATVC)
• Relevant components: High voltage unit (HV), transfer roller unit
Scanner system
Reduction
K-125
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
Full size
Printer system
Reduction
[1] [2]
K-126
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
K-127
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
AA
K-128
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
K-129
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
[1] [2]
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
K-130
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
K-131
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
K-132
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
AA
K-133
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
K-134
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
AA
K-135
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 14. IMAGE QUALITY PROBLEM
K-136
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 15. IC PROTECTOR
15. IC PROTECTOR
15.1 Outline
• To increase product safety, this MFP has an IC protector (ICP) installed in each board. ICP is a component that protects IC. If the amount of
the current supplied to the electrical parts such as motor exceeds the set level, ICP trips to protect IC from over current.
The following list contains ICP installed in each board, related devices, and symptoms that occur when ICP trips.
15.2.2 DF-621
(1) DF control board
When ICP trips
ICP No. Symbol Target part name Trouble code and
Symptom in each load
others
F1 M4 Glass cleaning motor Glass cleaning mechanism trouble C8107
F2 M2 Document feed motor ADF paper feed section JAM -
F3 - DC to DC converter input section 24V Unable to produce DC5V in ADF and MFP -
line unable to detect ADF
F4 PS3 Document registration sensor ADF image reading section JAM -
PS4 Reading roller sensor -
F5 M1 Document reading motor ADF image reading section JAM -
F6 SD2 Stamp solenoid Unable to place a stamp -
SD1 Document exit roller release solenoid ADF turnover section JAM -
F7 FM1 DF cooling fan motor Cooling fan trouble C8302
F8 M3 Reading roller release motor Before reading pressure welding alienation C8101
mechanism trouble
F9 CL1 Document feed clutch ADF paper feed section JAM -
CL2 Document registration clutch -
15.2.3 PC-109/PC-208
(1) PC Control board
When ICP trips
ICP No. Symbol Target part name Trouble code and
Symptom in each load
others
ICP1 M31 Tray 3 paper feed motor Paper feed drive malfunction, paper feed JAM -
M41 Tray 4 paper feed motor
ICP2 M42 Tray 4 vertical transport motor Paper feed drive malfunction, paper feed JAM -
ICP3 M32 Tray 3 vertical transport motor Paper feed drive malfunction, paper feed JAM -
ICP5 - DC to DC converter for 5V power supply Unable to be detected -
ICP6 M33 Tray 3 lift-up motor Lift up mechanism failure C0206
M43 Tray 4 lift-up motor C0208
15.2.4 PC-409
(1) PC Control board
When ICP trips
ICP No. Symbol Target part name Trouble code and
Symptom in each load
others
ICP1 M51 Paper feed motor Paper feed drive malfunction, paper feed JAM -
ICP2 M52 Vertical transport motor Paper feed drive malfunction, paper feed JAM -
ICP3 M53 Division board position motor Paper feed drive malfunction, Division board C0213
position motor malfunction
ICP4 M54 Shift motor Paper feed drive malfunction, Shift motor C0214
malfunction C0215
ICP5 M55 Elevator motor Paper feed drive malfunction, Elevator motor C0209
malfunction C0210
K-137
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 15. IC PROTECTOR
15.2.5 JS-505
(1) JS control board
When ICP trips
ICP No. Symbol Target part name Trouble code and
Symptom in each load
others
F1 - FN main power switch Unable to supply 24V to FN and MFP unable to C1004
detect FN
F2 - DC to DC converter input section 24 V Unable to produce DC5V in FN and MFP C1004
line unable to detect FN
F3 CL1 Roller pressure/retraction clutch Exit roller pressure/ retraction malfunction C11A1
F4 T1FDTB/ Lower tray paper full detect board/PR Continuous tray 1 full detection -
LED
T2FDTB/ Upper tray paper full detect board/PR Continuous tray 2 full detection -
LED
F6 M2 Shift motor Shift motor drive failure C1182
F7 M1 Transport motor Transport section JAM -
15.2.6 FS-527
(1) FS control board
When ICP trips
ICP No. Symbol Target part name Trouble code and
Symptom in each load
others
F1 - Between connection with MFP and 24V No operation (Due to no power supply to CPU, -
power line FS connection not detected)
F3 - 24V to 5V DC to DC converter -
F4 - 5V to 3.3V DC to DC converter -
F5 M1 Paper passage motor/1 JAM between MFP and the paper receiving -
section
F6 M3 Paper passage motor/2 JAM between RU and the intermediate section -
F7 M4 Conveyance motor JAM between the intermediate and lower path -
sections
F8 M5 Exit motor JAM or multiple sheets/sets ejection JAM -
between the accommodation and exit sections.
F9 M11 Stapler movement motor Stapler movement drive failure C11B0
F10 M13 Alignment plate motor Alignment plate motor drive malfunction C1190
F11 M14 Leading edge stopper motor Leading edge stopper motor drive malfunction C1194
F12 SD1 Accommodation paddle solenoid Accommodation section JAM -
F13 M16 Tray 2 shift motor Shift motor drive failure C1182
F14 M2 Duplex path switching motor Duplex path switching motor drive malfunction C11E0
(Paper may be fed in the mode where this
motor does not operate)
F15 M6 Upper lower path switching motor Upper lower path switching motor drive C11E1
malfunction (Paper may be fed when no
finishing options are selected.)
F16 M8 Tray 1 path switching motor Tray 1 path switching motor drive malfunction C11E2
(Paper may be fed when it is not ejected to the
tray 1.)
F17 M17 Tray 3 exit roller retraction motor Tray 3 exit roller pressure/ retraction failure C11A7
(Only when JS is installed)
F18 M9 Exit roller retraction motor Tray 2 exit roller pressure/ retraction failure C11A1
F19 M10 Accommodation roller retraction motor Accommodation roller pressure/ retraction C11A2
failure
F20 M100 Punch motor/1 Punch motor drive malfunction (Only during the C11C0
initial operation or the punch operation in punch
mode)
F21 M18 Stapler motor Staple drive failure (Paper may be fed when C11B2
stapling is not selected)
F22 M15 Elevate motor Elevate drive malfunction C1183
K-138
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 15. IC PROTECTOR
15.2.7 SD-509
(1) SD drive board
When ICP trips
ICP No. Symbol Target part name Trouble code and
Symptom in each load
others
F1 PS43 Paper detection sensor/1 Saddle section JAM -
PS44 Paper detection sensor/2 -
F2 - 24V to 5V DC to DC converter No operation (Due to no power supply to CPU, -
SD connection is not detected)
F3 M24 Center staple alignment motor/F Center-staple front adjust drive motor C1114
malfunction
F4 M23 Center staple alignment motor/R Center-staple rear adjust drive motor C1150
malfunction
F5 M20 Leading edge stopper motor Center-staple lead edge stopper motor C1113
malfunction
F7 M26 Center fold plate motor Center-staple knife drive motor malfunction C1115
F8 - Saddle stapler Saddle stapler drive failure C11B5
F9 SD3 Leading edge grip solenoid Misalignment, misalignment of sheets in a copy -
set, and misaligned saddle stitch and fold
positions
F10 - Stapler home sensor Center-stapler drive failure or staple empty C11B5
- Staple empty sensor 1 indication
- Staple empty sensor 2
F11 M25 Center fold roller motor Center-staple transfer motor malfunction C1116
F12 M25 Center fold roller motor Center-staple transfer motor malfunction C1116
F13 M21 Upper paddle motor Center-staple paddle roller motor malfunction C1156
(trailing edge)
F14 M22 Lower paddle motor Center-staple paddle roller motor malfunction C1158
(Leading edge)
15.2.8 FS-529
(1) FS control board
When ICP trips
ICP No. Symbol Target part name Trouble code and
Symptom in each load
others
R1 - 24V to 5V DC to DC converter Not functioning -
CP1 - 24V to 3.3V DC to DC converter Not functioning -
PS1 Paper passage sensor/1 -
PS2 Paper surface detect sensor/1 -
PS3 Paper surface detect sensor/2 -
PS4 Tray up/down operation sensor -
PS6 Tray lower limit sensor -
K-139
bizhub 423/363/283/223 K TROUBLESHOOTING > 15. IC PROTECTOR
K-140
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[10]
[1]
[9]
[2]
[3]
[8]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
[1] Angle sensor (PS202) [2] Original size detection sensor/2 (PS205)
[3] CCD board (CCDB) [4] Original cover switch (RS201)
[5] Machine condition monitor board (MCMB) [6] Original size detection sensor/1 (PS204)
[7] Scanner home sensor (PS201) [8] Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN)
[9] Inverter board (INVB) [10] Scanner motor (M201)
L-1
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
For LED lamp
[10]
[9] [1]
[2]
[8] [3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
[1] Angle sensor (PS202) [2] Original size detection sensor/2 (PS205)
[3] CCD board (CCDB) [4] Original cover switch (RS201)
[5] Machine condition monitor board (MCMB) [6] Original size detection sensor/1 (PS204)
[7] Scanner home sensor (PS201) [8] Scanner relay board (REYB/SCAN)
[9] LED exposure drive board (LEDEDB) [10] Scanner motor (M201)
L-2
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
L-3
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[1] [2]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
L-4
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
(2) Board
[7]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
L-5
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[2]
[1]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
L-6
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[1] Fusing unit cooling fan motor (FM3) [2] Cooling fan motor (FM2)
[3] Registration sensor (PS1) [4] Right lower door switch (SW2)
[5] Service port cover sensor (PS6)
[1]
[6]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1] Switchback motor (M91) [2] Duplex unit upper transport sensor (PS92)
[3] Duplex transport motor (M92) [4] Duplex unit lower transport sensor (PS93)
[5] Duplex unit door sensor (PS91) [6] Paper exit sensor (PS3)
L-7
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[9]
[8]
[7]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[6]
[5]
[1] Manual paper feed clutch (CL81) [2] Manual lift-up position sensor (PS83)
[3] Manual pick-up solenoid (SD81) [4] Manual paper empty sensor (PS82)
[5] Manual multi FD sensor /1 (PS84) [6] Manual multi FD sensor /3 (PS86)
[7] Manual multi FD sensor /2 (PS85) [8] Manual FD size sensor (VR81)
[9] Manual paper detection sensor (PS81)
L-8
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
1.1.8 Tray 1
[11]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[10]
[5]
[6]
[9]
[8] [7]
[1] Tray 1 paper feed clutch (CL11) [2] Tray 1 upper limit sensor (PS12)
[3] Tray 1 paper empty sensor (PS15) [4] Tray 1 paper feed sensor (PS11) *
[5] Tray 1 LED board (LEDB1) [6] Tray 1 near empty sensor (PS14)
[7] Tray 1 paper CD size detect sensor/2 (PS17) [8] Tray 1 paper CD size detect sensor/1 (PS16)
[9] Tray 1 paper FD sensor board (PSDB11) [10] Tray 1 detection sensor (PS13)
[11] Tray 1 lift-up motor (M11)
*: Mounted on bizhub 423 only
L-9
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
1.1.9 Tray 2
[13] [1]
[2]
[12]
[3]
[4]
[11] [5]
[6]
[7]
[10] [8]
[9]
[1] Tray 2 vertical transport clutch (CL22) [2] Tray 2 upper limit sensor (PS22)
[3] Tray 2 vertical transport sensor (PS28) *1 [4] Tray 2 paper empty sensor (PS25)
[5] Tray 2 paper feed sensor (PS21) *2 [6] Tray 2 LED board (LEDB2)
[7] Tray 2 near empty sensor (PS24) [8] Tray 2 paper CD size detect sensor/2 (PS27)
[9] Tray 2 paper CD size detect sensor/1 (PS26) [10] Tray 2 paper FD sensor board (PSDB21)
[11] Tray 2 detection sensor (PS23) [12] Tray 2 lift-up motor (M21)
[13] Tray 2 paper feed clutch (CL21)
*1: Reflector type only for bizhub 423
*2: Mounted on bizhub 423 only
L-10
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
1.2 DF-621/SP-501
1.2.1 Load
[8] [9]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
1.2.2 Sensor/board
[16]
[15]
[13] [14]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[1]
[5] [3]
[4]
[1] Document CD size sensor (VR1) [2] Glass cleaning roller home sensor (PS13)
L-11
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[3] Document set sensor (PS1) [4] Mixed Original sensor/3 (PS11)
[5] Mixed Original sensor/2 (PS10) [6] Mixed Original sensor/1 (PS9)
[7] Reading roller sensor (PS4) [8] Document exit sensor (PS5)
[9] Document registration sensor (PS3) [10] Reading roller release position sensor (PS12)
[11] Separation roller sensor (PS2) [12] Upper door sensor (PS14)
[13] DF control board (DFCB) [14] Document FD size sensor/1 (PS6)
[15] Document FD size sensor/2 (PS7) [16] Document FD size sensor/3 (PS8)
[13] [1]
[12] [3] [4]
[2]
[11]
[10]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[1] Tray 3 vertical transport motor (M32) [2] Right lower door sensor (PS39)
[3] Tray 3 vertical transport sensor (PS36) [4] Tray 3 upper limit sensor (PS33)
[5] Tray 3 LED board (LEDB31) [6] Tray 3 paper empty sensor (PS34)
[7] Tray 3 near empty sensor (PS32) [8] Tray 3 CD paper size sensor/2 (PS38)
[9] Tray 3 CD paper size sensor/1 (PS37) [10] Tray 3 paper FD sensor board (PSDTB31)
[11] Tray 3 detection sensor (PS31) [12] Tray 3 lift-up motor (M33)
[13] Tray 3 paper feed motor (M31)
L-12
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
1.3.2 Tray 4
[12] [1]
[11] [2] [3]
[10]
[9]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[8] [7]
[1] Tray 4 vertical transport motor (M42) [2] Tray 4 vertical transport sensor (PS46)
[3] Tray 4 upper limit sensor (PS43) [4] Tray 4 LED board (LEDB41)
[5] Tray 4 empty sensor (PS44) [6] Tray 4 near empty sensor (PS42)
[7] Tray 4 CD paper size sensor/2 (PS48) [8] Tray 4 CD paper size sensor/1 (PS47)
[9] Tray 4 paper FD sensor board (PSDTB41) [10] Tray 4 detection sensor (PS41)
[11] Tray 4 lift-up motor (M43) [12] Tray 4 paper feed motor (M41)
L-13
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
1.3.3 Board/switch/others
[1]
[6] [1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
L-14
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[5] Tray lock solenoid (SD51) [6] Paper feed motor (M51)
1.4.2 Sensor
[14] [1]
[2]
[13] [3]
[4]
[12]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[11]
[8]
[10]
[9]
[1] Right lower door sensor (PS55) [2] Vertical transport sensor (PS52)
[3] Lift-up upper limit sensor (PS54) [4] Paper feed sensor (PS51)
[5] Paper empty sensor (PS53) [6] Elevator motor sensor (PS5A)
[7] Lift-down over run sensor (PS57) [8] Shift motor sensor (PS58)
[9] Shifter stop position sensor (PS5B) [10] Shift tray empty sensor (PS59)
[11] Shifter home position sensor (PS5C) [12] Division board position sensor (PS5E)
[13] Tray detection sensor (PS56) [14] Lift-down lower limit sensor (PS5D)
L-15
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
1.4.3 Board/switch/others
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1] Main tray paper empty board (MTPEB) [2] Tray 3 LED board (LEDB51)
[3] Manual down control board (MDCB) [4] PC control board (PCCB51)
[5] PC relay board (PCREYB)
[3] [4]
[11]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[10] [9]
[1] Route change motor (M3) [2] Route change home sensor (PS4)
[3] Pressure/retraction home sensor (PS5) [4] Shift motor (M2)
[5] Shift home sensor (PS6) [6] Front door sensor (PS3)
[7] Upper tray paper full detect board/LED (T2FDTB/LED) [8] Lower tray paper full detect board/LED (T1FDTB/LED)
[9] Lower tray paper full detect board/PR (T1FDTB/PR) [10] JS control board (JSCB)
[11] Transport Motor (M1) [12] Upper tray paper full detect board/PR (T2FDTB/PR)
[13] Roller pressure/retraction clutch (CL1) [14] Lower tray exit sensor (PS1)
L-16
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[3]
[1]
[2]
[1] Tray3 exit roller retraction motor (M17) [2] Tray3 exit roller retraction sensor (PS35)
[3] Tray3 full sensor (PS36)
[4]
[13]
[3]
[12]
[11] [5]
[6]
[10]
[9]
[7]
[8]
L-17
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[9] Tray2 shift motor (M16) [10] Stapler movement motor (M11)
[11] Alignment plate motor (M13) [12] Exit motor (M5)
[13] Accommodation paddle solenoid (SD1) [14] Elevate motor (M15)
[22]
[4]
[5]
[21]
[6]
[20]
[7]
[19]
[8]
[18]
[17] [16]
[9]
[15]
[10]
[14]
[11]
[13]
[12]
[1] Tray1 full sensor (PS22) [2] Upper door sensor (PS14)
[3] Registration sensor (PS10) [4] lower path sensor (PS9)
[5] Punch hole full sensor (PS30) [6] Upper lower path switching sensor (PS26)
[7] Tray1 path switching home sensor (PS7) [8] Accommodation roller pressure sensor (PS13)
[9] Upper path sensor (PS8) [10] Exit roller pressure sensor (PS12)
[11] Stapler home sensor/2 (PS19) [12] Front door switch (SW1)
[13] Tray2 shift home sensor (PS25) [14] Tray2 lower position sensor (PS21)
[15] Tray2 lower position switch (SW3) [16] Tray2 upper position sensor (PS24)
[17] Tray2 upper position switch (SW2) [18] FS control board (FSCB)
[19] Stapler home sensor/1 (PS18) [20] Leading edge stopper home sensor (PS20)
[21] Alignment plate home sensor (PS17) [22] Tray2 paper detection sensor (PS16)
[23] Saddle path sensor (PS11) [24] Tray1 path sensor (PS6)
L-18
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
[1] Duplex path switching sensor (PS3) [2] Paper passage sensor/1 (PS1)
[3] Horizontal conveyance cover sensor (PS5) [4] Paper passage sensor/2 (PS2)
[5] Paper passage motor/1 (M1) [6] Duplex path switching motor (M2)
[13] [1]
[2]
[12]
[3]
[11]
[4]
[10]
[9]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
L-19
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[1]
[15] [2]
[14]
[3]
[13]
[4]
[12]
[6] [5]
[11] [7]
[10] [8]
[9]
[1] Paper passage sensor/1 (PS1) [2] Paper empty sensor (PS7)
[3] Leading edge stopper home sensor (PS14) [4] Paper passage sensor/2 (PS10)
[5] Front door switch (SW1) [6] Belt position sensor (PS13)
[7] Pick up roller position sensor (PS12) [8] Alignment plate home sensor/F (PS8)
[9] Stapler home sensor (PS11) [10] Paper surface detect sensor/1 (PS2)
[11] Paper surface detect sensor/2 (PS3) [12] Tray lower limit sensor (PS6)
[13] Tray up/down operation sensor (PS4) [14] FS control board (FSCB)
[15] Alignment plate home sensor/R (PS9)
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1] Punch cam position sensor (PS200) [2] Punch home sensor/1 (PS100)
[3] Punch pulse sensor/1 (PS300) [4] Punch motor/1 (M100)
L-20
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[8]
[1]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[4] [3]
[1] Center staple alignment motor/R (M23) [2] Center staple alignment motor/F (M24)
[3] Leading edge grip solenoid (SD3) [4] Center fold plate motor (M26)
[5] Leading edge stopper motor (M20) [6] Lower paddle motor (M22)
[7] Center fold roller motor (M25) [8] Upper paddle motor (M21)
L-21
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 1. PARTS LAYOUT
bizhub 423/363/283/223 DRAWING
[1]
[2]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[7]
[6] [5]
[1] Center staple alignment home sensor/R (PS41) [2] Paper detection sensor/1 (PS43)
[3] Center staple alignment home sensor/F (PS42) [4] Center fold plate home sensor (PS47)
[5] Leading edge stopper home sensor (PS45) [6] Booklet tray full sensor (PS50)
[7] Paper detection sensor/2 (PS44) [8] Booklet tray near full sensor (PS48)
[9] SD drive board (SDDB)
L-22
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 LAYOUT DRAWING
[6] [5]
[7]
[23] [24]
[8]
[21] [22]
[9]
[20]
[11] [10]
[19]
[18] [16]
[12]
[17] [14]
[15] [13]
L-23
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 LAYOUT DRAWING
[22] [3]
[21] [1]
[20]
[5] [4]
[19]
[8]
[17]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[16]
[12]
[13]
[15]
[14]
L-24
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 LAYOUT DRAWING
[1]
[10] [2]
[9] [3]
[7] [5]
[1]
[11] [2]
[10] [3]
[2] [1]
L-25
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 LAYOUT DRAWING
[3] [5]
[4]
[1]
[6]
[19]
[18] [7]
[2]
[17] [8]
[16]
[9]
[10]
[2]
[9]
[3]
[8]
[7] [4]
[5]
[6]
L-26
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 LAYOUT DRAWING
(2) PC-409
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[6]
[24]
[23]
[7]
[22]
[8]
[21]
[9]
[20]
[19]
[18] [10]
[17]
[15] [13]
L-27
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 LAYOUT DRAWING
(2) FS-529
[17] [7]
[16] [8]
L-28
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 LAYOUT DRAWING
[12] [1]
[2]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
L-29
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 LAYOUT DRAWING
[1]
[17]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[16]
[15]
[14] [5]
[13] [6]
[7]
[12]
[11]
[8]
[10]
[9]
L-30
L PARTS/CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING > 2. CONNECTOR
bizhub 423/363/283/223 LAYOUT DRAWING
[16] [1]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[7] [6]
[10]
[11]
[8]
[9]
L-31
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
M TIMING CHART
1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
1.1 Timing chart when the main power switch is turned ON
M-1
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
M-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 2. DF-621
2. DF-621
2.1 1-sided mode
2.1.1 Operating conditions
Paper size A4 or 8 1/2 x 11
Zoom ratio Full size
Sheet of original 2 originals
M-3
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 2. DF-621
M-4
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 3. JS-603
3. JS-603
3.1 Tray3 paper exit mode
3.1.1 Operating conditions
Paper size A4S or 8 1/2 x 11S
Sheet of original 2 originals
Type of original 1-side
M-5
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 4. FS-527/SD-509/PK-517
4. FS-527/SD-509/PK-517
4.1 Shift mode
4.1.1 Operating conditions
Paper size A4 or 8 1/2 x 11
Sheet of original 2 originals
Type of original 1-side
M-6
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 4. FS-527/SD-509/PK-517
Stapler movement motor (M11) Staple Point Move Second Staple Second Staple Home Move
Point Move Point Move
Tray1 path switching motor (M8)
M-7
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 4. FS-527/SD-509/PK-517
M-8
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 4. FS-527/SD-509/PK-517
M-9
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 5. FS-529
5. FS-529
5.1 Shift mode
5.1.1 Operating conditions
Paper size A4S or 8 1/2 x 11S
Offset mode Sort (shift)
Sheet of original 2 originals
Type of original 1-side
480 mm/s
Conveyance
motor/1 (M5)
172 mm/s
450mm/s
Conveyance 180mm/s
motor/2 (M6)
172mm/s
262
Pick up roller Up degree/s
position motor (M1) 262
Down degree/s
Inside 200mm/s
Alignment motor/F
(M3)
Outside 200mm/s
Inside 200mm/s
Alignment motor/R
(M4)
Outside 200mm/s
Inside
Stapler movement
motor (M7) Outside
M-10
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 5. FS-529
480 mm/s
Conveyance
motor/1 (M5)
172 mm/s
450mm/s
Conveyance 180mm/s
motor/2 (M6)
172mm/s
Up 262
Pick up roller degree/s
position motor (M1) 262
Down degree/s
Inside 200mm/s
Alignment motor/F
(M3)
Outside 200mm/s
Inside 200mm/s
Alignment motor/R
(M4)
Outside 200mm/s
Inside
Stapler movement
motor (M7) Outside
M-11
bizhub 423/363/283/223 M TIMING CHART > 5. FS-529
480 mm/s
Conveyance
motor/1 (M5)
172 mm/s
450mm/s
Conveyance 180mm/s
motor/2 (M6)
172mm/s
262
Pick up roller Up degree/s
position motor (M1) 262
Down degree/s
Inside 200mm/s
Alignment motor/F
(M3)
Outside 200mm/s
Inside 200mm/s
Alignment motor/R
(M4)
Outside 200mm/s
Inside
Stapler movement
motor (M7) Outside
M-12
N-1
• bizhub 223/283/363/423 Wiring diagram (a1udm0nc801db.pdf 0.8 Mb)
I
Z
T
F
Y
X
V
S
P
K
E
B
A
U
R
N
H
D
C
Q
O
G
Aug.2012
A1UD-B001-0B
2
1
1
1
PLUG
CN1AC
100/110V
(R)
G N L
2 1
2 1
(R)
CN98-1
CN98-2
14 16-R
CN2
Europe *7
CN6AC 1 2
(L) (W)
2 1
1 2
(N) L
CL11
(G) (W) NC
CN1
1 2 3
4
3
N
SW1
bizhub 423
CN1
CN5AC-3
CN5AC-1
(W) CL11 ON
2
1
L DC3.3V
H
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
(W) NC GND
2
2
CN1
1 2 3
4
3
N PS12 ON
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
SW1
DC3.3V
CN13
GND
Tray 1 paper empty sensor
3 2 1
PS15 ON
8
PS15
Main power
TUBE
TUBE
TUBE
1
Fuse DC3.3V
H
switch PS11 ON
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
GND
26-J
Except Europe
22-S
To PJ02
IC heater kit *6
PS11
GND
GND
3
SOS
9 16-W
DC5V CN2
DC5V
28-E
CN20
PJ04-1 DC5V
POWER_MONITOR
2 1
1 2
3
3
CN4AC-4 PJ04-6
1 2
1 2
1 2 3 4
DC5V DC3.3V
PJ04-8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5
DC12V GND
Tray 1 upper limit sensor
3 2 1
PS12 ON
PS12
DC3.3V
POLYGON MOTOR CLK
CN13
GND
21-J
CN2-1 GND
DC3.3V NC
5 4 3 2 1
CN2-2 DC24V
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
GND NC
CN2-3 Tray 1 paper empty sensor
3 2 1
DC5V
PS15
CN2-4
GND
CN2-5
TUBE
DC12V
27-E
CN2-6
GND
CN5
CN1AC CN2-7
(R) DC24V
(L) CN4AC-1
F-L DC24V
(N) CN4AC-2 CN2-9
220-240V
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
F-N-SIDE GND
4
4
CN7
Except 100/110V
2 1
1 2
(R) (W)
Tray 2 paper feed clutch
CL21
CN2-8
COM NO
DC5V
bizhub 423
DC5V
TXD *2 CN6
SW2 RXD *1
Tray 2 upper limit sensor
3 2 1
GND DC24V
PS22
CN17
FEED DC3.3V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NC GND
bizhub 423/363/283/223 Overall wiring diagram
CN1-1
Japan
HEATER_RY PS22 ON
HT-507 CN89 CN81 CN81 CN1-2
IR_P_OFF DC3.3V
CN1-3
DC power supply
MC_P_OFF GND
CN14
DC24V PS25 ON
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
PS25
CN1-5
WARM_UP_HEATER_REM DC3.3V
CN1-6
CN7
SIDE_HEATER_REM PS21 ON
5
5
CN1-7
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
CENTER_HEATER_REM GND
CN1-8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
ZEROCROSS NC
CN80 CN1-9
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DC24V
Tray 2 paper feed sensor
3 2 1
PS21
CN90-1
DC24V
CN92-1
DC24V
CN84-1 CN7
DC24V
CN90-2
GND
CN6
CN92-3
GND
2 1
1 2
NC GND
CL21
1 2 3
GND CN6
PS26
detect sensor/1
6
7
GND GND
10
M21
GND DC24V DC24V
DC24V PS26 ON CL21 ON
7-X
6
6
PJ1
PJ1
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN11
GND GND NC
Tray 2 paper empty sensor
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
GND DC3.3V NC
PS25
PS27 ON
GND
DC3.3V
PS24 ON
Tray 2 detection sensor
1 2 3
GND
PS23
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DC3.3V CN13
NC
B
NC
10
B
GND M4
A Toner supply motor
M4
GND
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
NC
GND
1 2 3
DC24V DC24V M3
CN8
CN90
PS27
CN6-1 GND
CN3
LOCK
DC12V GND
2 1
PJ1
GND GND
CN91 DC5V DC5V
Tray 2 near empty sensor
1 2 3
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GND GND
FM1
ADF_RXD *1 ADF_RXD *1
1 2
GND GND
Tray 1 lift-up motor
M11
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DC5V DC5V
(W) (W)
PS205_REM T Image transfer
DF-621 FD2_V0
Tray 1 paper CD size
Original size detection sensor/2 *5
1 2 3
1 2 3
GND NC
PS16
PS205
PS204_REM GND
PJ12
GND PS16 ON
T_I_MON T_I_MON
GND
bizhub 283/223 : Option T_V_MON T_V_MON
DC3.3V
D_PWM D_PWM (W) (W)
GND GND C Photo conductor
Original size detection sensor/1 T_CC/CV *4 T_CC/CV *4
1 2 3
SIZE4 SIZE4
PS204
T_PWM T_PWM
PSDB11 SIZE3 SIZE3 PSDB11
PJ1
1 2 3 4 5
SIZE1 SIZE1
HV1
CN12
PSDB11
A PS13 ON
CN6
B DC3.3V
M201 Scanner motor GND GND
PJ5
GND B PS17 ON
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
M201
DC24V DC24V
MONITOR_OUT[+] DC24V GND
High voltage unit
GND
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
PS13
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FD2_V0 DC3.3V
bizhub
GND
Angle sensor
3 2 1
PAGE_ON
9
9
PS202
GND
WAKE_ADF
CLOSE
Tray 1 paper CD size
1 2 3
HOME
detect sensor/2
FAN_LOCK
2 1
1 2
Fax speaker
PJ2
TXD_ADF *2
SP1
To PJ14
GND
FM4
RXD_ADF *1
READY
Tray 1 near empty sensor
1 2 3
SM_CLK CN604
PS14
SM_ENABLE CN14
SM_CWB
2 1
1 2
SM_CRNT DC5V
Original cover switch
2 1
1 2
REYB/SCAN
RS201
LAMP_REM GND
Manual paper feed clutch
CL81
FAN_REM PS202 ON
SIZE_REM MONITOR_OUT[+]
Scanner relay board
ERROR_LED MONITOR_OUT[-]
READY_LED CLOSE CN605 CN616 CN15
PJ3
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GND GND
DC5V DC5V
10
10
2 1
1 2
READY_LED READY_LED
Manual pick-up solenoid
SD81
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
DC24V
SD81 ON
CN9
DC3.3V
GND
Manual lift-up position sensor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3 2 1
PS83 ON
PS83
CN606
DC5V
DC5V
Manual multi FD sensor /1
3 2 1
GND
Without
PS84
PJ11
GND
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
NC
EK-604/605
CN17
11
11
DC3.3V
Manual multi FD sensor /2
3 2 1
GND
PS85
PS84 ON
DC3.3V
GND
PS85 ON
13 24-R
DC3.3V
GND
CN606-1 Manual multi FD sensor /3
3 2 1
DC5V PS86 ON
PS86
CN606-2
DC5V DC3.3V
CN10
CN606-3
GND GND
CN606-4
PJ11
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
GND PS82 ON
1 2 3 4 5
NC DC3.3V
PS81 ON
GND
With EK-604/605
GND
PS82
VR81 ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
DC3.3V
DC5V
GND
12
12
PJ8
PS201 ON
PS201
CATHODE CN22
PS81
CATHODE
CATHODE
ANODE
FL
LED lamp
CN61
ANODE
LED lamp
1 2 3 4 5 6
ANODE
lamp
DC24V DC24V
INVB Manual FD size sensor
3 2 1
6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
FL_REM FL_REM
1 2
VR81
PJ7
CN1
CN2
FL
Exposure lamp
1 2 3
3 2 1
GND
PJ4
FAN_LOCK
1 2 3 4
N.C CN28
DC5V DC5V
ANODE TCRSB ON TCRSB ON
ANODE LEDEDB GND GND GND
TCRSB
LVDS_CLK(-)
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
CN24
CN29
13
13
LVDS_E(-)
4 3 2 1
1 2 3
PJ6
PJ1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
GND
SI(-)
SO(-)
EN(-) CN86 Switchback motor
1 2 3 4
M91
SCLK(-)
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
GND
A
M91
B CN42
PJ2
B
12 17-S
To PJ01
LVDS_CLK(+)
CN18
LOCK
CCDB
GND
FM3 GND
LVDS_E(+) Fusing unit cooling fan motor
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3
3 2 1
REM
CCD board
FM3
LVDS_D(+)
LVDS_C(+)
LVDS_B(+)
LVDS_A(+)
<A>
GND
14
14
SI(+)
SO(+)
EN(+)
PRCB
SCLK(+)
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GND
Printer control board
15
15
GND
LOCK
CLK
CN4
CW/CCW *3
M2
REM
GND
PC motor
M2
GND
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DC24V
9
14
GND
3-O
16
16
LOCK
1-T
CLK
CN3
GND
Europe *7
Transport motor
1 2 3 4
M1
CN4-5 DC24V
DC5V
PJ04
CN4-6
DC5V
CN4-7
DC5V
CN4-8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DC12V
LVDS_CLK[-]
GND
CN61 LVDS_E[-]
LVDS_D[-]
PWM LVDS_C[-]
LOCK LVDS_B[-] Tray 2 vertical transport sensor
1 2 3
FM5
PS28
PJ26
CN57
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
FM5
GND GND
SI[-]
17
17
SO[-] CN58
bizhub 423
EN[-]
SCLK[-]
1 2 3 4 5
5 4 3 2 1
1 2
2 1
LVDS_CLK[+] PS28 ON
PJ01
GND
To PJ2
12 14-O
PJ28
1 2 3
3 2 1
DC3.3V
PS6
LVDS_E[+] NC
LVDS_D[+] CL22 ON CN54 CN56
LVDS_C[+] DC24V
LVDS_B[+] CL1 ON
1 2
2 1
GND PS1 ON
CN23
SI[+] GND
SO[+] DC3.3V
LCDIN0(+) LCDIN0(+) CN59
EN[+] GND
LCDIN0(-) LCDIN0(-)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SCLK[+] TH1 ON
GND GND
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GND DC3.3V
TXD_PANEL(+) *2 TXD_PANEL(+) *2
HUMI ON Registration sensor
1 2 3
TXD_PANEL(-) *2 TXD_PANEL(-) *2
PS1
GND
GND GND
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
TEMP ON
1 2 3 4 5
5 4 3 2 1
BSYM(+) BSYM(+)
18
18
BSYM(-) BSYM(-)
GND CN53
PD PD
MONITOR_OUT[+]
PANEL_UTY PANEL_UTY
MONITOR_OUT[-]
SUB_SW SUB_SW
1 2
2 1
GND PC thermistor
RXD_PANEL(+) *1 RXD_PANEL(+) *1
TH1
FD1_V0
RXD_PANEL(-) *1 RXD_PANEL(-) *1
PJ15
UN
FD2_V0
GND GND
GND
BSYO(+) BSYO(+)
PAGE_ON
BSYO(-) BSYO(-)
GND
NC NC
WAKE_ADF
Control panel
DC5V DC5V
CLOSE Temperature/humidity sensor
DC5V DC5V
HUM
1 2 3 4
TEM/
20DEG
DC5V DC5V
11
HOME
DC5V DC5V
FAN_LOCK
GND GND
RXD_ADF *1
PJ14
9-X
DC12V DC12V
To PJ2
GND
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DC12V DC12V
TXD_ADF *2
READY
SM_CLK_IR
SM_ENABLE Tray 2 vertical transport sensor
1 2 3
GND
19
19
PS28
SM_CWB CN57
K_HSYNC
SM_CRNT
GND
LAMP_REM
ENG_DATA
FAN_REM CN58
CTL_DATA
SIZE_REM
GND
ERROR_LED
ENG_BUSY
1 2 3 4 5
5 4 3 2 1
1 2
2 1
50
50
CTL_BUSY
CL22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
GND PS28 ON
IR_P_OFF
GND
PD
DC3.3V
NC
4
PJ01
PJ13
bizhub 363/283/223
DC24V
NRB
TOD
1
CL1 ON
GND
1 2
2 1
CN28
1
1
23-S
To PJ03
MOTION_EN
CL1
PS1 ON
MC_P_OFF
CN23
GND
NVRAM board
DC5V
DC3.3V
TXD *2 CN59
GND
DIMM1
RXD *1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
TH1 ON
SET
UK-203
(Option)
DC3.3V
FEED
200
20
20
SET_KEY_CNT
PS1
GND
GND KEY_COUNT
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
TEMP ON
1 2 3 4 5
5 4 3 2 1
RX_P TOTAL_CNT
RX_N SET_T_CNT
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PJ11
TX_N
TX_P
1 2
2 1
PC thermistor
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
GND
TH1
DIMM0
DIMM
HD-516
5
(Option)
NC
SO DIMM
200
DC5V
Temperature/humidity sensor
3-N
GND
PJ12
HUM
1 2 3 4
TEM/
1 2 3 4
GND
CN5-1
DC3.3V
88
CN5-2
GND
CN5-3
DC5V
CN5-4
21
21
GND
CN5-5
DC12V
CN5-6
PJ21
GND GND
CN2
SW2-NO
SC-507
(Option)
<A>
D2- DC24V
1
CN5-9
4 3 2 1
VBUS2 GND PS91 ON
MFPB
CN5-10 CN88
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
GND GND
DC3.3V
MFP board
PJ19
VBUS1 PS93 ON
D1- GND
(Option)
Duplex unit lower transport sensor
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
1 2 3
<B>
D1+ DC3.3V
PS93
GND
1 2 3 4
1
AU-102/201
GND PS92 ON
MONITOR_OUT[+]
GND
MONITOR_OUT[-] CN7-9
HEATER_RY DC3.3V
CN5
GND CN7-8
PJ02
2-J
IR_P_OFF A
FD1_V0 CN7-7
To PH unit
MC_P_OFF A
1 2 3 4 5 6
FD2_V0 CN7-6 M92
DC24V B
CN7-5 Duplex unit upper transport sensor
1 2 3
WU_H_REM B
PS92
CN7-4
CN1
SIDE_H_REM LOCK
CN7-3
CENTER_H_REM FM2 REM
VBUS3 CN7-2
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
ZERO_CROSS GND
22
22
D3- CN7-1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DC24V
D3+
PJ33
1 2 3 4
GND
GND Duplex transport motor
1 2 3 4
M92
SET_T_CNT
TOTAL_CNT
GND KEY_COUNT
MONITOR SET_KEY_CNT CN44
WAKE_FAXMFP FEED
WAKE_FAXSUBCPU SET
WAKE_FAXRING RXD *1 Cooling fan motor
1 2 3
3 2 1
6
FM2
GND TXD *2
GND DC5V
FK-508
(Option)
GND MC_P_OFF
PJ34
6-N
GND MOTION_EN
GND GND CN83L CN92
DC5V TOD
PJ03
CN6-2 LEDB2 LEDB2
20-J
To CN28
DC5V NC DC24V
1 2
DC3.3V
CN41
DC5V DOOR_OPEN NC
CN6-5 Tray 2 LED board
1 2 3
1 2 3
DC5V PD GND
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
DC5V IR_P_OFF GND
23
23
CTL_BUSY CN39
ENG_BUSY
NC CN83A CN93
CTL_DATA
TXD *2 TXD *2 LEDB1 LEDB1
ENG_DATA
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
1 2
GND
D4- RXD *1 RXD *1 Tray 1 LED board
K_HSYNC
D4+ GND GND
PJ35
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN22
GND LEDB2
1 2 3 4
GND CTS CTS
DC3.3V
6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
RTS RTS
LEDB1 CN38
DC3.3V
CN83B RS1 ON
GND
1 2
2 1
PS4 ON
WAKE_FAXMFP
GND
WAKE_FAXSUBCPU
DC3.3V
CN15
WAKE_FAXRING
PS5 ON
GND
GND
GND
FK-508
(Option)
13 11-T
DC3.3V
GND
CNT ON Toner bottle home sensor
PJ36
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3
GND CN606
24
24
PS4
DC24V
GND PJ11-1
LA ON
DC5V PJ11-2
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DC24V
DC5V PJ11-3
DC5V PJ11-4
DC5V
FS-527/529
1 2 3 4 5
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DC5V
With EK-604/605
(Option) Front door sensor
1 2 3
PS5
VBUS0
D0-
D0+
PJ30
7
GND
1 2 3 4 5
GND
1 2
6-N
Total counter
CNT
CN84
CN6-3
DC24V
CN6-6
1 2
GND CN35
EK-604/605(Option)
1 2
2 1
1 2
NC
CN85
25
25
Erase lamp
LA
PJ02
PJ01
5 4 3 2 1
DC3.3V DC3.3V
USBB
3RD_P/E_LED 3RD_P/E_LED
NC
DC3.3V DC3.3V
USB board
PJ05
4TH_P/E_LED 4TH_P/E_LED
FLM FLM CN33 CN33
GND GND
DC24V
GND GND
KCT ON
CN7
DC5V DC5V
SET Key counter(Option)
CN21
DC5V DC5V
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
KCT
GND
*4
*3
*2
*1
NC
RTS RTS
PJ07
RXD *1 RXD *1
TXD *2 TXD *2
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
CLK CLK
VBUS0
D0- CN5AC
D0+ 1 CN30
NC
NC
L
PJ09
PJ30
PJ01
PJ02
GND
OFF SETTING."
NC EXIT SENSOR ON
*6 JAPAN : OPTION
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
GND
USBB
2
1 2 3
26
26
USB board
8
DC24V
CN16
TH SIDE ON
NC
2-V
GND
PJ16
Without EK-604/605
TH CENTER ON
(Option)
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
DC24V
CN4AC
27
27
Fusing unit
4-T CN4AC
CN2-4
SMALL
LARGE
CN2-3
20 20-L
MEDIUM
CN2-2
DESTINATION
CN2-1
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
HIGH OR LOW
HIGH OR LOW
EXTRA LARGE
DC5V
DC24V
INPUT OF ACTIVE
3-T
DESCRIPTION
OUTPUT OF ACTIVE
#110 WITH HOUSING
#187 WITH HOUSING
#250 WITH HOUSING
28
28
Z
T
F
Y
X
V
S
P
K
E
B
A
U
R
N
H
D
C
Q
O
G
W
1.1 Main body
1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
N WIRING DIAGRAM
N WIRING DIAGRAM > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423 bizhub 423/363/283/223
bizhub 423/363/283/223 N WIRING DIAGRAM > 1. bizhub 223/283/363/423
N-2
bizhub 423/363/283/223 N WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option
2. Option
2.1 Wiring diagram list
2.1.1 Option wiring diagram
[1]
[2]
[5] [4]
[3]
[6]
N-3
DF-621 Overall wiring diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
bizhub 423/363/283/223
CN90
CN91
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
C C
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A
A
B
B
A
A
B
B
A
A
B
B
DC5V
WAKE
DC24V
DC24V
DC24V
DC24V
DC24V
TXD *2
RXD *1
CLOSE
READY
PAGE_ON
FM1 LOCK
CL2 ON
CL1 ON
SD2 ON
SD1 ON
FM1 ON
NC
M4
M2
M1
2.2 Reverse automatic document feeder DF-621
J19
D D
J1 J3 J6 J13 J12 J14 J16 J17 J4 J5
NC
DFCB
N-4
J99
DF control board
NC
DESCRIPTION
J15 J8 J9 J11 J7 J10
20 20-L
E E
DESTINATION LOCATION
M3
PS12 ON
PS13 ON
PS14 ON
PS4 ON
PS5 ON
PS7 ON
PS6 ON
PS8 ON
VR1 ON
PS1 ON
PS2 ON
PS9 ON
PS10 ON
PS11 ON
PS3 ON
DC5V
GND
+
-
DC5V
GND
DC5V
GND
DC5V
DC5V
GND
DC3.3V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
GND
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
GND
EXTRA LARGE
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 CLOSED END CONNECTORS
LARGE
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
MEDIUM
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
F SMALL
F
2 1
POSITIVE LOCK RECEPTACLE
CN5
2 1
#250 WITH HOUSING
POSITIVE LOCK RECEPTACLE
#187 WITH HOUSING
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 POSITIVE LOCK RECEPTACLE
#110 WITH HOUSING
PS12 M3 PS13 PS14 PS4 PS5 PS7 PS6 PS8 VR1 PS3 PS1 PS2 PS9 PS10 PS11 OUTPUT OF ACTIVE LOW
G OUTPUT OF ACTIVE HIGH
G
INPUT OF ACTIVE LOW
sensor
sensor
OUTPUT OF ACTIVE
size sensor
HIGH OR LOW
home sensor
size sensor/2
size sensor/1
size sensor/3
release motor
Document FD
Document FD
Document FD
Mixed original
Mixed original
Mixed original
INPUT OF ACTIVE
Reading roller
Document CD
position sensor
HIGH OR LOW
Separation roller
H H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option
A143-B001-0A
Apr.2010
FS-529 Overall wiring diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
bizhub 423/363/283/223
Alignment plate
home sensor/R
Alignment plate
home sensor/F
Paper empty
sensor
Tray lower
limit sensor
Tray up/down
operation sensor
Paper surface
detect sensor/2
Paper surface
detect sensor/1
Paper passage
sensor/1
Paper passage
sensor/2
Stapler home
sensor
Pick up roller
position sensor
Belt position
sensor
Leading edge
stopper home
sensor
PS9 PS8 PS7 PS6 PS4 PS3 PS2 PS1 From the copier PS10 PS11 PS12 PS13 PS14 Staple
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4
6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B B
TUBE
1 2 3 1 2 3
3 2 1 3 2 1
CN20-1
CN20-2
CN20-3
CN20-4
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 4-F
C 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 C
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
CTS
RTS
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
DC5V
TXD *2
DC24V
RXD *1
STP_LS
STP_HP
CN9
PS9 ON
PS8 ON
PS7 ON
PS6 ON
PS4 ON
PS3 ON
PS2 ON
PS1 ON
STP_READY
CN10 *1
RXD : RECEPTION DATA
D CN6 CN5 CN4 CN3 CN2 CN1 CN7 CN8 NC D
*2
FSCB TXD : TRANSMISSION DATA
FS control board
N-5
CN11 CN12 CN13 CN14 CN20 CN19 CN18 CN17 CN16 CN15
DESCRIPTION
20 20-L
M1
M2
M3
M4
STAPLER MOTOR
M7
M6
M5
E E
DESTINATION LOCATION
SD1 ON
SD2 ON
SD3 ON
SD5 ON
SD4 ON
DC24V
B
B
A
A
+
-
DC24V
B
B
A
A
B
B
A
A
DC24V
NC
-
-
+
+
DC24V
GND
FM1_LOCK
DC24V
B
B
A
A
A
B
B
A
DC24V
DC24V
A
B
B
A
DC24V
DC24V
DC24V
LK_PTH
LK_SW
DC24V
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 EXTRA LARGE
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
LARGE
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
MEDIUM
2 1
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
F SMALL
F
Staple-4
Staple-3
Staple-2
Staple-1
1 2
POSITIVE LOCK RECEPTACLE
2 1 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 1 7-C 1 2 1 2 3 #250 WITH HOUSING
1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 2 1 3 2 1 POSITIVE LOCK RECEPTACLE
#187 WITH HOUSING
(W)
(W)
(W)
COM
solenoid
OUTPUT OF ACTIVE
Fan motor
HIGH OR LOW
INPUT OF ACTIVE
Pick up roller
Paper surface
position motor
HIGH OR LOW
detect solenoid
H H
Paddle solenoid
Flapper solenoid
Front door switch
Alignment stopper
DC24V
Stapler movement
Alignment motor/F
Alignment motor/R
Belt retract solenoid
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N WIRING DIAGRAM > 2. Option
A0U7-B001-0A
Jul.2009
JS-504 Overall wiring diagram
NOTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
bizhub 423/363/283/223
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
Transport motor
CN52
CN51
Tube
Ferrite core
B M1 B
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GR
GR
GR
R
Ferrite core
4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
PJ9JSCB PJ3JSCB
B
A
B
A
NC
CTS
RTS
GND
GND
GND
GND
TXD *2
DC24V
RXD *1
NC NC
M1
C C
PJ10JSCB
JSCB
JS control board
PJ8JSCB PJ7JSCB PJ6JSCB PJ4JSCB
D D
M3
M2
N-6
PS6 ON
PS4 ON
PS2 ON
PS1 ON
PS3 ON
NC
GL
DC5V
PS
GND
GND
ANODE
GL
DC5V
PS
GND
GND
ANODE
GND
DC5V
GND
DC5V
NC
NC
NC
GND
DC5V